diff --git a/CMakeLists.txt b/CMakeLists.txt
index e2398ac7..d5cb1e83 100644
--- a/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -83,6 +83,11 @@ add_subdirectory(deps/glew-1.13.0/build/cmake EXCLUDE_FROM_ALL)
list(APPEND REDREAM_INCLUDE_DIRS deps/glew-1.13.0/include)
list(APPEND REDREAM_LIBS glew_s)
+# imgui
+add_library(imgui STATIC deps/imgui-1.47/imgui.cpp deps/imgui-1.47/imgui_draw.cpp)
+list(APPEND REDREAM_INCLUDE_DIRS deps/imgui-1.47)
+list(APPEND REDREAM_LIBS imgui)
+
# json11
add_library(json11 STATIC deps/json11/json11.cpp)
list(APPEND REDREAM_INCLUDE_DIRS deps/json11)
@@ -92,9 +97,6 @@ target_compile_options(json11 PRIVATE -std=c++11)
# microprofile
list(APPEND REDREAM_INCLUDE_DIRS deps/microprofile)
-# stb_truetype
-list(APPEND REDREAM_INCLUDE_DIRS deps/stb_truetype-1.0.5)
-
# xbyak
list(APPEND REDREAM_INCLUDE_DIRS deps/xbyak-4.85)
@@ -130,7 +132,6 @@ set(REDREAM_SOURCES
src/core/log.cc
src/core/string.cc
src/emu/emulator.cc
- src/emu/profiler.cc
src/emu/tracer.cc
src/hw/aica/aica.cc
src/hw/gdrom/disc.cc
@@ -169,10 +170,12 @@ set(REDREAM_SOURCES
src/renderer/gl_shader.cc
src/sys/exception_handler.cc
src/sys/filesystem.cc
- src/sys/keycode.cc
src/sys/memory.cc
src/sys/network.cc
- src/sys/window.cc
+ src/ui/imgui_impl.cc
+ src/ui/microprofile_impl.cc
+ src/ui/keycode.cc
+ src/ui/window.cc
src/main.cc)
if(WIN32)
@@ -335,7 +338,6 @@ set(REDREAM_TEST_SOURCES
test/test_intrusive_list.cc
test/test_load_store_elimination_pass.cc
test/test_minmax_heap.cc
- test/test_ring_buffer.cc
test/test_sh4.cc
${asm_inc})
list(REMOVE_ITEM REDREAM_TEST_SOURCES src/main.cc)
diff --git a/deps/imgui-1.47/.travis.yml b/deps/imgui-1.47/.travis.yml
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3127a5c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/deps/imgui-1.47/.travis.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+language: cpp
+
+os:
+ - linux
+
+compiler:
+ - gcc
+ - clang
+
+before_install:
+ - if [ $TRAVIS_OS_NAME == linux ]; then sudo add-apt-repository -y ppa:pyglfw/pyglfw && sudo apt-get update -qq && sudo apt-get install -y --no-install-recommends libglfw3-dev libxrandr-dev libxi-dev libxxf86vm-dev; fi
+ - if [ $TRAVIS_OS_NAME == osx ]; then brew update && brew install glfw3; fi
+
+script:
+ - make -C examples/opengl_example
+ - make -C examples/opengl3_example
+
diff --git a/deps/imgui-1.47/LICENSE b/deps/imgui-1.47/LICENSE
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b28ef225
--- /dev/null
+++ b/deps/imgui-1.47/LICENSE
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+The MIT License (MIT)
+
+Copyright (c) 2014-2015 Omar Cornut and ImGui contributors
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/deps/imgui-1.47/README.md b/deps/imgui-1.47/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..266ca26c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/deps/imgui-1.47/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+dear imgui,
+=====
+[](https://travis-ci.org/ocornut/imgui)
+[](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/4720)
+
+(This library is free and will stay free, but needs your support to sustain its development. There are lots of desirable new features and maintenance to do. If you work for a company using ImGui or have the means to do so, please consider financial support)
+
+[](http://www.patreon.com/imgui) [](https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/webscr?cmd=_s-xclick&hosted_button_id=5Q73FPZ9C526U)
+
+dear imgui (AKA ImGui), is a bloat-free graphical user interface library for C++. It outputs vertex buffers that you can render in your 3D-pipeline enabled application. It is fast, portable, renderer agnostic and self-contained (no external dependencies).
+
+ImGui is designed to enable fast iteration and empower programmers to create content creation tools and visualization/debug tools (as opposed to UI for the average end-user). It favors simplicity and productivity toward this goal, and thus lacks certain features normally found in more high-level libraries.
+
+ImGui is particularly suited to integration in realtime 3D applications, fullscreen applications, embedded applications, games, or any applications on consoles platforms where operating system features are non-standard.
+
+ImGui is self-contained within a few files that you can easily copy and compile into your application/engine:
+
+ - imgui.cpp
+ - imgui.h
+ - imgui_demo.cpp
+ - imgui_draw.cpp
+ - imgui_internal.h
+ - imconfig.h (empty by default, user-editable)
+ - stb_rect_pack.h
+ - stb_textedit.h
+ - stb_truetype.h
+
+No specific build process is required. You can add the .cpp files to your project or #include them from an existing file.
+
+Your code passes mouse/keyboard inputs and settings to ImGui (see example applications for more details). After ImGui is setup, you can use it like in this example:
+
+
+
+ImGui outputs vertex buffers and simple command-lists that you can render in your application. The number of draw calls and state changes is typically very small. Because it doesn't know or touch graphics state directly, you can call ImGui commands anywhere in your code (e.g. in the middle of a running algorithm, or in the middle of your own rendering process). Refer to the sample applications in the examples/ folder for instructions on how to integrate ImGui with your existing codebase.
+
+ImGui allows you create elaborate tools as well as very short-lived ones. On the extreme side of short-liveness: using the Edit&Continue feature of modern compilers you can add a few widgets to tweaks variables while your application is running, and remove the code a minute later! ImGui is not just for tweaking values. You can use it to trace a running algorithm by just emitting text commands. You can use it along with your own reflection data to browse your dataset live. You can use it to expose the internals of a subsystem in your engine, to create a logger, an inspection tool, a profiler, a debugger, etc.
+
+Demo
+----
+
+You should be able to build the examples from sources (tested on Windows/Mac/Linux). If you don't, let me know! If you want to have a quick look at the features of ImGui, you can download Windows binaries of the demo app here.
+- [imgui-demo-binaries-20150909.zip](http://www.miracleworld.net/imgui/binaries/imgui-demo-binaries-20150909.zip) (Windows binaries, ImGui 1.46 WIP 2015/09/09, 4 executables, 505 KB)
+
+
+Gallery
+-------
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ImGui can load TTF fonts. UTF-8 is supported for text display and input. Here using Arial Unicode font to display Japanese. Initialize custom font with:
+```
+ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("ArialUni.ttf", 18.0f, NULL, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese());
+
+// For Microsoft IME, pass your HWND to enable IME positioning:
+io.ImeWindowHandle = my_hwnd;
+```
+
+
+References
+----------
+
+The Immediate Mode GUI paradigm may at first appear unusual to some users. This is mainly because "Retained Mode" GUIs have been so widespread and predominant. The following links can give you a better understanding about how Immediate Mode GUIs works.
+- [Johannes 'johno' Norneby's article](http://www.johno.se/book/imgui.html).
+- [A presentation by Rickard Gustafsson and Johannes Algelind](http://www.cse.chalmers.se/edu/year/2011/course/TDA361/Advanced%20Computer%20Graphics/IMGUI.pdf).
+- [Jari Komppa's tutorial on building an ImGui library](http://iki.fi/sol/imgui/).
+- [Casey Muratori's original video that popularized the concept](https://mollyrocket.com/861).
+
+See the [Links page](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Links) for third-party bindings to different languages and frameworks.
+
+Frequently Asked Question (FAQ)
+-------------------------------
+
+Where is the documentation?
+
+- The documentation is at the top of imgui.cpp + effectively imgui.h.
+- Example code is in imgui_demo.cpp and particularly the ImGui::ShowTestWindow() function. It covers most features of ImGui so you can read the code and call the function itself to see its output.
+- Standalone example applications using e.g. OpenGL/DirectX are provided in the examples/ folder.
+- We obviously needs better documentation! Consider contributing or becoming a [Patron](http://www.patreon.com/imgui) to promote this effort.
+
+Why the odd dual naming, "dear imgui" vs "ImGui"?
+
+The library started its life and is best known as "ImGui" only due to the fact that I didn't give it a proper name when I released it. However, the term IMGUI (immediate-mode graphical user interface) was coined before and is being used in variety of other situations. It seemed confusing and unfair to hog the name. To reduce the ambiguity without affecting existing codebases, I have decided on an alternate, longer name "dear imgui" that people can use to refer to this specific library in ambiguous situations.
+
+How do I update to a newer version of ImGui?
+
Can I have multiple widgets with the same label? Can I have widget without a label? (Yes)
+
I integrated ImGui in my engine and the text or lines are blurry..
+
I integrated ImGui in my engine and some elements are disappearing when I move windows around..
+
How can I load a different font than the default?
+
How can I load multiple fonts?
+
How can I display and input non-latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic?
+
+See the FAQ in imgui.cpp for answers.
+
+How do you use ImGui on a platform that may not have a mouse or keyboard?
+
+I recommend using [Synergy](http://synergy-project.org) ([sources](https://github.com/synergy/synergy)). In particular, the _src/micro/uSynergy.c_ file contains a small client that you can use on any platform to connect to your host PC. You can seamlessly use your PC input devices from a video game console or a tablet. ImGui allows to increase the hit box of widgets (via the _TouchPadding_ setting) to accommodate a little for the lack of precision of touch inputs, but it is recommended you use a mouse to allow optimising for screen real-estate.
+
+Can you create elaborate/serious tools with ImGui?
+
+Yes. I have written data browsers, debuggers, profilers and all sort of non-trivial tools with the library. In my experience the simplicity of the API is very empowering. Your UI runs close to your live data. Make the tools always-on and everybody in the team will be inclined to create new tools (as opposed to more "offline" UI toolkits where only a fraction of your team effectively creates tools).
+
+ImGui is very programmer centric and the immediate-mode GUI paradigm might requires you to readjust some habits before you can realize its full potential. Many programmers have unfortunately been taught by their environment to make unnecessarily complicated things. ImGui is about making things that are simple, efficient and powerful.
+
+Is ImGui fast?
+
+Probably fast enough for most uses. Down to the fundation of its visual design, ImGui is engineered to be fairly performant both in term of CPU and GPU usage. Running elaborate code and creating elaborate UI will of course have a cost but ImGui aims to minimize it.
+
+Mileage may vary but the following screenshot can give you a rough idea of the cost of running and rendering UI code (In the case of a trivial demo application like this one, your driver/os setup are likely to be the bottleneck. Testing performance as part of a real application is recommended).
+
+
+
+This is showing framerate for the full application loop on my 2011 iMac running Windows 7, OpenGL, AMD Radeon HD 6700M with an optimized executable. In contrast, librairies featuring higher-quality rendering and layouting techniques may have a higher resources footprint.
+
+If you intend to display large lists of items (say, 1000+) it can be beneficial for your code to perform clipping manually - one way is using helpers such as ImGuiListClipper - in order to avoid submitting them to ImGui in the first place. Even though ImGui will discard your clipped items it still needs to calculate their size and that overhead will add up if you have thousands of items. If you can handle clipping and height positionning yourself then browsing a list with millions of items isn't a problem.
+
+Can you reskin the look of ImGui?
+
+You can alter the look of the interface to some degree: changing colors, sizes, padding, rounding, fonts. However, as ImGui is designed and optimised to create debug tools, the amount of skinning you can apply is limited. There is only so much you can stray away from the default look and feel of the interface.
+
+Why using C++ (as opposed to C)?
+
+ImGui takes advantage of a few C++ features for convenience but nothing anywhere Boost-insanity/quagmire. In particular, function overloading and default parameters are used to make the API easier to use and code more terse. Doing so I believe the API is sitting on a sweet spot and giving up on those features would make the API more cumbersome. Other features such as namespace, constructors and templates (in the case of the ImVector<> class) are also relied on as a convenience but could be removed.
+
+There is an unofficial but reasonably maintained [c-api for ImGui](https://github.com/Extrawurst/cimgui) by Stephan Dilly. I would suggest using your target language functionality to try replicating the function overloading and default parameters used in C++ else the API may be harder to use. It was really designed with C++ in mind and may not make the same amount of sense with another language. Also see [Links](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Links) for third-party bindings to other languages.
+
+Donate
+------
+
+Can I donate to support the development of ImGui?
+
+[](http://www.patreon.com/imgui) [](https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/webscr?cmd=_s-xclick&hosted_button_id=5Q73FPZ9C526U)
+
+I'm currently an independent developer and your contributions are useful. I have setup an [**ImGui Patreon page**](http://www.patreon.com/imgui) if you want to donate and enable me to spend more time improving the library. If your company uses ImGui please consider making a contribution. One-off donations are also greatly appreciated. I am available for hire to work on or with ImGui. Thanks!
+
+Credits
+-------
+
+Developed by [Omar Cornut](http://www.miracleworld.net) and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub. The early version of this library was developed with the support of [Media Molecule](http://www.mediamolecule.com) and first used internally on the game [Tearaway](http://tearaway.mediamolecule.com).
+
+I first discovered imgui principles at [Q-Games](http://www.q-games.com) where Atman had dropped his own simple imgui implementation in the codebase, which I spent quite some time improving and thinking about. It turned out that Atman was exposed to the concept directly by working with Casey. When I moved to Media Molecule I rewrote a new library trying to overcome the flaws and limitations of the first one I've worked with. It became this library and since then I have spent an unreasonable amount of time iterating on it.
+
+Embeds [ProggyClean.ttf](http://upperbounds.net) font by Tristan Grimmer (MIT license).
+
+Embeds [stb_textedit.h, stb_truetype.h, stb_rectpack.h](https://github.com/nothings/stb/) by Sean Barrett (public domain).
+
+Inspiration, feedback, and testing for early versions: Casey Muratori, Atman Binstock, Mikko Mononen, Emmanuel Briney, Stefan Kamoda, Anton Mikhailov, Matt Willis. And everybody posting feedback, questions and patches on the GitHub.
+
+ImGui development is financially supported on [**Patreon**](http://www.patreon.com/imgui).
+
+Special supporters:
+- Jetha Chan, Wild Sheep Studio, Pastagames, Mārtiņš Možeiko, Daniel Collin, Stefano Cristiano.
+
+And:
+- Michel Courtine, César Leblic, Dale Kim, Alex Evans, Rui Figueira, Paul Patrashcu, Jerome Lanquetot, Ctrl Alt Ninja, Paul Fleming, Neil Henning, Stephan Dilly, Neil Blakey-Milner, Aleksei, NeiloGD, Justin Paver, FiniteSol, Vincent Pancaldi, James Billot, Robin Hübner, furrtek, Eric, Simon Barratt, Game Atelier, Julian Bosch, Simon Lundmark, Vincent Hamm.
+
+And other supporters; thanks!
+
+License
+-------
+
+Dear ImGui is licensed under the MIT License, see LICENSE for more information.
diff --git a/deps/imgui-1.47/imconfig.h b/deps/imgui-1.47/imconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..33cbadd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/deps/imgui-1.47/imconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// USER IMPLEMENTATION
+// This file contains compile-time options for ImGui.
+// Other options (memory allocation overrides, callbacks, etc.) can be set at runtime via the ImGuiIO structure - ImGui::GetIO().
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#pragma once
+
+//---- Define assertion handler. Defaults to calling assert().
+//#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) MyAssert(_EXPR)
+
+//---- Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows.
+//#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllexport )
+//#define IMGUI_API __declspec( dllimport )
+
+//---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h
+//#define IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H
+
+//---- Don't implement default handlers for Windows (so as not to link with OpenClipboard() and others Win32 functions)
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCS
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCS
+
+//---- Don't implement help and test window functionality (ShowUserGuide()/ShowStyleEditor()/ShowTestWindow() methods will be empty)
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_TEST_WINDOWS
+
+//---- Don't define obsolete functions names
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+
+//---- Implement STB libraries in a namespace to avoid conflicts
+//#define IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE ImGuiStb
+
+//---- Define constructor and implicit cast operators to convert back<>forth from your math types and ImVec2/ImVec4.
+/*
+#define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA \
+ ImVec2(const MyVec2& f) { x = f.x; y = f.y; } \
+ operator MyVec2() const { return MyVec2(x,y); }
+
+#define IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA \
+ ImVec4(const MyVec4& f) { x = f.x; y = f.y; z = f.z; w = f.w; } \
+ operator MyVec4() const { return MyVec4(x,y,z,w); }
+*/
+
+//---- Tip: You can add extra functions within the ImGui:: namespace, here or in your own headers files.
+//---- e.g. create variants of the ImGui::Value() helper for your low-level math types, or your own widgets/helpers.
+/*
+namespace ImGui
+{
+ void Value(const char* prefix, const MyMatrix44& v, const char* float_format = NULL);
+}
+*/
+
diff --git a/deps/imgui-1.47/imgui.cpp b/deps/imgui-1.47/imgui.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..85830aa8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/deps/imgui-1.47/imgui.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,9321 @@
+// dear imgui, v1.47
+// (main code and documentation)
+
+// See ImGui::ShowTestWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp for demo code.
+// Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' below for notes on how to setup ImGui in your codebase.
+// Get latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
+// Releases change-log at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases
+// Developed by Omar Cornut and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub.
+// This library is free but I need your support to sustain development and maintenance.
+// If you work for a company, please consider financial support, e.g: https://www.patreon.com/imgui
+
+/*
+
+ Index
+ - MISSION STATEMENT
+ - END-USER GUIDE
+ - PROGRAMMER GUIDE (read me!)
+ - API BREAKING CHANGES (read me when you update!)
+ - FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ), TIPS
+ - How do I update to a newer version of ImGui?
+ - Can I have multiple widgets with the same label? Can I have widget without a label? (Yes)
+ - I integrated ImGui in my engine and the text or lines are blurry..
+ - I integrated ImGui in my engine and some elements are disappearing when I move windows around..
+ - How can I load a different font than the default?
+ - How can I load multiple fonts?
+ - How can I display and input non-latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic?
+ - ISSUES & TODO-LIST
+ - CODE
+
+
+ MISSION STATEMENT
+ =================
+
+ - easy to use to create code-driven and data-driven tools
+ - easy to use to create ad hoc short-lived tools and long-lived, more elaborate tools
+ - easy to hack and improve
+ - minimize screen real-estate usage
+ - minimize setup and maintenance
+ - minimize state storage on user side
+ - portable, minimize dependencies, run on target (consoles, phones, etc.)
+ - efficient runtime (NB- we do allocate when "growing" content - creating a window / opening a tree node for the first time, etc. - but a typical frame won't allocate anything)
+ - read about immediate-mode gui principles @ http://mollyrocket.com/861, http://mollyrocket.com/forums/index.html
+
+ Designed for developers and content-creators, not the typical end-user! Some of the weaknesses includes:
+ - doesn't look fancy, doesn't animate
+ - limited layout features, intricate layouts are typically crafted in code
+ - occasionally uses statically sized buffers for string manipulations - won't crash, but some very long pieces of text may be clipped. functions like ImGui::TextUnformatted() don't have such restriction.
+
+
+ END-USER GUIDE
+ ==============
+
+ - double-click title bar to collapse window
+ - click upper right corner to close a window, available when 'bool* p_opened' is passed to ImGui::Begin()
+ - click and drag on lower right corner to resize window
+ - click and drag on any empty space to move window
+ - double-click/double-tap on lower right corner grip to auto-fit to content
+ - TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields
+ - use mouse wheel to scroll
+ - use CTRL+mouse wheel to zoom window contents (if IO.FontAllowScaling is true)
+ - CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input value as text
+ - text editor:
+ - Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.
+ - CTRL+Left/Right to word jump
+ - CTRL+Shift+Left/Right to select words
+ - CTRL+A our Double-Click to select all
+ - CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V to use OS clipboard
+ - CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo
+ - ESCAPE to revert text to its original value
+ - You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values. Use +- to subtract (because - would set a negative value!)
+
+
+ PROGRAMMER GUIDE
+ ================
+
+ - read the FAQ below this section!
+ - your code creates the UI, if your code doesn't run the UI is gone! == very dynamic UI, no construction/destructions steps, less data retention on your side, no state duplication, less sync, less bugs.
+ - call and read ImGui::ShowTestWindow() for demo code demonstrating most features.
+ - see examples/ folder for standalone sample applications. Prefer reading examples/opengl_example/ first at it is the simplest.
+ - customization: PushStyleColor()/PushStyleVar() or the style editor to tweak the look of the interface (e.g. if you want a more compact UI or a different color scheme).
+
+ - getting started:
+ - init: call ImGui::GetIO() to retrieve the ImGuiIO structure and fill the fields marked 'Settings'.
+ - init: call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(...) and load the font texture pixels into graphics memory.
+ - every frame:
+ 1/ in your mainloop or right after you got your keyboard/mouse info, call ImGui::GetIO() and fill the fields marked 'Input'
+ 2/ call ImGui::NewFrame().
+ 3/ use any ImGui function you want between NewFrame() and Render()
+ 4/ call ImGui::Render() to render all the accumulated command-lists. it will call your RenderDrawListFn handler that you set in the IO structure.
+ - all rendering information are stored into command-lists until ImGui::Render() is called.
+ - ImGui never touches or know about your GPU state. the only function that knows about GPU is the RenderDrawListFn handler that you must provide.
+ - effectively it means you can create widgets at any time in your code, regardless of considerations of being in "update" vs "render" phases.
+ - refer to the examples applications in the examples/ folder for instruction on how to setup your code.
+ - a typical application skeleton may be:
+
+ // Application init
+ ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+ io.DisplaySize.x = 1920.0f;
+ io.DisplaySize.y = 1280.0f;
+ io.IniFilename = "imgui.ini";
+ io.RenderDrawListsFn = my_render_function; // Setup a render function, or set to NULL and call GetDrawData() after Render() to access the render data.
+ // TODO: Fill others settings of the io structure
+
+ // Load texture atlas
+ // There is a default font so you don't need to care about choosing a font yet
+ unsigned char* pixels;
+ int width, height;
+ io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(pixels, &width, &height);
+ // TODO: At this points you've got a texture pointed to by 'pixels' and you need to upload that your your graphic system
+ // TODO: Store your texture pointer/identifier (whatever your engine uses) in 'io.Fonts->TexID'
+
+ // Application main loop
+ while (true)
+ {
+ // 1) get low-level inputs (e.g. on Win32, GetKeyboardState(), or poll your events, etc.)
+ // TODO: fill all fields of IO structure and call NewFrame
+ ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+ io.DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f;
+ io.MousePos = mouse_pos;
+ io.MouseDown[0] = mouse_button_0;
+ io.MouseDown[1] = mouse_button_1;
+ io.KeysDown[i] = ...
+
+ // 2) call NewFrame(), after this point you can use ImGui::* functions anytime
+ ImGui::NewFrame();
+
+ // 3) most of your application code here
+ ImGui::Begin("My window");
+ ImGui::Text("Hello, world.");
+ ImGui::End();
+ MyGameUpdate(); // may use ImGui functions
+ MyGameRender(); // may use ImGui functions
+
+ // 4) render & swap video buffers
+ ImGui::Render();
+ // swap video buffer, etc.
+ }
+
+ - after calling ImGui::NewFrame() you can read back flags from the IO structure to tell how ImGui intends to use your inputs.
+ When 'io.WantCaptureMouse' or 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard' flags are set you may want to discard/hide the inputs from the rest of your application.
+ When 'io.WantInputsCharacters' is set to may want to notify your OS to popup an on-screen keyboard, if available.
+
+
+ API BREAKING CHANGES
+ ====================
+
+ Occasionally introducing changes that are breaking the API. The breakage are generally minor and easy to fix.
+ Here is a change-log of API breaking changes, if you are using one of the functions listed, expect to have to fix some code.
+ Also read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details.
+
+ - 2015/12/04 (1.47) - renamed Color() helpers to ValueColor() - dangerously named, rarely used and probably to be made obsolete.
+ - 2015/08/29 (1.45) - with the addition of horizontal scrollbar we made various fixes to inconsistencies with dealing with cursor position.
+ GetCursorPos()/SetCursorPos() functions now include the scrolled amount. It shouldn't affect the majority of users, but take note that SetCursorPosX(100.0f) puts you at +100 from the starting x position which may include scrolling, not at +100 from the window left side.
+ GetContentRegionMax()/GetWindowContentRegionMin()/GetWindowContentRegionMax() functions allow include the scrolled amount. Typically those were used in cases where no scrolling would happen so it may not be a problem, but watch out!
+ - 2015/08/29 (1.45) - renamed style.ScrollbarWidth to style.ScrollbarSize
+ - 2015/08/05 (1.44) - split imgui.cpp into extra files: imgui_demo.cpp imgui_draw.cpp imgui_internal.h that you need to add to your project.
+ - 2015/07/18 (1.44) - fixed angles in ImDrawList::PathArcTo(), PathArcToFast() (introduced in 1.43) being off by an extra PI for no justifiable reason
+ - 2015/07/14 (1.43) - add new ImFontAtlas::AddFont() API. For the old AddFont***, moved the 'font_no' parameter of ImFontAtlas::AddFont** functions to the ImFontConfig structure.
+ you need to render your textured triangles with bilinear filtering to benefit from sub-pixel positioning of text.
+ - 2015/07/08 (1.43) - switched rendering data to use indexed rendering. this is saving a fair amount of CPU/GPU and enables us to get anti-aliasing for a marginal cost.
+ this necessary change will break your rendering function! the fix should be very easy. sorry for that :(
+ - if you are using a vanilla copy of one of the imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp provided in the example, you just need to update your copy and you can ignore the rest.
+ - the signature of the io.RenderDrawListsFn handler has changed!
+ ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawList** const cmd_lists, int cmd_lists_count)
+ became:
+ ImGui_XXXX_RenderDrawLists(ImDrawData* draw_data).
+ argument 'cmd_lists' -> 'draw_data->CmdLists'
+ argument 'cmd_lists_count' -> 'draw_data->CmdListsCount'
+ ImDrawList 'commands' -> 'CmdBuffer'
+ ImDrawList 'vtx_buffer' -> 'VtxBuffer'
+ ImDrawList n/a -> 'IdxBuffer' (new)
+ ImDrawCmd 'vtx_count' -> 'ElemCount'
+ ImDrawCmd 'clip_rect' -> 'ClipRect'
+ ImDrawCmd 'user_callback' -> 'UserCallback'
+ ImDrawCmd 'texture_id' -> 'TextureId'
+ - each ImDrawList now contains both a vertex buffer and an index buffer. For each command, render ElemCount/3 triangles using indices from the index buffer.
+ - if you REALLY cannot render indexed primitives, you can call the draw_data->DeIndexAllBuffers() method to de-index the buffers. This is slow and a waste of CPU/GPU. Prefer using indexed rendering!
+ - refer to code in the examples/ folder or ask on the GitHub if you are unsure of how to upgrade. please upgrade!
+ - 2015/07/10 (1.43) - changed SameLine() parameters from int to float.
+ - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed SetScrollPosHere() to SetScrollFromCursorPos(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2015/07/02 (1.42) - renamed GetScrollPosY() to GetScrollY(). Necessary to reduce confusion along with other scrolling functions, because positions (e.g. cursor position) are not equivalent to scrolling amount.
+ - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed ImageButton() default bg_col parameter from (0,0,0,1) (black) to (0,0,0,0) (transparent) - makes a difference when texture have transparence
+ - 2015/06/14 (1.41) - changed Selectable() API from (label, selected, size) to (label, selected, flags, size). Size override should have been rarely be used. Sorry!
+ - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed GetWindowCollapsed() to IsWindowCollapsed() for consistency. Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2015/05/31 (1.40) - renamed IsRectClipped() to IsRectVisible() for consistency. Note that return value is opposite! Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2015/05/27 (1.40) - removed the third 'repeat_if_held' parameter from Button() - sorry! it was rarely used and inconsistent. Use PushButtonRepeat(true) / PopButtonRepeat() to enable repeat on desired buttons.
+ - 2015/05/11 (1.40) - changed BeginPopup() API, takes a string identifier instead of a bool. ImGui needs to manage the open/closed state of popups. Call OpenPopup() to actually set the "opened" state of a popup. BeginPopup() returns true if the popup is opened.
+ - 2015/05/03 (1.40) - removed style.AutoFitPadding, using style.WindowPadding makes more sense (the default values were already the same).
+ - 2015/04/13 (1.38) - renamed IsClipped() to IsRectClipped(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2015/04/09 (1.38) - renamed ImDrawList::AddArc() to ImDrawList::AddArcFast() for compatibility with future API
+ - 2015/04/03 (1.38) - removed ImGuiCol_CheckHovered, ImGuiCol_CheckActive, replaced with the more general ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive.
+ - 2014/04/03 (1.38) - removed support for passing -FLT_MAX..+FLT_MAX as the range for a SliderFloat(). Use DragFloat() or Inputfloat() instead.
+ - 2015/03/17 (1.36) - renamed GetItemBoxMin()/GetItemBoxMax()/IsMouseHoveringBox() to GetItemRectMin()/GetItemRectMax()/IsMouseHoveringRect(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2015/03/15 (1.36) - renamed style.TreeNodeSpacing to style.IndentSpacing, ImGuiStyleVar_TreeNodeSpacing to ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing
+ - 2015/03/13 (1.36) - renamed GetWindowIsFocused() to IsWindowFocused(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2015/03/08 (1.35) - renamed style.ScrollBarWidth to style.ScrollbarWidth (casing)
+ - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed OpenNextNode(bool) to SetNextTreeNodeOpened(bool, ImGuiSetCond). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete).
+ - 2015/02/27 (1.34) - renamed ImGuiSetCondition_*** to ImGuiSetCond_***, and _FirstUseThisSession becomes _Once.
+ - 2015/02/11 (1.32) - changed text input callback ImGuiTextEditCallback return type from void-->int. reserved for future use, return 0 for now.
+ - 2015/02/10 (1.32) - renamed GetItemWidth() to CalcItemWidth() to clarify its evolving behavior
+ - 2015/02/08 (1.31) - renamed GetTextLineSpacing() to GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()
+ - 2015/02/01 (1.31) - removed IO.MemReallocFn (unused)
+ - 2015/01/19 (1.30) - renamed ImGuiStorage::GetIntPtr()/GetFloatPtr() to GetIntRef()/GetIntRef() because Ptr was conflicting with actual pointer storage functions.
+ - 2015/01/11 (1.30) - big font/image API change! now loads TTF file. allow for multiple fonts. no need for a PNG loader.
+ (1.30) - removed GetDefaultFontData(). uses io.Fonts->GetTextureData*() API to retrieve uncompressed pixels.
+ this sequence:
+ const void* png_data;
+ unsigned int png_size;
+ ImGui::GetDefaultFontData(NULL, NULL, &png_data, &png_size);
+ //
+ became:
+ unsigned char* pixels;
+ int width, height;
+ io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height);
+ //
+ io.Fonts->TexID = (your_texture_identifier);
+ you now have much more flexibility to load multiple TTF fonts and manage the texture buffer for internal needs.
+ it is now recommended that you sample the font texture with bilinear interpolation.
+ (1.30) - added texture identifier in ImDrawCmd passed to your render function (we can now render images). make sure to set io.Fonts->TexID.
+ (1.30) - removed IO.PixelCenterOffset (unnecessary, can be handled in user projection matrix)
+ (1.30) - removed ImGui::IsItemFocused() in favor of ImGui::IsItemActive() which handles all widgets
+ - 2014/12/10 (1.18) - removed SetNewWindowDefaultPos() in favor of new generic API SetNextWindowPos(pos, ImGuiSetCondition_FirstUseEver)
+ - 2014/11/28 (1.17) - moved IO.Font*** options to inside the IO.Font-> structure (FontYOffset, FontTexUvForWhite, FontBaseScale, FontFallbackGlyph)
+ - 2014/11/26 (1.17) - reworked syntax of IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME helper macro to increase compiler compatibility
+ - 2014/11/07 (1.15) - renamed IsHovered() to IsItemHovered()
+ - 2014/10/02 (1.14) - renamed IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_CPP to IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_INL and imgui_user.cpp to imgui_user.inl (more IDE friendly)
+ - 2014/09/25 (1.13) - removed 'text_end' parameter from IO.SetClipboardTextFn (the string is now always zero-terminated for simplicity)
+ - 2014/09/24 (1.12) - renamed SetFontScale() to SetWindowFontScale()
+ - 2014/09/24 (1.12) - moved IM_MALLOC/IM_REALLOC/IM_FREE preprocessor defines to IO.MemAllocFn/IO.MemReallocFn/IO.MemFreeFn
+ - 2014/08/30 (1.09) - removed IO.FontHeight (now computed automatically)
+ - 2014/08/30 (1.09) - moved IMGUI_FONT_TEX_UV_FOR_WHITE preprocessor define to IO.FontTexUvForWhite
+ - 2014/08/28 (1.09) - changed the behavior of IO.PixelCenterOffset following various rendering fixes
+
+
+ FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ), TIPS
+ ======================================
+
+ Q: How do I update to a newer version of ImGui?
+ A: Overwrite the following files:
+ imgui.cpp
+ imgui.h
+ imgui_demo.cpp
+ imgui_draw.cpp
+ imgui_internal.h
+ stb_rect_pack.h
+ stb_textedit.h
+ stb_truetype.h
+ Don't overwrite imconfig.h if you have made modification to your copy.
+ Check the "API BREAKING CHANGES" sections for a list of occasional API breaking changes. If you have a problem with a function, search for its name
+ in the code, there will likely be a comment about it. Please report any issue to the GitHub page!
+
+ Q: Can I have multiple widgets with the same label? Can I have widget without a label? (Yes)
+ A: Yes. A primer on the use of labels/IDs in ImGui..
+
+ - Elements that are not clickable, such as Text() items don't need an ID.
+
+ - Interactive widgets require state to be carried over multiple frames (most typically ImGui often needs to remember what is the "active" widget).
+ to do so they need an unique ID. unique ID are typically derived from a string label, an integer index or a pointer.
+
+ Button("OK"); // Label = "OK", ID = hash of "OK"
+ Button("Cancel"); // Label = "Cancel", ID = hash of "Cancel"
+
+ - ID are uniquely scoped within windows, tree nodes, etc. so no conflict can happen if you have two buttons called "OK" in two different windows
+ or in two different locations of a tree.
+
+ - If you have a same ID twice in the same location, you'll have a conflict:
+
+ Button("OK");
+ Button("OK"); // ID collision! Both buttons will be treated as the same.
+
+ Fear not! this is easy to solve and there are many ways to solve it!
+
+ - When passing a label you can optionally specify extra unique ID information within string itself. This helps solving the simpler collision cases.
+ use "##" to pass a complement to the ID that won't be visible to the end-user:
+
+ Button("Play"); // Label = "Play", ID = hash of "Play"
+ Button("Play##foo1"); // Label = "Play", ID = hash of "Play##foo1" (different from above)
+ Button("Play##foo2"); // Label = "Play", ID = hash of "Play##foo2" (different from above)
+
+ - If you want to completely hide the label, but still need an ID:
+
+ Checkbox("##On", &b); // Label = "", ID = hash of "##On" (no label!)
+
+ - Occasionally/rarely you might want change a label while preserving a constant ID. This allows you to animate labels.
+ For example you may want to include varying information in a window title bar (and windows are uniquely identified by their ID.. obviously)
+ Use "###" to pass a label that isn't part of ID:
+
+ Button("Hello###ID"; // Label = "Hello", ID = hash of "ID"
+ Button("World###ID"; // Label = "World", ID = hash of "ID" (same as above)
+
+ sprintf(buf, "My game (%f FPS)###MyGame");
+ Begin(buf); // Variable label, ID = hash of "MyGame"
+
+ - Use PushID() / PopID() to create scopes and avoid ID conflicts within the same Window.
+ This is the most convenient way of distinguishing ID if you are iterating and creating many UI elements.
+ You can push a pointer, a string or an integer value. Remember that ID are formed from the concatenation of everything in the ID stack!
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
+ {
+ PushID(i);
+ Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of integer + "label" (unique)
+ PopID();
+ }
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
+ {
+ MyObject* obj = Objects[i];
+ PushID(obj);
+ Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of pointer + "label" (unique)
+ PopID();
+ }
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
+ {
+ MyObject* obj = Objects[i];
+ PushID(obj->Name);
+ Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of string + "label" (unique)
+ PopID();
+ }
+
+ - More example showing that you can stack multiple prefixes into the ID stack:
+
+ Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of "Click"
+ PushID("node");
+ Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of "node" + "Click"
+ PushID(my_ptr);
+ Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of "node" + ptr + "Click"
+ PopID();
+ PopID();
+
+ - Tree nodes implicitly creates a scope for you by calling PushID().
+
+ Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of "Click"
+ if (TreeNode("node"))
+ {
+ Button("Click"); // Label = "Click", ID = hash of "node" + "Click"
+ TreePop();
+ }
+
+ - When working with trees, ID are used to preserve the opened/closed state of each tree node.
+ Depending on your use cases you may want to use strings, indices or pointers as ID.
+ e.g. when displaying a single object that may change over time (1-1 relationship), using a static string as ID will preserve your node open/closed state when the targeted object change.
+ e.g. when displaying a list of objects, using indices or pointers as ID will preserve the node open/closed state differently. experiment and see what makes more sense!
+
+ Q: I integrated ImGui in my engine and the text or lines are blurry..
+ A: In your Render function, try translating your projection matrix by (0.5f,0.5f) or (0.375f,0.375f).
+ Also make sure your orthographic projection matrix and io.DisplaySize matches your actual framebuffer dimension.
+
+ Q. I integrated ImGui in my engine and some elements are disappearing when I move windows around..
+ Most likely you are mishandling the clipping rectangles in your render function. Rectangles provided by ImGui are defined as (x1,y1,x2,y2) and NOT as (x1,y1,width,height).
+
+ Q: How can I load a different font than the default? (default is an embedded version of ProggyClean.ttf, rendered at size 13)
+ A: Use the font atlas to load the TTF file you want:
+
+ ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+ io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_in_pixels);
+ io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() or GetTexDataAsAlpha8()
+
+ Q: How can I load multiple fonts?
+ A: Use the font atlas to pack them into a single texture:
+
+ ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+ ImFont* font0 = io.Fonts->AddFontDefault();
+ ImFont* font1 = io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_in_pixels);
+ ImFont* font2 = io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile2.ttf", size_in_pixels);
+ io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() or GetTexDataAsAlpha8()
+ // the first loaded font gets used by default
+ // use ImGui::PushFont()/ImGui::PopFont() to change the font at runtime
+
+ // Options
+ ImFontConfig config;
+ config.OversampleH = 3;
+ config.OversampleV = 3;
+ config.GlyphExtraSpacing.x = 1.0f;
+ io.Fonts->LoadFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_pixels, &config);
+
+ // Combine multiple fonts into one
+ ImWchar ranges[] = { 0xf000, 0xf3ff, 0 };
+ ImFontConfig config;
+ config.MergeMode = true;
+ io.Fonts->AddFontDefault();
+ io.Fonts->LoadFromFileTTF("fontawesome-webfont.ttf", 16.0f, &config, ranges);
+ io.Fonts->LoadFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_pixels, NULL, &config, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese());
+
+ Read extra_fonts/README.txt or ImFontAtlas class for more details.
+
+ Q: How can I display and input non-Latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic?
+ A: When loading a font, pass custom Unicode ranges to specify the glyphs to load. ImGui will support UTF-8 encoding across the board.
+ Character input depends on you passing the right character code to io.AddInputCharacter(). The example applications do that.
+
+ io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("myfontfile.ttf", size_in_pixels, NULL, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese()); // Load Japanese characters
+ io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() or GetTexDataAsAlpha8()
+ io.ImeWindowHandle = MY_HWND; // To input using Microsoft IME, give ImGui the hwnd of your application
+
+ - tip: the construct 'IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME { ... }' will run the block of code only once a frame. You can use it to quickly add custom UI in the middle of a deep nested inner loop in your code.
+ - tip: you can create widgets without a Begin()/End() block, they will go in an implicit window called "Debug"
+ - tip: you can call Begin() multiple times with the same name during the same frame, it will keep appending to the same window. this is also useful to set yourself in the context of another window (to get/set other settings)
+ - tip: you can call Render() multiple times (e.g for VR renders).
+ - tip: call and read the ShowTestWindow() code in imgui_demo.cpp for more example of how to use ImGui!
+
+
+ ISSUES & TODO-LIST
+ ==================
+ Issue numbers (#) refer to github issues.
+ The list below consist mostly of notes of things to do before they are requested/discussed by users (at that point it usually happens on the github)
+
+ - window: maximum window size settings (per-axis). for large popups in particular user may not want the popup to fill all space.
+ - window: add a way for very transient windows (non-saved, temporary overlay over hundreds of objects) to "clean" up from the global window list. perhaps a lightweight explicit cleanup pass.
+ - window: calling SetNextWindowSize() every frame with <= 0 doesn't do anything, may be useful to allow (particularly when used for a single axis).
+ - window: auto-fit feedback loop when user relies on any dynamic layout (window width multiplier, column) appears weird to end-user. clarify.
+ - window: allow resizing of child windows (possibly given min/max for each axis?)
+ - window: background options for child windows, border option (disable rounding)
+ - window: add a way to clear an existing window instead of appending (e.g. for tooltip override using a consistent api rather than the deferred tooltip)
+ - window: resizing from any sides? + mouse cursor directives for app.
+!- window: begin with *p_opened == false should return false.
+ - window: get size/pos helpers given names (see discussion in #249)
+ - window: a collapsed window can be stuck behind the main menu bar?
+ - window: detect extra End() call that pop the "Debug" window out and assert at call site instead of later.
+ - window: consider renaming "GetWindowFont" which conflict with old Windows #define (#340)
+ - window/tooltip: allow to set the width of a tooltip to allow TextWrapped() etc. while keeping the height automatic.
+ - draw-list: maintaining bounding box per command would allow to merge draw command when clipping isn't relied on (typical non-scrolling window or non-overflowing column would merge with previous command).
+!- scrolling: allow immediately effective change of scroll if we haven't appended items yet
+ - splitter: formalize the splitter idiom into an official api (we want to handle n-way split)
+ - widgets: display mode: widget-label, label-widget (aligned on column or using fixed size), label-newline-tab-widget etc.
+ - widgets: clean up widgets internal toward exposing everything.
+ - widgets: add disabled and read-only modes (#211)
+ - main: considering adding EndFrame()/Init(). some constructs are awkward in the implementation because of the lack of them.
+ - main: make it so that a frame with no window registered won't refocus every window on subsequent frames (~bump LastFrameActive of all windows).
+ - main: IsItemHovered() make it more consistent for various type of widgets, widgets with multiple components, etc. also effectively IsHovered() region sometimes differs from hot region, e.g tree nodes
+ - main: IsItemHovered() info stored in a stack? so that 'if TreeNode() { Text; TreePop; } if IsHovered' return the hover state of the TreeNode?
+ - input text: add ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterToApply? (off #218)
+ - input text multi-line: don't directly call AddText() which does an unnecessary vertex reserve for character count prior to clipping. and/or more line-based clipping to AddText(). and/or reorganize TextUnformatted/RenderText for more efficiency for large text (e.g TextUnformatted could clip and log separately, etc).
+ - input text multi-line: way to dynamically grow the buffer without forcing the user to initially allocate for worse case (follow up on #200)
+ - input text multi-line: line numbers? status bar? (follow up on #200)
+ - input number: optional range min/max for Input*() functions
+ - input number: holding [-]/[+] buttons could increase the step speed non-linearly (or user-controlled)
+ - input number: use mouse wheel to step up/down
+ - input number: applying arithmetics ops (+,-,*,/) messes up with text edit undo stack.
+ - text: proper alignment options
+ - image/image button: misalignment on padded/bordered button?
+ - image/image button: parameters are confusing, image() has tint_col,border_col whereas imagebutton() has bg_col/tint_col. Even thou they are different parameters ordering could be more consistent. can we fix that?
+ - layout: horizontal layout helper (#97)
+ - layout: horizontal flow until no space left (#404)
+ - layout: more generic alignment state (left/right/centered) for single items?
+ - layout: clean up the InputFloatN/SliderFloatN/ColorEdit4 layout code. item width should include frame padding.
+ - columns: separator function or parameter that works within the column (currently Separator() bypass all columns) (#125)
+ - columns: declare column set (each column: fixed size, %, fill, distribute default size among fills) (#125)
+ - columns: columns header to act as button (~sort op) and allow resize/reorder (#125)
+ - columns: user specify columns size (#125)
+ - columns: flag to add horizontal separator above/below?
+ - columns/layout: setup minimum line height (equivalent of automatically calling AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets)
+ - combo: sparse combo boxes (via function call?)
+ - combo: contents should extends to fit label if combo widget is small
+ - combo/listbox: keyboard control. need InputText-like non-active focus + key handling. considering keyboard for custom listbox (pr #203)
+ - listbox: multiple selection
+ - listbox: user may want to initial scroll to focus on the one selected value?
+ - listbox: keyboard navigation.
+ - listbox: scrolling should track modified selection.
+!- popups/menus: clarify usage of popups id, how MenuItem/Selectable closing parent popups affects the ID, etc. this is quite fishy needs improvement! (#331, #402)
+ - popups: add variant using global identifier similar to Begin/End (#402)
+ - popups: border options. richer api like BeginChild() perhaps? (#197)
+ - menus: local shortcuts, global shortcuts (#126)
+ - menus: icons
+ - menus: menubars: some sort of priority / effect of main menu-bar on desktop size?
+ - statusbar: add a per-window status bar helper similar to what menubar does.
+ - tabs
+ - separator: separator on the initial position of a window is not visible (cursorpos.y <= clippos.y)
+ - gauge: various forms of gauge/loading bars widgets
+ - color: the color helpers/typing is a mess and needs sorting out.
+ - color: add a better color picker
+ - plot: PlotLines() should use the polygon-stroke facilities (currently issues with averaging normals)
+ - plot: make it easier for user to draw extra stuff into the graph (e.g: draw basis, highlight certain points, 2d plots, multiple plots)
+ - plot: "smooth" automatic scale over time, user give an input 0.0(full user scale) 1.0(full derived from value)
+ - plot: add a helper e.g. Plot(char* label, float value, float time_span=2.0f) that stores values and Plot them for you - probably another function name. and/or automatically allow to plot ANY displayed value (more reliance on stable ID)
+ - slider: allow using the [-]/[+] buttons used by InputFloat()/InputInt()
+ - slider: initial absolute click is imprecise. change to relative movement slider (same as scrollbar).
+ - slider: add dragging-based widgets to edit values with mouse (on 2 axises), saving screen real-estate.
+ - slider: tint background based on value (e.g. v_min -> v_max, or use 0.0f either side of the sign)
+ - slider & drag: int data passing through a float
+ - drag float: up/down axis
+ - drag float: added leeway on edge (e.g. a few invisible steps past the clamp limits)
+ - text edit: clean up the mess caused by converting UTF-8 <> wchar. the code is rather inefficient right now.
+ - text edit: centered text for slider as input text so it matches typical positioning.
+ - text edit: flag to disable live update of the user buffer.
+ - text edit: field resize behavior - field could stretch when being edited? hover tooltip shows more text?
+ - tree node / optimization: avoid formatting when clipped.
+ - tree node: tree-node/header right-most side doesn't take account of horizontal scrolling.
+ - tree node: add treenode/treepush int variants? because (void*) cast from int warns on some platforms/settings
+ - tree node / selectable render mismatch which is visible if you use them both next to each other (e.g. cf. property viewer)
+ - textwrapped: figure out better way to use TextWrapped() in an always auto-resize context (tooltip, etc.) (git issue #249)
+ - settings: write more decent code to allow saving/loading new fields
+ - settings: api for per-tool simple persistent data (bool,int,float,columns sizes,etc.) in .ini file
+ - style/optimization: store rounded corners in texture to use 1 quad per corner (filled and wireframe) to lower the cost of rounding.
+ - style: color-box not always square?
+ - style: a concept of "compact style" that the end-user can easily rely on (e.g. PushStyleCompact()?) that maps to other settings? avoid implementing duplicate helpers such as SmallCheckbox(), etc.
+ - style: try to make PushStyleVar() more robust to incorrect parameters (to be more friendly to edit & continues situation).
+ - style: global scale setting.
+ - text: simple markup language for color change?
+ - font: helper to add glyph redirect/replacements (e.g. redirect alternate apostrophe unicode code points to ascii one, etc.)
+ - log: LogButtons() options for specifying depth and/or hiding depth slider
+ - log: have more control over the log scope (e.g. stop logging when leaving current tree node scope)
+ - log: be able to log anything (e.g. right-click on a window/tree-node, shows context menu? log into tty/file/clipboard)
+ - log: let user copy any window content to clipboard easily (CTRL+C on windows? while moving it? context menu?). code is commented because it fails with multiple Begin/End pairs.
+ - filters: set a current filter that tree node can automatically query to hide themselves
+ - filters: handle wildcards (with implicit leading/trailing *), regexps
+ - shortcuts: add a shortcut api, e.g. parse "&Save" and/or "Save (CTRL+S)", pass in to widgets or provide simple ways to use (button=activate, input=focus)
+!- keyboard: tooltip & combo boxes are messing up / not honoring keyboard tabbing
+ - keyboard: full keyboard navigation and focus.
+ - focus: SetKeyboardFocusHere() on with >= 0 offset could be done on same frame (else latch and modulate on beginning of next frame)
+ - input: rework IO system to be able to pass actual ordered/timestamped events.
+ - input: support track pad style scrolling & slider edit.
+ - misc: provide a way to compile out the entire implementation while providing a dummy API (e.g. #define IMGUI_DUMMY_IMPL)
+ - misc: double-clicking on title bar to minimize isn't consistent, perhaps move to single-click on left-most collapse icon?
+ - style editor: have a more global HSV setter (e.g. alter hue on all elements). consider replacing active/hovered by offset in HSV space? (#438)
+ - style editor: color child window height expressed in multiple of line height.
+ - drawlist: user probably can't call Clear() because we expect a texture to be pushed in the stack.
+ - examples: directx9/directx11: save/restore device state more thoroughly.
+ - optimization: use another hash function than crc32, e.g. FNV1a
+ - optimization/render: merge command-lists with same clip-rect into one even if they aren't sequential? (as long as in-between clip rectangle don't overlap)?
+ - optimization: turn some the various stack vectors into statically-sized arrays
+ - optimization: better clipping for multi-component widgets
+*/
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+#endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#include "imgui_internal.h"
+
+#include // toupper, isprint
+#include // sqrtf, fabsf, fmodf, powf, cosf, sinf, floorf, ceilf
+#include // NULL, malloc, free, qsort, atoi
+#include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf
+#include // new (ptr)
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier
+#include // intptr_t
+#else
+#include // intptr_t
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant
+#pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff)
+#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
+#define snprintf _snprintf
+#endif
+
+// Clang warnings with -Weverything
+#ifdef __clang__
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning : use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning : comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning : format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors" // warning : declaration requires an exit-time destructor // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors" // warning : declaration requires a global destructor // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference it.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning : implicit conversion changes signedness //
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-noreturn" // warning : function xx could be declared with attribute 'noreturn' warning // GetDefaultFontData() asserts which some implementation makes it never return.
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"// warning : 'xx' is deprecated: The POSIX name for this item.. // for strdup used in demo code (so user can copy & paste the code)
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning : cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int'
+#endif
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size
+#endif
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Forward Declarations
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static void LogRenderedText(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);
+static const char* FindTextDisplayEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);
+
+static void PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full = 0.0f);
+static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(int column_index);
+
+static bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true);
+
+static void SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font);
+static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
+static void SetWindowScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y);
+static void SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond);
+static void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond);
+static void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond);
+static ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByName(const char* name);
+static ImGuiWindow* FindHoveredWindow(ImVec2 pos, bool excluding_childs);
+static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags);
+static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window);
+static void ClearSetNextWindowData();
+static void CheckStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write);
+static void Scrollbar(ImGuiWindow* window, bool horizontal);
+static bool CloseWindowButton(bool* p_opened);
+
+static void AddDrawListToRenderList(ImVector& out_render_list, ImDrawList* draw_list);
+static void AddWindowToRenderList(ImVector& out_render_list, ImGuiWindow* window);
+static void AddWindowToSortedBuffer(ImVector& out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window);
+
+static ImGuiIniData* FindWindowSettings(const char* name);
+static ImGuiIniData* AddWindowSettings(const char* name);
+static void LoadSettings();
+static void SaveSettings();
+static void MarkSettingsDirty();
+
+static void PushColumnClipRect(int column_index = -1);
+static ImRect GetVisibleRect();
+
+static bool BeginPopupEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags);
+static void CloseInactivePopups();
+static void ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining);
+static void ClosePopup(ImGuiID id);
+static bool IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id);
+static ImGuiWindow* GetFrontMostModalRootWindow();
+static ImVec2 FindBestPopupWindowPos(const ImVec2& base_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, int* last_dir, const ImRect& r_inner);
+
+static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data);
+static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end);
+static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false);
+
+static inline void DataTypeFormatString(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* display_format, char* buf, int buf_size);
+static inline void DataTypeFormatString(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, int decimal_precision, char* buf, int buf_size);
+static void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* value1, const void* value2);
+static void DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* scalar_format);
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Platform dependent default implementations
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl();
+static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(const char* text);
+static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int x, int y);
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Context
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// We access everything through this pointer (always assumed to be != NULL)
+// You can swap the pointer to a different context by calling ImGui::SetInternalState()
+static ImGuiState GImDefaultState;
+ImGuiState* GImGui = &GImDefaultState;
+
+// Statically allocated default font atlas. This is merely a maneuver to keep ImFontAtlas definition at the bottom of the .h file (otherwise it'd be inside ImGuiIO)
+// Also we wouldn't be able to new() one at this point, before users may define IO.MemAllocFn.
+static ImFontAtlas GImDefaultFontAtlas;
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// User facing structures
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle()
+{
+ Alpha = 1.0f; // Global alpha applies to everything in ImGui
+ WindowPadding = ImVec2(8,8); // Padding within a window
+ WindowMinSize = ImVec2(32,32); // Minimum window size
+ WindowRounding = 9.0f; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows
+ WindowTitleAlign = ImGuiAlign_Left; // Alignment for title bar text
+ ChildWindowRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows
+ FramePadding = ImVec2(4,3); // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets)
+ FrameRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frames (used by most widgets).
+ ItemSpacing = ImVec2(8,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines
+ ItemInnerSpacing = ImVec2(4,4); // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label)
+ TouchExtraPadding = ImVec2(0,0); // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much!
+ WindowFillAlphaDefault = 0.70f; // Default alpha of window background, if not specified in ImGui::Begin()
+ IndentSpacing = 22.0f; // Horizontal spacing when e.g. entering a tree node
+ ColumnsMinSpacing = 6.0f; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns
+ ScrollbarSize = 16.0f; // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar
+ ScrollbarRounding = 9.0f; // Radius of grab corners rounding for scrollbar
+ GrabMinSize = 10.0f; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar
+ GrabRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs.
+ DisplayWindowPadding = ImVec2(22,22); // Window positions are clamped to be visible within the display area by at least this amount. Only covers regular windows.
+ DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImVec2(4,4); // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows.
+ AntiAliasedLines = true; // Enable anti-aliasing on lines/borders. Disable if you are really short on CPU/GPU.
+ AntiAliasedShapes = true; // Enable anti-aliasing on filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.)
+ CurveTessellationTol = 1.25f; // Tessellation tolerance. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality.
+
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_Text] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.90f, 0.90f, 1.00f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled] = ImVec4(0.60f, 0.60f, 0.60f, 1.00f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_Border] = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f, 0.65f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_BorderShadow] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f, 0.00f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.30f); // Background of checkbox, radio button, plot, slider, text input
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.40f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.65f, 0.65f, 0.45f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBg] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f, 0.45f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed] = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.20f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f, 0.55f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg] = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.55f, 0.80f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.25f, 0.30f, 0.60f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab] = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.30f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered] = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.80f, 0.40f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 0.40f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_ComboBg] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.99f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_CheckMark] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.90f, 0.90f, 0.50f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrab] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.30f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_Button] = ImVec4(0.67f, 0.40f, 0.40f, 0.60f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered] = ImVec4(0.67f, 0.40f, 0.40f, 1.00f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_ButtonActive] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_Header] = ImVec4(0.40f, 0.40f, 0.90f, 0.45f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered] = ImVec4(0.45f, 0.45f, 0.90f, 0.80f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderActive] = ImVec4(0.53f, 0.53f, 0.87f, 0.80f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_Column] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.50f, 1.00f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered] = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.60f, 0.60f, 1.00f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_ColumnActive] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.70f, 1.00f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.30f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.60f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.90f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_CloseButton] = ImVec4(0.50f, 0.50f, 0.90f, 0.50f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered] = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.90f, 0.60f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive] = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f, 1.00f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLines] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f, 0.35f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_TooltipBg] = ImVec4(0.05f, 0.05f, 0.10f, 0.90f);
+ Colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f);
+}
+
+ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO()
+{
+ // Most fields are initialized with zero
+ memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this));
+
+ DisplaySize = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f);
+ DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f;
+ IniSavingRate = 5.0f;
+ IniFilename = "imgui.ini";
+ LogFilename = "imgui_log.txt";
+ Fonts = &GImDefaultFontAtlas;
+ FontGlobalScale = 1.0f;
+ DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f);
+ MousePos = ImVec2(-1,-1);
+ MousePosPrev = ImVec2(-1,-1);
+ MouseDoubleClickTime = 0.30f;
+ MouseDoubleClickMaxDist = 6.0f;
+ MouseDragThreshold = 6.0f;
+ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(MouseDownDuration); i++)
+ MouseDownDuration[i] = MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f;
+ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(KeysDownDuration); i++)
+ KeysDownDuration[i] = KeysDownDurationPrev[i] = -1.0f;
+ for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiKey_COUNT; i++)
+ KeyMap[i] = -1;
+ KeyRepeatDelay = 0.250f;
+ KeyRepeatRate = 0.050f;
+ UserData = NULL;
+
+ // User functions
+ RenderDrawListsFn = NULL;
+ MemAllocFn = malloc;
+ MemFreeFn = free;
+ GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; // Platform dependent default implementations
+ SetClipboardTextFn = SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl;
+ ImeSetInputScreenPosFn = ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl;
+}
+
+// Pass in translated ASCII characters for text input.
+// - with glfw you can get those from the callback set in glfwSetCharCallback()
+// - on Windows you can get those using ToAscii+keyboard state, or via the WM_CHAR message
+void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharacter(ImWchar c)
+{
+ const int n = ImStrlenW(InputCharacters);
+ if (n + 1 < IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputCharacters))
+ {
+ InputCharacters[n] = c;
+ InputCharacters[n+1] = '\0';
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars)
+{
+ // We can't pass more wchars than ImGuiIO::InputCharacters[] can hold so don't convert more
+ const int wchars_buf_len = sizeof(ImGuiIO::InputCharacters) / sizeof(ImWchar);
+ ImWchar wchars[wchars_buf_len];
+ ImTextStrFromUtf8(wchars, wchars_buf_len, utf8_chars, NULL);
+ for (int i = 0; wchars[i] != 0 && i < wchars_buf_len; i++)
+ AddInputCharacter(wchars[i]);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// HELPERS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define IM_F32_TO_INT8(_VAL) ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f))
+
+#define IM_INT_MIN (-2147483647-1)
+#define IM_INT_MAX (2147483647)
+
+// Play it nice with Windows users. Notepad in 2015 still doesn't display text data with Unix-style \n.
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#define IM_NEWLINE "\r\n"
+#else
+#define IM_NEWLINE "\n"
+#endif
+
+bool ImIsPointInTriangle(const ImVec2& p, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c)
+{
+ bool b1 = ((p.x - b.x) * (a.y - b.y) - (p.y - b.y) * (a.x - b.x)) < 0.0f;
+ bool b2 = ((p.x - c.x) * (b.y - c.y) - (p.y - c.y) * (b.x - c.x)) < 0.0f;
+ bool b3 = ((p.x - a.x) * (c.y - a.y) - (p.y - a.y) * (c.x - a.x)) < 0.0f;
+ return ((b1 == b2) && (b2 == b3));
+}
+
+int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2)
+{
+ int d;
+ while ((d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; }
+ return d;
+}
+
+int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, int count)
+{
+ int d = 0;
+ while (count > 0 && (d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; count--; }
+ return d;
+}
+
+char* ImStrdup(const char *str)
+{
+ char *buff = (char*)ImGui::MemAlloc(strlen(str) + 1);
+ IM_ASSERT(buff);
+ strcpy(buff, str);
+ return buff;
+}
+
+int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str)
+{
+ int n = 0;
+ while (*str++) n++;
+ return n;
+}
+
+const ImWchar* ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin) // find beginning-of-line
+{
+ while (buf_mid_line > buf_begin && buf_mid_line[-1] != '\n')
+ buf_mid_line--;
+ return buf_mid_line;
+}
+
+const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end)
+{
+ if (!needle_end)
+ needle_end = needle + strlen(needle);
+
+ const char un0 = (char)toupper(*needle);
+ while ((!haystack_end && *haystack) || (haystack_end && haystack < haystack_end))
+ {
+ if (toupper(*haystack) == un0)
+ {
+ const char* b = needle + 1;
+ for (const char* a = haystack + 1; b < needle_end; a++, b++)
+ if (toupper(*a) != toupper(*b))
+ break;
+ if (b == needle_end)
+ return haystack;
+ }
+ haystack++;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+int ImFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+ buf[buf_size-1] = 0;
+ return (w == -1) ? buf_size : w;
+}
+
+int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, int buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ int w = vsnprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, args);
+ buf[buf_size-1] = 0;
+ return (w == -1) ? buf_size : w;
+}
+
+// Pass data_size==0 for zero-terminated strings
+// FIXME-OPT: Replace with e.g. FNV1a hash? CRC32 pretty much randomly access 1KB. Need to do proper measurements.
+ImU32 ImHash(const void* data, int data_size, ImU32 seed)
+{
+ static ImU32 crc32_lut[256] = { 0 };
+ if (!crc32_lut[1])
+ {
+ const ImU32 polynomial = 0xEDB88320;
+ for (ImU32 i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+ {
+ ImU32 crc = i;
+ for (ImU32 j = 0; j < 8; j++)
+ crc = (crc >> 1) ^ (ImU32(-int(crc & 1)) & polynomial);
+ crc32_lut[i] = crc;
+ }
+ }
+
+ seed = ~seed;
+ ImU32 crc = seed;
+ const unsigned char* current = (const unsigned char*)data;
+
+ if (data_size > 0)
+ {
+ // Known size
+ while (data_size--)
+ crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ *current++];
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Zero-terminated string
+ while (unsigned char c = *current++)
+ {
+ // We support a syntax of "label###id" where only "###id" is included in the hash, and only "label" gets displayed.
+ // Because this syntax is rarely used we are optimizing for the common case.
+ // - If we reach ### in the string we discard the hash so far and reset to the seed.
+ // - We don't do 'current += 2; continue;' after handling ### to keep the code smaller.
+ if (c == '#' && current[0] == '#' && current[1] == '#')
+ crc = seed;
+
+ crc = (crc >> 8) ^ crc32_lut[(crc & 0xFF) ^ c];
+ }
+ }
+ return ~crc;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImText* helpers
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Convert UTF-8 to 32-bits character, process single character input.
+// Based on stb_from_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/
+// We handle UTF-8 decoding error by skipping forward.
+int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
+{
+ unsigned int c = (unsigned int)-1;
+ const unsigned char* str = (const unsigned char*)in_text;
+ if (!(*str & 0x80))
+ {
+ c = (unsigned int)(*str++);
+ *out_char = c;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if ((*str & 0xe0) == 0xc0)
+ {
+ *out_char = 0xFFFD; // will be invalid but not end of string
+ if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 2) return 1;
+ if (*str < 0xc2) return 2;
+ c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x1f) << 6);
+ if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 2;
+ c += (*str++ & 0x3f);
+ *out_char = c;
+ return 2;
+ }
+ if ((*str & 0xf0) == 0xe0)
+ {
+ *out_char = 0xFFFD; // will be invalid but not end of string
+ if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 3) return 1;
+ if (*str == 0xe0 && (str[1] < 0xa0 || str[1] > 0xbf)) return 3;
+ if (*str == 0xed && str[1] > 0x9f) return 3; // str[1] < 0x80 is checked below
+ c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x0f) << 12);
+ if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 3;
+ c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 6);
+ if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 3;
+ c += (*str++ & 0x3f);
+ *out_char = c;
+ return 3;
+ }
+ if ((*str & 0xf8) == 0xf0)
+ {
+ *out_char = 0xFFFD; // will be invalid but not end of string
+ if (in_text_end && in_text_end - (const char*)str < 4) return 1;
+ if (*str > 0xf4) return 4;
+ if (*str == 0xf0 && (str[1] < 0x90 || str[1] > 0xbf)) return 4;
+ if (*str == 0xf4 && str[1] > 0x8f) return 4; // str[1] < 0x80 is checked below
+ c = (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x07) << 18);
+ if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4;
+ c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 12);
+ if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4;
+ c += (unsigned int)((*str++ & 0x3f) << 6);
+ if ((*str & 0xc0) != 0x80) return 4;
+ c += (*str++ & 0x3f);
+ // utf-8 encodings of values used in surrogate pairs are invalid
+ if ((c & 0xFFFFF800) == 0xD800) return 4;
+ *out_char = c;
+ return 4;
+ }
+ *out_char = 0;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_text_remaining)
+{
+ ImWchar* buf_out = buf;
+ ImWchar* buf_end = buf + buf_size;
+ while (buf_out < buf_end-1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
+ {
+ unsigned int c;
+ in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end);
+ if (c == 0)
+ break;
+ if (c < 0x10000) // FIXME: Losing characters that don't fit in 2 bytes
+ *buf_out++ = (ImWchar)c;
+ }
+ *buf_out = 0;
+ if (in_text_remaining)
+ *in_text_remaining = in_text;
+ return (int)(buf_out - buf);
+}
+
+int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end)
+{
+ int char_count = 0;
+ while ((!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
+ {
+ unsigned int c;
+ in_text += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, in_text, in_text_end);
+ if (c == 0)
+ break;
+ if (c < 0x10000)
+ char_count++;
+ }
+ return char_count;
+}
+
+// Based on stb_to_utf8() from github.com/nothings/stb/
+static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c)
+{
+ if (c < 0x80)
+ {
+ buf[0] = (char)c;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if (c < 0x800)
+ {
+ if (buf_size < 2) return 0;
+ buf[0] = (char)(0xc0 + (c >> 6));
+ buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + (c & 0x3f));
+ return 2;
+ }
+ if (c >= 0xdc00 && c < 0xe000)
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if (c >= 0xd800 && c < 0xdc00)
+ {
+ if (buf_size < 4) return 0;
+ buf[0] = (char)(0xf0 + (c >> 18));
+ buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 12) & 0x3f));
+ buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c >> 6) & 0x3f));
+ buf[3] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f));
+ return 4;
+ }
+ //else if (c < 0x10000)
+ {
+ if (buf_size < 3) return 0;
+ buf[0] = (char)(0xe0 + (c >> 12));
+ buf[1] = (char)(0x80 + ((c>> 6) & 0x3f));
+ buf[2] = (char)(0x80 + ((c ) & 0x3f));
+ return 3;
+ }
+}
+
+static inline int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(unsigned int c)
+{
+ if (c < 0x80) return 1;
+ if (c < 0x800) return 2;
+ if (c >= 0xdc00 && c < 0xe000) return 0;
+ if (c >= 0xd800 && c < 0xdc00) return 4;
+ return 3;
+}
+
+int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end)
+{
+ char* buf_out = buf;
+ const char* buf_end = buf + buf_size;
+ while (buf_out < buf_end-1 && (!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
+ {
+ unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++);
+ if (c < 0x80)
+ *buf_out++ = (char)c;
+ else
+ buf_out += ImTextCharToUtf8(buf_out, (int)(buf_end-buf_out-1), c);
+ }
+ *buf_out = 0;
+ return (int)(buf_out - buf);
+}
+
+int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end)
+{
+ int bytes_count = 0;
+ while ((!in_text_end || in_text < in_text_end) && *in_text)
+ {
+ unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*in_text++);
+ if (c < 0x80)
+ bytes_count++;
+ else
+ bytes_count += ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(c);
+ }
+ return bytes_count;
+}
+
+ImVec4 ImGui::ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in)
+{
+ float s = 1.0f/255.0f;
+ return ImVec4((in & 0xFF) * s, ((in >> 8) & 0xFF) * s, ((in >> 16) & 0xFF) * s, (in >> 24) * s);
+}
+
+ImU32 ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4& in)
+{
+ ImU32 out;
+ out = ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8(ImSaturate(in.x)));
+ out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8(ImSaturate(in.y))) << 8;
+ out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8(ImSaturate(in.z))) << 16;
+ out |= ((ImU32)IM_F32_TO_INT8(ImSaturate(in.w))) << 24;
+ return out;
+}
+
+// Convert rgb floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]) to hsv floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]), from Foley & van Dam p592
+// Optimized http://lolengine.net/blog/2013/01/13/fast-rgb-to-hsv
+void ImGui::ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v)
+{
+ float K = 0.f;
+ if (g < b)
+ {
+ const float tmp = g; g = b; b = tmp;
+ K = -1.f;
+ }
+ if (r < g)
+ {
+ const float tmp = r; r = g; g = tmp;
+ K = -2.f / 6.f - K;
+ }
+
+ const float chroma = r - (g < b ? g : b);
+ out_h = fabsf(K + (g - b) / (6.f * chroma + 1e-20f));
+ out_s = chroma / (r + 1e-20f);
+ out_v = r;
+}
+
+// Convert hsv floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]) to rgb floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]), from Foley & van Dam p593
+// also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSL_and_HSV
+void ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b)
+{
+ if (s == 0.0f)
+ {
+ // gray
+ out_r = out_g = out_b = v;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ h = fmodf(h, 1.0f) / (60.0f/360.0f);
+ int i = (int)h;
+ float f = h - (float)i;
+ float p = v * (1.0f - s);
+ float q = v * (1.0f - s * f);
+ float t = v * (1.0f - s * (1.0f - f));
+
+ switch (i)
+ {
+ case 0: out_r = v; out_g = t; out_b = p; break;
+ case 1: out_r = q; out_g = v; out_b = p; break;
+ case 2: out_r = p; out_g = v; out_b = t; break;
+ case 3: out_r = p; out_g = q; out_b = v; break;
+ case 4: out_r = t; out_g = p; out_b = v; break;
+ case 5: default: out_r = v; out_g = p; out_b = q; break;
+ }
+}
+
+// Load file content into memory
+// Memory allocated with ImGui::MemAlloc(), must be freed by user using ImGui::MemFree()
+void* ImLoadFileToMemory(const char* filename, const char* file_open_mode, int* out_file_size, int padding_bytes)
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(filename && file_open_mode);
+ if (out_file_size)
+ *out_file_size = 0;
+
+ FILE* f;
+ if ((f = fopen(filename, file_open_mode)) == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ long file_size_signed;
+ if (fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END) || (file_size_signed = ftell(f)) == -1 || fseek(f, 0, SEEK_SET))
+ {
+ fclose(f);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ int file_size = (int)file_size_signed;
+ void* file_data = ImGui::MemAlloc(file_size + padding_bytes);
+ if (file_data == NULL)
+ {
+ fclose(f);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ if (fread(file_data, 1, (size_t)file_size, f) != (size_t)file_size)
+ {
+ fclose(f);
+ ImGui::MemFree(file_data);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ if (padding_bytes > 0)
+ memset((void *)(((char*)file_data) + file_size), 0, padding_bytes);
+
+ fclose(f);
+ if (out_file_size)
+ *out_file_size = file_size;
+
+ return file_data;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImGuiStorage
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Helper: Key->value storage
+void ImGuiStorage::Clear()
+{
+ Data.clear();
+}
+
+// std::lower_bound but without the bullshit
+static ImVector::iterator LowerBound(ImVector& data, ImU32 key)
+{
+ ImVector::iterator first = data.begin();
+ ImVector::iterator last = data.end();
+ int count = (int)(last - first);
+ while (count > 0)
+ {
+ int count2 = count / 2;
+ ImVector::iterator mid = first + count2;
+ if (mid->key < key)
+ {
+ first = ++mid;
+ count -= count2 + 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ count = count2;
+ }
+ }
+ return first;
+}
+
+int ImGuiStorage::GetInt(ImU32 key, int default_val) const
+{
+ ImVector::iterator it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key);
+ if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+ return default_val;
+ return it->val_i;
+}
+
+float ImGuiStorage::GetFloat(ImU32 key, float default_val) const
+{
+ ImVector::iterator it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key);
+ if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+ return default_val;
+ return it->val_f;
+}
+
+void* ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const
+{
+ ImVector::iterator it = LowerBound(const_cast&>(Data), key);
+ if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+ return NULL;
+ return it->val_p;
+}
+
+// References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer.
+int* ImGuiStorage::GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val)
+{
+ ImVector::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+ if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+ it = Data.insert(it, Pair(key, default_val));
+ return &it->val_i;
+}
+
+float* ImGuiStorage::GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val)
+{
+ ImVector::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+ if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+ it = Data.insert(it, Pair(key, default_val));
+ return &it->val_f;
+}
+
+void** ImGuiStorage::GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val)
+{
+ ImVector::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+ if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+ it = Data.insert(it, Pair(key, default_val));
+ return &it->val_p;
+}
+
+// FIXME-OPT: Need a way to reuse the result of lower_bound when doing GetInt()/SetInt() - not too bad because it only happens on explicit interaction (maximum one a frame)
+void ImGuiStorage::SetInt(ImU32 key, int val)
+{
+ ImVector::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+ if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+ {
+ Data.insert(it, Pair(key, val));
+ return;
+ }
+ it->val_i = val;
+}
+
+void ImGuiStorage::SetFloat(ImU32 key, float val)
+{
+ ImVector::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+ if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+ {
+ Data.insert(it, Pair(key, val));
+ return;
+ }
+ it->val_f = val;
+}
+
+void ImGuiStorage::SetVoidPtr(ImU32 key, void* val)
+{
+ ImVector::iterator it = LowerBound(Data, key);
+ if (it == Data.end() || it->key != key)
+ {
+ Data.insert(it, Pair(key, val));
+ return;
+ }
+ it->val_p = val;
+}
+
+void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v)
+{
+ for (int i = 0; i < Data.Size; i++)
+ Data[i].val_i = v;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImGuiTextFilter
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]"
+ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter)
+{
+ if (default_filter)
+ {
+ ImFormatString(InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf), "%s", default_filter);
+ Build();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ InputBuf[0] = 0;
+ CountGrep = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+bool ImGuiTextFilter::Draw(const char* label, float width)
+{
+ if (width != 0.0f)
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(width);
+ bool value_changed = ImGui::InputText(label, InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf));
+ if (width != 0.0f)
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ if (value_changed)
+ Build();
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+void ImGuiTextFilter::TextRange::split(char separator, ImVector& out)
+{
+ out.resize(0);
+ const char* wb = b;
+ const char* we = wb;
+ while (we < e)
+ {
+ if (*we == separator)
+ {
+ out.push_back(TextRange(wb, we));
+ wb = we + 1;
+ }
+ we++;
+ }
+ if (wb != we)
+ out.push_back(TextRange(wb, we));
+}
+
+void ImGuiTextFilter::Build()
+{
+ Filters.resize(0);
+ TextRange input_range(InputBuf, InputBuf+strlen(InputBuf));
+ input_range.split(',', Filters);
+
+ CountGrep = 0;
+ for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++)
+ {
+ Filters[i].trim_blanks();
+ if (Filters[i].empty())
+ continue;
+ if (Filters[i].front() != '-')
+ CountGrep += 1;
+ }
+}
+
+bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const
+{
+ if (Filters.empty())
+ return true;
+
+ if (text == NULL)
+ text = "";
+
+ for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++)
+ {
+ const TextRange& f = Filters[i];
+ if (f.empty())
+ continue;
+ if (f.front() == '-')
+ {
+ // Subtract
+ if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.begin()+1, f.end()) != NULL)
+ return false;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Grep
+ if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.begin(), f.end()) != NULL)
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Implicit * grep
+ if (CountGrep == 0)
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImGuiTextBuffer
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// On some platform vsnprintf() takes va_list by reference and modifies it.
+// va_copy is the 'correct' way to copy a va_list but Visual Studio prior to 2013 doesn't have it.
+#ifndef va_copy
+#define va_copy(dest, src) (dest = src)
+#endif
+
+// Helper: Text buffer for logging/accumulating text
+void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendv(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ va_list args_copy;
+ va_copy(args_copy, args);
+
+ int len = vsnprintf(NULL, 0, fmt, args); // FIXME-OPT: could do a first pass write attempt, likely successful on first pass.
+ if (len <= 0)
+ return;
+
+ const int write_off = Buf.Size;
+ const int needed_sz = write_off + len;
+ if (write_off + len >= Buf.Capacity)
+ {
+ int double_capacity = Buf.Capacity * 2;
+ Buf.reserve(needed_sz > double_capacity ? needed_sz : double_capacity);
+ }
+
+ Buf.resize(needed_sz);
+ ImFormatStringV(&Buf[write_off] - 1, len+1, fmt, args_copy);
+}
+
+void ImGuiTextBuffer::append(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ appendv(fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImGuiSimpleColumns
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ImGuiSimpleColumns::ImGuiSimpleColumns()
+{
+ Count = 0;
+ Spacing = Width = NextWidth = 0.0f;
+ memset(Pos, 0, sizeof(Pos));
+ memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths));
+}
+
+void ImGuiSimpleColumns::Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear)
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(Count <= IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos));
+ Count = count;
+ Width = NextWidth = 0.0f;
+ Spacing = spacing;
+ if (clear) memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths));
+ for (int i = 0; i < Count; i++)
+ {
+ if (i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f)
+ Width += Spacing;
+ Pos[i] = (float)(int)Width;
+ Width += NextWidths[i];
+ NextWidths[i] = 0.0f;
+ }
+}
+
+float ImGuiSimpleColumns::DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2) // not using va_arg because they promote float to double
+{
+ NextWidth = 0.0f;
+ NextWidths[0] = ImMax(NextWidths[0], w0);
+ NextWidths[1] = ImMax(NextWidths[1], w1);
+ NextWidths[2] = ImMax(NextWidths[2], w2);
+ for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+ NextWidth += NextWidths[i] + ((i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f) ? Spacing : 0.0f);
+ return ImMax(Width, NextWidth);
+}
+
+float ImGuiSimpleColumns::CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w)
+{
+ return ImMax(0.0f, avail_w - Width);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImGuiWindow
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(const char* name)
+{
+ Name = ImStrdup(name);
+ ID = ImHash(name, 0);
+ IDStack.push_back(ID);
+ MoveID = GetID("#MOVE");
+
+ Flags = 0;
+ PosFloat = Pos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ Size = SizeFull = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ SizeContents = SizeContentsExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ Scroll = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX);
+ ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f);
+ ScrollbarX = ScrollbarY = false;
+ ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ Active = WasActive = false;
+ Accessed = false;
+ Collapsed = false;
+ SkipItems = false;
+ BeginCount = 0;
+ PopupID = 0;
+ AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1;
+ AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
+ AutoPosLastDirection = -1;
+ HiddenFrames = 0;
+ SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = ImGuiSetCond_Always | ImGuiSetCond_Once | ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiSetCond_Appearing;
+ SetWindowPosCenterWanted = false;
+
+ LastFrameActive = -1;
+ ItemWidthDefault = 0.0f;
+ FontWindowScale = 1.0f;
+
+ DrawList = (ImDrawList*)ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(ImDrawList));
+ new(DrawList) ImDrawList();
+ DrawList->_OwnerName = Name;
+ RootWindow = NULL;
+ RootNonPopupWindow = NULL;
+
+ FocusIdxAllCounter = FocusIdxTabCounter = -1;
+ FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent = FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent = IM_INT_MAX;
+ FocusIdxAllRequestNext = FocusIdxTabRequestNext = IM_INT_MAX;
+}
+
+ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow()
+{
+ DrawList->~ImDrawList();
+ ImGui::MemFree(DrawList);
+ DrawList = NULL;
+ ImGui::MemFree(Name);
+ Name = NULL;
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end)
+{
+ ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
+ ImGuiID id = ImHash(str, str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : 0, seed);
+ ImGui::KeepAliveID(id);
+ return id;
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr)
+{
+ ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back();
+ ImGuiID id = ImHash(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed);
+ ImGui::KeepAliveID(id);
+ return id;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Internal API exposed in imgui_internal.h
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ g.CurrentWindow = window;
+ if (window)
+ g.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize();
+}
+
+ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetParentWindow()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size >= 2);
+ return g.CurrentWindowStack[g.CurrentWindowStack.Size - 2];
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window = NULL)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ g.ActiveId = id;
+ g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;
+ g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = true;
+ g.ActiveIdWindow = window;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ g.HoveredId = id;
+ g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
+}
+
+void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.ActiveId == id)
+ g.ActiveIdIsAlive = true;
+}
+
+// Advance cursor given item size for layout.
+void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_offset_y)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ // Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, size.y);
+ const float text_base_offset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset, text_offset_y);
+ window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+ window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2((float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX), (float)(int)(window->DC.CursorPos.y + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y));
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x);
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+
+ //window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, 0xFF0000FF, 4); // Debug
+
+ window->DC.PrevLineHeight = line_height;
+ window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = text_base_offset;
+ window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+}
+
+void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_offset_y)
+{
+ ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_offset_y);
+}
+
+// Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction.
+// Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface
+// declares their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and then use a larger region for drawing/interaction, which is passed to ItemAdd().
+bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, const ImGuiID* id)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.LastItemID = id ? *id : 0;
+ window->DC.LastItemRect = bb;
+ if (IsClippedEx(bb, id, false))
+ {
+ window->DC.LastItemHoveredAndUsable = window->DC.LastItemHoveredRect = false;
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // This is a sensible default, but widgets are free to override it after calling ItemAdd()
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max))
+ {
+ // Matching the behavior of IsHovered() but ignore if ActiveId==window->MoveID (we clicked on the window background)
+ // So that clicking on items with no active id such as Text() still returns true with IsItemHovered()
+ window->DC.LastItemHoveredRect = true;
+ window->DC.LastItemHoveredAndUsable = false;
+ if (g.HoveredRootWindow == window->RootWindow)
+ if (g.ActiveId == 0 || (id && g.ActiveId == *id) || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap || (g.ActiveId == window->MoveID))
+ if (IsWindowContentHoverable(window))
+ window->DC.LastItemHoveredAndUsable = true;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ window->DC.LastItemHoveredAndUsable = window->DC.LastItemHoveredRect = false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, const ImGuiID* id, bool clip_even_when_logged)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+
+ if (!bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect))
+ {
+ if (!id || *id != GImGui->ActiveId)
+ if (clip_even_when_logged || !g.LogEnabled)
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsHovered(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool flatten_childs)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.HoveredId == 0 || g.HoveredId == id || g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ if (g.HoveredWindow == window || (flatten_childs && g.HoveredRootWindow == window->RootWindow))
+ if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) && ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max))
+ if (IsWindowContentHoverable(g.HoveredRootWindow))
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, bool is_active, bool tab_stop)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+
+ const bool allow_keyboard_focus = window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocus;
+ window->FocusIdxAllCounter++;
+ if (allow_keyboard_focus)
+ window->FocusIdxTabCounter++;
+
+ // Process keyboard input at this point: TAB, Shift-TAB switch focus
+ // We can always TAB out of a widget that doesn't allow tabbing in.
+ if (tab_stop && window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext == IM_INT_MAX && window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext == IM_INT_MAX && is_active && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab))
+ {
+ // Modulo on index will be applied at the end of frame once we've got the total counter of items.
+ window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = window->FocusIdxTabCounter + (g.IO.KeyShift ? (allow_keyboard_focus ? -1 : 0) : +1);
+ }
+
+ if (window->FocusIdxAllCounter == window->FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent)
+ return true;
+
+ if (allow_keyboard_focus)
+ if (window->FocusIdxTabCounter == window->FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent)
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+void ImGui::FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ window->FocusIdxAllCounter--;
+ window->FocusIdxTabCounter--;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_x, float default_y)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImVec2 content_max;
+ if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f)
+ content_max = g.CurrentWindow->Pos + ImGui::GetContentRegionMax();
+ if (size.x <= 0.0f)
+ size.x = (size.x == 0.0f) ? default_x : ImMax(content_max.x - g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos.x, 4.0f) + size.x;
+ if (size.y <= 0.0f)
+ size.y = (size.y == 0.0f) ? default_y : ImMax(content_max.y - g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos.y, 4.0f) + size.y;
+ return size;
+}
+
+float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x)
+{
+ if (wrap_pos_x < 0.0f)
+ return 0.0f;
+
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ if (wrap_pos_x == 0.0f)
+ wrap_pos_x = ImGui::GetContentRegionMax().x + window->Pos.x;
+ else if (wrap_pos_x > 0.0f)
+ wrap_pos_x += window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x; // wrap_pos_x is provided is window local space
+
+ const float wrap_width = wrap_pos_x > 0.0f ? ImMax(wrap_pos_x - pos.x, 0.00001f) : 0.0f;
+ return wrap_width;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t sz)
+{
+ GImGui->IO.MetricsAllocs++;
+ return GImGui->IO.MemAllocFn(sz);
+}
+
+void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr)
+{
+ if (ptr) GImGui->IO.MetricsAllocs--;
+ return GImGui->IO.MemFreeFn(ptr);
+}
+
+const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText()
+{
+ return GImGui->IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? GImGui->IO.GetClipboardTextFn() : "";
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetClipboardText(const char* text)
+{
+ if (GImGui->IO.SetClipboardTextFn)
+ GImGui->IO.SetClipboardTextFn(text);
+}
+
+const char* ImGui::GetVersion()
+{
+ return IMGUI_VERSION;
+}
+
+// Internal state access - if you want to share ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself
+// Note that we still point to some static data and members (such as GFontAtlas), so the state instance you end up using will point to the static data within its module
+void* ImGui::GetInternalState()
+{
+ return GImGui;
+}
+
+size_t ImGui::GetInternalStateSize()
+{
+ return sizeof(ImGuiState);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetInternalState(void* state, bool construct)
+{
+ if (construct)
+ new (state) ImGuiState();
+ GImGui = (ImGuiState*)state;
+}
+
+ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO()
+{
+ return GImGui->IO;
+}
+
+ImGuiStyle& ImGui::GetStyle()
+{
+ return GImGui->Style;
+}
+
+// Same value as passed to your RenderDrawListsFn() function. valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame()
+ImDrawData* ImGui::GetDrawData()
+{
+ return GImGui->RenderDrawData.Valid ? &GImGui->RenderDrawData : NULL;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetTime()
+{
+ return GImGui->Time;
+}
+
+int ImGui::GetFrameCount()
+{
+ return GImGui->FrameCount;
+}
+
+void ImGui::NewFrame()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+
+ // Check user data
+ IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DeltaTime >= 0.0f); // Need a positive DeltaTime (zero is tolerated but will cause some timing issues)
+ IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f);
+ IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts.Size > 0); // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ?
+ IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]->IsLoaded()); // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ?
+ IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f); // Invalid style setting
+
+ if (!g.Initialized)
+ {
+ // Initialize on first frame
+ g.LogClipboard = (ImGuiTextBuffer*)ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(ImGuiTextBuffer));
+ new(g.LogClipboard) ImGuiTextBuffer();
+
+ IM_ASSERT(g.Settings.empty());
+ LoadSettings();
+ g.Initialized = true;
+ }
+
+ SetCurrentFont(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]);
+
+ g.Time += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+ g.FrameCount += 1;
+ g.Tooltip[0] = '\0';
+ g.OverlayDrawList.Clear();
+ g.OverlayDrawList.PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID);
+ g.OverlayDrawList.PushClipRectFullScreen();
+ g.OverlayDrawList.AddDrawCmd();
+
+ // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it
+ g.RenderDrawData.Valid = false;
+ g.RenderDrawData.CmdLists = NULL;
+ g.RenderDrawData.CmdListsCount = g.RenderDrawData.TotalVtxCount = g.RenderDrawData.TotalIdxCount = 0;
+
+ // Update inputs state
+ if (g.IO.MousePos.x < 0 && g.IO.MousePos.y < 0)
+ g.IO.MousePos = ImVec2(-9999.0f, -9999.0f);
+ if ((g.IO.MousePos.x < 0 && g.IO.MousePos.y < 0) || (g.IO.MousePosPrev.x < 0 && g.IO.MousePosPrev.y < 0)) // if mouse just appeared or disappeared (negative coordinate) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta
+ g.IO.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ else
+ g.IO.MouseDelta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MousePosPrev;
+ g.IO.MousePosPrev = g.IO.MousePos;
+ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++)
+ {
+ g.IO.MouseClicked[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f;
+ g.IO.MouseReleased[i] = !g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f;
+ g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i];
+ g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] ? (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;
+ g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = false;
+ if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i])
+ {
+ if (g.Time - g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickTime)
+ {
+ if (ImLengthSqr(g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]) < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist)
+ g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = true;
+ g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = -FLT_MAX; // so the third click isn't turned into a double-click
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time;
+ }
+ g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i] = g.IO.MousePos;
+ g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f;
+ }
+ else if (g.IO.MouseDown[i])
+ {
+ g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], ImLengthSqr(g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]));
+ }
+ }
+ memcpy(g.IO.KeysDownDurationPrev, g.IO.KeysDownDuration, sizeof(g.IO.KeysDownDuration));
+ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown); i++)
+ g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] = g.IO.KeysDown[i] ? (g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f;
+
+ // Calculate frame-rate for the user, as a purely luxurious feature
+ g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum += g.IO.DeltaTime - g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx];
+ g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx] = g.IO.DeltaTime;
+ g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame);
+ g.IO.Framerate = 1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame));
+
+ // Clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore
+ g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId;
+ g.HoveredId = 0;
+ g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
+ if (!g.ActiveIdIsAlive && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId && g.ActiveId != 0)
+ SetActiveID(0);
+ g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame = g.ActiveId;
+ g.ActiveIdIsAlive = false;
+ g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false;
+ if (!g.ActiveId)
+ g.MovedWindow = NULL;
+
+ // Delay saving settings so we don't spam disk too much
+ if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer > 0.0f)
+ {
+ g.SettingsDirtyTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime;
+ if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
+ SaveSettings();
+ }
+
+ // Find the window we are hovering. Child windows can extend beyond the limit of their parent so we need to derive HoveredRootWindow from HoveredWindow
+ g.HoveredWindow = FindHoveredWindow(g.IO.MousePos, false);
+ if (g.HoveredWindow && (g.HoveredWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
+ g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow;
+ else
+ g.HoveredRootWindow = FindHoveredWindow(g.IO.MousePos, true);
+
+ if (ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetFrontMostModalRootWindow())
+ {
+ g.ModalWindowDarkeningRatio = ImMin(g.ModalWindowDarkeningRatio + g.IO.DeltaTime * 6.0f, 1.0f);
+ if (g.HoveredRootWindow != modal_window)
+ g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindow = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ g.ModalWindowDarkeningRatio = 0.0f;
+ }
+
+ // Are we using inputs? Tell user so they can capture/discard the inputs away from the rest of their application.
+ // When clicking outside of a window we assume the click is owned by the application and won't request capture.
+ int mouse_earliest_button_down = -1;
+ bool mouse_any_down = false;
+ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++)
+ {
+ if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i])
+ g.IO.MouseDownOwned[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || (!g.OpenedPopupStack.empty());
+ mouse_any_down |= g.IO.MouseDown[i];
+ if (g.IO.MouseDown[i])
+ if (mouse_earliest_button_down == -1 || g.IO.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_button_down] > g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i])
+ mouse_earliest_button_down = i;
+ }
+ bool mouse_owned_by_application = mouse_earliest_button_down != -1 && !g.IO.MouseDownOwned[mouse_earliest_button_down];
+ g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (!mouse_owned_by_application && g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || (!mouse_owned_by_application && mouse_any_down) || (g.ActiveId != 0) || (!g.OpenedPopupStack.empty()) || (g.CaptureMouseNextFrame);
+ g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (g.CaptureKeyboardNextFrame);
+ g.IO.WantTextInput = (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.InputTextState.Id == g.ActiveId);
+ g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow;
+ g.CaptureMouseNextFrame = g.CaptureKeyboardNextFrame = false;
+ g.OsImePosRequest = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // OS Input Method Editor showing on top-left of our window by default
+
+ // If mouse was first clicked outside of ImGui bounds we also cancel out hovering.
+ if (mouse_owned_by_application)
+ g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL;
+
+ // Scale & Scrolling
+ if (g.HoveredWindow && g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f && !g.HoveredWindow->Collapsed)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.HoveredWindow;
+ if (g.IO.KeyCtrl)
+ {
+ if (g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling)
+ {
+ // Zoom / Scale window
+ float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f);
+ float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale;
+ window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale;
+
+ const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size;
+ window->Pos += offset;
+ window->PosFloat += offset;
+ window->Size *= scale;
+ window->SizeFull *= scale;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Scroll
+ if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse))
+ {
+ const int scroll_lines = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox) ? 3 : 5;
+ SetWindowScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - g.IO.MouseWheel * window->CalcFontSize() * scroll_lines);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Pressing TAB activate widget focus
+ // NB: Don't discard FocusedWindow if it isn't active, so that a window that go on/off programatically won't lose its keyboard focus.
+ if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.FocusedWindow != NULL && g.FocusedWindow->Active && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab, false))
+ g.FocusedWindow->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = 0;
+
+ // Mark all windows as not visible
+ for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
+ window->WasActive = window->Active;
+ window->Active = false;
+ window->Accessed = false;
+ }
+
+ // No window should be open at the beginning of the frame.
+ // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear.
+ g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0);
+ g.CurrentPopupStack.resize(0);
+ CloseInactivePopups();
+
+ // Create implicit window - we will only render it if the user has added something to it.
+ ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(400,400), ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver);
+ ImGui::Begin("Debug");
+}
+
+// NB: behavior of ImGui after Shutdown() is not tested/guaranteed at the moment. This function is merely here to free heap allocations.
+void ImGui::Shutdown()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+
+ // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame)
+ if (g.IO.Fonts) // Testing for NULL to allow user to NULLify in case of running Shutdown() on multiple contexts. Bit hacky.
+ g.IO.Fonts->Clear();
+
+ // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having used ImGui.
+ if (!g.Initialized)
+ return;
+
+ SaveSettings();
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++)
+ {
+ g.Windows[i]->~ImGuiWindow();
+ ImGui::MemFree(g.Windows[i]);
+ }
+ g.Windows.clear();
+ g.WindowsSortBuffer.clear();
+ g.CurrentWindowStack.clear();
+ g.FocusedWindow = NULL;
+ g.HoveredWindow = NULL;
+ g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL;
+ for (int i = 0; i < g.Settings.Size; i++)
+ ImGui::MemFree(g.Settings[i].Name);
+ g.Settings.clear();
+ g.ColorModifiers.clear();
+ g.StyleModifiers.clear();
+ g.FontStack.clear();
+ g.OpenedPopupStack.clear();
+ g.CurrentPopupStack.clear();
+ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.RenderDrawLists); i++)
+ g.RenderDrawLists[i].clear();
+ g.OverlayDrawList.ClearFreeMemory();
+ g.ColorEditModeStorage.Clear();
+ if (g.PrivateClipboard)
+ {
+ ImGui::MemFree(g.PrivateClipboard);
+ g.PrivateClipboard = NULL;
+ }
+ g.InputTextState.Text.clear();
+ g.InputTextState.InitialText.clear();
+ g.InputTextState.TempTextBuffer.clear();
+
+ if (g.LogFile && g.LogFile != stdout)
+ {
+ fclose(g.LogFile);
+ g.LogFile = NULL;
+ }
+ if (g.LogClipboard)
+ {
+ g.LogClipboard->~ImGuiTextBuffer();
+ ImGui::MemFree(g.LogClipboard);
+ }
+
+ g.Initialized = false;
+}
+
+static ImGuiIniData* FindWindowSettings(const char* name)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiID id = ImHash(name, 0);
+ for (int i = 0; i != g.Settings.Size; i++)
+ {
+ ImGuiIniData* ini = &g.Settings[i];
+ if (ini->ID == id)
+ return ini;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static ImGuiIniData* AddWindowSettings(const char* name)
+{
+ GImGui->Settings.resize(GImGui->Settings.Size + 1);
+ ImGuiIniData* ini = &GImGui->Settings.back();
+ ini->Name = ImStrdup(name);
+ ini->ID = ImHash(name, 0);
+ ini->Collapsed = false;
+ ini->Pos = ImVec2(FLT_MAX,FLT_MAX);
+ ini->Size = ImVec2(0,0);
+ return ini;
+}
+
+// Zero-tolerance, poor-man .ini parsing
+// FIXME: Write something less rubbish
+static void LoadSettings()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const char* filename = g.IO.IniFilename;
+ if (!filename)
+ return;
+
+ int file_size;
+ char* file_data = (char*)ImLoadFileToMemory(filename, "rb", &file_size, 1);
+ if (!file_data)
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiIniData* settings = NULL;
+ const char* buf_end = file_data + file_size;
+ for (const char* line_start = file_data; line_start < buf_end; )
+ {
+ const char* line_end = line_start;
+ while (line_end < buf_end && *line_end != '\n' && *line_end != '\r')
+ line_end++;
+
+ if (line_start[0] == '[' && line_end > line_start && line_end[-1] == ']')
+ {
+ char name[64];
+ ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "%.*s", (int)(line_end-line_start-2), line_start+1);
+ settings = FindWindowSettings(name);
+ if (!settings)
+ settings = AddWindowSettings(name);
+ }
+ else if (settings)
+ {
+ float x, y;
+ int i;
+ if (sscanf(line_start, "Pos=%f,%f", &x, &y) == 2)
+ settings->Pos = ImVec2(x, y);
+ else if (sscanf(line_start, "Size=%f,%f", &x, &y) == 2)
+ settings->Size = ImMax(ImVec2(x, y), g.Style.WindowMinSize);
+ else if (sscanf(line_start, "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1)
+ settings->Collapsed = (i != 0);
+ }
+
+ line_start = line_end+1;
+ }
+
+ ImGui::MemFree(file_data);
+}
+
+static void SaveSettings()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const char* filename = g.IO.IniFilename;
+ if (!filename)
+ return;
+
+ // Gather data from windows that were active during this session
+ for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
+ if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)
+ continue;
+ ImGuiIniData* settings = FindWindowSettings(window->Name);
+ settings->Pos = window->Pos;
+ settings->Size = window->SizeFull;
+ settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed;
+ }
+
+ // Write .ini file
+ // If a window wasn't opened in this session we preserve its settings
+ FILE* f = fopen(filename, "wt");
+ if (!f)
+ return;
+ for (int i = 0; i != g.Settings.Size; i++)
+ {
+ const ImGuiIniData* settings = &g.Settings[i];
+ if (settings->Pos.x == FLT_MAX)
+ continue;
+ const char* name = settings->Name;
+ if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###")) // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID()
+ name = p;
+ fprintf(f, "[%s]\n", name);
+ fprintf(f, "Pos=%d,%d\n", (int)settings->Pos.x, (int)settings->Pos.y);
+ fprintf(f, "Size=%d,%d\n", (int)settings->Size.x, (int)settings->Size.y);
+ fprintf(f, "Collapsed=%d\n", settings->Collapsed);
+ fprintf(f, "\n");
+ }
+
+ fclose(f);
+}
+
+static void MarkSettingsDirty()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f)
+ g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate;
+}
+
+// FIXME: Add a more explicit sort order in the window structure.
+static int ChildWindowComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs)
+{
+ const ImGuiWindow* a = *(const ImGuiWindow**)lhs;
+ const ImGuiWindow* b = *(const ImGuiWindow**)rhs;
+ if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+ return d;
+ if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))
+ return d;
+ if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox))
+ return d;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static void AddWindowToSortedBuffer(ImVector& out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ out_sorted_windows.push_back(window);
+ if (window->Active)
+ {
+ int count = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size;
+ if (count > 1)
+ qsort(window->DC.ChildWindows.begin(), (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), ChildWindowComparer);
+ for (int i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i];
+ if (child->Active)
+ AddWindowToSortedBuffer(out_sorted_windows, child);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void AddDrawListToRenderList(ImVector& out_render_list, ImDrawList* draw_list)
+{
+ if (!draw_list->CmdBuffer.empty() && !draw_list->VtxBuffer.empty())
+ {
+ if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0)
+ draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+ out_render_list.push_back(draw_list);
+
+ // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = 2 bytes = 64K vertices)
+ // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually, A) workaround by calling BeginChild()/EndChild() to put your draw commands in multiple draw lists, B) #define ImDrawIdx to a 'unsigned int' in imconfig.h and render accordingly.
+ const unsigned long long int max_vtx_idx = (unsigned long long int)1L << (sizeof(ImDrawIdx)*8);
+ (void)max_vtx_idx;
+ IM_ASSERT((unsigned long long int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx <= max_vtx_idx); // Too many vertices in same ImDrawList
+
+ GImGui->IO.MetricsRenderVertices += draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
+ GImGui->IO.MetricsRenderIndices += draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size;
+ }
+}
+
+static void AddWindowToRenderList(ImVector& out_render_list, ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ AddDrawListToRenderList(out_render_list, window->DrawList);
+ for (int i = 0; i < window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; i++)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i];
+ if (!child->Active) // clipped children may have been marked not active
+ continue;
+ if ((child->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && child->HiddenFrames > 0)
+ continue;
+ AddWindowToRenderList(out_render_list, child);
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_existing_clip_rect)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+ ImRect cr(clip_rect_min, clip_rect_max);
+ if (intersect_with_existing_clip_rect)
+ {
+ // Clip our argument with the current clip rect
+ cr.Clip(window->ClipRect);
+ }
+ cr.Max.x = ImMax(cr.Min.x, cr.Max.x);
+ cr.Max.y = ImMax(cr.Min.y, cr.Max.y);
+
+ IM_ASSERT(cr.Min.x <= cr.Max.x && cr.Min.y <= cr.Max.y);
+ window->ClipRect = cr;
+ window->DrawList->PushClipRect(ImVec4(cr.Min.x, cr.Min.y, cr.Max.x, cr.Max.y));
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopClipRect()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DrawList->PopClipRect();
+ window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back();
+}
+
+// This is normally called by Render(). You may want to call it directly if you want to avoid calling Render() but the gain will be very minimal.
+void ImGui::EndFrame()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()
+ IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount); // ImGui::EndFrame() called multiple times, or forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame() again
+
+ // Render tooltip
+ if (g.Tooltip[0])
+ {
+ ImGui::BeginTooltip();
+ ImGui::TextUnformatted(g.Tooltip);
+ ImGui::EndTooltip();
+ }
+
+ // Notify OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME)
+ if (g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn && ImLengthSqr(g.OsImePosRequest - g.OsImePosSet) > 0.0001f)
+ {
+ g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn((int)g.OsImePosRequest.x, (int)g.OsImePosRequest.y);
+ g.OsImePosSet = g.OsImePosRequest;
+ }
+
+ // Hide implicit "Debug" window if it hasn't been used
+ IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1); // Mismatched Begin()/End() calls
+ if (g.CurrentWindow && !g.CurrentWindow->Accessed)
+ g.CurrentWindow->Active = false;
+ ImGui::End();
+
+ // Click to focus window and start moving (after we're done with all our widgets)
+ if (!g.ActiveId)
+ g.MovedWindow = NULL;
+ if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
+ {
+ if (!(g.FocusedWindow && !g.FocusedWindow->WasActive && g.FocusedWindow->Active)) // Unless we just made a popup appear
+ {
+ if (g.HoveredRootWindow != NULL)
+ {
+ FocusWindow(g.HoveredWindow);
+ if (!(g.HoveredWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
+ {
+ g.MovedWindow = g.HoveredWindow;
+ SetActiveID(g.HoveredRootWindow->MoveID, g.HoveredRootWindow);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (g.FocusedWindow != NULL && GetFrontMostModalRootWindow() == NULL)
+ {
+ // Clicking on void disable focus
+ FocusWindow(NULL);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Sort the window list so that all child windows are after their parent
+ // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because childs may not exist yet
+ g.WindowsSortBuffer.resize(0);
+ g.WindowsSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size);
+ for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
+ if (window->Active && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // if a child is active its parent will add it
+ continue;
+ AddWindowToSortedBuffer(g.WindowsSortBuffer, window);
+ }
+ IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == g.WindowsSortBuffer.Size); // we done something wrong
+ g.Windows.swap(g.WindowsSortBuffer);
+
+ // Clear Input data for next frame
+ g.IO.MouseWheel = 0.0f;
+ memset(g.IO.InputCharacters, 0, sizeof(g.IO.InputCharacters));
+
+ g.FrameCountEnded = g.FrameCount;
+}
+
+void ImGui::Render()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()
+
+ if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount)
+ ImGui::EndFrame();
+ g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount;
+
+ // Skip render altogether if alpha is 0.0
+ // Note that vertex buffers have been created and are wasted, so it is best practice that you don't create windows in the first place, or consistently respond to Begin() returning false.
+ if (g.Style.Alpha > 0.0f)
+ {
+ // Gather windows to render
+ g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows = 0;
+ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.RenderDrawLists); i++)
+ g.RenderDrawLists[i].resize(0);
+ for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
+ if (window->Active && window->HiddenFrames <= 0 && (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) == 0)
+ {
+ // FIXME: Generalize this with a proper layering system so e.g. user can draw in specific layers, below text, ..
+ g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows++;
+ if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+ AddWindowToRenderList(g.RenderDrawLists[1], window);
+ else if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)
+ AddWindowToRenderList(g.RenderDrawLists[2], window);
+ else
+ AddWindowToRenderList(g.RenderDrawLists[0], window);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Flatten layers
+ int n = g.RenderDrawLists[0].Size;
+ int flattened_size = n;
+ for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.RenderDrawLists); i++)
+ flattened_size += g.RenderDrawLists[i].Size;
+ g.RenderDrawLists[0].resize(flattened_size);
+ for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.RenderDrawLists); i++)
+ {
+ ImVector& layer = g.RenderDrawLists[i];
+ if (layer.empty())
+ continue;
+ memcpy(&g.RenderDrawLists[0][n], &layer[0], layer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*));
+ n += layer.Size;
+ }
+
+ // Draw software mouse cursor if requested
+ if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor)
+ {
+ const ImGuiMouseCursorData& cursor_data = g.MouseCursorData[g.MouseCursor];
+ const ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - cursor_data.HotOffset;
+ const ImVec2 size = cursor_data.Size;
+ const ImTextureID tex_id = g.IO.Fonts->TexID;
+ g.OverlayDrawList.PushTextureID(tex_id);
+ g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos+ImVec2(1,0), pos+ImVec2(1,0) + size, cursor_data.TexUvMin[1], cursor_data.TexUvMax[1], 0x30000000); // Shadow
+ g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos+ImVec2(2,0), pos+ImVec2(2,0) + size, cursor_data.TexUvMin[1], cursor_data.TexUvMax[1], 0x30000000); // Shadow
+ g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size, cursor_data.TexUvMin[1], cursor_data.TexUvMax[1], 0xFF000000); // Black border
+ g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size, cursor_data.TexUvMin[0], cursor_data.TexUvMax[0], 0xFFFFFFFF); // White fill
+ g.OverlayDrawList.PopTextureID();
+ }
+ if (!g.OverlayDrawList.VtxBuffer.empty())
+ AddDrawListToRenderList(g.RenderDrawLists[0], &g.OverlayDrawList);
+
+ // Setup draw data
+ g.RenderDrawData.Valid = true;
+ g.RenderDrawData.CmdLists = (g.RenderDrawLists[0].Size > 0) ? &g.RenderDrawLists[0][0] : NULL;
+ g.RenderDrawData.CmdListsCount = g.RenderDrawLists[0].Size;
+ g.RenderDrawData.TotalVtxCount = g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices;
+ g.RenderDrawData.TotalIdxCount = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices;
+
+ // Render. If user hasn't set a callback then they may retrieve the draw data via GetDrawData()
+ if (g.RenderDrawData.CmdListsCount > 0 && g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn != NULL)
+ g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn(&g.RenderDrawData);
+ }
+}
+
+// Find the optional ## from which we stop displaying text.
+static const char* FindTextDisplayEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end)
+{
+ const char* text_display_end = text;
+ if (!text_end)
+ text_end = (const char*)-1;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.DisableHideTextAfterDoubleHash > 0)
+ {
+ while (text_display_end < text_end && *text_display_end != '\0')
+ text_display_end++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while (text_display_end < text_end && *text_display_end != '\0' && (text_display_end[0] != '#' || text_display_end[1] != '#'))
+ text_display_end++;
+ }
+ return text_display_end;
+}
+
+// Pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)
+void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (!g.LogEnabled)
+ return;
+
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ if (g.LogFile)
+ {
+ vfprintf(g.LogFile, fmt, args);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ g.LogClipboard->appendv(fmt, args);
+ }
+ va_end(args);
+}
+
+// Internal version that takes a position to decide on newline placement and pad items according to their depth.
+// We split text into individual lines to add current tree level padding
+static void LogRenderedText(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindowRead();
+
+ if (!text_end)
+ text_end = FindTextDisplayEnd(text, text_end);
+
+ const bool log_new_line = ref_pos.y > window->DC.LogLinePosY+1;
+ window->DC.LogLinePosY = ref_pos.y;
+
+ const char* text_remaining = text;
+ if (g.LogStartDepth > window->DC.TreeDepth) // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth
+ g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth;
+ const int tree_depth = (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogStartDepth);
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ // Split the string. Each new line (after a '\n') is followed by spacing corresponding to the current depth of our log entry.
+ const char* line_end = text_remaining;
+ while (line_end < text_end)
+ if (*line_end == '\n')
+ break;
+ else
+ line_end++;
+ if (line_end >= text_end)
+ line_end = NULL;
+
+ const bool is_first_line = (text == text_remaining);
+ bool is_last_line = false;
+ if (line_end == NULL)
+ {
+ is_last_line = true;
+ line_end = text_end;
+ }
+ if (line_end != NULL && !(is_last_line && (line_end - text_remaining)==0))
+ {
+ const int char_count = (int)(line_end - text_remaining);
+ if (log_new_line || !is_first_line)
+ ImGui::LogText(IM_NEWLINE "%*s%.*s", tree_depth*4, "", char_count, text_remaining);
+ else
+ ImGui::LogText(" %.*s", char_count, text_remaining);
+ }
+
+ if (is_last_line)
+ break;
+ text_remaining = line_end + 1;
+ }
+}
+
+// Internal ImGui functions to render text
+// RenderText***() functions calls ImDrawList::AddText() calls ImBitmapFont::RenderText()
+void ImGui::RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_hash)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+ // Hide anything after a '##' string
+ const char* text_display_end;
+ if (hide_text_after_hash)
+ {
+ text_display_end = FindTextDisplayEnd(text, text_end);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (!text_end)
+ text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
+ text_display_end = text_end;
+ }
+
+ const int text_len = (int)(text_display_end - text);
+ if (text_len > 0)
+ {
+ window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end);
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ LogRenderedText(pos, text, text_display_end);
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+ if (!text_end)
+ text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
+
+ const int text_len = (int)(text_end - text);
+ if (text_len > 0)
+ {
+ window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_end, wrap_width);
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ LogRenderedText(pos, text, text_end);
+ }
+}
+
+// Handle clipping on CPU immediately (vs typically let the GPU clip the triangles that are overlapping the clipping rectangle edges)
+void ImGui::RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, ImGuiAlign align, const ImVec2* clip_min, const ImVec2* clip_max)
+{
+ // Hide anything after a '##' string
+ const char* text_display_end = FindTextDisplayEnd(text, text_end);
+ const int text_len = (int)(text_display_end - text);
+ if (text_len == 0)
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+ // Perform CPU side clipping for single clipped element to avoid using scissor state
+ ImVec2 pos = pos_min;
+ const ImVec2 text_size = text_size_if_known ? *text_size_if_known : ImGui::CalcTextSize(text, text_display_end, false, 0.0f);
+
+ if (!clip_max) clip_max = &pos_max;
+ bool need_clipping = (pos.x + text_size.x >= clip_max->x) || (pos.y + text_size.y >= clip_max->y);
+ if (!clip_min) clip_min = &pos_min; else need_clipping |= (pos.x < clip_min->x) || (pos.y < clip_min->y);
+
+ // Align
+ if (align & ImGuiAlign_Center) pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, (pos.x + pos_max.x - text_size.x) * 0.5f);
+ else if (align & ImGuiAlign_Right) pos.x = ImMax(pos.x, pos_max.x - text_size.x);
+ if (align & ImGuiAlign_VCenter) pos.y = ImMax(pos.y, (pos.y + pos_max.y - text_size.y) * 0.5f);
+
+ // Render
+ if (need_clipping)
+ {
+ ImVec4 fine_clip_rect(clip_min->x, clip_min->y, clip_max->x, clip_max->y);
+ window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, &fine_clip_rect);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), text, text_display_end, 0.0f, NULL);
+ }
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ LogRenderedText(pos, text, text_display_end);
+}
+
+// Render a rectangle shaped with optional rounding and borders
+void ImGui::RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border, float rounding)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, fill_col, rounding);
+ if (border && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders))
+ {
+ window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min+ImVec2(1,1), p_max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), rounding);
+ window->DrawList->AddRect(p_min, p_max-ImVec2(1,1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), rounding);
+ }
+}
+
+// Render a triangle to denote expanded/collapsed state
+void ImGui::RenderCollapseTriangle(ImVec2 p_min, bool opened, float scale, bool shadow)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+ const float h = g.FontSize * 1.00f;
+ const float r = h * 0.40f * scale;
+ ImVec2 center = p_min + ImVec2(h*0.50f, h*0.50f*scale);
+
+ ImVec2 a, b, c;
+ if (opened)
+ {
+ center.y -= r*0.25f;
+ a = center + ImVec2(0,1)*r;
+ b = center + ImVec2(-0.866f,-0.5f)*r;
+ c = center + ImVec2(0.866f,-0.5f)*r;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ a = center + ImVec2(1,0)*r;
+ b = center + ImVec2(-0.500f,0.866f)*r;
+ c = center + ImVec2(-0.500f,-0.866f)*r;
+ }
+
+ if (shadow && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders) != 0)
+ window->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(a+ImVec2(2,2), b+ImVec2(2,2), c+ImVec2(2,2), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow));
+ window->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(a, b, c, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+}
+
+void ImGui::RenderCheckMark(ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+ ImVec2 a, b, c;
+ float start_x = (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 0.307f + 0.5f);
+ float rem_third = (float)(int)((g.FontSize - start_x) / 3.0f);
+ a.x = pos.x + 0.5f + start_x;
+ b.x = a.x + rem_third;
+ c.x = a.x + rem_third * 3.0f;
+ b.y = pos.y - 1.0f + (float)(int)(g.Font->Ascent * (g.FontSize / g.Font->FontSize) + 0.5f) + (float)(int)(g.Font->DisplayOffset.y);
+ a.y = b.y - rem_third;
+ c.y = b.y - rem_third * 2.0f;
+
+ window->DrawList->PathLineTo(a);
+ window->DrawList->PathLineTo(b);
+ window->DrawList->PathLineTo(c);
+ window->DrawList->PathStroke(col, false);
+}
+
+// Calculate text size. Text can be multi-line. Optionally ignore text after a ## marker.
+// CalcTextSize("") should return ImVec2(0.0f, GImGui->FontSize)
+ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_double_hash, float wrap_width)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+
+ const char* text_display_end;
+ if (hide_text_after_double_hash)
+ text_display_end = FindTextDisplayEnd(text, text_end); // Hide anything after a '##' string
+ else
+ text_display_end = text_end;
+
+ ImFont* font = g.Font;
+ const float font_size = g.FontSize;
+ ImVec2 text_size = font->CalcTextSizeA(font_size, FLT_MAX, wrap_width, text, text_display_end, NULL);
+
+ // Cancel out character spacing for the last character of a line (it is baked into glyph->XAdvance field)
+ const float font_scale = font_size / font->FontSize;
+ const float character_spacing_x = 1.0f * font_scale;
+ if (text_size.x > 0.0f)
+ text_size.x -= character_spacing_x;
+ text_size.x = (float)(int)(text_size.x + 0.95f);
+
+ return text_size;
+}
+
+// Helper to calculate coarse clipping of large list of evenly sized items.
+// NB: Prefer using the ImGuiListClipper higher-level helper if you can!
+// NB: 'items_count' is only used to clamp the result, if you don't know your count you can use INT_MAX
+// If you are displaying thousands of items and you have a random access to the list, you can perform clipping yourself to save on CPU.
+// {
+// float item_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing();
+// int display_start, display_end;
+// ImGui::CalcListClipping(count, item_height, &display_start, &display_end); // calculate how many to clip/display
+// ImGui::SetCursorPosY(ImGui::GetCursorPosY() + (display_start) * item_height); // advance cursor
+// for (int i = display_start; i < display_end; i++) // display only visible items
+// // TODO: display visible item
+// ImGui::SetCursorPosY(ImGui::GetCursorPosY() + (count - display_end) * item_height); // advance cursor
+// }
+void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ {
+ // If logging is active, do not perform any clipping
+ *out_items_display_start = 0;
+ *out_items_display_end = items_count;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ const ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+ int start = (int)((window->ClipRect.Min.y - pos.y) / items_height);
+ int end = (int)((window->ClipRect.Max.y - pos.y) / items_height);
+ start = ImClamp(start, 0, items_count);
+ end = ImClamp(end + 1, start, items_count);
+ *out_items_display_start = start;
+ *out_items_display_end = end;
+}
+
+// Find window given position, search front-to-back
+static ImGuiWindow* FindHoveredWindow(ImVec2 pos, bool excluding_childs)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ for (int i = g.Windows.Size-1; i >= 0; i--)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i];
+ if (!window->Active)
+ continue;
+ if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs)
+ continue;
+ if (excluding_childs && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0)
+ continue;
+
+ // Using the clipped AABB so a child window will typically be clipped by its parent.
+ ImRect bb(window->ClippedWindowRect.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, window->ClippedWindowRect.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding);
+ if (bb.Contains(pos))
+ return window;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+// Test if mouse cursor is hovering given rectangle
+// NB- Rectangle is clipped by our current clip setting
+// NB- Expand the rectangle to be generous on imprecise inputs systems (g.Style.TouchExtraPadding)
+bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, bool clip)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+
+ // Clip
+ ImRect rect_clipped(pos_min, pos_max);
+ if (clip)
+ rect_clipped.Clip(window->ClipRect);
+
+ // Expand for touch input
+ const ImRect rect_for_touch(rect_clipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, rect_clipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding);
+ return rect_for_touch.Contains(g.IO.MousePos);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringWindow()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.HoveredWindow == g.CurrentWindow;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.HoveredWindow != NULL;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(const ImVec2& pos)
+{
+ return FindHoveredWindow(pos, false) != NULL;
+}
+
+static bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat)
+{
+ const int key_index = GImGui->IO.KeyMap[key];
+ return ImGui::IsKeyPressed(key_index, repeat);
+}
+
+int ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key)
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(key >= 0 && key < ImGuiKey_COUNT);
+ return GImGui->IO.KeyMap[key];
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsKeyDown(int key_index)
+{
+ if (key_index < 0) return false;
+ IM_ASSERT(key_index >= 0 && key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(GImGui->IO.KeysDown));
+ return GImGui->IO.KeysDown[key_index];
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsKeyPressed(int key_index, bool repeat)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (key_index < 0) return false;
+ IM_ASSERT(key_index >= 0 && key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown));
+ const float t = g.IO.KeysDownDuration[key_index];
+ if (t == 0.0f)
+ return true;
+
+ if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay)
+ {
+ float delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate;
+ if ((fmodf(t - delay, rate) > rate*0.5f) != (fmodf(t - delay - g.IO.DeltaTime, rate) > rate*0.5f))
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsKeyReleased(int key_index)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (key_index < 0) return false;
+ IM_ASSERT(key_index >= 0 && key_index < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown));
+ if (g.IO.KeysDownDurationPrev[key_index] >= 0.0f && !g.IO.KeysDown[key_index])
+ return true;
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDown(int button)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+ return g.IO.MouseDown[button];
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsMouseClicked(int button, bool repeat)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+ const float t = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[button];
+ if (t == 0.0f)
+ return true;
+
+ if (repeat && t > g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay)
+ {
+ float delay = g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay, rate = g.IO.KeyRepeatRate;
+ if ((fmodf(t - delay, rate) > rate*0.5f) != (fmodf(t - delay - g.IO.DeltaTime, rate) > rate*0.5f))
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsMouseReleased(int button)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+ return g.IO.MouseReleased[button];
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(int button)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+ return g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[button];
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsMouseDragging(int button, float lock_threshold)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+ if (!g.IO.MouseDown[button])
+ return false;
+ if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)
+ lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;
+ return g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePos()
+{
+ return GImGui->IO.MousePos;
+}
+
+// NB: prefer to call right after BeginPopup(). At the time Selectable/MenuItem is activated, the popup is already closed!
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.CurrentPopupStack.Size > 0)
+ return g.OpenedPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size-1].MousePosOnOpen;
+ return g.IO.MousePos;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(int button, float lock_threshold)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+ if (lock_threshold < 0.0f)
+ lock_threshold = g.IO.MouseDragThreshold;
+ if (g.IO.MouseDown[button])
+ if (g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[button] >= lock_threshold * lock_threshold)
+ return g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button]; // Assume we can only get active with left-mouse button (at the moment).
+ return ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+}
+
+void ImGui::ResetMouseDragDelta(int button)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(button >= 0 && button < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown));
+ // NB: We don't need to reset g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr
+ g.IO.MouseClickedPos[button] = g.IO.MousePos;
+}
+
+ImGuiMouseCursor ImGui::GetMouseCursor()
+{
+ return GImGui->MouseCursor;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type)
+{
+ GImGui->MouseCursor = cursor_type;
+}
+
+void ImGui::CaptureKeyboardFromApp()
+{
+ GImGui->CaptureKeyboardNextFrame = true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::CaptureMouseFromApp()
+{
+ GImGui->CaptureMouseNextFrame = true;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsItemHovered()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->DC.LastItemHoveredAndUsable;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsItemHoveredRect()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->DC.LastItemHoveredRect;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsItemActive()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.ActiveId)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return g.ActiveId == window->DC.LastItemID;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered()
+{
+ return GImGui->HoveredId != 0 || GImGui->HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsAnyItemActive()
+{
+ return GImGui->ActiveId != 0;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsItemVisible()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ ImRect r(window->ClipRect);
+ return r.Overlaps(window->DC.LastItemRect);
+}
+
+// Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority.
+void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.HoveredId == g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemID)
+ g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = true;
+ if (g.ActiveId == g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemID)
+ g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = true;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMin()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->DC.LastItemRect.Min;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectMax()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->DC.LastItemRect.Max;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetItemRectSize()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->DC.LastItemRect.GetSize();
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemRectClosestPoint(const ImVec2& pos, bool on_edge, float outward)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ ImRect rect = window->DC.LastItemRect;
+ rect.Expand(outward);
+ return rect.GetClosestPoint(pos, on_edge);
+}
+
+// Tooltip is stored and turned into a BeginTooltip()/EndTooltip() sequence at the end of the frame. Each call override previous value.
+void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImFormatStringV(g.Tooltip, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.Tooltip), fmt, args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ SetTooltipV(fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+}
+
+static ImRect GetVisibleRect()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.IO.DisplayVisibleMin.x != g.IO.DisplayVisibleMax.x && g.IO.DisplayVisibleMin.y != g.IO.DisplayVisibleMax.y)
+ return ImRect(g.IO.DisplayVisibleMin, g.IO.DisplayVisibleMax);
+ return ImRect(0.0f, 0.0f, g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.IO.DisplaySize.y);
+}
+
+void ImGui::BeginTooltip()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize;
+ ImGui::Begin("##Tooltip", NULL, ImVec2(0,0), g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TooltipBg].w, flags);
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndTooltip()
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(GetCurrentWindowRead()->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // Mismatched BeginTooltip()/EndTooltip() calls
+ ImGui::End();
+}
+
+static bool IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const bool opened = g.OpenedPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenedPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].PopupID == id;
+ return opened;
+}
+
+// Mark popup as open (toggle toward open state).
+// Popups are closed when user click outside, or activate a pressable item, or CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block.
+// Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level).
+// One open popup per level of the popup hierarchy (NB: when assigning we reset the Window member of ImGuiPopupRef to NULL)
+void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(const char* str_id, bool reopen_existing)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+ int current_stack_size = g.CurrentPopupStack.Size;
+ ImGuiPopupRef popup_ref = ImGuiPopupRef(id, window, window->GetID("##menus"), g.IO.MousePos); // Tagged as new ref because constructor sets Window to NULL (we are passing the ParentWindow info here)
+ if (g.OpenedPopupStack.Size < current_stack_size + 1)
+ g.OpenedPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);
+ else if (reopen_existing || g.OpenedPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupID != id)
+ {
+ g.OpenedPopupStack.resize(current_stack_size+1);
+ g.OpenedPopupStack[current_stack_size] = popup_ref;
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id)
+{
+ ImGui::OpenPopupEx(str_id, false);
+}
+
+static void CloseInactivePopups()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.OpenedPopupStack.empty())
+ return;
+
+ // When popups are stacked, clicking on a lower level popups puts focus back to it and close popups above it.
+ // Don't close our own child popup windows
+ int n = 0;
+ if (g.FocusedWindow)
+ {
+ for (n = 0; n < g.OpenedPopupStack.Size; n++)
+ {
+ ImGuiPopupRef& popup = g.OpenedPopupStack[n];
+ if (!popup.Window)
+ continue;
+ IM_ASSERT((popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0);
+ if (popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+ continue;
+
+ bool has_focus = false;
+ for (int m = n; m < g.OpenedPopupStack.Size && !has_focus; m++)
+ has_focus = (g.OpenedPopupStack[m].Window && g.OpenedPopupStack[m].Window->RootWindow == g.FocusedWindow->RootWindow);
+ if (!has_focus)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (n < g.OpenedPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a useful breakpoint on the line below
+ g.OpenedPopupStack.resize(n);
+}
+
+static ImGuiWindow* GetFrontMostModalRootWindow()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (!g.OpenedPopupStack.empty())
+ if (ImGuiWindow* front_most_popup = g.OpenedPopupStack.back().Window)
+ if (front_most_popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)
+ return front_most_popup;
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static void ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (remaining > 0)
+ ImGui::FocusWindow(g.OpenedPopupStack[remaining-1].Window);
+ else
+ ImGui::FocusWindow(g.OpenedPopupStack[0].ParentWindow);
+ g.OpenedPopupStack.resize(remaining);
+}
+
+static void ClosePopup(ImGuiID id)
+{
+ if (!IsPopupOpen(id))
+ return;
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenedPopupStack.Size - 1);
+}
+
+// Close the popup we have begin-ed into.
+void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ int popup_idx = g.CurrentPopupStack.Size - 1;
+ if (popup_idx < 0 || popup_idx > g.OpenedPopupStack.Size || g.CurrentPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupID != g.OpenedPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupID)
+ return;
+ while (popup_idx > 0 && g.OpenedPopupStack[popup_idx].Window && (g.OpenedPopupStack[popup_idx].Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+ popup_idx--;
+ ClosePopupToLevel(popup_idx);
+}
+
+static inline void ClearSetNextWindowData()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ g.SetNextWindowPosCond = g.SetNextWindowSizeCond = g.SetNextWindowContentSizeCond = g.SetNextWindowCollapsedCond = g.SetNextWindowFocus = 0;
+}
+
+static bool BeginPopupEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+ if (!IsPopupOpen(id))
+ {
+ ClearSetNextWindowData(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f);
+ ImGuiWindowFlags flags = extra_flags|ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize;
+
+ char name[32];
+ if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
+ ImFormatString(name, 20, "##menu_%d", g.CurrentPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth
+ else
+ ImFormatString(name, 20, "##popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame
+ float alpha = 1.0f;
+
+ bool opened = ImGui::Begin(name, NULL, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), alpha, flags);
+ if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders))
+ g.CurrentWindow->Flags &= ~ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders;
+ if (!opened) // opened can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+
+ return opened;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id)
+{
+ return BeginPopupEx(str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_opened, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(name);
+ if (!IsPopupOpen(id))
+ {
+ ClearSetNextWindowData(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ ImGuiWindowFlags flags = extra_flags|ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings;
+ bool opened = ImGui::Begin(name, p_opened, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), -1.0f, flags);
+ if (!opened || (p_opened && !*p_opened)) // Opened can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
+ {
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+ if (opened)
+ ClosePopup(id);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return opened;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndPopup()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup); // Mismatched BeginPopup()/EndPopup() calls
+ IM_ASSERT(GImGui->CurrentPopupStack.Size > 0);
+ ImGui::End();
+ if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal))
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+}
+
+// This is a helper to handle the most simple case of associating one named popup to one given widget.
+// 1. If you have many possible popups (for different "instances" of a same widget, or for wholly different widgets), you may be better off handling
+// this yourself so you can store data relative to the widget that opened the popup instead of choosing different popup identifiers.
+// 2. If you want right-clicking on the same item to reopen the popup at new location, use the same code replacing IsItemHovered() with IsItemHoveredRect()
+// and passing true to the OpenPopupEx().
+// Because: hovering an item in a window below the popup won't normally trigger is hovering behavior/coloring. The pattern of ignoring the fact that
+// the item isn't interactable (because it is blocked by the active popup) may useful in some situation when e.g. large canvas as one item, content of menu
+// driven by click position.
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, int mouse_button)
+{
+ if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() && ImGui::IsMouseClicked(mouse_button))
+ ImGui::OpenPopupEx(str_id, false);
+ return ImGui::BeginPopup(str_id);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(bool also_over_items, const char* str_id, int mouse_button)
+{
+ if (!str_id) str_id = "window_context_menu";
+ if (ImGui::IsMouseHoveringWindow() && ImGui::IsMouseClicked(mouse_button))
+ if (also_over_items || !ImGui::IsAnyItemHovered())
+ ImGui::OpenPopupEx(str_id, true);
+ return ImGui::BeginPopup(str_id);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, int mouse_button)
+{
+ if (!str_id) str_id = "void_context_menu";
+ if (!ImGui::IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() && ImGui::IsMouseClicked(mouse_button))
+ ImGui::OpenPopupEx(str_id, true);
+ return ImGui::BeginPopup(str_id);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow;
+
+ const ImVec2 content_avail = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail();
+ ImVec2 size = ImRound(size_arg);
+ if (size.x <= 0.0f)
+ {
+ if (size.x == 0.0f)
+ flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindowAutoFitX;
+ size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x, 4.0f) - fabsf(size.x); // Arbitrary minimum zero-ish child size of 4.0f (0.0f causing too much issues)
+ }
+ if (size.y <= 0.0f)
+ {
+ if (size.y == 0.0f)
+ flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindowAutoFitY;
+ size.y = ImMax(content_avail.y, 4.0f) - fabsf(size.y);
+ }
+ if (border)
+ flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders;
+ flags |= extra_flags;
+
+ char title[256];
+ ImFormatString(title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), "%s.%s", window->Name, str_id);
+
+ const float alpha = 1.0f;
+ bool ret = ImGui::Begin(title, NULL, size, alpha, flags);
+
+ if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders))
+ GetCurrentWindow()->Flags &= ~ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders;
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ char str_id[32];
+ ImFormatString(str_id, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str_id), "child_%08x", id);
+ bool ret = ImGui::BeginChild(str_id, size, border, extra_flags);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndChild()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+ IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow); // Mismatched BeginChild()/EndChild() callss
+ if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox) || window->BeginCount > 1)
+ {
+ ImGui::End();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // When using auto-filling child window, we don't provide full width/height to ItemSize so that it doesn't feed back into automatic size-fitting.
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImVec2 sz = ImGui::GetWindowSize();
+ if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindowAutoFitX) // Arbitrary minimum zeroish child size of 4.0f
+ sz.x = ImMax(4.0f, sz.x - g.Style.WindowPadding.x);
+ if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindowAutoFitY)
+ sz.y = ImMax(4.0f, sz.y - g.Style.WindowPadding.y);
+
+ ImGui::End();
+
+ window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + sz);
+ ItemSize(sz);
+ ItemAdd(bb, NULL);
+ }
+}
+
+// Helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame.
+bool ImGui::BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_FrameBg]);
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding, style.FrameRounding);
+ return ImGui::BeginChild(id, size, false, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | extra_flags);
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndChildFrame()
+{
+ ImGui::EndChild();
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+ ImGui::PopStyleColor();
+}
+
+// Save and compare stack sizes on Begin()/End() to detect usage errors
+static void CheckStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write)
+{
+ // NOT checking: DC.ItemWidth, DC.AllowKeyboardFocus, DC.ButtonRepeat, DC.TextWrapPos (per window) to allow user to conveniently push once and not pop (they are cleared on Begin)
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ int* p_backup = &window->DC.StackSizesBackup[0];
+ { int current = window->IDStack.Size; if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current); p_backup++; } // User forgot PopID()
+ { int current = window->DC.GroupStack.Size; if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current); p_backup++; } // User forgot EndGroup()
+ { int current = g.CurrentPopupStack.Size; if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current); p_backup++; } // User forgot EndPopup()/EndMenu()
+ { int current = g.ColorModifiers.Size; if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current); p_backup++; } // User forgot PopStyleColor()
+ { int current = g.StyleModifiers.Size; if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current); p_backup++; } // User forgot PopStyleVar()
+ { int current = g.FontStack.Size; if (write) *p_backup = current; else IM_ASSERT(*p_backup == current); p_backup++; } // User forgot PopFont()
+ IM_ASSERT(p_backup == window->DC.StackSizesBackup + IM_ARRAYSIZE(window->DC.StackSizesBackup));
+}
+
+static ImVec2 FindBestPopupWindowPos(const ImVec2& base_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, int* last_dir, const ImRect& r_inner)
+{
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
+
+ // Clamp into visible area while not overlapping the cursor. Safety padding is optional if our popup size won't fit without it.
+ ImVec2 safe_padding = style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding;
+ ImRect r_outer(GetVisibleRect());
+ r_outer.Reduce(ImVec2((size.x - r_outer.GetWidth() > safe_padding.x*2) ? safe_padding.x : 0.0f, (size.y - r_outer.GetHeight() > safe_padding.y*2) ? safe_padding.y : 0.0f));
+ ImVec2 base_pos_clamped = ImClamp(base_pos, r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max - size);
+
+ for (int n = (*last_dir != -1) ? -1 : 0; n < 4; n++) // Right, down, up, left. Favor last used direction.
+ {
+ const int dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : n;
+ ImRect rect(dir == 0 ? r_inner.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x, dir == 1 ? r_inner.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y, dir == 3 ? r_inner.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x, dir == 2 ? r_inner.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y);
+ if (rect.GetWidth() < size.x || rect.GetHeight() < size.y)
+ continue;
+ *last_dir = dir;
+ return ImVec2(dir == 0 ? r_inner.Max.x : dir == 3 ? r_inner.Min.x - size.x : base_pos_clamped.x, dir == 1 ? r_inner.Max.y : dir == 2 ? r_inner.Min.y - size.y : base_pos_clamped.y);
+ }
+
+ // Fallback
+ *last_dir = -1;
+ if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) // For tooltip we prefer avoiding the cursor at all cost even if it means that part of the tooltip won't be visible.
+ return base_pos + ImVec2(2,2);
+
+ // Otherwise try to keep within display
+ ImVec2 pos = base_pos;
+ pos.x = ImMax(ImMin(pos.x + size.x, r_outer.Max.x) - size.x, r_outer.Min.x);
+ pos.y = ImMax(ImMin(pos.y + size.y, r_outer.Max.y) - size.y, r_outer.Min.y);
+ return pos;
+}
+
+static ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByName(const char* name)
+{
+ // FIXME-OPT: Store sorted hashes -> pointers.
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiID id = ImHash(name, 0);
+ for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++)
+ if (g.Windows[i]->ID == id)
+ return g.Windows[i];
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+
+ // Create window the first time
+ ImGuiWindow* window = (ImGuiWindow*)ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(ImGuiWindow));
+ new(window) ImGuiWindow(name);
+ window->Flags = flags;
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)
+ {
+ // User can disable loading and saving of settings. Tooltip and child windows also don't store settings.
+ window->Size = window->SizeFull = size;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Retrieve settings from .ini file
+ // Use SetWindowPos() or SetNextWindowPos() with the appropriate condition flag to change the initial position of a window.
+ window->PosFloat = ImVec2(60, 60);
+ window->Pos = ImVec2((float)(int)window->PosFloat.x, (float)(int)window->PosFloat.y);
+
+ ImGuiIniData* settings = FindWindowSettings(name);
+ if (!settings)
+ {
+ settings = AddWindowSettings(name);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver;
+ window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver;
+ window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags &= ~ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver;
+ }
+
+ if (settings->Pos.x != FLT_MAX)
+ {
+ window->PosFloat = settings->Pos;
+ window->Pos = ImVec2((float)(int)window->PosFloat.x, (float)(int)window->PosFloat.y);
+ window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed;
+ }
+
+ if (ImLengthSqr(settings->Size) > 0.00001f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize))
+ size = settings->Size;
+ window->Size = window->SizeFull = size;
+ }
+
+ if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0)
+ {
+ window->AutoFitFramesX = window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;
+ window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (window->Size.x <= 0.0f)
+ window->AutoFitFramesX = 2;
+ if (window->Size.y <= 0.0f)
+ window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;
+ window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0) || (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0);
+ }
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)
+ g.Windows.insert(g.Windows.begin(), window); // Quite slow but rare and only once
+ else
+ g.Windows.push_back(window);
+ return window;
+}
+
+// Push a new ImGui window to add widgets to.
+// - A default window called "Debug" is automatically stacked at the beginning of every frame so you can use widgets without explicitly calling a Begin/End pair.
+// - Begin/End can be called multiple times during the frame with the same window name to append content.
+// - 'size_on_first_use' for a regular window denote the initial size for first-time creation (no saved data) and isn't that useful. Use SetNextWindowSize() prior to calling Begin() for more flexible window manipulation.
+// - The window name is used as a unique identifier to preserve window information across frames (and save rudimentary information to the .ini file).
+// You can use the "##" or "###" markers to use the same label with different id, or same id with different label. See documentation at the top of this file.
+// - Return false when window is collapsed, so you can early out in your code. You always need to call ImGui::End() even if false is returned.
+// - Passing 'bool* p_opened' displays a Close button on the upper-right corner of the window, the pointed value will be set to false when the button is pressed.
+// - Passing non-zero 'size' is roughly equivalent to calling SetNextWindowSize(size, ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver) prior to calling Begin().
+bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_opened, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
+{
+ return ImGui::Begin(name, p_opened, ImVec2(0.f, 0.f), -1.0f, flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_opened, const ImVec2& size_on_first_use, float bg_alpha, ImGuiWindowFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ IM_ASSERT(name != NULL); // Window name required
+ IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()
+ IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount); // Called ImGui::Render() or ImGui::EndFrame() and haven't called ImGui::NewFrame() again yet
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs)
+ flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize;
+
+ // Find or create
+ bool window_is_new = false;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
+ if (!window)
+ {
+ window = CreateNewWindow(name, size_on_first_use, flags);
+ window_is_new = true;
+ }
+
+ const int current_frame = ImGui::GetFrameCount();
+ const bool first_begin_of_the_frame = (window->LastFrameActive != current_frame);
+ if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+ window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags;
+ else
+ flags = window->Flags;
+
+ // Add to stack
+ ImGuiWindow* parent_window = !g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? g.CurrentWindowStack.back() : NULL;
+ g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window);
+ SetCurrentWindow(window);
+ CheckStacksSize(window, true);
+ IM_ASSERT(parent_window != NULL || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow));
+
+ bool window_was_active = (window->LastFrameActive == current_frame - 1); // Not using !WasActive because the implicit "Debug" window would always toggle off->on
+ if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+ {
+ ImGuiPopupRef& popup_ref = g.OpenedPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size];
+ window_was_active &= (window->PopupID == popup_ref.PopupID);
+ window_was_active &= (window == popup_ref.Window);
+ popup_ref.Window = window;
+ g.CurrentPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref);
+ window->PopupID = popup_ref.PopupID;
+ }
+
+ const bool window_appearing_after_being_hidden = (window->HiddenFrames == 1);
+
+ // Process SetNextWindow***() calls
+ bool window_pos_set_by_api = false, window_size_set_by_api = false;
+ if (g.SetNextWindowPosCond)
+ {
+ const ImVec2 backup_cursor_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; // FIXME: not sure of the exact reason of this anymore :( need to look into that.
+ if (!window_was_active || window_appearing_after_being_hidden) window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags |= ImGuiSetCond_Appearing;
+ window_pos_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.SetNextWindowPosCond) != 0;
+ if (window_pos_set_by_api && ImLengthSqr(g.SetNextWindowPosVal - ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX)) < 0.001f)
+ {
+ window->SetWindowPosCenterWanted = true; // May be processed on the next frame if this is our first frame and we are measuring size
+ window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiSetCond_Once | ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiSetCond_Appearing);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SetWindowPos(window, g.SetNextWindowPosVal, g.SetNextWindowPosCond);
+ }
+ window->DC.CursorPos = backup_cursor_pos;
+ g.SetNextWindowPosCond = 0;
+ }
+ if (g.SetNextWindowSizeCond)
+ {
+ if (!window_was_active || window_appearing_after_being_hidden) window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags |= ImGuiSetCond_Appearing;
+ window_size_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.SetNextWindowSizeCond) != 0;
+ SetWindowSize(window, g.SetNextWindowSizeVal, g.SetNextWindowSizeCond);
+ g.SetNextWindowSizeCond = 0;
+ }
+ if (g.SetNextWindowContentSizeCond)
+ {
+ window->SizeContentsExplicit = g.SetNextWindowContentSizeVal;
+ g.SetNextWindowContentSizeCond = 0;
+ }
+ else if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+ {
+ window->SizeContentsExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ }
+ if (g.SetNextWindowCollapsedCond)
+ {
+ if (!window_was_active || window_appearing_after_being_hidden) window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags |= ImGuiSetCond_Appearing;
+ SetWindowCollapsed(window, g.SetNextWindowCollapsedVal, g.SetNextWindowCollapsedCond);
+ g.SetNextWindowCollapsedCond = 0;
+ }
+ if (g.SetNextWindowFocus)
+ {
+ ImGui::SetWindowFocus();
+ g.SetNextWindowFocus = false;
+ }
+
+ // Update known root window (if we are a child window, otherwise window == window->RootWindow)
+ int root_idx, root_non_popup_idx;
+ for (root_idx = g.CurrentWindowStack.Size - 1; root_idx > 0; root_idx--)
+ if (!(g.CurrentWindowStack[root_idx]->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))
+ break;
+ for (root_non_popup_idx = root_idx; root_non_popup_idx > 0; root_non_popup_idx--)
+ if (!(g.CurrentWindowStack[root_non_popup_idx]->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)))
+ break;
+ window->RootWindow = g.CurrentWindowStack[root_idx];
+ window->RootNonPopupWindow = g.CurrentWindowStack[root_non_popup_idx]; // This is merely for displaying the TitleBgActive color.
+
+ // Default alpha
+ if (bg_alpha < 0.0f)
+ bg_alpha = style.WindowFillAlphaDefault;
+
+ // When reusing window again multiple times a frame, just append content (don't need to setup again)
+ if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+ {
+ window->Active = true;
+ window->BeginCount = 0;
+ window->DrawList->Clear();
+ window->ClipRect = ImVec4(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX,+FLT_MAX,+FLT_MAX);
+ window->LastFrameActive = current_frame;
+ window->IDStack.resize(1);
+
+ // Setup texture, outer clipping rectangle
+ window->DrawList->PushTextureID(g.Font->ContainerAtlas->TexID);
+ ImRect fullscreen_rect(GetVisibleRect());
+ if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox|ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)))
+ PushClipRect(parent_window->ClipRect.Min, parent_window->ClipRect.Max, true);
+ else
+ PushClipRect(fullscreen_rect.Min, fullscreen_rect.Max, true);
+
+ // New windows appears in front
+ if (!window_was_active)
+ {
+ window->AutoPosLastDirection = -1;
+
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing))
+ if (!(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow|ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+ FocusWindow(window);
+
+ // Popup first latch mouse position, will position itself when it appears next frame
+ if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api)
+ window->PosFloat = g.IO.MousePos;
+ }
+
+ // Collapse window by double-clicking on title bar
+ // At this point we don't have a clipping rectangle setup yet, so we can use the title bar area for hit detection and drawing
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse))
+ {
+ ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
+ if (g.HoveredWindow == window && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])
+ {
+ window->Collapsed = !window->Collapsed;
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+ MarkSettingsDirty();
+ FocusWindow(window);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ window->Collapsed = false;
+ }
+
+ // SIZE
+
+ // Save contents size from last frame for auto-fitting (unless explicitly specified)
+ window->SizeContents.x = (float)(int)((window->SizeContentsExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.x : ((window_is_new ? 0.0f : window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x - window->Pos.x) + window->Scroll.x));
+ window->SizeContents.y = (float)(int)((window->SizeContentsExplicit.y != 0.0f) ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.y : ((window_is_new ? 0.0f : window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y - window->Pos.y) + window->Scroll.y));
+
+ // Hide popup/tooltip window when first appearing while we measure size (because we recycle them)
+ if (window->HiddenFrames > 0)
+ window->HiddenFrames--;
+ if ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) != 0 && !window_was_active)
+ {
+ window->HiddenFrames = 1;
+ if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)
+ {
+ if (!window_size_set_by_api)
+ window->Size = window->SizeFull = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f);
+ window->SizeContents = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Lock window padding so that altering the ShowBorders flag for children doesn't have side-effects.
+ window->WindowPadding = ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders | ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))) ? ImVec2(0,0) : style.WindowPadding;
+
+ // Calculate auto-fit size
+ ImVec2 size_auto_fit;
+ if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0)
+ {
+ // Tooltip always resize. We keep the spacing symmetric on both axises for aesthetic purpose.
+ size_auto_fit = window->SizeContents + window->WindowPadding - ImVec2(0.0f, style.ItemSpacing.y);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ size_auto_fit = ImClamp(window->SizeContents + window->WindowPadding, style.WindowMinSize, ImMax(style.WindowMinSize, g.IO.DisplaySize - g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding));
+
+ // Handling case of auto fit window not fitting in screen on one axis, we are growing auto fit size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than DisplaySize-WindowPadding.
+ if (size_auto_fit.x < window->SizeContents.x && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar))
+ size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize;
+ if (size_auto_fit.y < window->SizeContents.y && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar))
+ size_auto_fit.x += style.ScrollbarSize;
+ size_auto_fit.y = ImMax(size_auto_fit.y - style.ItemSpacing.y, 0.0f);
+ }
+
+ // Handle automatic resize
+ if (window->Collapsed)
+ {
+ // We still process initial auto-fit on collapsed windows to get a window width,
+ // But otherwise we don't honor ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize when collapsed.
+ if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)
+ window->SizeFull.x = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, size_auto_fit.x) : size_auto_fit.x;
+ if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
+ window->SizeFull.y = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, size_auto_fit.y) : size_auto_fit.y;
+ window->Size = window->TitleBarRect().GetSize();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && !window_size_set_by_api)
+ {
+ window->SizeFull = size_auto_fit;
+ }
+ else if ((window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) && !window_size_set_by_api)
+ {
+ // Auto-fit only grows during the first few frames
+ if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)
+ window->SizeFull.x = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, size_auto_fit.x) : size_auto_fit.x;
+ if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
+ window->SizeFull.y = window->AutoFitOnlyGrows ? ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, size_auto_fit.y) : size_auto_fit.y;
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+ MarkSettingsDirty();
+ }
+ window->Size = window->SizeFull;
+ }
+
+ // Minimum window size
+ if (!(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)))
+ {
+ window->SizeFull = ImMax(window->SizeFull, style.WindowMinSize);
+ if (!window->Collapsed)
+ window->Size = window->SizeFull;
+ }
+
+ // POSITION
+
+ // Position child window
+ if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+ parent_window->DC.ChildWindows.push_back(window);
+ if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+ {
+ window->Pos = window->PosFloat = parent_window->DC.CursorPos;
+ window->Size = window->SizeFull = size_on_first_use; // NB: argument name 'size_on_first_use' misleading here, it's really just 'size' as provided by user.
+ }
+
+ bool window_pos_center = false;
+ window_pos_center |= (window->SetWindowPosCenterWanted && window->HiddenFrames == 0);
+ window_pos_center |= ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && !window_pos_set_by_api && window_appearing_after_being_hidden);
+ if (window_pos_center)
+ {
+ // Center (any sort of window)
+ ImRect fullscreen_rect(GetVisibleRect());
+ SetWindowPos(ImMax(style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, fullscreen_rect.GetCenter() - window->SizeFull * 0.5f));
+ }
+ else if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)
+ {
+ IM_ASSERT(window_pos_set_by_api);
+ ImRect rect_to_avoid;
+ if (parent_window->DC.MenuBarAppending)
+ rect_to_avoid = ImRect(-FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.y + parent_window->TitleBarHeight(), FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.y + parent_window->TitleBarHeight() + parent_window->MenuBarHeight());
+ else
+ rect_to_avoid = ImRect(parent_window->Pos.x + style.ItemSpacing.x, -FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.x + parent_window->Size.x - style.ItemSpacing.x - parent_window->ScrollbarSizes.x, FLT_MAX); // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each popup (here hard-coded to 4)
+ window->PosFloat = FindBestPopupWindowPos(window->PosFloat, window->Size, flags, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, rect_to_avoid);
+ }
+ else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api && window_appearing_after_being_hidden)
+ {
+ ImRect rect_to_avoid(window->PosFloat.x - 1, window->PosFloat.y - 1, window->PosFloat.x + 1, window->PosFloat.y + 1);
+ window->PosFloat = FindBestPopupWindowPos(window->PosFloat, window->Size, flags, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, rect_to_avoid);
+ }
+
+ // Position tooltip (always follows mouse)
+ if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0 && !window_pos_set_by_api)
+ {
+ ImRect rect_to_avoid(g.IO.MousePos.x - 16, g.IO.MousePos.y - 8, g.IO.MousePos.x + 24, g.IO.MousePos.y + 24); // FIXME: Completely hard-coded. Perhaps center on cursor hit-point instead?
+ window->PosFloat = FindBestPopupWindowPos(g.IO.MousePos, window->Size, flags, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, rect_to_avoid);
+ }
+
+ // User moving window (at the beginning of the frame to avoid input lag or sheering). Only valid for root windows.
+ KeepAliveID(window->MoveID);
+ if (g.ActiveId == window->MoveID)
+ {
+ if (g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+ {
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove))
+ {
+ window->PosFloat += g.IO.MouseDelta;
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+ MarkSettingsDirty();
+ }
+ IM_ASSERT(g.MovedWindow != NULL);
+ FocusWindow(g.MovedWindow);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SetActiveID(0);
+ g.MovedWindow = NULL; // Not strictly necessary but doing it for sanity.
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Clamp position so it stays visible
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip))
+ {
+ if (!window_pos_set_by_api && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && g.IO.DisplaySize.x > 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y > 0.0f) // Ignore zero-sized display explicitly to avoid losing positions if a window manager reports zero-sized window when initializing or minimizing.
+ {
+ ImVec2 padding = ImMax(style.DisplayWindowPadding, style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding);
+ window->PosFloat = ImMax(window->PosFloat + window->Size, padding) - window->Size;
+ window->PosFloat = ImMin(window->PosFloat, g.IO.DisplaySize - padding);
+ }
+ }
+ window->Pos = ImVec2((float)(int)window->PosFloat.x, (float)(int)window->PosFloat.y);
+
+ // Default item width. Make it proportional to window size if window manually resizes
+ if (window->Size.x > 0.0f && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
+ window->ItemWidthDefault = (float)(int)(window->Size.x * 0.65f);
+ else
+ window->ItemWidthDefault = (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 16.0f);
+
+ // Prepare for focus requests
+ window->FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent = (window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext == IM_INT_MAX || window->FocusIdxAllCounter == -1) ? IM_INT_MAX : (window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext + (window->FocusIdxAllCounter+1)) % (window->FocusIdxAllCounter+1);
+ window->FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent = (window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext == IM_INT_MAX || window->FocusIdxTabCounter == -1) ? IM_INT_MAX : (window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext + (window->FocusIdxTabCounter+1)) % (window->FocusIdxTabCounter+1);
+ window->FocusIdxAllCounter = window->FocusIdxTabCounter = -1;
+ window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext = window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = IM_INT_MAX;
+
+ // Apply scrolling
+ if (window->ScrollTarget.x < FLT_MAX)
+ {
+ window->Scroll.x = window->ScrollTarget.x;
+ window->ScrollTarget.x = FLT_MAX;
+ }
+ if (window->ScrollTarget.y < FLT_MAX)
+ {
+ float center_ratio = window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y;
+ window->Scroll.y = window->ScrollTarget.y - ((1.0f - center_ratio) * window->TitleBarHeight()) - (center_ratio * window->SizeFull.y);
+ window->ScrollTarget.y = FLT_MAX;
+ }
+ window->Scroll = ImMax(window->Scroll, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+ if (!window->Collapsed && !window->SkipItems)
+ window->Scroll = ImMin(window->Scroll, ImMax(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), window->SizeContents - window->SizeFull + window->ScrollbarSizes));
+
+ // Modal window darkens what is behind them
+ if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) != 0 && window == GetFrontMostModalRootWindow())
+ {
+ ImRect fullscreen_rect(GetVisibleRect());
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(fullscreen_rect.Min, fullscreen_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening, g.ModalWindowDarkeningRatio));
+ }
+
+ // Draw window + handle manual resize
+ ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
+ const float window_rounding = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildWindowRounding : style.WindowRounding;
+ if (window->Collapsed)
+ {
+ // Draw title bar only
+ RenderFrame(title_bar_rect.GetTL(), title_bar_rect.GetBR(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed), true, window_rounding);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ImU32 resize_col = 0;
+ const float resize_corner_size = ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window_rounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f);
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize))
+ {
+ // Manual resize
+ const ImVec2 br = window->Rect().GetBR();
+ const ImRect resize_rect(br - ImVec2(resize_corner_size * 0.75f, resize_corner_size * 0.75f), br);
+ const ImGuiID resize_id = window->GetID("#RESIZE");
+ bool hovered, held;
+ ButtonBehavior(resize_rect, resize_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChilds);
+ resize_col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered : ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip);
+
+ if (hovered || held)
+ g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE;
+
+ if (g.HoveredWindow == window && held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])
+ {
+ // Manual auto-fit when double-clicking
+ window->SizeFull = size_auto_fit;
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+ MarkSettingsDirty();
+ SetActiveID(0);
+ }
+ else if (held)
+ {
+ window->SizeFull = ImMax(window->SizeFull + g.IO.MouseDelta, style.WindowMinSize);
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+ MarkSettingsDirty();
+ }
+
+ window->Size = window->SizeFull;
+ title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
+ }
+
+ // Scrollbars
+ window->ScrollbarY = (window->SizeContents.y > window->Size.y + style.ItemSpacing.y) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar);
+ window->ScrollbarX = (window->SizeContents.x > window->Size.x - (window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f) - window->WindowPadding.x) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar);
+ window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f);
+
+ // Window background
+ if (bg_alpha > 0.0f)
+ {
+ ImGuiCol col_idx;
+ if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox) != 0)
+ col_idx = ImGuiCol_ComboBg;
+ else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) != 0)
+ col_idx = ImGuiCol_TooltipBg;
+ else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0)
+ col_idx = ImGuiCol_WindowBg;
+ else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0)
+ col_idx = ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg;
+ else
+ col_idx = ImGuiCol_WindowBg;
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos, window->Pos+window->Size, GetColorU32(col_idx, bg_alpha), window_rounding);
+ }
+
+ // Title bar
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(title_bar_rect.GetTL(), title_bar_rect.GetBR(), GetColorU32((g.FocusedWindow && window->RootNonPopupWindow == g.FocusedWindow->RootNonPopupWindow) ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg), window_rounding, 1|2);
+
+ // Menu bar
+ if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)
+ {
+ ImRect menu_bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect();
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(menu_bar_rect.GetTL(), menu_bar_rect.GetBR(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg), (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? window_rounding : 0.0f, 1|2);
+ }
+
+ // Scrollbars
+ if (window->ScrollbarX)
+ Scrollbar(window, true);
+ if (window->ScrollbarY)
+ Scrollbar(window, false);
+
+ // Render resize grip
+ // (after the input handling so we don't have a frame of latency)
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize))
+ {
+ const float border_size = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders) ? 1.0f : 0.0f;
+ const ImVec2 br = window->Rect().GetBR();
+ window->DrawList->PathLineTo(br + ImVec2(-resize_corner_size, -border_size));
+ window->DrawList->PathLineTo(br + ImVec2(-border_size, -resize_corner_size));
+ window->DrawList->PathArcToFast(ImVec2(br.x - window_rounding - border_size, br.y - window_rounding - border_size), window_rounding, 0, 3);
+ window->DrawList->PathFill(resize_col);
+ }
+
+ // Borders
+ if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders)
+ {
+ window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos+ImVec2(1,1), window->Pos+window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), window_rounding);
+ window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos+window->Size-ImVec2(1,1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), window_rounding);
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+ window->DrawList->AddLine(title_bar_rect.GetBL()+ImVec2(1,0), title_bar_rect.GetBR()-ImVec2(1,0), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border));
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Setup drawing context
+ window->DC.IndentX = 0.0f + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x;
+ window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f;
+ window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->Pos + ImVec2(window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX, window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight() + window->WindowPadding.y - window->Scroll.y);
+ window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
+ window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPos;
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos;
+ window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = window->DC.PrevLineHeight = 0.0f;
+ window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+ window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false;
+ window->DC.MenuBarOffsetX = ImMax(window->WindowPadding.x, style.ItemSpacing.x);
+ window->DC.LogLinePosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y - 9999.0f;
+ window->DC.ChildWindows.resize(0);
+ window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
+ window->DC.ItemWidth = window->ItemWidthDefault;
+ window->DC.TextWrapPos = -1.0f; // disabled
+ window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocus = true;
+ window->DC.ButtonRepeat = false;
+ window->DC.ItemWidthStack.resize(0);
+ window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.resize(0);
+ window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocusStack.resize(0);
+ window->DC.ButtonRepeatStack.resize(0);
+ window->DC.ColorEditMode = ImGuiColorEditMode_UserSelect;
+ window->DC.ColumnsCurrent = 0;
+ window->DC.ColumnsCount = 1;
+ window->DC.ColumnsStartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+ window->DC.ColumnsCellMinY = window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY = window->DC.ColumnsStartPosY;
+ window->DC.TreeDepth = 0;
+ window->DC.StateStorage = &window->StateStorage;
+ window->DC.GroupStack.resize(0);
+ window->MenuColumns.Update(3, style.ItemSpacing.x, !window_was_active);
+
+ if (window->AutoFitFramesX > 0)
+ window->AutoFitFramesX--;
+ if (window->AutoFitFramesY > 0)
+ window->AutoFitFramesY--;
+
+ // Title bar
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar))
+ {
+ if (p_opened != NULL)
+ CloseWindowButton(p_opened);
+
+ const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(name, NULL, true);
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse))
+ RenderCollapseTriangle(window->Pos + style.FramePadding, !window->Collapsed, 1.0f, true);
+
+ ImVec2 text_min = window->Pos + style.FramePadding;
+ ImVec2 text_max = window->Pos + ImVec2(window->Size.x - style.FramePadding.x, style.FramePadding.y*2 + text_size.y);
+ ImVec2 clip_max = ImVec2(window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - (p_opened ? title_bar_rect.GetHeight() - 3 : style.FramePadding.x), text_max.y); // Match the size of CloseWindowButton()
+ bool pad_left = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse) == 0;
+ bool pad_right = (p_opened != NULL);
+ if (style.WindowTitleAlign & ImGuiAlign_Center) pad_right = pad_left;
+ if (pad_left) text_min.x += g.FontSize + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+ if (pad_right) text_max.x -= g.FontSize + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+ RenderTextClipped(text_min, text_max, name, NULL, &text_size, style.WindowTitleAlign, NULL, &clip_max);
+ }
+
+ // Save clipped aabb so we can access it in constant-time in FindHoveredWindow()
+ window->ClippedWindowRect = window->Rect();
+ window->ClippedWindowRect.Clip(window->ClipRect);
+
+ // Pressing CTRL+C while holding on a window copy its content to the clipboard
+ // This works but 1. doesn't handle multiple Begin/End pairs, 2. recursing into another Begin/End pair - so we need to work that out and add better logging scope.
+ // Maybe we can support CTRL+C on every element?
+ /*
+ if (g.ActiveId == move_id)
+ if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C))
+ ImGui::LogToClipboard();
+ */
+ }
+
+ // Inner clipping rectangle
+ // We set this up after processing the resize grip so that our clip rectangle doesn't lag by a frame
+ // Note that if our window is collapsed we will end up with a null clipping rectangle which is the correct behavior.
+ const ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect();
+ const float border_size = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders) ? 1.0f : 0.0f;
+ ImRect clip_rect;
+ clip_rect.Min.x = title_bar_rect.Min.x + 0.5f + ImMax(border_size, window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f);
+ clip_rect.Min.y = title_bar_rect.Max.y + window->MenuBarHeight() + 0.5f + border_size;
+ clip_rect.Max.x = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x - ImMax(border_size, window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f);
+ clip_rect.Max.y = window->Pos.y + window->Size.y - border_size - window->ScrollbarSizes.y;
+
+ PushClipRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, true);
+
+ // Clear 'accessed' flag last thing
+ if (first_begin_of_the_frame)
+ window->Accessed = false;
+ window->BeginCount++;
+
+ // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows.
+ // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse because they have no title bar).
+ if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)
+ {
+ IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0);
+ window->Collapsed = parent_window && parent_window->Collapsed;
+
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0)
+ window->Collapsed |= (window->ClipRect.Min.x >= window->ClipRect.Max.x || window->ClipRect.Min.y >= window->ClipRect.Max.y);
+
+ // We also hide the window from rendering because we've already added its border to the command list.
+ // (we could perform the check earlier in the function but it is simpler at this point)
+ if (window->Collapsed)
+ window->Active = false;
+ }
+ if (style.Alpha <= 0.0f)
+ window->Active = false;
+
+ // Return false if we don't intend to display anything to allow user to perform an early out optimization
+ window->SkipItems = (window->Collapsed || !window->Active) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0;
+ return !window->SkipItems;
+}
+
+void ImGui::End()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+
+ ImGui::Columns(1, "#CloseColumns");
+ PopClipRect(); // inner window clip rectangle
+
+ // Stop logging
+ if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // FIXME: add more options for scope of logging
+ ImGui::LogFinish();
+
+ // Pop
+ // NB: we don't clear 'window->RootWindow'. The pointer is allowed to live until the next call to Begin().
+ g.CurrentWindowStack.pop_back();
+ if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)
+ g.CurrentPopupStack.pop_back();
+ CheckStacksSize(window, false);
+ SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back());
+}
+
+// Vertical scrollbar
+// The entire piece of code below is rather confusing because:
+// - We handle absolute seeking (when first clicking outside the grab) and relative manipulation (afterward or when clicking inside the grab)
+// - We store values as normalized ratio and in a form that allows the window content to change while we are holding on a scrollbar
+// - We handle both horizontal and vertical scrollbars, which makes the terminology not ideal.
+static void Scrollbar(ImGuiWindow* window, bool horizontal)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(horizontal ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY");
+
+ // Render background
+ bool other_scrollbar = (horizontal ? window->ScrollbarY : window->ScrollbarX);
+ float other_scrollbar_size_w = other_scrollbar ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f;
+ const ImRect window_rect = window->Rect();
+ const float border_size = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders) ? 1.0f : 0.0f;
+ ImRect bb = horizontal
+ ? ImRect(window->Pos.x + border_size, window_rect.Max.y - style.ScrollbarSize, window_rect.Max.x - other_scrollbar_size_w - border_size, window_rect.Max.y - border_size)
+ : ImRect(window_rect.Max.x - style.ScrollbarSize, window->Pos.y + border_size, window_rect.Max.x - border_size, window_rect.Max.y - other_scrollbar_size_w - border_size);
+ if (!horizontal)
+ bb.Min.y += window->TitleBarHeight() + ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? window->MenuBarHeight() - border_size : 0.0f);
+
+ float window_rounding = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildWindowRounding : style.WindowRounding;
+ int window_rounding_corners;
+ if (horizontal)
+ window_rounding_corners = 8 | (other_scrollbar ? 0 : 4);
+ else
+ window_rounding_corners = ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 2 : 0) | (other_scrollbar ? 0 : 4);
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg), window_rounding, window_rounding_corners);
+ bb.Reduce(ImVec2(ImClamp((float)(int)((bb.Max.x - bb.Min.x - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f), ImClamp((float)(int)((bb.Max.y - bb.Min.y - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f)));
+
+ // V denote the main axis of the scrollbar
+ float scrollbar_size_v = horizontal ? bb.GetWidth() : bb.GetHeight();
+ float scroll_v = horizontal ? window->Scroll.x : window->Scroll.y;
+ float win_size_avail_v = (horizontal ? window->Size.x : window->Size.y) - other_scrollbar_size_w;
+ float win_size_contents_v = horizontal ? window->SizeContents.x : window->SizeContents.y;
+
+ // The grabable box size generally represent the amount visible (vs the total scrollable amount)
+ // But we maintain a minimum size in pixel to allow for the user to still aim inside.
+ const float grab_h_pixels = ImMin(ImMax(scrollbar_size_v * ImSaturate(win_size_avail_v / ImMax(win_size_contents_v, win_size_avail_v)), style.GrabMinSize), scrollbar_size_v);
+ const float grab_h_norm = grab_h_pixels / scrollbar_size_v;
+
+ // Handle input right away. None of the code of Begin() is relying on scrolling position before calling Scrollbar().
+ bool held = false;
+ bool hovered = false;
+ const bool previously_held = (g.ActiveId == id);
+ ImGui::ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+
+ float scroll_max = ImMax(1.0f, win_size_contents_v - win_size_avail_v);
+ float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(scroll_v / scroll_max);
+ float grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v;
+ if (held && grab_h_norm < 1.0f)
+ {
+ float scrollbar_pos_v = horizontal ? bb.Min.x : bb.Min.y;
+ float mouse_pos_v = horizontal ? g.IO.MousePos.x : g.IO.MousePos.y;
+ float* click_delta_to_grab_center_v = horizontal ? &g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter.x : &g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter.y;
+
+ // Click position in scrollbar normalized space (0.0f->1.0f)
+ const float clicked_v_norm = ImSaturate((mouse_pos_v - scrollbar_pos_v) / scrollbar_size_v);
+ ImGui::SetHoveredID(id);
+
+ bool seek_absolute = false;
+ if (!previously_held)
+ {
+ // On initial click calculate the distance between mouse and the center of the grab
+ if (clicked_v_norm >= grab_v_norm && clicked_v_norm <= grab_v_norm + grab_h_norm)
+ {
+ *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm*0.5f;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ seek_absolute = true;
+ *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = 0.0f;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Apply scroll
+ // It is ok to modify Scroll here because we are being called in Begin() after the calculation of SizeContents and before setting up our starting position
+ const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - *click_delta_to_grab_center_v - grab_h_norm*0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm));
+ scroll_v = (float)(int)(0.5f + scroll_v_norm * scroll_max);//(win_size_contents_v - win_size_v));
+ if (horizontal)
+ window->Scroll.x = scroll_v;
+ else
+ window->Scroll.y = scroll_v;
+
+ // Update values for rendering
+ scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(scroll_v / scroll_max);
+ grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v;
+
+ // Update distance to grab now that we have seeked and saturated
+ if (seek_absolute)
+ *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm*0.5f;
+ }
+
+ // Render
+ const ImU32 grab_col = ImGui::GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered : ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab);
+ if (horizontal)
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm), bb.Min.y), ImVec2(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, bb.Max.y), grab_col, style.ScrollbarRounding);
+ else
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm)), ImVec2(bb.Max.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels), grab_col, style.ScrollbarRounding);
+}
+
+// Moving window to front of display (which happens to be back of our sorted list)
+void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+
+ // Always mark the window we passed as focused. This is used for keyboard interactions such as tabbing.
+ g.FocusedWindow = window;
+
+ // Passing NULL allow to disable keyboard focus
+ if (!window)
+ return;
+
+ // And move its root window to the top of the pile
+ if (window->RootWindow)
+ window = window->RootWindow;
+
+ // Steal focus on active widgets
+ if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) // FIXME: This statement should be unnecessary. Need further testing before removing it..
+ if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow != window)
+ ImGui::SetActiveID(0);
+
+ // Bring to front
+ if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus) || g.Windows.back() == window)
+ return;
+ for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++)
+ if (g.Windows[i] == window)
+ {
+ g.Windows.erase(g.Windows.begin() + i);
+ break;
+ }
+ g.Windows.push_back(window);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushItemWidth(float item_width)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.ItemWidth = (item_width == 0.0f ? window->ItemWidthDefault : item_width);
+ window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(window->DC.ItemWidth);
+}
+
+static void PushMultiItemsWidths(int components, float w_full)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindow();
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style;
+ if (w_full <= 0.0f)
+ w_full = ImGui::CalcItemWidth();
+ const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)((w_full - (style.FramePadding.x*2.0f + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)) / (float)components));
+ const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(w_full - (w_item_one + style.FramePadding.x*2.0f + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)));
+ window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_last);
+ for (int i = 0; i < components-1; i++)
+ window->DC.ItemWidthStack.push_back(w_item_one);
+ window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back();
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopItemWidth()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.ItemWidthStack.pop_back();
+ window->DC.ItemWidth = window->DC.ItemWidthStack.empty() ? window->ItemWidthDefault : window->DC.ItemWidthStack.back();
+}
+
+float ImGui::CalcItemWidth()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ float w = window->DC.ItemWidth;
+ if (w < 0.0f)
+ {
+ // Align to a right-side limit. We include 1 frame padding in the calculation because this is how the width is always used (we add 2 frame padding to it), but we could move that responsibility to the widget as well.
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ float width_to_right_edge = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x;
+ w = ImMax(1.0f, width_to_right_edge + w - g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f);
+ }
+ w = (float)(int)w;
+ return w;
+}
+
+static void SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(font && font->IsLoaded()); // Font Atlas not created. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32 / GetTexDataAsAlpha8 ?
+ IM_ASSERT(font->Scale > 0.0f);
+ g.Font = font;
+ g.FontBaseSize = g.IO.FontGlobalScale * g.Font->FontSize * g.Font->Scale;
+ g.FontSize = g.CurrentWindow ? g.CurrentWindow->CalcFontSize() : 0.0f;
+ g.FontTexUvWhitePixel = g.Font->ContainerAtlas->TexUvWhitePixel;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushFont(ImFont* font)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (!font)
+ font = g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0];
+ SetCurrentFont(font);
+ g.FontStack.push_back(font);
+ g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PushTextureID(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopFont()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->PopTextureID();
+ g.FontStack.pop_back();
+ SetCurrentFont(g.FontStack.empty() ? g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0] : g.FontStack.back());
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool allow_keyboard_focus)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocus = allow_keyboard_focus;
+ window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocusStack.push_back(allow_keyboard_focus);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocusStack.pop_back();
+ window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocus = window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocusStack.empty() ? true : window->DC.AllowKeyboardFocusStack.back();
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.ButtonRepeat = repeat;
+ window->DC.ButtonRepeatStack.push_back(repeat);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopButtonRepeat()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.ButtonRepeatStack.pop_back();
+ window->DC.ButtonRepeat = window->DC.ButtonRepeatStack.empty() ? false : window->DC.ButtonRepeatStack.back();
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.TextWrapPos = wrap_pos_x;
+ window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.push_back(wrap_pos_x);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopTextWrapPos()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.pop_back();
+ window->DC.TextWrapPos = window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.empty() ? -1.0f : window->DC.TextWrapPosStack.back();
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiColMod backup;
+ backup.Col = idx;
+ backup.PreviousValue = g.Style.Colors[idx];
+ g.ColorModifiers.push_back(backup);
+ g.Style.Colors[idx] = col;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ while (count > 0)
+ {
+ ImGuiColMod& backup = g.ColorModifiers.back();
+ g.Style.Colors[backup.Col] = backup.PreviousValue;
+ g.ColorModifiers.pop_back();
+ count--;
+ }
+}
+
+static float* GetStyleVarFloatAddr(ImGuiStyleVar idx)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ switch (idx)
+ {
+ case ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha: return &g.Style.Alpha;
+ case ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding: return &g.Style.WindowRounding;
+ case ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding: return &g.Style.ChildWindowRounding;
+ case ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding: return &g.Style.FrameRounding;
+ case ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing: return &g.Style.IndentSpacing;
+ case ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize: return &g.Style.GrabMinSize;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static ImVec2* GetStyleVarVec2Addr(ImGuiStyleVar idx)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ switch (idx)
+ {
+ case ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding: return &g.Style.WindowPadding;
+ case ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize: return &g.Style.WindowMinSize;
+ case ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding: return &g.Style.FramePadding;
+ case ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing: return &g.Style.ItemSpacing;
+ case ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing: return &g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ float* pvar = GetStyleVarFloatAddr(idx);
+ IM_ASSERT(pvar != NULL); // Called function with wrong-type? Variable is not a float.
+ ImGuiStyleMod backup;
+ backup.Var = idx;
+ backup.PreviousValue = ImVec2(*pvar, 0.0f);
+ g.StyleModifiers.push_back(backup);
+ *pvar = val;
+}
+
+
+void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImVec2* pvar = GetStyleVarVec2Addr(idx);
+ IM_ASSERT(pvar != NULL); // Called function with wrong-type? Variable is not a ImVec2.
+ ImGuiStyleMod backup;
+ backup.Var = idx;
+ backup.PreviousValue = *pvar;
+ g.StyleModifiers.push_back(backup);
+ *pvar = val;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ while (count > 0)
+ {
+ ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleModifiers.back();
+ if (float* pvar_f = GetStyleVarFloatAddr(backup.Var))
+ *pvar_f = backup.PreviousValue.x;
+ else if (ImVec2* pvar_v = GetStyleVarVec2Addr(backup.Var))
+ *pvar_v = backup.PreviousValue;
+ g.StyleModifiers.pop_back();
+ count--;
+ }
+}
+
+const char* ImGui::GetStyleColName(ImGuiCol idx)
+{
+ // Create switch-case from enum with regexp: ImGuiCol_{.*}, --> case ImGuiCol_\1: return "\1";
+ switch (idx)
+ {
+ case ImGuiCol_Text: return "Text";
+ case ImGuiCol_TextDisabled: return "TextDisabled";
+ case ImGuiCol_WindowBg: return "WindowBg";
+ case ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg: return "ChildWindowBg";
+ case ImGuiCol_Border: return "Border";
+ case ImGuiCol_BorderShadow: return "BorderShadow";
+ case ImGuiCol_FrameBg: return "FrameBg";
+ case ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered: return "FrameBgHovered";
+ case ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive: return "FrameBgActive";
+ case ImGuiCol_TitleBg: return "TitleBg";
+ case ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed: return "TitleBgCollapsed";
+ case ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive: return "TitleBgActive";
+ case ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg: return "MenuBarBg";
+ case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg: return "ScrollbarBg";
+ case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab: return "ScrollbarGrab";
+ case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered: return "ScrollbarGrabHovered";
+ case ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive: return "ScrollbarGrabActive";
+ case ImGuiCol_ComboBg: return "ComboBg";
+ case ImGuiCol_CheckMark: return "CheckMark";
+ case ImGuiCol_SliderGrab: return "SliderGrab";
+ case ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive: return "SliderGrabActive";
+ case ImGuiCol_Button: return "Button";
+ case ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered: return "ButtonHovered";
+ case ImGuiCol_ButtonActive: return "ButtonActive";
+ case ImGuiCol_Header: return "Header";
+ case ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered: return "HeaderHovered";
+ case ImGuiCol_HeaderActive: return "HeaderActive";
+ case ImGuiCol_Column: return "Column";
+ case ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered: return "ColumnHovered";
+ case ImGuiCol_ColumnActive: return "ColumnActive";
+ case ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip: return "ResizeGrip";
+ case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered: return "ResizeGripHovered";
+ case ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive: return "ResizeGripActive";
+ case ImGuiCol_CloseButton: return "CloseButton";
+ case ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered: return "CloseButtonHovered";
+ case ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive: return "CloseButtonActive";
+ case ImGuiCol_PlotLines: return "PlotLines";
+ case ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered: return "PlotLinesHovered";
+ case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram: return "PlotHistogram";
+ case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered: return "PlotHistogramHovered";
+ case ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg: return "TextSelectedBg";
+ case ImGuiCol_TooltipBg: return "TooltipBg";
+ case ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening: return "ModalWindowDarkening";
+ }
+ IM_ASSERT(0);
+ return "Unknown";
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowHovered()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.HoveredWindow == g.CurrentWindow && IsWindowContentHoverable(g.HoveredRootWindow);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowFocused()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.FocusedWindow == g.CurrentWindow;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsRootWindowFocused()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* root_window = g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow;
+ return g.FocusedWindow == root_window;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* root_window = g.CurrentWindow->RootWindow;
+ return g.FocusedWindow && g.FocusedWindow->RootWindow == root_window;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetWindowWidth()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+ return window->Size.x;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetWindowHeight()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow;
+ return window->Size.y;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowPos()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ return window->Pos;
+}
+
+static void SetWindowScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y)
+{
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y += window->Scroll.y;
+ window->Scroll.y = new_scroll_y;
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y -= window->Scroll.y;
+}
+
+static void SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+{
+ // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
+ if (cond && (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
+ return;
+ window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiSetCond_Once | ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiSetCond_Appearing);
+ window->SetWindowPosCenterWanted = false;
+
+ // Set
+ const ImVec2 old_pos = window->Pos;
+ window->PosFloat = pos;
+ window->Pos = ImVec2((float)(int)window->PosFloat.x, (float)(int)window->PosFloat.y);
+ window->DC.CursorPos += (window->Pos - old_pos); // As we happen to move the window while it is being appended to (which is a bad idea - will smear) let's at least offset the cursor
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos += (window->Pos - old_pos); // And more importantly we need to adjust this so size calculation doesn't get affected.
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
+ if (window)
+ SetWindowPos(window, pos, cond);
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowSize()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->Size;
+}
+
+static void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+{
+ // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
+ if (cond && (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
+ return;
+ window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiSetCond_Once | ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiSetCond_Appearing);
+
+ // Set
+ if (size.x > 0.0f)
+ {
+ window->AutoFitFramesX = 0;
+ window->SizeFull.x = size.x;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ window->AutoFitFramesX = 2;
+ window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
+ }
+ if (size.y > 0.0f)
+ {
+ window->AutoFitFramesY = 0;
+ window->SizeFull.y = size.y;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ window->AutoFitFramesY = 2;
+ window->AutoFitOnlyGrows = false;
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+{
+ SetWindowSize(GImGui->CurrentWindow, size, cond);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
+ if (window)
+ SetWindowSize(window, size, cond);
+}
+
+static void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+{
+ // Test condition (NB: bit 0 is always true) and clear flags for next time
+ if (cond && (window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags & cond) == 0)
+ return;
+ window->SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags &= ~(ImGuiSetCond_Once | ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiSetCond_Appearing);
+
+ // Set
+ window->Collapsed = collapsed;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+{
+ SetWindowCollapsed(GImGui->CurrentWindow, collapsed, cond);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsWindowCollapsed()
+{
+ return GImGui->CurrentWindow->Collapsed;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
+ if (window)
+ SetWindowCollapsed(window, collapsed, cond);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowFocus()
+{
+ FocusWindow(GImGui->CurrentWindow);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowFocus(const char* name)
+{
+ if (name)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(name);
+ if (window)
+ FocusWindow(window);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ FocusWindow(NULL);
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ g.SetNextWindowPosVal = pos;
+ g.SetNextWindowPosCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiSetCond_Always;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowPosCenter(ImGuiSetCond cond)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ g.SetNextWindowPosVal = ImVec2(-FLT_MAX, -FLT_MAX);
+ g.SetNextWindowPosCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiSetCond_Always;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ g.SetNextWindowSizeVal = size;
+ g.SetNextWindowSizeCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiSetCond_Always;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ g.SetNextWindowContentSizeVal = size;
+ g.SetNextWindowContentSizeCond = ImGuiSetCond_Always;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentWidth(float width)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ g.SetNextWindowContentSizeVal = ImVec2(width, g.SetNextWindowContentSizeCond ? g.SetNextWindowContentSizeVal.y : 0.0f);
+ g.SetNextWindowContentSizeCond = ImGuiSetCond_Always;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ g.SetNextWindowCollapsedVal = collapsed;
+ g.SetNextWindowCollapsedCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiSetCond_Always;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextWindowFocus()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ g.SetNextWindowFocus = true;
+}
+
+// In window space (not screen space!)
+// FIXME-OPT: Could cache and maintain it (pretty much only change on columns change)
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionMax()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ ImVec2 content_region_size = ImVec2(window->SizeContentsExplicit.x ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.x : window->Size.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x, window->SizeContentsExplicit.y ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.y : window->Size.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y);
+ ImVec2 mx = content_region_size - window->Scroll - window->WindowPadding;
+ if (window->DC.ColumnsCount != 1)
+ mx.x = ImGui::GetColumnOffset(window->DC.ColumnsCurrent + 1) - window->WindowPadding.x;
+ return mx;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return GetContentRegionMax() - (window->DC.CursorPos - window->Pos);
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth()
+{
+ return GetContentRegionAvail().x;
+}
+
+// In window space (not screen space!)
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMin()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return ImVec2(-window->Scroll.x, -window->Scroll.y + window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight()) + window->WindowPadding;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ ImVec2 content_region_size = ImVec2(window->SizeContentsExplicit.x ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.x : window->Size.x, window->SizeContentsExplicit.y ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.y : window->Size.y);
+ ImVec2 m = content_region_size - window->Scroll - window->WindowPadding - window->ScrollbarSizes;
+ return m;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionWidth()
+{
+ return GetWindowContentRegionMax().x - GetWindowContentRegionMin().x;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.FontSize;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y;
+}
+
+ImDrawList* ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ return window->DrawList;
+}
+
+ImFont* ImGui::GetWindowFont()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.Font;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetWindowFontSize()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ return g.FontSize;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(float scale)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->FontWindowScale = scale;
+ g.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize();
+}
+
+// User generally sees positions in window coordinates. Internally we store CursorPos in absolute screen coordinates because it is more convenient.
+// Conversion happens as we pass the value to user, but it makes our naming convention confusing because GetCursorPos() == (DC.CursorPos - window.Pos). May want to rename 'DC.CursorPos'.
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorPos()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->DC.CursorPos - window->Pos + window->Scroll;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetCursorPosX()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ return window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x + window->Scroll.x;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetCursorPosY()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ return window->DC.CursorPos.y - window->Pos.y + window->Scroll.y;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.CursorPos = window->Pos - window->Scroll + local_pos;
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorPos);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetCursorPosX(float x)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + x;
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.x);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetCursorPosY(float y)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->Pos.y - window->Scroll.y + y;
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorStartPos()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->DC.CursorStartPos - window->Pos;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->DC.CursorPos;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& screen_pos)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.CursorPos = screen_pos;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetScrollX()
+{
+ return GImGui->CurrentWindow->Scroll.x;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetScrollY()
+{
+ return GImGui->CurrentWindow->Scroll.y;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetScrollMaxX()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->SizeContents.x - window->SizeFull.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetScrollMaxY()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->SizeContents.y - window->SizeFull.y - window->ScrollbarSizes.y;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetScrollX(float scroll_x)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->ScrollTarget.x = scroll_x;
+ window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetScrollY(float scroll_y)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->ScrollTarget.y = scroll_y + window->TitleBarHeight(); // title bar height canceled out when using ScrollTargetRelY
+ window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(float pos_y, float center_y_ratio)
+{
+ // We store a target position so centering can occur on the next frame when we are guaranteed to have a known window size
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ IM_ASSERT(center_y_ratio >= 0.0f && center_y_ratio <= 1.0f);
+ window->ScrollTarget.y = (float)(int)(pos_y + window->Scroll.y);
+ if (center_y_ratio <= 0.0f && window->ScrollTarget.y <= window->WindowPadding.y) // Minor hack to make "scroll to top" take account of WindowPadding, else it would scroll to (WindowPadding.y - ItemSpacing.y)
+ window->ScrollTarget.y = 0.0f;
+ window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = center_y_ratio;
+}
+
+// center_y_ratio: 0.0f top of last item, 0.5f vertical center of last item, 1.0f bottom of last item.
+void ImGui::SetScrollHere(float center_y_ratio)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ float target_y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y + (window->DC.PrevLineHeight * center_y_ratio) + (GImGui->Style.ItemSpacing.y * (center_y_ratio - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // Precisely aim above, in the middle or below the last line.
+ ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(target_y - window->Pos.y, center_y_ratio);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext = window->FocusIdxAllCounter + 1 + offset;
+ window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = IM_INT_MAX;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.StateStorage = tree ? tree : &window->StateStorage;
+}
+
+ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->DC.StateStorage;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const char* text_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args);
+ TextUnformatted(g.TempBuffer, text_end);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Text(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ TextV(fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col);
+ TextV(fmt, args);
+ ImGui::PopStyleColor();
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ TextColoredV(col, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GImGui->Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
+ TextV(fmt, args);
+ ImGui::PopStyleColor();
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ TextDisabledV(fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(0.0f);
+ TextV(fmt, args);
+ ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ TextWrappedV(fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+}
+
+void ImGui::TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ IM_ASSERT(text != NULL);
+ const char* text_begin = text;
+ if (text_end == NULL)
+ text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT
+
+ const float wrap_pos_x = window->DC.TextWrapPos;
+ const bool wrap_enabled = wrap_pos_x >= 0.0f;
+ if (text_end - text > 2000 && !wrap_enabled)
+ {
+ // Long text!
+ // Perform manual coarse clipping to optimize for long multi-line text
+ // From this point we will only compute the width of lines that are visible. Optimization only available when word-wrapping is disabled.
+ // We also don't vertically center the text within the line full height, which is unlikely to matter because we are likely the biggest and only item on the line.
+ const char* line = text;
+ const float line_height = ImGui::GetTextLineHeight();
+ const ImVec2 text_pos = window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0.0f, window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset);
+ const ImRect clip_rect = window->ClipRect;
+ ImVec2 text_size(0,0);
+
+ if (text_pos.y <= clip_rect.Max.y)
+ {
+ ImVec2 pos = text_pos;
+
+ // Lines to skip (can't skip when logging text)
+ if (!g.LogEnabled)
+ {
+ int lines_skippable = (int)((clip_rect.Min.y - text_pos.y) / line_height);
+ if (lines_skippable > 0)
+ {
+ int lines_skipped = 0;
+ while (line < text_end && lines_skipped < lines_skippable)
+ {
+ const char* line_end = strchr(line, '\n');
+ line = line_end + 1;
+ lines_skipped++;
+ }
+ pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Lines to render
+ if (line < text_end)
+ {
+ ImRect line_rect(pos, pos + ImVec2(ImGui::GetWindowWidth(), line_height));
+ while (line < text_end)
+ {
+ const char* line_end = strchr(line, '\n');
+ if (IsClippedEx(line_rect, NULL, false))
+ break;
+
+ const ImVec2 line_size = CalcTextSize(line, line_end, false);
+ text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_size.x);
+ RenderText(pos, line, line_end, false);
+ if (!line_end)
+ line_end = text_end;
+ line = line_end + 1;
+ line_rect.Min.y += line_height;
+ line_rect.Max.y += line_height;
+ pos.y += line_height;
+ }
+
+ // Count remaining lines
+ int lines_skipped = 0;
+ while (line < text_end)
+ {
+ const char* line_end = strchr(line, '\n');
+ if (!line_end)
+ line_end = text_end;
+ line = line_end + 1;
+ lines_skipped++;
+ }
+ pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height;
+ }
+
+ text_size.y += (pos - text_pos).y;
+ }
+
+ ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size);
+ ItemSize(bb);
+ ItemAdd(bb, NULL);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ const float wrap_width = wrap_enabled ? CalcWrapWidthForPos(window->DC.CursorPos, wrap_pos_x) : 0.0f;
+ const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false, wrap_width);
+
+ // Account of baseline offset
+ ImVec2 text_pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+ text_pos.y += window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
+
+ ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size);
+ ItemSize(text_size);
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb, NULL))
+ return;
+
+ // Render (we don't hide text after ## in this end-user function)
+ RenderTextWrapped(bb.Min, text_begin, text_end, wrap_width);
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ // Declare a dummy item size to that upcoming items that are smaller will center-align on the newly expanded line height.
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ItemSize(ImVec2(0, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), g.Style.FramePadding.y);
+ ImGui::SameLine(0, 0);
+}
+
+// Add a label+text combo aligned to other label+value widgets
+void ImGui::LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const float w = CalcItemWidth();
+
+ const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+ const ImRect value_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w + style.FramePadding.x*2, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2));
+ const ImRect total_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w + style.FramePadding.x*2 + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f), style.FramePadding.y*2) + label_size);
+ ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+ if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, NULL))
+ return;
+
+ // Render
+ const char* value_text_begin = &g.TempBuffer[0];
+ const char* value_text_end = value_text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args);
+ RenderTextClipped(value_bb.Min, value_bb.Max, value_text_begin, value_text_end, NULL, ImGuiAlign_VCenter);
+ RenderText(ImVec2(value_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, value_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+}
+
+void ImGui::LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ LabelTextV(label, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+}
+
+static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window)
+{
+ // An active popup disable hovering on other windows (apart from its own children)
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (ImGuiWindow* focused_window = g.FocusedWindow)
+ if (ImGuiWindow* focused_root_window = focused_window->RootWindow)
+ if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0 && focused_root_window->WasActive && focused_root_window != window->RootWindow)
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled)
+ {
+ if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = false;
+ if (out_held) *out_held = false;
+ if (g.ActiveId == id) SetActiveID(0);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ bool pressed = false;
+ const bool hovered = IsHovered(bb, id, (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChilds) != 0);
+ if (hovered)
+ {
+ SetHoveredID(id);
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers) || (!g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.KeyAlt))
+ {
+ if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
+ {
+ if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick)
+ {
+ pressed = true;
+ SetActiveID(0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SetActiveID(id, window);
+ }
+ FocusWindow(window);
+ }
+ else if (g.IO.MouseReleased[0] && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease))
+ {
+ pressed = true;
+ SetActiveID(0);
+ }
+ else if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.ActiveId == id && ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0, true))
+ {
+ pressed = true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ bool held = false;
+ if (g.ActiveId == id)
+ {
+ if (g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+ {
+ held = true;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (hovered)
+ pressed = true;
+ SetActiveID(0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = hovered;
+ if (out_held) *out_held = held;
+
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+ const ImVec2 label_size = ImGui::CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+ ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+ if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine) && style.FramePadding.y < window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset)
+ pos.y += window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset - style.FramePadding.y;
+ ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+
+ const ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
+ ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb, &id))
+ return false;
+
+ if (window->DC.ButtonRepeat) flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat;
+ bool hovered, held;
+ bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags);
+
+ // Render
+ const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((hovered && held) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+ RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding);
+ RenderTextClipped(bb.Min, bb.Max, label, NULL, &label_size, ImGuiAlign_Center | ImGuiAlign_VCenter);
+
+ // Automatically close popups
+ //if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+ // ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
+
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+ return ButtonEx(label, size_arg, 0);
+}
+
+// Small buttons fits within text without additional vertical spacing.
+bool ImGui::SmallButton(const char* label)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ float backup_padding_y = g.Style.FramePadding.y;
+ g.Style.FramePadding.y = 0.0f;
+ bool pressed = ButtonEx(label, ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine);
+ g.Style.FramePadding.y = backup_padding_y;
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+// Tip: use ImGui::PushID()/PopID() to push indices or pointers in the ID stack.
+// Then you can keep 'str_id' empty or the same for all your buttons (instead of creating a string based on a non-string id)
+bool ImGui::InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+ ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, 0.0f, 0.0f);
+ const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+ ItemSize(bb);
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb, &id))
+ return false;
+
+ bool hovered, held;
+ bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+// Upper-right button to close a window.
+static bool CloseWindowButton(bool* p_opened)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindow();
+
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#CLOSE");
+ const float size = window->TitleBarHeight() - 4.0f;
+ const ImRect bb(window->Rect().GetTR() + ImVec2(-2.0f-size,2.0f), window->Rect().GetTR() + ImVec2(-2.0f,2.0f+size));
+
+ bool hovered, held;
+ bool pressed = ImGui::ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+
+ // Render
+ const ImU32 col = ImGui::GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_CloseButton);
+ const ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter();
+ window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, ImMax(2.0f,size*0.5f), col, 16);
+
+ const float cross_extent = (size * 0.5f * 0.7071f) - 1.0f;
+ if (hovered)
+ {
+ window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent,+cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent,-cross_extent), ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+ window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent,-cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent,+cross_extent), ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+ }
+
+ if (p_opened != NULL && pressed)
+ *p_opened = !*p_opened;
+
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& tint_col, const ImVec4& border_col)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+ if (border_col.w > 0.0f)
+ bb.Max += ImVec2(2,2);
+ ItemSize(bb);
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb, NULL))
+ return;
+
+ if (border_col.w > 0.0f)
+ {
+ window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(border_col), 0.0f);
+ window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min+ImVec2(1,1), bb.Max-ImVec2(1,1), uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min, bb.Max, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col));
+ }
+}
+
+// frame_padding < 0: uses FramePadding from style (default)
+// frame_padding = 0: no framing
+// frame_padding > 0: set framing size
+// The color used are the button colors.
+bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, int frame_padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+ // Default to using texture ID as ID. User can still push string/integer prefixes.
+ // We could hash the size/uv to create a unique ID but that would prevent the user from animating UV.
+ ImGui::PushID((void *)user_texture_id);
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#image");
+ ImGui::PopID();
+
+ const ImVec2 padding = (frame_padding >= 0) ? ImVec2((float)frame_padding, (float)frame_padding) : style.FramePadding;
+ const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size + padding*2);
+ const ImRect image_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + padding, window->DC.CursorPos + padding + size);
+ ItemSize(bb);
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb, &id))
+ return false;
+
+ bool hovered, held;
+ bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+
+ // Render
+ const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((hovered && held) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button);
+ RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, ImClamp((float)ImMin(padding.x, padding.y), 0.0f, style.FrameRounding));
+ if (bg_col.w > 0.0f)
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(image_bb.Min, image_bb.Max, GetColorU32(bg_col));
+ window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, image_bb.Min, image_bb.Max, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col));
+
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+// Start logging ImGui output to TTY
+void ImGui::LogToTTY(int max_depth)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ return;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+
+ g.LogEnabled = true;
+ g.LogFile = stdout;
+ g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth;
+ if (max_depth >= 0)
+ g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth;
+}
+
+// Start logging ImGui output to given file
+void ImGui::LogToFile(int max_depth, const char* filename)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ return;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+
+ if (!filename)
+ {
+ filename = g.IO.LogFilename;
+ if (!filename)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ g.LogFile = fopen(filename, "ab");
+ if (!g.LogFile)
+ {
+ IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile != NULL); // Consider this an error
+ return;
+ }
+ g.LogEnabled = true;
+ g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth;
+ if (max_depth >= 0)
+ g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth;
+}
+
+// Start logging ImGui output to clipboard
+void ImGui::LogToClipboard(int max_depth)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ return;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+
+ g.LogEnabled = true;
+ g.LogFile = NULL;
+ g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth;
+ if (max_depth >= 0)
+ g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth;
+}
+
+void ImGui::LogFinish()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (!g.LogEnabled)
+ return;
+
+ ImGui::LogText(IM_NEWLINE);
+ g.LogEnabled = false;
+ if (g.LogFile != NULL)
+ {
+ if (g.LogFile == stdout)
+ fflush(g.LogFile);
+ else
+ fclose(g.LogFile);
+ g.LogFile = NULL;
+ }
+ if (g.LogClipboard->size() > 1)
+ {
+ if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn)
+ g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn(g.LogClipboard->begin());
+ g.LogClipboard->clear();
+ }
+}
+
+// Helper to display logging buttons
+void ImGui::LogButtons()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+
+ ImGui::PushID("LogButtons");
+ const bool log_to_tty = ImGui::Button("Log To TTY");
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ const bool log_to_file = ImGui::Button("Log To File");
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ const bool log_to_clipboard = ImGui::Button("Log To Clipboard");
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(80.0f);
+ ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false);
+ ImGui::SliderInt("Depth", &g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth, 0, 9, NULL);
+ ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ ImGui::PopID();
+
+ // Start logging at the end of the function so that the buttons don't appear in the log
+ if (log_to_tty)
+ LogToTTY(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth);
+ if (log_to_file)
+ LogToFile(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth, g.IO.LogFilename);
+ if (log_to_clipboard)
+ LogToClipboard(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpened(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags)
+{
+ // We only write to the tree storage if the user clicks (or explicitely use SetNextTreeNode*** functions)
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow;
+ ImGuiStorage* storage = window->DC.StateStorage;
+
+ bool opened;
+ if (g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenedCond != 0)
+ {
+ if (g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenedCond & ImGuiSetCond_Always)
+ {
+ opened = g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenedVal;
+ storage->SetInt(id, opened);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // We treat ImGuiSetCondition_Once and ImGuiSetCondition_FirstUseEver the same because tree node state are not saved persistently.
+ const int stored_value = storage->GetInt(id, -1);
+ if (stored_value == -1)
+ {
+ opened = g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenedVal;
+ storage->SetInt(id, opened);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ opened = stored_value != 0;
+ }
+ }
+ g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenedCond = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ opened = storage->GetInt(id, (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen) ? 1 : 0) != 0;
+ }
+
+ // When logging is enabled, we automatically expand tree nodes (but *NOT* collapsing headers.. seems like sensible behavior).
+ // NB- If we are above max depth we still allow manually opened nodes to be logged.
+ if (g.LogEnabled && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoExpandOnLog) && window->DC.TreeDepth < g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth)
+ opened = true;
+
+ return opened;
+}
+
+// FIXME: Split into CollapsingHeader(label, default_open?) and TreeNodeBehavior(label), obsolete the 4 parameters function.
+bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, const char* str_id, bool display_frame, bool default_open)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const ImVec2 padding = display_frame ? style.FramePadding : ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, 0.0f);
+
+ IM_ASSERT(str_id != NULL || label != NULL);
+ if (str_id == NULL)
+ str_id = label;
+ if (label == NULL)
+ label = str_id;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id);
+ const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+ // We vertically grow up to current line height up the typical widget height.
+ const float text_base_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset - padding.y); // Latch before ItemSize changes it
+ const float frame_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), label_size.y + padding.y*2);
+ ImRect bb = ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, ImVec2(window->Pos.x + GetContentRegionMax().x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + frame_height));
+ if (display_frame)
+ {
+ // Framed header expand a little outside the default padding
+ bb.Min.x -= (float)(int)(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f) - 1;
+ bb.Max.x += (float)(int)(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f) - 1;
+ }
+
+ const float collapser_width = g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x*2 : padding.x);
+ const float text_width = g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? label_size.x + padding.x*2 : 0.0f); // Include collapser
+ ItemSize(ImVec2(text_width, frame_height), text_base_offset_y);
+
+ // For regular tree nodes, we arbitrary allow to click past 2 worth of ItemSpacing
+ // (Ideally we'd want to add a flag for the user to specify we want want the hit test to be done up to the right side of the content or not)
+ const ImRect interact_bb = display_frame ? bb : ImRect(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y, bb.Min.x + text_width + style.ItemSpacing.x*2, bb.Max.y);
+ bool opened = TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpened(id, (default_open ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen : 0) | (display_frame ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoExpandOnLog : 0));
+ if (!ItemAdd(interact_bb, &id))
+ return opened;
+
+ bool hovered, held;
+ bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(interact_bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers);
+ if (pressed)
+ {
+ opened = !opened;
+ window->DC.StateStorage->SetInt(id, opened);
+ }
+
+ // Render
+ const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
+ const ImVec2 text_pos = bb.Min + padding + ImVec2(collapser_width, text_base_offset_y);
+ if (display_frame)
+ {
+ // Framed type
+ RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding);
+ RenderCollapseTriangle(bb.Min + padding + ImVec2(0.0f, text_base_offset_y), opened, 1.0f, true);
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ {
+ // NB: '##' is normally used to hide text (as a library-wide feature), so we need to specify the text range to make sure the ## aren't stripped out here.
+ const char log_prefix[] = "\n##";
+ const char log_suffix[] = "##";
+ LogRenderedText(text_pos, log_prefix, log_prefix+3);
+ RenderTextClipped(text_pos, bb.Max, label, NULL, &label_size);
+ LogRenderedText(text_pos, log_suffix+1, log_suffix+3);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ RenderTextClipped(text_pos, bb.Max, label, NULL, &label_size);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Unframed typed for tree nodes
+ if (hovered)
+ RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false);
+
+ RenderCollapseTriangle(bb.Min + ImVec2(padding.x, g.FontSize*0.15f + text_base_offset_y), opened, 0.70f, false);
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ LogRenderedText(text_pos, ">");
+ RenderText(text_pos, label);
+ }
+
+ return opened;
+}
+
+void ImGui::Bullet()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), g.FontSize);
+ const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, line_height));
+ ItemSize(bb);
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb, NULL))
+ {
+ ImGui::SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x*2);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Render
+ const float bullet_size = g.FontSize*0.15f;
+ window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, line_height*0.5f), bullet_size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+
+ // Stay on same line
+ ImGui::SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x*2);
+}
+
+// Text with a little bullet aligned to the typical tree node.
+void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+ const char* text_begin = g.TempBuffer;
+ const char* text_end = text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args);
+ const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, true);
+ const float text_base_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset); // Latch before ItemSize changes it
+ const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), g.FontSize);
+ const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? (label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x*2) : 0.0f), ImMax(line_height, label_size.y))); // Empty text doesn't add padding
+ ItemSize(bb);
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb, NULL))
+ return;
+
+ // Render
+ const float bullet_size = g.FontSize*0.15f;
+ window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, line_height*0.5f), bullet_size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+ RenderText(bb.Min+ImVec2(g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2, text_base_offset_y), text_begin, text_end);
+}
+
+void ImGui::BulletText(const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ BulletTextV(fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+}
+
+// If returning 'true' the node is open and the user is responsible for calling TreePop
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args);
+ if (!str_id || !str_id[0])
+ str_id = fmt;
+
+ ImGui::PushID(str_id);
+ const bool opened = ImGui::CollapsingHeader(g.TempBuffer, "", false);
+ ImGui::PopID();
+
+ if (opened)
+ ImGui::TreePush(str_id);
+
+ return opened;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ bool s = TreeNodeV(str_id, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+ return s;
+}
+
+// If returning 'true' the node is open and the user is responsible for calling TreePop
+bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args);
+
+ if (!ptr_id)
+ ptr_id = fmt;
+
+ ImGui::PushID(ptr_id);
+ const bool opened = ImGui::CollapsingHeader(g.TempBuffer, "", false);
+ ImGui::PopID();
+
+ if (opened)
+ ImGui::TreePush(ptr_id);
+
+ return opened;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...)
+{
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ bool s = TreeNodeV(ptr_id, fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+ return s;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* str_label_id)
+{
+ return TreeNode(str_label_id, "%s", str_label_id);
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetNextTreeNodeOpened(bool opened, ImGuiSetCond cond)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenedVal = opened;
+ g.SetNextTreeNodeOpenedCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiSetCond_Always;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(str_id));
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end));
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushID(const void* ptr_id)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(ptr_id));
+}
+
+void ImGui::PushID(int int_id)
+{
+ const void* ptr_id = (void*)(intptr_t)int_id;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(ptr_id));
+}
+
+void ImGui::PopID()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->IDStack.pop_back();
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id)
+{
+ return GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id);
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end)
+{
+ return GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end);
+}
+
+ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id)
+{
+ return GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(ptr_id);
+}
+
+static inline void DataTypeFormatString(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* display_format, char* buf, int buf_size)
+{
+ if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Int)
+ ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, display_format, *(int*)data_ptr);
+ else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float)
+ ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, display_format, *(float*)data_ptr);
+}
+
+static inline void DataTypeFormatString(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, int decimal_precision, char* buf, int buf_size)
+{
+ if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Int)
+ {
+ if (decimal_precision < 0)
+ ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "%d", *(int*)data_ptr);
+ else
+ ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "%.*d", decimal_precision, *(int*)data_ptr);
+ }
+ else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float)
+ {
+ if (decimal_precision < 0)
+ ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "%f", *(float*)data_ptr); // Ideally we'd have a minimum decimal precision of 1 to visually denote that it is a float, while hiding non-significant digits?
+ else
+ ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "%.*f", decimal_precision, *(float*)data_ptr);
+ }
+}
+
+static void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* value1, const void* value2)// Store into value1
+{
+ if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Int)
+ {
+ if (op == '+')
+ *(int*)value1 = *(int*)value1 + *(const int*)value2;
+ else if (op == '-')
+ *(int*)value1 = *(int*)value1 - *(const int*)value2;
+ }
+ else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float)
+ {
+ if (op == '+')
+ *(float*)value1 = *(float*)value1 + *(const float*)value2;
+ else if (op == '-')
+ *(float*)value1 = *(float*)value1 - *(const float*)value2;
+ }
+}
+
+// User can input math operators (e.g. +100) to edit a numerical values.
+static void DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* scalar_format)
+{
+ while (ImCharIsSpace(*buf))
+ buf++;
+
+ // We don't support '-' op because it would conflict with inputing negative value.
+ // Instead you can use +-100 to subtract from an existing value
+ char op = buf[0];
+ if (op == '+' || op == '*' || op == '/')
+ {
+ buf++;
+ while (ImCharIsSpace(*buf))
+ buf++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ op = 0;
+ }
+ if (!buf[0])
+ return;
+
+ if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Int)
+ {
+ if (!scalar_format)
+ scalar_format = "%d";
+ int* v = (int*)data_ptr;
+ int ref_v = *v;
+ if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, scalar_format, &ref_v) < 1)
+ return;
+
+ // Store operand in a float so we can use fractional value for multipliers (*1.1), but constant always parsed as integer so we can fit big integers (e.g. 2000000003) past float precision
+ float op_v = 0.0f;
+ if (op == '+') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &op_v) == 1) *v = (int)(ref_v + op_v); } // Add (use "+-" to subtract)
+ else if (op == '*') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &op_v) == 1) *v = (int)(ref_v * op_v); } // Multiply
+ else if (op == '/') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &op_v) == 1 && op_v != 0.0f) *v = (int)(ref_v / op_v); }// Divide
+ else { if (sscanf(buf, scalar_format, &ref_v) == 1) *v = ref_v; } // Assign constant
+ }
+ else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float)
+ {
+ // For floats we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in
+ scalar_format = "%f";
+ float* v = (float*)data_ptr;
+ float ref_v = *v;
+ if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, scalar_format, &ref_v) < 1)
+ return;
+ float op_v = 0.0f;
+ if (sscanf(buf, scalar_format, &op_v) < 1)
+ return;
+
+ if (op == '+') { *v = ref_v + op_v; } // Add (use "+-" to subtract)
+ else if (op == '*') { *v = ref_v * op_v; } // Multiply
+ else if (op == '/') { if (op_v != 0.0f) *v = ref_v / op_v; } // Divide
+ else { *v = op_v; } // Assign constant
+ }
+}
+
+// Create text input in place of a slider (when CTRL+Clicking on slider)
+bool ImGui::InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(const ImRect& aabb, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, ImGuiID id, int decimal_precision)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+ // Our replacement widget will override the focus ID (registered previously to allow for a TAB focus to happen)
+ SetActiveID(g.ScalarAsInputTextId, window);
+ SetHoveredID(0);
+ FocusableItemUnregister(window);
+
+ char buf[32];
+ DataTypeFormatString(data_type, data_ptr, decimal_precision, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+ bool value_changed = InputTextEx(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), aabb.GetSize() - g.Style.FramePadding*2.0f, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll);
+ if (g.ScalarAsInputTextId == 0)
+ {
+ // First frame
+ IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id); // InputText ID expected to match the Slider ID (else we'd need to store them both, which is also possible)
+ g.ScalarAsInputTextId = g.ActiveId;
+ SetHoveredID(id);
+ }
+ else if (g.ActiveId != g.ScalarAsInputTextId)
+ {
+ // Release
+ g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0;
+ }
+ if (value_changed)
+ DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, GImGui->InputTextState.InitialText.begin(), data_type, data_ptr, NULL);
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Parse display precision back from the display format string
+int ImGui::ParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision)
+{
+ int precision = default_precision;
+ while ((fmt = strchr(fmt, '%')) != NULL)
+ {
+ fmt++;
+ if (fmt[0] == '%') { fmt++; continue; } // Ignore "%%"
+ while (*fmt >= '0' && *fmt <= '9')
+ fmt++;
+ if (*fmt == '.')
+ {
+ precision = atoi(fmt + 1);
+ if (precision < 0 || precision > 10)
+ precision = default_precision;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ return precision;
+}
+
+float ImGui::RoundScalar(float value, int decimal_precision)
+{
+ // Round past decimal precision
+ // So when our value is 1.99999 with a precision of 0.001 we'll end up rounding to 2.0
+ // FIXME: Investigate better rounding methods
+ static const float min_steps[10] = { 1.0f, 0.1f, 0.01f, 0.001f, 0.0001f, 0.00001f, 0.000001f, 0.0000001f, 0.00000001f, 0.000000001f };
+ float min_step = (decimal_precision >= 0 && decimal_precision < 10) ? min_steps[decimal_precision] : powf(10.0f, (float)-decimal_precision);
+ bool negative = value < 0.0f;
+ value = fabsf(value);
+ float remainder = fmodf(value, min_step);
+ if (remainder <= min_step*0.5f)
+ value -= remainder;
+ else
+ value += (min_step - remainder);
+ return negative ? -value : value;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& frame_bb, ImGuiID id, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, float power, int decimal_precision, ImGuiSliderFlags flags)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+ // Draw frame
+ RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+
+ const bool is_non_linear = fabsf(power - 1.0f) > 0.0001f;
+ const bool is_horizontal = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) == 0;
+
+ const float grab_padding = 2.0f;
+ const float slider_sz = is_horizontal ? (frame_bb.GetWidth() - grab_padding * 2.0f) : (frame_bb.GetHeight() - grab_padding * 2.0f);
+ float grab_sz;
+ if (decimal_precision > 0)
+ grab_sz = ImMin(style.GrabMinSize, slider_sz);
+ else
+ grab_sz = ImMin(ImMax(1.0f * (slider_sz / (v_max-v_min+1.0f)), style.GrabMinSize), slider_sz); // Integer sliders, if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit
+ const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz;
+ const float slider_usable_pos_min = (is_horizontal ? frame_bb.Min.x : frame_bb.Min.y) + grab_padding + grab_sz*0.5f;
+ const float slider_usable_pos_max = (is_horizontal ? frame_bb.Max.x : frame_bb.Max.y) - grab_padding - grab_sz*0.5f;
+
+ // For logarithmic sliders that cross over sign boundary we want the exponential increase to be symmetric around 0.0f
+ float linear_zero_pos = 0.0f; // 0.0->1.0f
+ if (v_min * v_max < 0.0f)
+ {
+ // Different sign
+ const float linear_dist_min_to_0 = powf(fabsf(0.0f - v_min), 1.0f/power);
+ const float linear_dist_max_to_0 = powf(fabsf(v_max - 0.0f), 1.0f/power);
+ linear_zero_pos = linear_dist_min_to_0 / (linear_dist_min_to_0+linear_dist_max_to_0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Same sign
+ linear_zero_pos = v_min < 0.0f ? 1.0f : 0.0f;
+ }
+
+ // Process clicking on the slider
+ bool value_changed = false;
+ if (g.ActiveId == id)
+ {
+ if (g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+ {
+ const float mouse_abs_pos = is_horizontal ? g.IO.MousePos.x : g.IO.MousePos.y;
+ float normalized_pos = ImClamp((mouse_abs_pos - slider_usable_pos_min) / slider_usable_sz, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+ if (!is_horizontal)
+ normalized_pos = 1.0f - normalized_pos;
+
+ float new_value;
+ if (is_non_linear)
+ {
+ // Account for logarithmic scale on both sides of the zero
+ if (normalized_pos < linear_zero_pos)
+ {
+ // Negative: rescale to the negative range before powering
+ float a = 1.0f - (normalized_pos / linear_zero_pos);
+ a = powf(a, power);
+ new_value = ImLerp(ImMin(v_max,0.0f), v_min, a);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Positive: rescale to the positive range before powering
+ float a;
+ if (fabsf(linear_zero_pos - 1.0f) > 1.e-6)
+ a = (normalized_pos - linear_zero_pos) / (1.0f - linear_zero_pos);
+ else
+ a = normalized_pos;
+ a = powf(a, power);
+ new_value = ImLerp(ImMax(v_min,0.0f), v_max, a);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Linear slider
+ new_value = ImLerp(v_min, v_max, normalized_pos);
+ }
+
+ // Round past decimal precision
+ new_value = RoundScalar(new_value, decimal_precision);
+ if (*v != new_value)
+ {
+ *v = new_value;
+ value_changed = true;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SetActiveID(0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Calculate slider grab positioning
+ float grab_t;
+ if (is_non_linear)
+ {
+ float v_clamped = ImClamp(*v, v_min, v_max);
+ if (v_clamped < 0.0f)
+ {
+ const float f = 1.0f - (v_clamped - v_min) / (ImMin(0.0f,v_max) - v_min);
+ grab_t = (1.0f - powf(f, 1.0f/power)) * linear_zero_pos;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ const float f = (v_clamped - ImMax(0.0f,v_min)) / (v_max - ImMax(0.0f,v_min));
+ grab_t = linear_zero_pos + powf(f, 1.0f/power) * (1.0f - linear_zero_pos);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Linear slider
+ grab_t = (ImClamp(*v, v_min, v_max) - v_min) / (v_max - v_min);
+ }
+
+ // Draw
+ if (!is_horizontal)
+ grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t;
+ const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t);
+ ImRect grab_bb;
+ if (is_horizontal)
+ grab_bb = ImRect(ImVec2(grab_pos - grab_sz*0.5f, frame_bb.Min.y + grab_padding), ImVec2(grab_pos + grab_sz*0.5f, frame_bb.Max.y - grab_padding));
+ else
+ grab_bb = ImRect(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x + grab_padding, grab_pos - grab_sz*0.5f), ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz*0.5f));
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding);
+
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Use power!=1.0 for logarithmic sliders.
+// Adjust display_format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix.
+// "%.3f" 1.234
+// "%5.2f secs" 01.23 secs
+// "Gold: %.0f" Gold: 1
+bool ImGui::SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+ const float w = CalcItemWidth();
+
+ const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+ const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y) + style.FramePadding*2.0f);
+ const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+
+ // NB- we don't call ItemSize() yet because we may turn into a text edit box below
+ if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, &id))
+ {
+ ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ const bool hovered = IsHovered(frame_bb, id);
+ if (hovered)
+ SetHoveredID(id);
+
+ if (!display_format)
+ display_format = "%.3f";
+ int decimal_precision = ParseFormatPrecision(display_format, 3);
+
+ // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box
+ bool start_text_input = false;
+ const bool tab_focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, g.ActiveId == id);
+ if (tab_focus_requested || (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]))
+ {
+ SetActiveID(id, window);
+ FocusWindow(window);
+
+ if (tab_focus_requested || g.IO.KeyCtrl)
+ {
+ start_text_input = true;
+ g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ if (start_text_input || (g.ActiveId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId == id))
+ return InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(frame_bb, label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, id, decimal_precision);
+
+ ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+
+ // Actual slider behavior + render grab
+ const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, v, v_min, v_max, power, decimal_precision);
+
+ // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
+ char value_buf[64];
+ const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + ImFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), display_format, *v);
+ RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImGuiAlign_Center|ImGuiAlign_VCenter);
+
+ if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+ RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+
+ const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+ const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+ const ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+
+ ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+ if (!ItemAdd(frame_bb, &id))
+ return false;
+
+ const bool hovered = IsHovered(frame_bb, id);
+ if (hovered)
+ SetHoveredID(id);
+
+ if (!display_format)
+ display_format = "%.3f";
+ int decimal_precision = ParseFormatPrecision(display_format, 3);
+
+ if (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
+ {
+ SetActiveID(id, window);
+ FocusWindow(window);
+ }
+
+ // Actual slider behavior + render grab
+ bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, v, v_min, v_max, power, decimal_precision, ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical);
+
+ // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
+ // For the vertical slider we allow centered text to overlap the frame padding
+ char value_buf[64];
+ char* value_buf_end = value_buf + ImFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), display_format, *v);
+ RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImGuiAlign_Center);
+
+ if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+ RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min, float v_degrees_max)
+{
+ float v_deg = (*v_rad) * 360.0f / (2*IM_PI);
+ bool value_changed = ImGui::SliderFloat(label, &v_deg, v_degrees_min, v_degrees_max, "%.0f deg", 1.0f);
+ *v_rad = v_deg * (2*IM_PI) / 360.0f;
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
+{
+ if (!display_format)
+ display_format = "%.0f";
+ float v_f = (float)*v;
+ bool value_changed = ImGui::SliderFloat(label, &v_f, (float)v_min, (float)v_max, display_format, 1.0f);
+ *v = (int)v_f;
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
+{
+ if (!display_format)
+ display_format = "%.0f";
+ float v_f = (float)*v;
+ bool value_changed = ImGui::VSliderFloat(label, size, &v_f, (float)v_min, (float)v_max, display_format, 1.0f);
+ *v = (int)v_f;
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Add multiple sliders on 1 line for compact edition of multiple components
+bool ImGui::SliderFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ bool value_changed = false;
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ ImGui::PushID(label);
+ PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
+ for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+ {
+ ImGui::PushID(i);
+ value_changed |= ImGui::SliderFloat("##v", &v[i], v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
+ ImGui::SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ }
+ ImGui::PopID();
+
+ ImGui::TextUnformatted(label, FindTextDisplayEnd(label));
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+{
+ return SliderFloatN(label, v, 2, v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+{
+ return SliderFloatN(label, v, 3, v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+{
+ return SliderFloatN(label, v, 4, v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ bool value_changed = false;
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ ImGui::PushID(label);
+ PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
+ for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+ {
+ ImGui::PushID(i);
+ value_changed |= ImGui::SliderInt("##v", &v[i], v_min, v_max, display_format);
+ ImGui::SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ }
+ ImGui::PopID();
+
+ ImGui::TextUnformatted(label, FindTextDisplayEnd(label));
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
+{
+ return SliderIntN(label, v, 2, v_min, v_max, display_format);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
+{
+ return SliderIntN(label, v, 3, v_min, v_max, display_format);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
+{
+ return SliderIntN(label, v, 4, v_min, v_max, display_format);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragBehavior(const ImRect& frame_bb, ImGuiID id, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, int decimal_precision, float power)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+ // Draw frame
+ const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg);
+ RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, style.FrameRounding);
+
+ bool value_changed = false;
+
+ // Process clicking on the drag
+ if (g.ActiveId == id)
+ {
+ if (g.IO.MouseDown[0])
+ {
+ if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+ {
+ // Lock current value on click
+ g.DragCurrentValue = *v;
+ g.DragLastMouseDelta = ImVec2(0.f, 0.f);
+ }
+
+ const ImVec2 mouse_drag_delta = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0, 1.0f);
+ if (fabsf(mouse_drag_delta.x - g.DragLastMouseDelta.x) > 0.0f)
+ {
+ float speed = v_speed;
+ if (speed == 0.0f && (v_max - v_min) != 0.0f && (v_max - v_min) < FLT_MAX)
+ speed = (v_max - v_min) * g.DragSpeedDefaultRatio;
+ if (g.IO.KeyShift && g.DragSpeedScaleFast >= 0.0f)
+ speed = speed * g.DragSpeedScaleFast;
+ if (g.IO.KeyAlt && g.DragSpeedScaleSlow >= 0.0f)
+ speed = speed * g.DragSpeedScaleSlow;
+
+ float v_cur = g.DragCurrentValue;
+ float delta = (mouse_drag_delta.x - g.DragLastMouseDelta.x) * speed;
+ if (fabsf(power - 1.0f) > 0.001f)
+ {
+ // Logarithmic curve on both side of 0.0
+ float v0_abs = v_cur >= 0.0f ? v_cur : -v_cur;
+ float v0_sign = v_cur >= 0.0f ? 1.0f : -1.0f;
+ float v1 = powf(v0_abs, 1.0f / power) + (delta * v0_sign);
+ float v1_abs = v1 >= 0.0f ? v1 : -v1;
+ float v1_sign = v1 >= 0.0f ? 1.0f : -1.0f; // Crossed sign line
+ v_cur = powf(v1_abs, power) * v0_sign * v1_sign; // Reapply sign
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ v_cur += delta;
+ }
+ g.DragLastMouseDelta.x = mouse_drag_delta.x;
+
+ // Clamp
+ if (v_min < v_max)
+ v_cur = ImClamp(v_cur, v_min, v_max);
+ g.DragCurrentValue = v_cur;
+
+ // Round to user desired precision, then apply
+ v_cur = RoundScalar(v_cur, decimal_precision);
+ if (*v != v_cur)
+ {
+ *v = v_cur;
+ value_changed = true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SetActiveID(0);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+ const float w = CalcItemWidth();
+
+ const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+ const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y) + style.FramePadding*2.0f);
+ const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding);
+ const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+
+ // NB- we don't call ItemSize() yet because we may turn into a text edit box below
+ if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, &id))
+ {
+ ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ const bool hovered = IsHovered(frame_bb, id);
+ if (hovered)
+ SetHoveredID(id);
+
+ if (!display_format)
+ display_format = "%.3f";
+ int decimal_precision = ParseFormatPrecision(display_format, 3);
+
+ // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an input box
+ bool start_text_input = false;
+ const bool tab_focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, g.ActiveId == id);
+ if (tab_focus_requested || (hovered && (g.IO.MouseClicked[0] | g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])))
+ {
+ SetActiveID(id, window);
+ FocusWindow(window);
+
+ if (tab_focus_requested || g.IO.KeyCtrl || g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])
+ {
+ start_text_input = true;
+ g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ if (start_text_input || (g.ActiveId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId == id))
+ return InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(frame_bb, label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, id, decimal_precision);
+
+ // Actual drag behavior
+ ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+ const bool value_changed = DragBehavior(frame_bb, id, v, v_speed, v_min, v_max, decimal_precision, power);
+
+ // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value.
+ char value_buf[64];
+ const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + ImFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), display_format, *v);
+ RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImGuiAlign_Center|ImGuiAlign_VCenter);
+
+ if (label_size.x > 0.0f)
+ RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label);
+
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ bool value_changed = false;
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ ImGui::PushID(label);
+ PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
+ for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+ {
+ ImGui::PushID(i);
+ value_changed |= ImGui::DragFloat("##v", &v[i], v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
+ ImGui::SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ }
+ ImGui::PopID();
+
+ ImGui::TextUnformatted(label, FindTextDisplayEnd(label));
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+{
+ return DragFloatN(label, v, 2, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+{
+ return DragFloatN(label, v, 3, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power)
+{
+ return DragFloatN(label, v, 4, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format, power);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, const char* display_format_max, float power)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGui::PushID(label);
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ PushMultiItemsWidths(2);
+
+ bool value_changed = ImGui::DragFloat("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? -FLT_MAX : v_min, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max), display_format, power);
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ ImGui::SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ value_changed |= ImGui::DragFloat("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min), (v_min >= v_max) ? FLT_MAX : v_max, display_format_max ? display_format_max : display_format, power);
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ ImGui::SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+
+ ImGui::TextUnformatted(label, FindTextDisplayEnd(label));
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+ ImGui::PopID();
+
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+// NB: v_speed is float to allow adjusting the drag speed with more precision
+bool ImGui::DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
+{
+ if (!display_format)
+ display_format = "%.0f";
+ float v_f = (float)*v;
+ bool value_changed = ImGui::DragFloat(label, &v_f, v_speed, (float)v_min, (float)v_max, display_format);
+ *v = (int)v_f;
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ bool value_changed = false;
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ ImGui::PushID(label);
+ PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
+ for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+ {
+ ImGui::PushID(i);
+ value_changed |= ImGui::DragInt("##v", &v[i], v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format);
+ ImGui::SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ }
+ ImGui::PopID();
+
+ ImGui::TextUnformatted(label, FindTextDisplayEnd(label));
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
+{
+ return DragIntN(label, v, 2, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
+{
+ return DragIntN(label, v, 3, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format)
+{
+ return DragIntN(label, v, 4, v_speed, v_min, v_max, display_format);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format, const char* display_format_max)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGui::PushID(label);
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ PushMultiItemsWidths(2);
+
+ bool value_changed = ImGui::DragInt("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? IM_INT_MIN : v_min, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max), display_format);
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ ImGui::SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ value_changed |= ImGui::DragInt("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min), (v_min >= v_max) ? IM_INT_MAX : v_max, display_format_max ? display_format_max : display_format);
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ ImGui::SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+
+ ImGui::TextUnformatted(label, FindTextDisplayEnd(label));
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+ ImGui::PopID();
+
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+ const ImVec2 label_size = ImGui::CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+ if (graph_size.x == 0.0f)
+ graph_size.x = CalcItemWidth() + (style.FramePadding.x * 2);
+ if (graph_size.y == 0.0f)
+ graph_size.y = label_size.y + (style.FramePadding.y * 2);
+
+ const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(graph_size.x, graph_size.y));
+ const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding);
+ const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0));
+ ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+ if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, NULL))
+ return;
+
+ // Determine scale from values if not specified
+ if (scale_min == FLT_MAX || scale_max == FLT_MAX)
+ {
+ float v_min = FLT_MAX;
+ float v_max = -FLT_MAX;
+ for (int i = 0; i < values_count; i++)
+ {
+ const float v = values_getter(data, i);
+ v_min = ImMin(v_min, v);
+ v_max = ImMax(v_max, v);
+ }
+ if (scale_min == FLT_MAX)
+ scale_min = v_min;
+ if (scale_max == FLT_MAX)
+ scale_max = v_max;
+ }
+
+ RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+
+ int res_w = ImMin((int)graph_size.x, values_count) + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0);
+ int item_count = values_count + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0);
+
+ // Tooltip on hover
+ int v_hovered = -1;
+ if (IsHovered(inner_bb, 0))
+ {
+ const float t = ImClamp((g.IO.MousePos.x - inner_bb.Min.x) / (inner_bb.Max.x - inner_bb.Min.x), 0.0f, 0.9999f);
+ const int v_idx = (int)(t * item_count);
+ IM_ASSERT(v_idx >= 0 && v_idx < values_count);
+
+ const float v0 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + values_offset) % values_count);
+ const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + 1 + values_offset) % values_count);
+ if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines)
+ ImGui::SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g\n%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0, v_idx+1, v1);
+ else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram)
+ ImGui::SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0);
+ v_hovered = v_idx;
+ }
+
+ const float t_step = 1.0f / (float)res_w;
+
+ float v0 = values_getter(data, (0 + values_offset) % values_count);
+ float t0 = 0.0f;
+ ImVec2 tp0 = ImVec2( t0, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v0 - scale_min) / (scale_max - scale_min)) ); // Point in the normalized space of our target rectangle
+
+ const ImU32 col_base = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLines : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram);
+ const ImU32 col_hovered = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered);
+
+ for (int n = 0; n < res_w; n++)
+ {
+ const float t1 = t0 + t_step;
+ const int v1_idx = (int)(t0 * item_count + 0.5f);
+ IM_ASSERT(v1_idx >= 0 && v1_idx < values_count);
+ const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v1_idx + values_offset + 1) % values_count);
+ const ImVec2 tp1 = ImVec2( t1, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v1 - scale_min) / (scale_max - scale_min)) );
+
+ // NB: Draw calls are merged together by the DrawList system. Still, we should render our batch are lower level to save a bit of CPU.
+ ImVec2 pos0 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, tp0);
+ ImVec2 pos1 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? tp1 : ImVec2(tp1.x, 1.0f));
+ if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines)
+ {
+ window->DrawList->AddLine(pos0, pos1, v_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base);
+ }
+ else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram)
+ {
+ if (pos1.x >= pos0.x + 2.0f)
+ pos1.x -= 1.0f;
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(pos0, pos1, v_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base);
+ }
+
+ t0 = t1;
+ tp0 = tp1;
+ }
+
+ // Text overlay
+ if (overlay_text)
+ RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, overlay_text, NULL, NULL, ImGuiAlign_Center);
+
+ RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label);
+}
+
+struct ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData
+{
+ const float* Values;
+ int Stride;
+
+ ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData(const float* values, int stride) { Values = values; Stride = stride; }
+};
+
+static float Plot_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx)
+{
+ ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData* plot_data = (ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData*)data;
+ const float v = *(float*)(void*)((unsigned char*)plot_data->Values + (size_t)idx * plot_data->Stride);
+ return v;
+}
+
+void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride)
+{
+ ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride);
+ PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size)
+{
+ PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride)
+{
+ ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride);
+ PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+}
+
+void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size)
+{
+ PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size);
+}
+
+// size_arg (for each axis) < 0.0f: align to end, 0.0f: auto, > 0.0f: specified size
+void ImGui::ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg, const char* overlay)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+ ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+ const ImRect bb(pos, pos + CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth() + style.FramePadding.x*2.0f, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f));
+ ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb, NULL))
+ return;
+
+ // Render
+ fraction = ImSaturate(fraction);
+ const ImVec2 fill_br = ImVec2(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, fraction), bb.Max.y);
+ RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+ RenderFrame(bb.Min, fill_br, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram), false, style.FrameRounding);
+
+ // Default displaying the fraction as percentage string, but user can override it
+ char overlay_buf[32];
+ if (!overlay)
+ {
+ ImFormatString(overlay_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(overlay_buf), "%.0f%%", fraction*100+0.01f);
+ overlay = overlay_buf;
+ }
+
+ ImVec2 overlay_size = CalcTextSize(overlay, NULL);
+ if (overlay_size.x > 0.0f)
+ RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(ImClamp(fill_br.x + style.ItemSpacing.x, bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), bb.Min.y), bb.Max, overlay, NULL, &overlay_size, ImGuiAlign_Left|ImGuiAlign_VCenter, &bb.Min, &bb.Max);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+ const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+ const ImRect check_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2));
+ ItemSize(check_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+
+ ImRect total_bb = check_bb;
+ if (label_size.x > 0)
+ SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ const ImRect text_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0,style.FramePadding.y), window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0,style.FramePadding.y) + label_size);
+ if (label_size.x > 0)
+ {
+ ItemSize(ImVec2(text_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()), style.FramePadding.y);
+ total_bb = ImRect(ImMin(check_bb.Min, text_bb.Min), ImMax(check_bb.Max, text_bb.Max));
+ }
+
+ if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, &id))
+ return false;
+
+ bool hovered, held;
+ bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+ if (pressed)
+ *v = !(*v);
+
+ RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+ if (*v)
+ {
+ const float check_sz = ImMin(check_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight());
+ const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(check_sz / 6.0f));
+ window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(check_bb.Min+ImVec2(pad,pad), check_bb.Max-ImVec2(pad,pad), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), style.FrameRounding);
+ }
+
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ LogRenderedText(text_bb.GetTL(), *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]");
+ RenderText(text_bb.GetTL(), label);
+
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value)
+{
+ bool v = (*flags & flags_value) ? true : false;
+ bool pressed = ImGui::Checkbox(label, &v);
+ if (v)
+ *flags |= flags_value;
+ else
+ *flags &= ~flags_value;
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+ const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+ const ImRect check_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2-1, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2-1));
+ ItemSize(check_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+
+ ImRect total_bb = check_bb;
+ if (label_size.x > 0)
+ SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ const ImRect text_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0, style.FramePadding.y), window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0, style.FramePadding.y) + label_size);
+ if (label_size.x > 0)
+ {
+ ItemSize(ImVec2(text_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()), style.FramePadding.y);
+ total_bb.Add(text_bb);
+ }
+
+ if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, &id))
+ return false;
+
+ ImVec2 center = check_bb.GetCenter();
+ center.x = (float)(int)center.x + 0.5f;
+ center.y = (float)(int)center.y + 0.5f;
+ const float radius = check_bb.GetHeight() * 0.5f;
+
+ bool hovered, held;
+ bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+
+ window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), 16);
+ if (active)
+ {
+ const float check_sz = ImMin(check_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight());
+ const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(check_sz / 6.0f));
+ window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius-pad, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), 16);
+ }
+
+ if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders)
+ {
+ window->DrawList->AddCircle(center+ImVec2(1,1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), 16);
+ window->DrawList->AddCircle(center, radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 16);
+ }
+
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ LogRenderedText(text_bb.GetTL(), active ? "(x)" : "( )");
+ RenderText(text_bb.GetTL(), label);
+
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button)
+{
+ const bool pressed = ImGui::RadioButton(label, *v == v_button);
+ if (pressed)
+ {
+ *v = v_button;
+ }
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end)
+{
+ int line_count = 0;
+ const char* s = text_begin;
+ while (char c = *s++) // We are only matching for \n so we can ignore UTF-8 decoding
+ if (c == '\n')
+ line_count++;
+ s--;
+ if (s[0] != '\n' && s[0] != '\r')
+ line_count++;
+ *out_text_end = s;
+ return line_count;
+}
+
+static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining, ImVec2* out_offset, bool stop_on_new_line)
+{
+ ImFont* font = GImGui->Font;
+ const float line_height = GImGui->FontSize;
+ const float scale = line_height / font->FontSize;
+
+ ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0,0);
+ float line_width = 0.0f;
+
+ const ImWchar* s = text_begin;
+ while (s < text_end)
+ {
+ unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*s++);
+ if (c == '\n')
+ {
+ text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_width);
+ text_size.y += line_height;
+ line_width = 0.0f;
+ if (stop_on_new_line)
+ break;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (c == '\r')
+ continue;
+
+ const float char_width = font->GetCharAdvance((unsigned short)c) * scale;
+ line_width += char_width;
+ }
+
+ if (text_size.x < line_width)
+ text_size.x = line_width;
+
+ if (out_offset)
+ *out_offset = ImVec2(line_width, text_size.y + line_height); // offset allow for the possibility of sitting after a trailing \n
+
+ if (line_width > 0 || text_size.y == 0.0f) // whereas size.y will ignore the trailing \n
+ text_size.y += line_height;
+
+ if (remaining)
+ *remaining = s;
+
+ return text_size;
+}
+
+// Wrapper for stb_textedit.h to edit text (our wrapper is for: statically sized buffer, single-line, wchar characters. InputText converts between UTF-8 and wchar)
+namespace ImGuiStb
+{
+
+static int STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj) { return obj->CurLenW; }
+static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { return obj->Text[idx]; }
+static float STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx) { ImWchar c = obj->Text[line_start_idx+char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; return GImGui->Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (GImGui->FontSize / GImGui->Font->FontSize); }
+static int STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(int key) { return key >= 0x10000 ? 0 : key; }
+static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE = '\n';
+static void STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int line_start_idx)
+{
+ const ImWchar* text = obj->Text.Data;
+ const ImWchar* text_remaining = NULL;
+ const ImVec2 size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(text + line_start_idx, text + obj->CurLenW, &text_remaining, NULL, true);
+ r->x0 = 0.0f;
+ r->x1 = size.x;
+ r->baseline_y_delta = size.y;
+ r->ymin = 0.0f;
+ r->ymax = size.y;
+ r->num_chars = (int)(text_remaining - (text + line_start_idx));
+}
+
+static bool is_separator(unsigned int c) { return c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|'; }
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE(CH) ( ImCharIsSpace((unsigned int)CH) || is_separator((unsigned int)CH) )
+static void STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, int n)
+{
+ ImWchar* dst = obj->Text.Data + pos;
+
+ // We maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar formats
+ obj->CurLenA -= ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(dst, dst + n);
+ obj->CurLenW -= n;
+
+ // Offset remaining text
+ const ImWchar* src = obj->Text.Data + pos + n;
+ while (ImWchar c = *src++)
+ *dst++ = c;
+ *dst = '\0';
+}
+
+static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, const ImWchar* new_text, int new_text_len)
+{
+ const int text_len = obj->CurLenW;
+ if (new_text_len + text_len + 1 > obj->Text.Size)
+ return false;
+
+ const int new_text_len_utf8 = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(new_text, new_text + new_text_len);
+ if (new_text_len_utf8 + obj->CurLenA + 1 > obj->BufSizeA)
+ return false;
+
+ ImWchar* text = obj->Text.Data;
+ if (pos != text_len)
+ memmove(text + pos + new_text_len, text + pos, (size_t)(text_len - pos) * sizeof(ImWchar));
+ memcpy(text + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(ImWchar));
+
+ obj->CurLenW += new_text_len;
+ obj->CurLenA += new_text_len_utf8;
+ obj->Text[obj->CurLenW] = '\0';
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+// We don't use an enum so we can build even with conflicting symbols (if another user of stb_textedit.h leak their STB_TEXTEDIT_K_* symbols)
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT 0x10000 // keyboard input to move cursor left
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT 0x10001 // keyboard input to move cursor right
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP 0x10002 // keyboard input to move cursor up
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN 0x10003 // keyboard input to move cursor down
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART 0x10004 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of line
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND 0x10005 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of line
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART 0x10006 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of text
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND 0x10007 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of text
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE 0x10008 // keyboard input to delete selection or character under cursor
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE 0x10009 // keyboard input to delete selection or character left of cursor
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO 0x1000A // keyboard input to perform undo
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO 0x1000B // keyboard input to perform redo
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT 0x1000C // keyboard input to move cursor left one word
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT 0x1000D // keyboard input to move cursor right one word
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT 0x20000
+
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION
+#include "stb_textedit.h"
+
+}
+
+void ImGuiTextEditState::OnKeyPressed(int key)
+{
+ stb_textedit_key(this, &StbState, key);
+ CursorFollow = true;
+ CursorAnimReset();
+}
+
+// Public API to manipulate UTF-8 text
+// We expose UTF-8 to the user (unlike the STB_TEXTEDIT_* functions which are manipulating wchar)
+void ImGuiTextEditCallbackData::DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count)
+{
+ char* dst = Buf + pos;
+ const char* src = Buf + pos + bytes_count;
+ while (char c = *src++)
+ *dst++ = c;
+ *dst = '\0';
+
+ BufDirty = true;
+ if (CursorPos + bytes_count >= pos)
+ CursorPos -= bytes_count;
+ else if (CursorPos >= pos)
+ CursorPos = pos;
+ SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos;
+}
+
+void ImGuiTextEditCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, const char* new_text_end)
+{
+ const int text_len = (int)strlen(Buf);
+ if (!new_text_end)
+ new_text_end = new_text + strlen(new_text);
+ const int new_text_len = (int)(new_text_end - new_text);
+
+ if (new_text_len + text_len + 1 >= BufSize)
+ return;
+
+ if (text_len != pos)
+ memmove(Buf + pos + new_text_len, Buf + pos, (size_t)(text_len - pos));
+ memcpy(Buf + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(char));
+ Buf[text_len + new_text_len] = '\0';
+
+ BufDirty = true;
+ if (CursorPos >= pos)
+ CursorPos += new_text_len;
+ SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos;
+}
+
+// Return false to discard a character.
+static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data)
+{
+ unsigned int c = *p_char;
+
+ if (c < 128 && c != ' ' && !isprint((int)(c & 0xFF)))
+ {
+ bool pass = false;
+ pass |= (c == '\n' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline));
+ pass |= (c == '\t' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput));
+ if (!pass)
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (c >= 0xE000 && c <= 0xF8FF) // Filter private Unicode range. I don't imagine anybody would want to input them. GLFW on OSX seems to send private characters for special keys like arrow keys.
+ return false;
+
+ if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank))
+ {
+ if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal)
+ if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != '.') && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/'))
+ return false;
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal)
+ if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && !(c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') && !(c >= 'A' && c <= 'F'))
+ return false;
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase)
+ if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
+ *p_char = (c += (unsigned int)('A'-'a'));
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank)
+ if (ImCharIsSpace(c))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter)
+ {
+ ImGuiTextEditCallbackData callback_data;
+ memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData));
+ callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter;
+ callback_data.EventChar = (ImWchar)c;
+ callback_data.Flags = flags;
+ callback_data.UserData = user_data;
+ if (callback(&callback_data) != 0)
+ return false;
+ *p_char = callback_data.EventChar;
+ if (!callback_data.EventChar)
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+// Edit a string of text
+// FIXME: Rather messy function partly because we are doing UTF8 > u16 > UTF8 conversions on the go to more easily handle stb_textedit calls. Ideally we should stay in UTF-8 all the time. See https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188
+bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline))); // Can't use both together (they both use up/down keys)
+ IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput))); // Can't use both together (they both use tab key)
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiIO& io = g.IO;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+ const bool is_multiline = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0;
+ const bool is_editable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) == 0;
+ const bool is_password = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) != 0;
+
+ const ImVec2 label_size = ImGui::CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+ ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), is_multiline ? ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 8.0f : label_size.y); // Arbitrary default of 8 lines high for multi-line
+ const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size + style.FramePadding*2.0f);
+ const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x) : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+
+ ImGuiWindow* draw_window = window;
+ if (is_multiline)
+ {
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ if (!ImGui::BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize()))
+ {
+ ImGui::EndChildFrame();
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+ return false;
+ }
+ draw_window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ draw_window->DC.CursorPos += style.FramePadding;
+ size.x -= draw_window->ScrollbarSizes.x;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+ if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, &id))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ // Password pushes a temporary font with only a fallback glyph
+ if (is_password)
+ {
+ const ImFont::Glyph* glyph = g.Font->FindGlyph('*');
+ ImFont* password_font = &g.InputTextPasswordFont;
+ password_font->FontSize = g.Font->FontSize;
+ password_font->Scale = g.Font->Scale;
+ password_font->DisplayOffset = g.Font->DisplayOffset;
+ password_font->Ascent = g.Font->Ascent;
+ password_font->Descent = g.Font->Descent;
+ password_font->ContainerAtlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas;
+ password_font->FallbackGlyph = glyph;
+ password_font->FallbackXAdvance = glyph->XAdvance;
+ IM_ASSERT(password_font->Glyphs.empty() && password_font->IndexXAdvance.empty() && password_font->IndexLookup.empty());
+ ImGui::PushFont(password_font);
+ }
+
+ // NB: we are only allowed to access 'edit_state' if we are the active widget.
+ ImGuiTextEditState& edit_state = g.InputTextState;
+
+ const bool is_ctrl_down = io.KeyCtrl;
+ const bool is_shift_down = io.KeyShift;
+ const bool is_alt_down = io.KeyAlt;
+ const bool focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, g.ActiveId == id, (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion|ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) == 0); // Using completion callback disable keyboard tabbing
+ const bool focus_requested_by_code = focus_requested && (window->FocusIdxAllCounter == window->FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent);
+ const bool focus_requested_by_tab = focus_requested && !focus_requested_by_code;
+
+ const bool hovered = IsHovered(frame_bb, id);
+ if (hovered)
+ {
+ SetHoveredID(id);
+ g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput;
+ }
+ const bool user_clicked = hovered && io.MouseClicked[0];
+ const bool user_scrolled = is_multiline && g.ActiveId == 0 && edit_state.Id == id && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == draw_window->GetID("#SCROLLY");
+
+ bool select_all = (g.ActiveId != id) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll) != 0;
+ if (focus_requested || user_clicked || user_scrolled)
+ {
+ if (g.ActiveId != id)
+ {
+ // Start edition
+ // Take a copy of the initial buffer value (both in original UTF-8 format and converted to wchar)
+ // From the moment we focused we are ignoring the content of 'buf' (unless we are in read-only mode)
+ const int prev_len_w = edit_state.CurLenW;
+ edit_state.Text.resize(buf_size+1); // wchar count <= utf-8 count. we use +1 to make sure that .Data isn't NULL so it doesn't crash.
+ edit_state.InitialText.resize(buf_size+1); // utf-8. we use +1 to make sure that .Data isn't NULL so it doesn't crash.
+ ImFormatString(edit_state.InitialText.Data, edit_state.InitialText.Size, "%s", buf);
+ const char* buf_end = NULL;
+ edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(edit_state.Text.Data, edit_state.Text.Size, buf, NULL, &buf_end);
+ edit_state.CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf); // We can't get the result from ImFormatString() above because it is not UTF-8 aware. Here we'll cut off malformed UTF-8.
+ edit_state.CursorAnimReset();
+
+ // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget
+ // FIXME: We should probably compare the whole buffer to be on the safety side. Comparing buf (utf8) and edit_state.Text (wchar).
+ const bool recycle_state = (edit_state.Id == id) && (prev_len_w == edit_state.CurLenW);
+ if (recycle_state)
+ {
+ // Recycle existing cursor/selection/undo stack but clamp position
+ // Note a single mouse click will override the cursor/position immediately by calling stb_textedit_click handler.
+ edit_state.CursorClamp();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ edit_state.Id = id;
+ edit_state.ScrollX = 0.0f;
+ stb_textedit_initialize_state(&edit_state.StbState, !is_multiline);
+ if (!is_multiline && focus_requested_by_code)
+ select_all = true;
+ }
+ if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode)
+ edit_state.StbState.insert_mode = true;
+ if (!is_multiline && (focus_requested_by_tab || (user_clicked && is_ctrl_down)))
+ select_all = true;
+ }
+ SetActiveID(id, window);
+ FocusWindow(window);
+ }
+ else if (io.MouseClicked[0])
+ {
+ // Release focus when we click outside
+ if (g.ActiveId == id)
+ SetActiveID(0);
+ }
+
+ bool value_changed = false;
+ bool cancel_edit = false;
+ bool enter_pressed = false;
+
+ if (g.ActiveId == id)
+ {
+ if (!is_editable && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+ {
+ // When read-only we always use the live data passed to the function
+ edit_state.Text.resize(buf_size+1);
+ const char* buf_end = NULL;
+ edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(edit_state.Text.Data, edit_state.Text.Size, buf, NULL, &buf_end);
+ edit_state.CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf);
+ edit_state.CursorClamp();
+ }
+
+ edit_state.BufSizeA = buf_size;
+
+ // Although we are active we don't prevent mouse from hovering other elements unless we are interacting right now with the widget.
+ // Down the line we should have a cleaner library-wide concept of Selected vs Active.
+ g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = !io.MouseDown[0];
+
+ // Edit in progress
+ const float mouse_x = (g.IO.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + edit_state.ScrollX;
+ const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (g.IO.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y - style.FramePadding.y) : (g.FontSize*0.5f));
+
+ if (select_all || (hovered && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0]))
+ {
+ edit_state.SelectAll();
+ edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock = true;
+ }
+ else if (io.MouseClicked[0] && !edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock)
+ {
+ stb_textedit_click(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, mouse_x, mouse_y);
+ edit_state.CursorAnimReset();
+ }
+ else if (io.MouseDown[0] && !edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock && (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f))
+ {
+ stb_textedit_drag(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, mouse_x, mouse_y);
+ edit_state.CursorAnimReset();
+ edit_state.CursorFollow = true;
+ }
+ if (edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock && !io.MouseDown[0])
+ edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock = false;
+
+ if (g.IO.InputCharacters[0])
+ {
+ // Process text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?)
+ // We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow CTRL+ALT as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR - which is Alt+Ctrl - to input certain characters.
+ if (!(is_ctrl_down && !is_alt_down) && is_editable)
+ {
+ for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.InputCharacters) && g.IO.InputCharacters[n]; n++)
+ if (unsigned int c = (unsigned int)g.IO.InputCharacters[n])
+ {
+ // Insert character if they pass filtering
+ if (!InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data))
+ continue;
+ edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Consume characters
+ memset(g.IO.InputCharacters, 0, sizeof(g.IO.InputCharacters));
+ }
+
+ // Handle various key-presses
+ const int k_mask = (is_shift_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0);
+ const bool is_ctrl_only = is_ctrl_down && !is_alt_down && !is_shift_down;
+ if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow)) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(is_ctrl_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT | k_mask); }
+ else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_RightArrow)) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(is_ctrl_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | k_mask); }
+ else if (is_multiline && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow)) { if (is_ctrl_down) SetWindowScrollY(draw_window, draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize); else edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP | k_mask); }
+ else if (is_multiline && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow)) { if (is_ctrl_down) SetWindowScrollY(draw_window, draw_window->Scroll.y + g.FontSize); else edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN| k_mask); }
+ else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Home)) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(is_ctrl_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); }
+ else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_End)) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(is_ctrl_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); }
+ else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete) && is_editable) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); }
+ else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && is_editable) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | k_mask); }
+ else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Enter))
+ {
+ bool ctrl_enter_for_new_line = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine) != 0;
+ if (!is_multiline || (ctrl_enter_for_new_line && !is_ctrl_down) || (!ctrl_enter_for_new_line && is_ctrl_down))
+ {
+ SetActiveID(0);
+ enter_pressed = true;
+ }
+ else if (is_editable)
+ {
+ unsigned int c = '\n'; // Insert new line
+ if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data))
+ edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c);
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !is_ctrl_down && !is_shift_down && !is_alt_down && is_editable)
+ {
+ unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB
+ if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data))
+ edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c);
+ }
+ else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Escape)) { SetActiveID(0); cancel_edit = true; }
+ else if (is_ctrl_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z) && is_editable) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO); edit_state.ClearSelection(); }
+ else if (is_ctrl_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Y) && is_editable) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO); edit_state.ClearSelection(); }
+ else if (is_ctrl_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_A)) { edit_state.SelectAll(); edit_state.CursorFollow = true; }
+ else if (is_ctrl_only && !is_password && ((IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_X) && is_editable) || IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) && (!is_multiline || edit_state.HasSelection()))
+ {
+ // Cut, Copy
+ const bool cut = IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_X);
+ if (cut && !edit_state.HasSelection())
+ edit_state.SelectAll();
+
+ if (g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn)
+ {
+ const int ib = edit_state.HasSelection() ? ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end) : 0;
+ const int ie = edit_state.HasSelection() ? ImMax(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end) : edit_state.CurLenW;
+ edit_state.TempTextBuffer.resize((ie-ib) * 4 + 1);
+ ImTextStrToUtf8(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data, edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Size, edit_state.Text.Data+ib, edit_state.Text.Data+ie);
+ g.IO.SetClipboardTextFn(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data);
+ }
+
+ if (cut)
+ {
+ edit_state.CursorFollow = true;
+ stb_textedit_cut(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (is_ctrl_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_V) && is_editable)
+ {
+ // Paste
+ if (g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn)
+ {
+ if (const char* clipboard = g.IO.GetClipboardTextFn())
+ {
+ // Remove new-line from pasted buffer
+ const int clipboard_len = (int)strlen(clipboard);
+ ImWchar* clipboard_filtered = (ImWchar*)ImGui::MemAlloc((clipboard_len+1) * sizeof(ImWchar));
+ int clipboard_filtered_len = 0;
+ for (const char* s = clipboard; *s; )
+ {
+ unsigned int c;
+ s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL);
+ if (c == 0)
+ break;
+ if (c >= 0x10000 || !InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data))
+ continue;
+ clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len++] = (ImWchar)c;
+ }
+ clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len] = 0;
+ if (clipboard_filtered_len > 0) // If everything was filtered, ignore the pasting operation
+ {
+ stb_textedit_paste(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, clipboard_filtered, clipboard_filtered_len);
+ edit_state.CursorFollow = true;
+ }
+ ImGui::MemFree(clipboard_filtered);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (cancel_edit)
+ {
+ // Restore initial value
+ if (is_editable)
+ {
+ ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "%s", edit_state.InitialText.Data);
+ value_changed = true;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Apply new value immediately - copy modified buffer back
+ // Note that as soon as the input box is active, the in-widget value gets priority over any underlying modification of the input buffer
+ // FIXME: We actually always render 'buf' when calling DrawList->AddText, making the comment above incorrect.
+ // FIXME-OPT: CPU waste to do this every time the widget is active, should mark dirty state from the stb_textedit callbacks.
+ if (is_editable)
+ {
+ edit_state.TempTextBuffer.resize(edit_state.Text.Size * 4);
+ ImTextStrToUtf8(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data, edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Size, edit_state.Text.Data, NULL);
+ }
+
+ // User callback
+ if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)) != 0)
+ {
+ IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL);
+
+ // The reason we specify the usage semantic (Completion/History) is that Completion needs to disable keyboard TABBING at the moment.
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags event_flag = 0;
+ ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_COUNT;
+ if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab))
+ {
+ event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion;
+ event_key = ImGuiKey_Tab;
+ }
+ else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow))
+ {
+ event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory;
+ event_key = ImGuiKey_UpArrow;
+ }
+ else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow))
+ {
+ event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory;
+ event_key = ImGuiKey_DownArrow;
+ }
+
+ if (event_key != ImGuiKey_COUNT || (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways) != 0)
+ {
+ ImGuiTextEditCallbackData callback_data;
+ callback_data.EventFlag = event_flag;
+ callback_data.Flags = flags;
+ callback_data.UserData = user_data;
+ callback_data.ReadOnly = !is_editable;
+
+ callback_data.EventKey = event_key;
+ callback_data.Buf = edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data;
+ callback_data.BufSize = edit_state.BufSizeA;
+ callback_data.BufDirty = false;
+
+ // We have to convert from position from wchar to UTF-8 positions
+ ImWchar* text = edit_state.Text.Data;
+ const int utf8_cursor_pos = callback_data.CursorPos = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.cursor);
+ const int utf8_selection_start = callback_data.SelectionStart = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.select_start);
+ const int utf8_selection_end = callback_data.SelectionEnd = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.select_end);
+
+ // Call user code
+ callback(&callback_data);
+
+ // Read back what user may have modified
+ IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Buf == edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data); // Invalid to modify those fields
+ IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufSize == edit_state.BufSizeA);
+ IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Flags == flags);
+ if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos) edit_state.StbState.cursor = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.CursorPos);
+ if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start) edit_state.StbState.select_start = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionStart);
+ if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end) edit_state.StbState.select_end = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd);
+ if (callback_data.BufDirty)
+ {
+ edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(text, edit_state.Text.Size, edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data, NULL);
+ edit_state.CurLenA = (int)strlen(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data);
+ edit_state.CursorAnimReset();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Copy back to user buffer
+ if (is_editable && strcmp(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data, buf) != 0)
+ {
+ ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, "%s", edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data);
+ value_changed = true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!is_multiline)
+ RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+
+ // Render
+ const ImVec4 clip_rect(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y, frame_bb.Min.x + size.x + style.FramePadding.x*2.0f, frame_bb.Min.y + size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f);
+ ImVec2 render_pos = is_multiline ? draw_window->DC.CursorPos : frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding;
+ ImVec2 text_size(0.f, 0.f);
+ if (g.ActiveId == id || (edit_state.Id == id && is_multiline && g.ActiveId == draw_window->GetID("#SCROLLY")))
+ {
+ edit_state.CursorAnim += g.IO.DeltaTime;
+
+ // We need to:
+ // - Display the text (this can be more easily clipped)
+ // - Handle scrolling, highlight selection, display cursor (those all requires some form of 1d->2d cursor position calculation)
+ // - Measure text height (for scrollbar)
+ // We are attempting to do most of that in **one main pass** to minimize the computation cost (non-negligible for large amount of text) + 2nd pass for selection rendering (we could merge them by an extra refactoring effort)
+ const ImWchar* text_begin = edit_state.Text.Data;
+ ImVec2 cursor_offset, select_start_offset;
+
+ {
+ // Count lines + find lines numbers straddling 'cursor' and 'select_start' position.
+ const ImWchar* searches_input_ptr[2];
+ searches_input_ptr[0] = text_begin + edit_state.StbState.cursor;
+ searches_input_ptr[1] = NULL;
+ int searches_remaining = 1;
+ int searches_result_line_number[2] = { -1, -999 };
+ if (edit_state.StbState.select_start != edit_state.StbState.select_end)
+ {
+ searches_input_ptr[1] = text_begin + ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end);
+ searches_result_line_number[1] = -1;
+ searches_remaining++;
+ }
+
+ // Iterate all lines to find our line numbers
+ // In multi-line mode, we never exit the loop until all lines are counted, so add one extra to the searches_remaining counter.
+ searches_remaining += is_multiline ? 1 : 0;
+ int line_count = 0;
+ for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; *s != 0; s++)
+ if (*s == '\n')
+ {
+ line_count++;
+ if (searches_result_line_number[0] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[0]) { searches_result_line_number[0] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; }
+ if (searches_result_line_number[1] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[1]) { searches_result_line_number[1] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; }
+ }
+ line_count++;
+ if (searches_result_line_number[0] == -1) searches_result_line_number[0] = line_count;
+ if (searches_result_line_number[1] == -1) searches_result_line_number[1] = line_count;
+
+ // Calculate 2d position by finding the beginning of the line and measuring distance
+ cursor_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[0], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[0]).x;
+ cursor_offset.y = searches_result_line_number[0] * g.FontSize;
+ if (searches_result_line_number[1] >= 0)
+ {
+ select_start_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[1], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[1]).x;
+ select_start_offset.y = searches_result_line_number[1] * g.FontSize;
+ }
+
+ // Calculate text height
+ if (is_multiline)
+ text_size = ImVec2(size.x, line_count * g.FontSize);
+ }
+
+ // Scroll
+ if (edit_state.CursorFollow)
+ {
+ // Horizontal scroll in chunks of quarter width
+ if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll))
+ {
+ const float scroll_increment_x = size.x * 0.25f;
+ if (cursor_offset.x < edit_state.ScrollX)
+ edit_state.ScrollX = (float)(int)ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.x - scroll_increment_x);
+ else if (cursor_offset.x - size.x >= edit_state.ScrollX)
+ edit_state.ScrollX = (float)(int)(cursor_offset.x - size.x + scroll_increment_x);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ edit_state.ScrollX = 0.0f;
+ }
+
+ // Vertical scroll
+ if (is_multiline)
+ {
+ float scroll_y = draw_window->Scroll.y;
+ if (cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize < scroll_y)
+ scroll_y = ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize);
+ else if (cursor_offset.y - size.y >= scroll_y)
+ scroll_y = cursor_offset.y - size.y;
+ draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y += (draw_window->Scroll.y - scroll_y); // To avoid a frame of lag
+ draw_window->Scroll.y = scroll_y;
+ render_pos.y = draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+ }
+ }
+ edit_state.CursorFollow = false;
+ const ImVec2 render_scroll = ImVec2(edit_state.ScrollX, 0.0f);
+
+ // Draw selection
+ if (edit_state.StbState.select_start != edit_state.StbState.select_end)
+ {
+ const ImWchar* text_selected_begin = text_begin + ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end);
+ const ImWchar* text_selected_end = text_begin + ImMax(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end);
+
+ float bg_offy_up = is_multiline ? 0.0f : -1.0f; // FIXME: those offsets should be part of the style? they don't play so well with multi-line selection.
+ float bg_offy_dn = is_multiline ? 0.0f : 2.0f;
+ ImU32 bg_color = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg);
+ ImVec2 rect_pos = render_pos + select_start_offset - render_scroll;
+ for (const ImWchar* p = text_selected_begin; p < text_selected_end; )
+ {
+ if (rect_pos.y > clip_rect.w + g.FontSize)
+ break;
+ if (rect_pos.y < clip_rect.y)
+ {
+ while (p < text_selected_end)
+ if (*p++ == '\n')
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ImVec2 rect_size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(p, text_selected_end, &p, NULL, true);
+ if (rect_size.x <= 0.0f) rect_size.x = (float)(int)(g.Font->GetCharAdvance((unsigned short)' ') * 0.50f); // So we can see selected empty lines
+ ImRect rect(rect_pos + ImVec2(0.0f, bg_offy_up - g.FontSize), rect_pos +ImVec2(rect_size.x, bg_offy_dn));
+ rect.Clip(clip_rect);
+ if (rect.Overlaps(clip_rect))
+ draw_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(rect.Min, rect.Max, bg_color);
+ }
+ rect_pos.x = render_pos.x - render_scroll.x;
+ rect_pos.y += g.FontSize;
+ }
+ }
+
+ draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, render_pos - render_scroll, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), buf, buf+edit_state.CurLenA, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect);
+
+ // Draw blinking cursor
+ ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = render_pos + cursor_offset - render_scroll;
+ bool cursor_is_visible = (g.InputTextState.CursorAnim <= 0.0f) || fmodf(g.InputTextState.CursorAnim, 1.20f) <= 0.80f;
+ if (cursor_is_visible)
+ draw_window->DrawList->AddLine(cursor_screen_pos + ImVec2(0.0f,-g.FontSize+0.5f), cursor_screen_pos + ImVec2(0.0f,-1.5f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+
+ // Notify OS of text input position for advanced IME (-1 x offset so that Windows IME can cover our cursor. Bit of an extra nicety.)
+ if (is_editable)
+ g.OsImePosRequest = ImVec2(cursor_screen_pos.x - 1, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Render text only
+ const char* buf_end = NULL;
+ if (is_multiline)
+ text_size = ImVec2(size.x, InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(buf, &buf_end) * g.FontSize); // We don't need width
+ draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, render_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), buf, buf_end, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect);
+ }
+
+ if (is_multiline)
+ {
+ ImGui::Dummy(text_size + ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)); // Always add room to scroll an extra line
+ ImGui::EndChildFrame();
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+ }
+
+ if (is_password)
+ ImGui::PopFont();
+
+ // Log as text
+ if (g.LogEnabled && !is_password)
+ LogRenderedText(render_pos, buf, NULL);
+
+ if (label_size.x > 0)
+ RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+ if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0)
+ return enter_pressed;
+ else
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data)
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline()
+ bool ret = InputTextEx(label, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0,0), flags, callback, user_data);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data)
+{
+ bool ret = InputTextEx(label, buf, (int)buf_size, size, flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline, callback, user_data);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+// NB: scalar_format here must be a simple "%xx" format string with no prefix/suffix (unlike the Drag/Slider functions "display_format" argument)
+bool ImGui::InputScalarEx(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, void* step_ptr, void* step_fast_ptr, const char* scalar_format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const float w = CalcItemWidth();
+ const ImVec2 label_size = ImGui::CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+ const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y) + style.FramePadding*2.0f);
+
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ ImGui::PushID(label);
+ const ImVec2 button_sz = ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize) + style.FramePadding * 2;
+ if (step_ptr)
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImMax(1.0f, w - (button_sz.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x)*2));
+
+ char buf[64];
+ DataTypeFormatString(data_type, data_ptr, scalar_format, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+
+ bool value_changed = false;
+ if (!(extra_flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal))
+ extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal;
+ extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll;
+ if (ImGui::InputText("", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), extra_flags))
+ {
+ DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, GImGui->InputTextState.InitialText.begin(), data_type, data_ptr, scalar_format);
+ value_changed = true;
+ }
+
+ // Step buttons
+ if (step_ptr)
+ {
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ ImGui::SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ if (ButtonEx("-", button_sz, ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups))
+ {
+ DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '-', data_ptr, g.IO.KeyCtrl && step_fast_ptr ? step_fast_ptr : step_ptr);
+ value_changed = true;
+ }
+ ImGui::SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ if (ButtonEx("+", button_sz, ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups))
+ {
+ DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '+', data_ptr, g.IO.KeyCtrl && step_fast_ptr ? step_fast_ptr : step_ptr);
+ value_changed = true;
+ }
+ }
+ ImGui::PopID();
+
+ if (label_size.x > 0)
+ {
+ ImGui::SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ RenderText(ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+ ItemSize(label_size, style.FramePadding.y);
+ }
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ char display_format[16];
+ if (decimal_precision < 0)
+ strcpy(display_format, "%f"); // Ideally we'd have a minimum decimal precision of 1 to visually denote that this is a float, while hiding non-significant digits? %f doesn't have a minimum of 1
+ else
+ ImFormatString(display_format, 16, "%%.%df", decimal_precision);
+ return InputScalarEx(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), display_format, extra_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step, int step_fast, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ // Hexadecimal input provided as a convenience but the flag name is awkward. Typically you'd use InputText() to parse your own data, if you want to handle prefixes.
+ const char* scalar_format = (extra_flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) ? "%08X" : "%d";
+ return InputScalarEx(label, ImGuiDataType_Int, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), scalar_format, extra_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ bool value_changed = false;
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ ImGui::PushID(label);
+ PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
+ for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+ {
+ ImGui::PushID(i);
+ value_changed |= ImGui::InputFloat("##v", &v[i], 0, 0, decimal_precision, extra_flags);
+ ImGui::SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ }
+ ImGui::PopID();
+
+ window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset, g.Style.FramePadding.y);
+ ImGui::TextUnformatted(label, FindTextDisplayEnd(label));
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ return InputFloatN(label, v, 2, decimal_precision, extra_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ return InputFloatN(label, v, 3, decimal_precision, extra_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ return InputFloatN(label, v, 4, decimal_precision, extra_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ bool value_changed = false;
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ ImGui::PushID(label);
+ PushMultiItemsWidths(components);
+ for (int i = 0; i < components; i++)
+ {
+ ImGui::PushID(i);
+ value_changed |= ImGui::InputInt("##v", &v[i], 0, 0, extra_flags);
+ ImGui::SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ }
+ ImGui::PopID();
+
+ window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset, g.Style.FramePadding.y);
+ ImGui::TextUnformatted(label, FindTextDisplayEnd(label));
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ return InputIntN(label, v, 2, extra_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ return InputIntN(label, v, 3, extra_flags);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags)
+{
+ return InputIntN(label, v, 4, extra_flags);
+}
+
+static bool Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text)
+{
+ const char** items = (const char**)data;
+ if (out_text)
+ *out_text = items[idx];
+ return true;
+}
+
+static bool Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text)
+{
+ // FIXME-OPT: we could pre-compute the indices to fasten this. But only 1 active combo means the waste is limited.
+ const char* items_separated_by_zeros = (const char*)data;
+ int items_count = 0;
+ const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros;
+ while (*p)
+ {
+ if (idx == items_count)
+ break;
+ p += strlen(p) + 1;
+ items_count++;
+ }
+ if (!*p)
+ return false;
+ if (out_text)
+ *out_text = p;
+ return true;
+}
+
+// Combo box helper allowing to pass an array of strings.
+bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char** items, int items_count, int height_in_items)
+{
+ const bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_in_items);
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Combo box helper allowing to pass all items in a single string.
+bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int height_in_items)
+{
+ int items_count = 0;
+ const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros; // FIXME-OPT: Avoid computing this, or at least only when combo is open
+ while (*p)
+ {
+ p += strlen(p) + 1;
+ items_count++;
+ }
+ bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_SingleStringGetter, (void*)items_separated_by_zeros, items_count, height_in_items);
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Combo box function.
+bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+ const float w = CalcItemWidth();
+
+ const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+ const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y) + style.FramePadding*2.0f);
+ const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+ ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+ if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, &id))
+ return false;
+
+ const float arrow_size = (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f);
+ const bool hovered = IsHovered(frame_bb, id);
+
+ const ImRect value_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max - ImVec2(arrow_size, 0.0f));
+ RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding);
+ RenderFrame(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x-arrow_size, frame_bb.Min.y), frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button), true, style.FrameRounding); // FIXME-ROUNDING
+ RenderCollapseTriangle(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x-arrow_size, frame_bb.Min.y) + style.FramePadding, true);
+
+ if (*current_item >= 0 && *current_item < items_count)
+ {
+ const char* item_text;
+ if (items_getter(data, *current_item, &item_text))
+ RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, value_bb.Max, item_text, NULL, NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (label_size.x > 0)
+ RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+ bool menu_toggled = false;
+ if (hovered)
+ {
+ SetHoveredID(id);
+ if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0])
+ {
+ SetActiveID(0);
+ if (IsPopupOpen(id))
+ {
+ ClosePopup(id);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ FocusWindow(window);
+ ImGui::OpenPopup(label);
+ menu_toggled = true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ bool value_changed = false;
+ if (IsPopupOpen(id))
+ {
+ // Size default to hold ~7 items
+ if (height_in_items < 0)
+ height_in_items = 7;
+
+ float popup_height = (label_size.y + style.ItemSpacing.y) * ImMin(items_count, height_in_items) + (style.FramePadding.y * 3);
+ ImRect popup_rect(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Max.y), ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x, frame_bb.Max.y + popup_height));
+ popup_rect.Max.y = ImMin(popup_rect.Max.y, g.IO.DisplaySize.y - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y); // Adhoc height limit for Combo. Ideally should be handled in Begin() along with other popups size, we want to have the possibility of moving the popup above as well.
+ ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(popup_rect.Min);
+ ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(popup_rect.GetSize());
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, style.FramePadding);
+
+ const ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox | ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders) ? ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders : 0);
+ if (BeginPopupEx(label, flags))
+ {
+ // Display items
+ ImGui::Spacing();
+ for (int i = 0; i < items_count; i++)
+ {
+ ImGui::PushID((void*)(intptr_t)i);
+ const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item);
+ const char* item_text;
+ if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text))
+ item_text = "*Unknown item*";
+ if (ImGui::Selectable(item_text, item_selected))
+ {
+ SetActiveID(0);
+ value_changed = true;
+ *current_item = i;
+ }
+ if (item_selected && menu_toggled)
+ ImGui::SetScrollHere();
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ }
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+ }
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+ }
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Tip: pass an empty label (e.g. "##dummy") then you can use the space to draw other text or image.
+// But you need to make sure the ID is unique, e.g. enclose calls in PushID/PopID.
+bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+
+ if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsCount > 1)
+ PopClipRect();
+
+ ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+ ImVec2 label_size = ImGui::CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+ ImVec2 size(size_arg.x != 0.0f ? size_arg.x : label_size.x, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : label_size.y);
+ ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+ pos.y += window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
+ ImRect bb(pos, pos + size);
+ ItemSize(bb);
+
+ // Fill horizontal space.
+ ImVec2 window_padding = window->WindowPadding;
+ float max_x = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax().x : ImGui::GetContentRegionMax().x;
+ float w_draw = ImMax(label_size.x, window->Pos.x + max_x - window_padding.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x);
+ ImVec2 size_draw((size_arg.x != 0 && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth)) ? size_arg.x : w_draw, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : size.y);
+ ImRect bb_with_spacing(pos, pos + size_draw);
+ if (size_arg.x == 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth))
+ bb_with_spacing.Max.x += window_padding.x;
+
+ // Selectables are tightly packed together, we extend the box to cover spacing between selectable.
+ float spacing_L = (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
+ float spacing_U = (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.5f);
+ float spacing_R = style.ItemSpacing.x - spacing_L;
+ float spacing_D = style.ItemSpacing.y - spacing_U;
+ bb_with_spacing.Min.x -= spacing_L;
+ bb_with_spacing.Min.y -= spacing_U;
+ bb_with_spacing.Max.x += spacing_R;
+ bb_with_spacing.Max.y += spacing_D;
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb_with_spacing, &id))
+ {
+ if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsCount > 1)
+ PushColumnClipRect();
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0;
+ if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Menu) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick;
+ if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_MenuItem) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick|ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease;
+ if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled;
+ bool hovered, held;
+ bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb_with_spacing, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags);
+ if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled)
+ selected = false;
+
+ // Render
+ if (hovered || selected)
+ {
+ const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header);
+ RenderFrame(bb_with_spacing.Min, bb_with_spacing.Max, col, false, 0.0f);
+ }
+
+ if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsCount > 1)
+ {
+ PushColumnClipRect();
+ bb_with_spacing.Max.x -= (ImGui::GetContentRegionMax().x - max_x);
+ }
+
+ if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
+ RenderTextClipped(bb.Min, bb_with_spacing.Max, label, NULL, &label_size);
+ if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) ImGui::PopStyleColor();
+
+ // Automatically close popups
+ if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))
+ ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+ if (ImGui::Selectable(label, *p_selected, flags, size_arg))
+ {
+ *p_selected = !*p_selected;
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+// Helper to calculate the size of a listbox and display a label on the right.
+// Tip: To have a list filling the entire window width, PushItemWidth(-1) and pass an empty label "##empty"
+bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle();
+ const ImGuiID id = ImGui::GetID(label);
+ const ImVec2 label_size = ImGui::CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+
+ // Size default to hold ~7 items. Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar.
+ ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth() + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.4f + style.ItemSpacing.y);
+ ImVec2 frame_size = ImVec2(size.x, ImMax(size.y, label_size.y));
+ ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size);
+ ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f));
+ window->DC.LastItemRect = bb;
+
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ if (label_size.x > 0)
+ RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label);
+
+ ImGui::BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize());
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items)
+{
+ // Size default to hold ~7 items. Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar.
+ // However we don't add +0.40f if items_count <= height_in_items. It is slightly dodgy, because it means a dynamic list of items will make the widget resize occasionally when it crosses that size.
+ // I am expecting that someone will come and complain about this behavior in a remote future, then we can advise on a better solution.
+ if (height_in_items < 0)
+ height_in_items = ImMin(items_count, 7);
+ float height_in_items_f = height_in_items < items_count ? (height_in_items + 0.40f) : (height_in_items + 0.00f);
+
+ // We include ItemSpacing.y so that a list sized for the exact number of items doesn't make a scrollbar appears. We could also enforce that by passing a flag to BeginChild().
+ ImVec2 size;
+ size.x = 0.0f;
+ size.y = ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y;
+ return ImGui::ListBoxHeader(label, size);
+}
+
+void ImGui::ListBoxFooter()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* parent_window = GetParentWindow();
+ const ImRect bb = parent_window->DC.LastItemRect;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle();
+
+ ImGui::EndChildFrame();
+
+ // Redeclare item size so that it includes the label (we have stored the full size in LastItemRect)
+ // We call SameLine() to restore DC.CurrentLine* data
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ parent_window->DC.CursorPos = bb.Min;
+ ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y);
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char** items, int items_count, int height_items)
+{
+ const bool value_changed = ListBox(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_items);
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items)
+{
+ if (!ImGui::ListBoxHeader(label, items_count, height_in_items))
+ return false;
+
+ // Assume all items have even height (= 1 line of text). If you need items of different or variable sizes you can create a custom version of ListBox() in your code without using the clipper.
+ bool value_changed = false;
+ ImGuiListClipper clipper(items_count, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing());
+ for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
+ {
+ const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item);
+ const char* item_text;
+ if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text))
+ item_text = "*Unknown item*";
+
+ ImGui::PushID(i);
+ if (ImGui::Selectable(item_text, item_selected))
+ {
+ *current_item = i;
+ value_changed = true;
+ }
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ }
+ clipper.End();
+ ImGui::ListBoxFooter();
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+ ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+ ImVec2 shortcut_size = shortcut ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ float w = window->MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, shortcut_size.x, (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback for next frame
+ float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - w);
+
+ bool pressed = ImGui::Selectable(label, false, ImGuiSelectableFlags_MenuItem | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
+ if (shortcut_size.x > 0.0f)
+ {
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
+ RenderText(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[1] + extra_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false);
+ ImGui::PopStyleColor();
+ }
+
+ if (selected)
+ RenderCheckMark(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.20f, 0.0f), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text));
+
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled)
+{
+ if (ImGui::MenuItem(label, shortcut, p_selected ? *p_selected : false, enabled))
+ {
+ if (p_selected)
+ *p_selected = !*p_selected;
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f));
+ ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.FontBaseSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f));
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f);
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, ImVec2(0,0));
+ if (!ImGui::Begin("##MainMenuBar", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)
+ || !ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
+ {
+ ImGui::End();
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar(2);
+ return false;
+ }
+ g.CurrentWindow->DC.MenuBarOffsetX += g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.x;
+ return true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar()
+{
+ ImGui::EndMenuBar();
+ ImGui::End();
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar(2);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginMenuBar()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+ if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
+ return false;
+
+ IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.MenuBarAppending);
+ ImGui::BeginGroup(); // Save position
+ ImGui::PushID("##menubar");
+ ImRect rect = window->MenuBarRect();
+ float border_size = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders) ? 1.0f : 0.0f;
+ PushClipRect(ImVec2(rect.Min.x+0.5f, rect.Min.y-0.5f+border_size), ImVec2(rect.Max.x+0.5f, rect.Max.y-0.5f), false);
+ window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(rect.Min.x + window->DC.MenuBarOffsetX, rect.Min.y);// + g.Style.FramePadding.y);
+ window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal;
+ window->DC.MenuBarAppending = true;
+ ImGui::AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets();
+ return true;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndMenuBar()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar);
+ IM_ASSERT(window->DC.MenuBarAppending);
+ PopClipRect();
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ window->DC.MenuBarOffsetX = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->MenuBarRect().Min.x;
+ window->DC.GroupStack.back().AdvanceCursor = false;
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+ window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
+ window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+
+ ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true);
+ ImGuiWindow* backed_focused_window = g.FocusedWindow;
+
+ bool pressed;
+ bool opened = IsPopupOpen(id);
+ bool menuset_opened = !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && (g.OpenedPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenedPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].ParentMenuSet == window->GetID("##menus"));
+ if (menuset_opened)
+ g.FocusedWindow = window;
+
+ ImVec2 popup_pos, pos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+ if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal)
+ {
+ popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - window->WindowPadding.x, pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight());
+ window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, style.ItemSpacing * 2.0f);
+ float w = label_size.x;
+ pressed = ImGui::Selectable(label, opened, ImGuiSelectableFlags_Menu | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - style.WindowPadding.y);
+ float w = window->MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, 0.0f, (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback to next frame
+ float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail().x - w);
+ pressed = ImGui::Selectable(label, opened, ImGuiSelectableFlags_Menu | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f));
+ if (!enabled) ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]);
+ RenderCollapseTriangle(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.20f, 0.0f), false);
+ if (!enabled) ImGui::PopStyleColor();
+ }
+
+ bool hovered = enabled && IsHovered(window->DC.LastItemRect, id);
+ if (menuset_opened)
+ g.FocusedWindow = backed_focused_window;
+
+ bool want_open = false, want_close = false;
+ if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu))
+ {
+ // Implement http://bjk5.com/post/44698559168/breaking-down-amazons-mega-dropdown to avoid using timers so menus feel more reactive.
+ bool moving_within_opened_triangle = false;
+ if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.OpenedPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenedPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].ParentWindow == window)
+ {
+ if (ImGuiWindow* next_window = g.OpenedPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].Window)
+ {
+ ImRect next_window_rect = next_window->Rect();
+ ImVec2 ta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta;
+ ImVec2 tb = (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR();
+ ImVec2 tc = (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR();
+ float extra = ImClamp(fabsf(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, 5.0f, 30.0f); // add a bit of extra slack.
+ ta.x += (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? -0.5f : +0.5f; // to avoid numerical issues
+ tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -100.0f); // triangle is maximum 200 high to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus
+ tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +100.0f);
+ moving_within_opened_triangle = ImIsPointInTriangle(g.IO.MousePos, ta, tb, tc);
+ //window->DrawList->PushClipRectFullScreen(); window->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_within_opened_triangle ? 0x80008000 : 0x80000080); window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); // Debug
+ }
+ }
+
+ want_close = (opened && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && !moving_within_opened_triangle);
+ want_open = (!opened && hovered && !moving_within_opened_triangle) || (!opened && hovered && pressed);
+ }
+ else if (opened && pressed && menuset_opened) // menu-bar: click open menu to close
+ {
+ want_close = true;
+ want_open = opened = false;
+ }
+ else if (pressed || (hovered && menuset_opened && !opened)) // menu-bar: first click to open, then hover to open others
+ want_open = true;
+
+ if (want_close && IsPopupOpen(id))
+ ClosePopupToLevel(GImGui->CurrentPopupStack.Size);
+
+ if (!opened && want_open && g.OpenedPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size)
+ {
+ // Don't recycle same menu level in the same frame, first close the other menu and yield for a frame.
+ ImGui::OpenPopup(label);
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ opened |= want_open;
+ if (want_open)
+ ImGui::OpenPopup(label);
+
+ if (opened)
+ {
+ ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(popup_pos, ImGuiSetCond_Always);
+ ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders | ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) ? ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow : ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu);
+ opened = BeginPopupEx(label, flags); // opened can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display)
+ }
+
+ return opened;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndMenu()
+{
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+}
+
+// A little colored square. Return true when clicked.
+// FIXME: May want to display/ignore the alpha component in the color display? Yet show it in the tooltip.
+bool ImGui::ColorButton(const ImVec4& col, bool small_height, bool outline_border)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#colorbutton");
+ const float square_size = g.FontSize;
+ const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(square_size + style.FramePadding.y*2, square_size + (small_height ? 0 : style.FramePadding.y*2)));
+ ItemSize(bb, small_height ? 0.0f : style.FramePadding.y);
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb, &id))
+ return false;
+
+ bool hovered, held;
+ bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held);
+ RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(col), outline_border, style.FrameRounding);
+
+ if (hovered)
+ ImGui::SetTooltip("Color:\n(%.2f,%.2f,%.2f,%.2f)\n#%02X%02X%02X%02X", col.x, col.y, col.z, col.w, IM_F32_TO_INT8(col.x), IM_F32_TO_INT8(col.y), IM_F32_TO_INT8(col.z), IM_F32_TO_INT8(col.z));
+
+ return pressed;
+}
+
+bool ImGui::ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3])
+{
+ float col4[4];
+ col4[0] = col[0];
+ col4[1] = col[1];
+ col4[2] = col[2];
+ col4[3] = 1.0f;
+ const bool value_changed = ImGui::ColorEdit4(label, col4, false);
+ col[0] = col4[0];
+ col[1] = col4[1];
+ col[2] = col4[2];
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+// Edit colors components (each component in 0.0f..1.0f range
+// Use CTRL-Click to input value and TAB to go to next item.
+bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], bool alpha)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return false;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style;
+ const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label);
+ const float w_full = CalcItemWidth();
+ const float square_sz = (g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f);
+
+ ImGuiColorEditMode edit_mode = window->DC.ColorEditMode;
+ if (edit_mode == ImGuiColorEditMode_UserSelect || edit_mode == ImGuiColorEditMode_UserSelectShowButton)
+ edit_mode = g.ColorEditModeStorage.GetInt(id, 0) % 3;
+
+ float f[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3] };
+
+ if (edit_mode == ImGuiColorEditMode_HSV)
+ ImGui::ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
+
+ int i[4] = { IM_F32_TO_INT8(f[0]), IM_F32_TO_INT8(f[1]), IM_F32_TO_INT8(f[2]), IM_F32_TO_INT8(f[3]) };
+
+ int components = alpha ? 4 : 3;
+ bool value_changed = false;
+
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ ImGui::PushID(label);
+
+ const bool hsv = (edit_mode == 1);
+ switch (edit_mode)
+ {
+ case ImGuiColorEditMode_RGB:
+ case ImGuiColorEditMode_HSV:
+ {
+ // RGB/HSV 0..255 Sliders
+ const float w_items_all = w_full - (square_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)((w_items_all - (style.FramePadding.x*2.0f + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)) / (float)components));
+ const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(w_items_all - (w_item_one + style.FramePadding.x*2.0f + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)));
+
+ const bool hide_prefix = (w_item_one <= CalcTextSize("M:999").x);
+ const char* ids[4] = { "##X", "##Y", "##Z", "##W" };
+ const char* fmt_table[3][4] =
+ {
+ { "%3.0f", "%3.0f", "%3.0f", "%3.0f" },
+ { "R:%3.0f", "G:%3.0f", "B:%3.0f", "A:%3.0f" },
+ { "H:%3.0f", "S:%3.0f", "V:%3.0f", "A:%3.0f" }
+ };
+ const char** fmt = hide_prefix ? fmt_table[0] : hsv ? fmt_table[2] : fmt_table[1];
+
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(w_item_one);
+ for (int n = 0; n < components; n++)
+ {
+ if (n > 0)
+ ImGui::SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ if (n + 1 == components)
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(w_item_last);
+ value_changed |= ImGui::DragInt(ids[n], &i[n], 1.0f, 0, 255, fmt[n]);
+ }
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ }
+ break;
+ case ImGuiColorEditMode_HEX:
+ {
+ // RGB Hexadecimal Input
+ const float w_slider_all = w_full - square_sz;
+ char buf[64];
+ if (alpha)
+ ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", i[0], i[1], i[2], i[3]);
+ else
+ ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", i[0], i[1], i[2]);
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(w_slider_all - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ value_changed |= ImGui::InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase);
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ char* p = buf;
+ while (*p == '#' || ImCharIsSpace(*p))
+ p++;
+
+ // Treat at unsigned (%X is unsigned)
+ i[0] = i[1] = i[2] = i[3] = 0;
+ if (alpha)
+ sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2], (unsigned int*)&i[3]);
+ else
+ sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2]);
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ ImGui::SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+
+ const ImVec4 col_display(col[0], col[1], col[2], 1.0f);
+ if (ImGui::ColorButton(col_display))
+ g.ColorEditModeStorage.SetInt(id, (edit_mode + 1) % 3); // Don't set local copy of 'edit_mode' right away!
+
+ // Recreate our own tooltip over's ColorButton() one because we want to display correct alpha here
+ if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+ ImGui::SetTooltip("Color:\n(%.2f,%.2f,%.2f,%.2f)\n#%02X%02X%02X%02X", col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3], IM_F32_TO_INT8(col[0]), IM_F32_TO_INT8(col[1]), IM_F32_TO_INT8(col[2]), IM_F32_TO_INT8(col[3]));
+
+ if (window->DC.ColorEditMode == ImGuiColorEditMode_UserSelectShowButton)
+ {
+ ImGui::SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ const char* button_titles[3] = { "RGB", "HSV", "HEX" };
+ if (ButtonEx(button_titles[edit_mode], ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups))
+ g.ColorEditModeStorage.SetInt(id, (edit_mode + 1) % 3); // Don't set local copy of 'edit_mode' right away!
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ImGui::SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ }
+
+ ImGui::TextUnformatted(label, FindTextDisplayEnd(label));
+
+ // Convert back
+ for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++)
+ f[n] = i[n] / 255.0f;
+ if (edit_mode == 1)
+ ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]);
+
+ if (value_changed)
+ {
+ col[0] = f[0];
+ col[1] = f[1];
+ col[2] = f[2];
+ if (alpha)
+ col[3] = f[3];
+ }
+
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+
+ return value_changed;
+}
+
+void ImGui::ColorEditMode(ImGuiColorEditMode mode)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.ColorEditMode = mode;
+}
+
+// Horizontal separating line.
+void ImGui::Separator()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ if (window->DC.ColumnsCount > 1)
+ PopClipRect();
+
+ float x1 = window->Pos.x;
+ float x2 = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x;
+ if (!window->DC.GroupStack.empty())
+ x1 += window->DC.IndentX;
+
+ const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y));
+ ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); // NB: we don't provide our width so that it doesn't get feed back into AutoFit // FIXME: Height should be 1.0f not 0.0f ?
+ if (!ItemAdd(bb, NULL))
+ {
+ if (window->DC.ColumnsCount > 1)
+ PushColumnClipRect();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ window->DrawList->AddLine(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border));
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.LogEnabled)
+ ImGui::LogText(IM_NEWLINE "--------------------------------");
+
+ if (window->DC.ColumnsCount > 1)
+ {
+ PushColumnClipRect();
+ window->DC.ColumnsCellMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::Spacing()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+ ItemSize(ImVec2(0,0));
+}
+
+void ImGui::Dummy(const ImVec2& size)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size);
+ ItemSize(bb);
+ ItemAdd(bb, NULL);
+}
+
+bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size));
+}
+
+void ImGui::BeginGroup()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+
+ window->DC.GroupStack.resize(window->DC.GroupStack.Size + 1);
+ ImGuiGroupData& group_data = window->DC.GroupStack.back();
+ group_data.BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+ group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos;
+ group_data.BackupIndentX = window->DC.IndentX;
+ group_data.BackupCurrentLineHeight = window->DC.CurrentLineHeight;
+ group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
+ group_data.BackupLogLinePosY = window->DC.LogLinePosY;
+ group_data.AdvanceCursor = true;
+
+ window->DC.IndentX = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x;
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos;
+ window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = 0.0f;
+ window->DC.LogLinePosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y - 9999.0f;
+}
+
+void ImGui::EndGroup()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle();
+
+ IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.GroupStack.empty()); // Mismatched BeginGroup()/EndGroup() calls
+
+ ImGuiGroupData& group_data = window->DC.GroupStack.back();
+
+ ImRect group_bb(group_data.BackupCursorPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos);
+ group_bb.Max.y -= style.ItemSpacing.y; // Cancel out last vertical spacing because we are adding one ourselves.
+ group_bb.Max = ImMax(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max);
+
+ window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos;
+ window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos);
+ window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = group_data.BackupCurrentLineHeight;
+ window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
+ window->DC.IndentX = group_data.BackupIndentX;
+ window->DC.LogLinePosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y - 9999.0f;
+
+ if (group_data.AdvanceCursor)
+ {
+ window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset, group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset); // FIXME: Incorrect, we should grab the base offset from the *first line* of the group but it is hard to obtain now.
+ ItemSize(group_bb.GetSize(), group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset);
+ ItemAdd(group_bb, NULL);
+ }
+
+ window->DC.GroupStack.pop_back();
+
+ //window->DrawList->AddRect(group_bb.Min, group_bb.Max, 0xFFFF00FF); // Debug
+}
+
+// Gets back to previous line and continue with horizontal layout
+// local_pos_x == 0 : follow on previous item
+// local_pos_x != 0 : align to specified column
+// spacing_w < 0 : use default spacing if column_x==0, no spacing if column_x!=0
+// spacing_w >= 0 : enforce spacing
+void ImGui::SameLine(float local_pos_x, float spacing_w)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ float x, y;
+ if (local_pos_x != 0.0f)
+ {
+ if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = 0.0f;
+ x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + local_pos_x + spacing_w;
+ y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
+ x = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + spacing_w;
+ y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y;
+ }
+ window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = window->DC.PrevLineHeight;
+ window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset;
+ window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(x, y);
+}
+
+void ImGui::NextColumn()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (window->SkipItems)
+ return;
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (window->DC.ColumnsCount > 1)
+ {
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ PopClipRect();
+
+ window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY = ImMax(window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+ if (++window->DC.ColumnsCurrent < window->DC.ColumnsCount)
+ {
+ // Columns 1+ cancel out IndentX
+ window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = ImGui::GetColumnOffset(window->DC.ColumnsCurrent) - window->DC.IndentX + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x;
+ window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(window->DC.ColumnsCurrent);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ window->DC.ColumnsCurrent = 0;
+ window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f;
+ window->DC.ColumnsCellMinY = window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY;
+ window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(0);
+ }
+ window->DC.CursorPos.x = (float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX);
+ window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.ColumnsCellMinY;
+ window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = 0.0f;
+ window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+
+ PushColumnClipRect();
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetColumnWidth() * 0.65f); // FIXME: Move on columns setup
+ }
+}
+
+int ImGui::GetColumnIndex()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->DC.ColumnsCurrent;
+}
+
+int ImGui::GetColumnsCount()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ return window->DC.ColumnsCount;
+}
+
+static float GetDraggedColumnOffset(int column_index)
+{
+ // Active (dragged) column always follow mouse. The reason we need this is that dragging a column to the right edge of an auto-resizing
+ // window creates a feedback loop because we store normalized positions. So while dragging we enforce absolute positioning.
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ IM_ASSERT(column_index > 0); // We cannot drag column 0. If you get this assert you may have a conflict between the ID of your columns and another widgets.
+ IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == window->DC.ColumnsSetID + ImGuiID(column_index));
+
+ float x = g.IO.MousePos.x + g.ActiveClickDeltaToCenter.x - window->Pos.x;
+ x = ImClamp(x, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index-1)+g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing, ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index+1)-g.Style.ColumnsMinSpacing);
+
+ return (float)(int)x;
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetColumnOffset(int column_index)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ if (column_index < 0)
+ column_index = window->DC.ColumnsCurrent;
+
+ if (g.ActiveId)
+ {
+ const ImGuiID column_id = window->DC.ColumnsSetID + ImGuiID(column_index);
+ if (g.ActiveId == column_id)
+ return GetDraggedColumnOffset(column_index);
+ }
+
+ IM_ASSERT(column_index < window->DC.ColumnsData.Size);
+ const float t = window->DC.ColumnsData[column_index].OffsetNorm;
+ const float x_offset = window->DC.ColumnsMinX + t * (window->DC.ColumnsMaxX - window->DC.ColumnsMinX);
+ return (float)(int)x_offset;
+}
+
+void ImGui::SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (column_index < 0)
+ column_index = window->DC.ColumnsCurrent;
+
+ IM_ASSERT(column_index < window->DC.ColumnsData.Size);
+ const float t = (offset - window->DC.ColumnsMinX) / (window->DC.ColumnsMaxX - window->DC.ColumnsMinX);
+ window->DC.ColumnsData[column_index].OffsetNorm = t;
+
+ const ImGuiID column_id = window->DC.ColumnsSetID + ImGuiID(column_index);
+ window->DC.StateStorage->SetFloat(column_id, t);
+}
+
+float ImGui::GetColumnWidth(int column_index)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead();
+ if (column_index < 0)
+ column_index = window->DC.ColumnsCurrent;
+
+ const float w = GetColumnOffset(column_index+1) - GetColumnOffset(column_index);
+ return w;
+}
+
+static void PushColumnClipRect(int column_index)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindow();
+ if (column_index < 0)
+ column_index = window->DC.ColumnsCurrent;
+
+ const float x1 = window->Pos.x + ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index) - 1;
+ const float x2 = window->Pos.x + ImGui::GetColumnOffset(column_index+1) - 1;
+ ImGui::PushClipRect(ImVec2(x1,-FLT_MAX), ImVec2(x2,+FLT_MAX), true);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool border)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ IM_ASSERT(columns_count >= 1);
+
+ if (window->DC.ColumnsCount != 1)
+ {
+ if (window->DC.ColumnsCurrent != 0)
+ ItemSize(ImVec2(0,0)); // Advance to column 0
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ PopClipRect();
+ window->DrawList->ChannelsMerge();
+
+ window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY = ImMax(window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY, window->DC.CursorPos.y);
+ window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY;
+ }
+
+ // Draw columns borders and handle resize at the time of "closing" a columns set
+ if (window->DC.ColumnsCount != columns_count && window->DC.ColumnsCount != 1 && window->DC.ColumnsShowBorders && !window->SkipItems)
+ {
+ const float y1 = window->DC.ColumnsStartPosY;
+ const float y2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+ for (int i = 1; i < window->DC.ColumnsCount; i++)
+ {
+ float x = window->Pos.x + GetColumnOffset(i);
+ const ImGuiID column_id = window->DC.ColumnsSetID + ImGuiID(i);
+ const ImRect column_rect(ImVec2(x-4,y1),ImVec2(x+4,y2));
+ if (IsClippedEx(column_rect, &column_id, false))
+ continue;
+
+ bool hovered, held;
+ ButtonBehavior(column_rect, column_id, &hovered, &held, true);
+ if (hovered || held)
+ g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW;
+
+ // Draw before resize so our items positioning are in sync with the line being drawn
+ const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ColumnActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered : ImGuiCol_Column);
+ const float xi = (float)(int)x;
+ window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(xi, y1+1.0f), ImVec2(xi, y2), col);
+
+ if (held)
+ {
+ if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated)
+ g.ActiveClickDeltaToCenter.x = x - g.IO.MousePos.x;
+
+ x = GetDraggedColumnOffset(i);
+ SetColumnOffset(i, x);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Differentiate column ID with an arbitrary prefix for cases where users name their columns set the same as another widget.
+ // In addition, when an identifier isn't explicitly provided we include the number of columns in the hash to make it uniquer.
+ ImGui::PushID(0x11223347 + (id ? 0 : columns_count));
+ window->DC.ColumnsSetID = window->GetID(id ? id : "columns");
+ ImGui::PopID();
+
+ // Set state for first column
+ window->DC.ColumnsCurrent = 0;
+ window->DC.ColumnsCount = columns_count;
+ window->DC.ColumnsShowBorders = border;
+
+ const float content_region_width = window->SizeContentsExplicit.x ? window->SizeContentsExplicit.x : window->Size.x;
+ window->DC.ColumnsMinX = window->DC.IndentX; // Lock our horizontal range
+ window->DC.ColumnsMaxX = content_region_width - window->Scroll.x - ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) ? 0 : g.Style.ScrollbarSize);// - window->WindowPadding().x;
+ window->DC.ColumnsStartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+ window->DC.ColumnsCellMinY = window->DC.ColumnsCellMaxY = window->DC.CursorPos.y;
+ window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f;
+ window->DC.CursorPos.x = (float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX);
+
+ if (window->DC.ColumnsCount != 1)
+ {
+ // Cache column offsets
+ window->DC.ColumnsData.resize(columns_count + 1);
+ for (int column_index = 0; column_index < columns_count + 1; column_index++)
+ {
+ const ImGuiID column_id = window->DC.ColumnsSetID + ImGuiID(column_index);
+ KeepAliveID(column_id);
+ const float default_t = column_index / (float)window->DC.ColumnsCount;
+ const float t = window->DC.StateStorage->GetFloat(column_id, default_t); // Cheaply store our floating point value inside the integer (could store an union into the map?)
+ window->DC.ColumnsData[column_index].OffsetNorm = t;
+ }
+ window->DrawList->ChannelsSplit(window->DC.ColumnsCount);
+ PushColumnClipRect();
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetColumnWidth() * 0.65f);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ window->DC.ColumnsData.resize(0);
+ }
+}
+
+void ImGui::Indent()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.IndentX += g.Style.IndentSpacing;
+ window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX;
+}
+
+void ImGui::Unindent()
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ window->DC.IndentX -= g.Style.IndentSpacing;
+ window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX;
+}
+
+void ImGui::TreePush(const char* str_id)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ ImGui::Indent();
+ window->DC.TreeDepth++;
+ PushID(str_id ? str_id : "#TreePush");
+}
+
+void ImGui::TreePush(const void* ptr_id)
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ ImGui::Indent();
+ window->DC.TreeDepth++;
+ PushID(ptr_id ? ptr_id : (const void*)"#TreePush");
+}
+
+void ImGui::TreePop()
+{
+ ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow();
+ ImGui::Unindent();
+ window->DC.TreeDepth--;
+ PopID();
+}
+
+void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, bool b)
+{
+ ImGui::Text("%s: %s", prefix, (b ? "true" : "false"));
+}
+
+void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, int v)
+{
+ ImGui::Text("%s: %d", prefix, v);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v)
+{
+ ImGui::Text("%s: %d", prefix, v);
+}
+
+void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format)
+{
+ if (float_format)
+ {
+ char fmt[64];
+ ImFormatString(fmt, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt), "%%s: %s", float_format);
+ ImGui::Text(fmt, prefix, v);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("%s: %.3f", prefix, v);
+ }
+}
+
+// FIXME: May want to remove those helpers?
+void ImGui::ValueColor(const char* prefix, const ImVec4& v)
+{
+ ImGui::Text("%s: (%.2f,%.2f,%.2f,%.2f)", prefix, v.x, v.y, v.z, v.w);
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::ColorButton(v, true);
+}
+
+void ImGui::ValueColor(const char* prefix, unsigned int v)
+{
+ ImGui::Text("%s: %08X", prefix, v);
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+
+ ImVec4 col;
+ col.x = (float)((v >> 0) & 0xFF) / 255.0f;
+ col.y = (float)((v >> 8) & 0xFF) / 255.0f;
+ col.z = (float)((v >> 16) & 0xFF) / 255.0f;
+ col.w = (float)((v >> 24) & 0xFF) / 255.0f;
+ ImGui::ColorButton(col, true);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// PLATFORM DEPENDANT HELPERS
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WINDOWS_) && (!defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCS) || !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCS))
+#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include
+#endif
+
+// Win32 API clipboard implementation
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCS)
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma comment(lib, "user32")
+#endif
+
+static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl()
+{
+ static char* buf_local = NULL;
+ if (buf_local)
+ {
+ ImGui::MemFree(buf_local);
+ buf_local = NULL;
+ }
+ if (!OpenClipboard(NULL))
+ return NULL;
+ HANDLE wbuf_handle = GetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT);
+ if (wbuf_handle == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ if (ImWchar* wbuf_global = (ImWchar*)GlobalLock(wbuf_handle))
+ {
+ int buf_len = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(wbuf_global, NULL) + 1;
+ buf_local = (char*)ImGui::MemAlloc(buf_len * sizeof(char));
+ ImTextStrToUtf8(buf_local, buf_len, wbuf_global, NULL);
+ }
+ GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle);
+ CloseClipboard();
+ return buf_local;
+}
+
+static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(const char* text)
+{
+ if (!OpenClipboard(NULL))
+ return;
+
+ const int wbuf_length = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(text, NULL) + 1;
+ HGLOBAL wbuf_handle = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE, (SIZE_T)wbuf_length * sizeof(ImWchar));
+ if (wbuf_handle == NULL)
+ return;
+ ImWchar* wbuf_global = (ImWchar*)GlobalLock(wbuf_handle);
+ ImTextStrFromUtf8(wbuf_global, wbuf_length, text, NULL);
+ GlobalUnlock(wbuf_handle);
+ EmptyClipboard();
+ SetClipboardData(CF_UNICODETEXT, wbuf_handle);
+ CloseClipboard();
+}
+
+#else
+
+// Local ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers
+static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl()
+{
+ return GImGui->PrivateClipboard;
+}
+
+// Local ImGui-only clipboard implementation, if user hasn't defined better clipboard handlers
+static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(const char* text)
+{
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.PrivateClipboard)
+ {
+ ImGui::MemFree(g.PrivateClipboard);
+ g.PrivateClipboard = NULL;
+ }
+ const char* text_end = text + strlen(text);
+ g.PrivateClipboard = (char*)ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)(text_end - text) + 1);
+ memcpy(g.PrivateClipboard, text, (size_t)(text_end - text));
+ g.PrivateClipboard[(int)(text_end - text)] = 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+// Win32 API IME support (for Asian languages, etc.)
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCS)
+
+#include
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma comment(lib, "imm32")
+#endif
+
+static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int x, int y)
+{
+ // Notify OS Input Method Editor of text input position
+ if (HWND hwnd = (HWND)GImGui->IO.ImeWindowHandle)
+ if (HIMC himc = ImmGetContext(hwnd))
+ {
+ COMPOSITIONFORM cf;
+ cf.ptCurrentPos.x = x;
+ cf.ptCurrentPos.y = y;
+ cf.dwStyle = CFS_FORCE_POSITION;
+ ImmSetCompositionWindow(himc, &cf);
+ }
+}
+
+#else
+
+static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int, int) {}
+
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// HELP
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* opened)
+{
+ if (ImGui::Begin("ImGui Metrics", opened))
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("ImGui %s", ImGui::GetVersion());
+ ImGui::Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / ImGui::GetIO().Framerate, ImGui::GetIO().Framerate);
+ ImGui::Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", ImGui::GetIO().MetricsRenderVertices, ImGui::GetIO().MetricsRenderIndices, ImGui::GetIO().MetricsRenderIndices / 3);
+ ImGui::Text("%d allocations", ImGui::GetIO().MetricsAllocs);
+ static bool show_clip_rects = true;
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Show clipping rectangles when hovering a ImDrawCmd", &show_clip_rects);
+ ImGui::Separator();
+
+ struct Funcs
+ {
+ static void NodeDrawList(ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label)
+ {
+ bool node_opened = ImGui::TreeNode(draw_list, "%s: '%s' %d vtx, %d indices, %d cmds", label, draw_list->_OwnerName ? draw_list->_OwnerName : "", draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size, draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size);
+ if (draw_list == ImGui::GetWindowDrawList())
+ {
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::TextColored(ImColor(255,100,100), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered)
+ }
+ if (!node_opened)
+ return;
+
+ int elem_offset = 0;
+ for (const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin(); pcmd < draw_list->CmdBuffer.end(); elem_offset += pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd++)
+ {
+ if (pcmd->UserCallback)
+ {
+ ImGui::BulletText("Callback %p, user_data %p", pcmd->UserCallback, pcmd->UserCallbackData);
+ continue;
+ }
+ ImGui::BulletText("Draw %-4d %s vtx, tex = %p, clip_rect = (%.0f,%.0f)..(%.0f,%.0f)", pcmd->ElemCount, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0 ? "indexed" : "non-indexed", pcmd->TextureId, pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w);
+ if (show_clip_rects && ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+ {
+ ImRect clip_rect = pcmd->ClipRect;
+ ImRect vtxs_rect;
+ ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL;
+ for (int i = elem_offset; i < elem_offset + (int)pcmd->ElemCount; i++)
+ vtxs_rect.Add(draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[i] : i].pos);
+ GImGui->OverlayDrawList.PushClipRectFullScreen();
+ clip_rect.Round(); GImGui->OverlayDrawList.AddRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, ImColor(255,255,0));
+ vtxs_rect.Round(); GImGui->OverlayDrawList.AddRect(vtxs_rect.Min, vtxs_rect.Max, ImColor(255,0,255));
+ GImGui->OverlayDrawList.PopClipRect();
+ }
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ static void NodeWindows(ImVector& windows, const char* label)
+ {
+ if (!ImGui::TreeNode(label, "%s (%d)", label, windows.Size))
+ return;
+ for (int i = 0; i < windows.Size; i++)
+ Funcs::NodeWindow(windows[i], "Window");
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ static void NodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label)
+ {
+ if (!ImGui::TreeNode(window, "%s '%s', %d @ 0x%p", label, window->Name, window->Active || window->WasActive, window))
+ return;
+ NodeDrawList(window->DrawList, "DrawList");
+ if (window->RootWindow != window) NodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow");
+ if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0) NodeWindows(window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows");
+ ImGui::BulletText("Storage: %d bytes", window->StateStorage.Data.Size * (int)sizeof(ImGuiStorage::Pair));
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ };
+
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui; // Access private state
+ g.DisableHideTextAfterDoubleHash++; // Not exposed (yet). Disable processing that hides text after '##' markers.
+ Funcs::NodeWindows(g.Windows, "Windows");
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("DrawList", "Active DrawLists (%d)", g.RenderDrawLists[0].Size))
+ {
+ for (int i = 0; i < g.RenderDrawLists[0].Size; i++)
+ Funcs::NodeDrawList(g.RenderDrawLists[0][i], "DrawList");
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups", "Opened Popups Stack (%d)", g.OpenedPopupStack.Size))
+ {
+ for (int i = 0; i < g.OpenedPopupStack.Size; i++)
+ {
+ ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenedPopupStack[i].Window;
+ ImGui::BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s'%s%s", g.OpenedPopupStack[i].PopupID, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? " ChildWindow" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? " ChildMenu" : "");
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic state"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("FocusedWindow: '%s'", g.FocusedWindow ? g.FocusedWindow->Name : "NULL");
+ ImGui::Text("HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL");
+ ImGui::Text("HoveredRootWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredRootWindow ? g.HoveredRootWindow->Name : "NULL");
+ ImGui::Text("HoveredID: 0x%08X/0x%08X", g.HoveredId, g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame); // Data is "in-flight" so depending on when the Metrics window is called we may see current frame information or not
+ ImGui::Text("ActiveID: 0x%08X/0x%08X", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame);
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ g.DisableHideTextAfterDoubleHash--;
+ }
+ ImGui::End();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Include imgui_user.inl at the end of imgui.cpp to access private data/functions that aren't exposed.
+// Prefer just including imgui_internal.h from your code rather than using this define. If a declaration is missing from imgui_internal.h add it or request it on the github.
+#ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_INL
+#include "imgui_user.inl"
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
diff --git a/deps/imgui-1.47/imgui.h b/deps/imgui-1.47/imgui.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fb5c50f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/deps/imgui-1.47/imgui.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1308 @@
+// dear imgui, v1.47
+// (headers)
+
+// See imgui.cpp file for documentation.
+// See ImGui::ShowTestWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp for demo code.
+// Read 'Programmer guide' in imgui.cpp for notes on how to setup ImGui in your codebase.
+// Get latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui
+
+#pragma once
+
+#if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H) || defined(IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMCONFIG_H)
+#include "imconfig.h" // User-editable configuration file
+#endif
+#include // FLT_MAX
+#include // va_list
+#include // ptrdiff_t, NULL
+#include // memset, memmove, memcpy, strlen, strchr, strcpy, strcmp
+
+#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.47"
+
+// Define assertion handler.
+#ifndef IM_ASSERT
+#include
+#define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) assert(_EXPR)
+#endif
+
+// Define attributes of all API symbols declarations, e.g. for DLL under Windows.
+#ifndef IMGUI_API
+#define IMGUI_API
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)
+#define IM_PRINTFARGS(FMT) __attribute__((format(printf, FMT, (FMT+1))))
+#else
+#define IM_PRINTFARGS(FMT)
+#endif
+
+// Forward declarations
+struct ImDrawCmd;
+struct ImDrawList;
+struct ImDrawData;
+struct ImFont;
+struct ImFontAtlas;
+struct ImColor;
+struct ImGuiIO;
+struct ImGuiStorage;
+struct ImGuiStyle;
+
+typedef unsigned int ImU32;
+typedef unsigned short ImWchar; // character for keyboard input/display
+typedef void* ImTextureID; // user data to refer to a texture (e.g. store your texture handle/id)
+typedef ImU32 ImGuiID; // unique ID used by widgets (typically hashed from a stack of string)
+typedef int ImGuiCol; // enum ImGuiCol_
+typedef int ImGuiStyleVar; // enum ImGuiStyleVar_
+typedef int ImGuiKey; // enum ImGuiKey_
+typedef int ImGuiAlign; // enum ImGuiAlign_
+typedef int ImGuiColorEditMode; // enum ImGuiColorEditMode_
+typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor; // enum ImGuiMouseCursor_
+typedef int ImGuiWindowFlags; // enum ImGuiWindowFlags_
+typedef int ImGuiSetCond; // enum ImGuiSetCond_
+typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags; // enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_
+typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags; // enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_
+struct ImGuiTextEditCallbackData; // for advanced uses of InputText()
+typedef int (*ImGuiTextEditCallback)(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData *data);
+
+struct ImVec2
+{
+ float x, y;
+ ImVec2() { x = y = 0.0f; }
+ ImVec2(float _x, float _y) { x = _x; y = _y; }
+
+#ifdef IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA // Define constructor and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back<>forth from your math types and ImVec2.
+ IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA
+#endif
+};
+
+struct ImVec4
+{
+ float x, y, z, w;
+ ImVec4() { x = y = z = w = 0.0f; }
+ ImVec4(float _x, float _y, float _z, float _w) { x = _x; y = _y; z = _z; w = _w; }
+
+#ifdef IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA // Define constructor and implicit cast operators in imconfig.h to convert back<>forth from your math types and ImVec4.
+ IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA
+#endif
+};
+
+// Helpers at bottom of the file:
+// - class ImVector<> // Lightweight std::vector like class.
+// - IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME // Execute a block of code once per frame only (convenient for creating UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times)
+// - struct ImGuiTextFilter // Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]"
+// - struct ImGuiTextBuffer // Text buffer for logging/accumulating text
+// - struct ImGuiStorage // Custom key value storage (if you need to alter open/close states manually)
+// - struct ImGuiTextEditCallbackData // Shared state of ImGui::InputText() when using custom callbacks
+// - struct ImGuiListClipper // Helper to manually clip large list of items.
+// - struct ImColor // Helper functions to created packed 32-bit RGBA color values
+// - struct ImDrawList // Draw command list
+// - struct ImFontAtlas // Bake multiple fonts into a single texture, TTF font loader, bake glyphs into bitmap
+// - struct ImFont // Single font
+
+// ImGui end-user API
+// In a namespace so that user can add extra functions in a separate file (e.g. Value() helpers for your vector or common types)
+namespace ImGui
+{
+ // Main
+ IMGUI_API ImGuiIO& GetIO();
+ IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle& GetStyle();
+ IMGUI_API ImDrawData* GetDrawData(); // same value as passed to your RenderDrawListsFn() function. valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame()
+ IMGUI_API void NewFrame();
+ IMGUI_API void Render();
+ IMGUI_API void Shutdown();
+ IMGUI_API void ShowUserGuide(); // help block
+ IMGUI_API void ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref = NULL); // style editor block
+ IMGUI_API void ShowTestWindow(bool* opened = NULL); // test window, demonstrate ImGui features
+ IMGUI_API void ShowMetricsWindow(bool* opened = NULL); // metrics window for debugging imgui
+
+ // Window
+ IMGUI_API bool Begin(const char* name, bool* p_opened = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // see .cpp for details. return false when window is collapsed, so you can early out in your code. 'bool* p_opened' creates a widget on the upper-right to close the window (which sets your bool to false).
+ IMGUI_API bool Begin(const char* name, bool* p_opened, const ImVec2& size_on_first_use, float bg_alpha = -1.0f, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // this is the older/longer API. the extra parameters aren't very relevant. call SetNextWindowSize() instead if you want to set a window size. For regular windows, 'size_on_first_use' only applies to the first time EVER the window is created and probably not what you want! maybe obsolete this API eventually.
+ IMGUI_API void End();
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags = 0); // begin a scrolling region. size==0.0f: use remaining window size, size<0.0f: use remaining window size minus abs(size). size>0.0f: fixed size. each axis can use a different mode, e.g. ImVec2(0,400).
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginChild(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), bool border = false, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags = 0); // "
+ IMGUI_API void EndChild();
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionMax(); // current content boundaries (typically window boundaries including scrolling, or current column boundaries), in windows coordinates
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetContentRegionAvail(); // == GetContentRegionMax() - GetCursorPos()
+ IMGUI_API float GetContentRegionAvailWidth(); //
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMin(); // content boundaries min (roughly (0,0)-Scroll), in window coordinates
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowContentRegionMax(); // content boundaries max (roughly (0,0)+Size-Scroll) where Size can be override with SetNextWindowContentSize(), in window coordinates
+ IMGUI_API float GetWindowContentRegionWidth(); //
+ IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetWindowDrawList(); // get rendering command-list if you want to append your own draw primitives
+ IMGUI_API ImFont* GetWindowFont();
+ IMGUI_API float GetWindowFontSize(); // size (also height in pixels) of current font with current scale applied
+ IMGUI_API void SetWindowFontScale(float scale); // per-window font scale. Adjust IO.FontGlobalScale if you want to scale all windows
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowPos(); // get current window position in screen space (useful if you want to do your own drawing via the DrawList api)
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetWindowSize(); // get current window size
+ IMGUI_API float GetWindowWidth();
+ IMGUI_API float GetWindowHeight();
+ IMGUI_API bool IsWindowCollapsed();
+
+ IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0); // set next window position. call before Begin()
+ IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowPosCenter(ImGuiSetCond cond = 0); // set next window position to be centered on screen. call before Begin()
+ IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0); // set next window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. call before Begin()
+ IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size); // set next window content size (enforce the range of scrollbars). set axis to 0.0f to leave it automatic. call before Begin()
+ IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowContentWidth(float width); // set next window content width (enforce the range of horizontal scrollbar). call before Begin()
+ IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0); // set next window collapsed state. call before Begin()
+ IMGUI_API void SetNextWindowFocus(); // set next window to be focused / front-most. call before Begin()
+ IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0); // set current window position - call within Begin()/End(). may incur tearing
+ IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0); // set current window size. set to ImVec2(0,0) to force an auto-fit. may incur tearing
+ IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0); // set current window collapsed state
+ IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus(); // set current window to be focused / front-most
+ IMGUI_API void SetWindowPos(const char* name, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0); // set named window position - call within Begin()/End(). may incur tearing
+ IMGUI_API void SetWindowSize(const char* name, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0); // set named window size. set axis to 0.0f to force an auto-fit on this axis. may incur tearing
+ IMGUI_API void SetWindowCollapsed(const char* name, bool collapsed, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0); // set named window collapsed state
+ IMGUI_API void SetWindowFocus(const char* name); // set named window to be focused / front-most. use NULL to remove focus.
+
+ IMGUI_API float GetScrollX(); // get scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()]
+ IMGUI_API float GetScrollY(); // get scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxY()]
+ IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxX(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.X - WindowSize.X
+ IMGUI_API float GetScrollMaxY(); // get maximum scrolling amount ~~ ContentSize.Y - WindowSize.Y
+ IMGUI_API void SetScrollX(float scroll_x); // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxX()]
+ IMGUI_API void SetScrollY(float scroll_y); // set scrolling amount [0..GetScrollMaxY()]
+ IMGUI_API void SetScrollHere(float center_y_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make current cursor position visible. center_y_ratio=0.0: top, 0.5: center, 1.0: bottom.
+ IMGUI_API void SetScrollFromPosY(float pos_y, float center_y_ratio = 0.5f); // adjust scrolling amount to make given position valid. use GetCursorPos() or GetCursorStartPos()+offset to get valid positions.
+ IMGUI_API void SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset = 0); // focus keyboard on the next widget. Use positive 'offset' to access sub components of a multiple component widget
+ IMGUI_API void SetStateStorage(ImGuiStorage* tree); // replace tree state storage with our own (if you want to manipulate it yourself, typically clear subsection of it)
+ IMGUI_API ImGuiStorage* GetStateStorage();
+
+ // Parameters stacks (shared)
+ IMGUI_API void PushFont(ImFont* font); // use NULL as a shortcut to push default font
+ IMGUI_API void PopFont();
+ IMGUI_API void PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col);
+ IMGUI_API void PopStyleColor(int count = 1);
+ IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val);
+ IMGUI_API void PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val);
+ IMGUI_API void PopStyleVar(int count = 1);
+ IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul = 1.0f); // retrieve given style color with style alpha applied and optional extra alpha multiplier
+ IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col); // retrieve given color with style alpha applied
+
+ // Parameters stacks (current window)
+ IMGUI_API void PushItemWidth(float item_width); // width of items for the common item+label case, pixels. 0.0f = default to ~2/3 of windows width, >0.0f: width in pixels, <0.0f align xx pixels to the right of window (so -1.0f always align width to the right side)
+ IMGUI_API void PopItemWidth();
+ IMGUI_API float CalcItemWidth(); // width of item given pushed settings and current cursor position
+ IMGUI_API void PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x = 0.0f); // word-wrapping for Text*() commands. < 0.0f: no wrapping; 0.0f: wrap to end of window (or column); > 0.0f: wrap at 'wrap_pos_x' position in window local space
+ IMGUI_API void PopTextWrapPos();
+ IMGUI_API void PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool v); // allow focusing using TAB/Shift-TAB, enabled by default but you can disable it for certain widgets
+ IMGUI_API void PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
+ IMGUI_API void PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat); // in 'repeat' mode, Button*() functions return repeated true in a typematic manner (uses io.KeyRepeatDelay/io.KeyRepeatRate for now). Note that you can call IsItemActive() after any Button() to tell if the button is held in the current frame.
+ IMGUI_API void PopButtonRepeat();
+
+ // Cursor / Layout
+ IMGUI_API void BeginGroup(); // lock horizontal starting position. once closing a group it is seen as a single item (so you can use IsItemHovered() on a group, SameLine() between groups, etc.
+ IMGUI_API void EndGroup();
+ IMGUI_API void Separator(); // horizontal line
+ IMGUI_API void SameLine(float local_pos_x = 0.0f, float spacing_w = -1.0f); // call between widgets or groups to layout them horizontally
+ IMGUI_API void Spacing(); // add spacing
+ IMGUI_API void Dummy(const ImVec2& size); // add a dummy item of given size
+ IMGUI_API void Indent(); // move content position toward the right by style.IndentSpacing pixels
+ IMGUI_API void Unindent(); // move content position back to the left (cancel Indent)
+ IMGUI_API void Columns(int count = 1, const char* id = NULL, bool border = true); // setup number of columns. use an identifier to distinguish multiple column sets. close with Columns(1).
+ IMGUI_API void NextColumn(); // next column
+ IMGUI_API int GetColumnIndex(); // get current column index
+ IMGUI_API float GetColumnOffset(int column_index = -1); // get position of column line (in pixels, from the left side of the contents region). pass -1 to use current column, otherwise 0..GetcolumnsCount() inclusive. column 0 is usually 0.0f and not resizable unless you call this
+ IMGUI_API void SetColumnOffset(int column_index, float offset_x); // set position of column line (in pixels, from the left side of the contents region). pass -1 to use current column
+ IMGUI_API float GetColumnWidth(int column_index = -1); // column width (== GetColumnOffset(GetColumnIndex()+1) - GetColumnOffset(GetColumnOffset())
+ IMGUI_API int GetColumnsCount(); // number of columns (what was passed to Columns())
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorPos(); // cursor position is relative to window position
+ IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosX(); // "
+ IMGUI_API float GetCursorPosY(); // "
+ IMGUI_API void SetCursorPos(const ImVec2& local_pos); // "
+ IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosX(float x); // "
+ IMGUI_API void SetCursorPosY(float y); // "
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorStartPos(); // initial cursor position
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetCursorScreenPos(); // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize]
+ IMGUI_API void SetCursorScreenPos(const ImVec2& pos); // cursor position in absolute screen coordinates [0..io.DisplaySize]
+ IMGUI_API void AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets(); // call once if the first item on the line is a Text() item and you want to vertically lower it to match subsequent (bigger) widgets
+ IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeight(); // height of font == GetWindowFontSize()
+ IMGUI_API float GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing(); // distance (in pixels) between 2 consecutive lines of text == GetWindowFontSize() + GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y
+ IMGUI_API float GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing(); // distance (in pixels) between 2 consecutive lines of standard height widgets == GetWindowFontSize() + GetStyle().FramePadding.y*2 + GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y
+
+ // ID scopes
+ // If you are creating widgets in a loop you most likely want to push a unique identifier so ImGui can differentiate them.
+ // You can also use the "##foobar" syntax within widget label to distinguish them from each others. Read "A primer on the use of labels/IDs" in the FAQ for more details.
+ IMGUI_API void PushID(const char* str_id); // push identifier into the ID stack. IDs are hash of the *entire* stack!
+ IMGUI_API void PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end);
+ IMGUI_API void PushID(const void* ptr_id);
+ IMGUI_API void PushID(int int_id);
+ IMGUI_API void PopID();
+ IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const char* str_id); // calculate unique ID (hash of whole ID stack + given parameter). useful if you want to query into ImGuiStorage yourself. otherwise rarely needed
+ IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end);
+ IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetID(const void* ptr_id);
+
+ // Widgets
+ IMGUI_API void Text(const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(1);
+ IMGUI_API void TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args);
+ IMGUI_API void TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(2); // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor();
+ IMGUI_API void TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args);
+ IMGUI_API void TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(1); // shortcut for PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); Text(fmt, ...); PopStyleColor();
+ IMGUI_API void TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args);
+ IMGUI_API void TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(1); // shortcut for PushTextWrapPos(0.0f); Text(fmt, ...); PopTextWrapPos();. Note that this won't work on an auto-resizing window if there's no other widgets to extend the window width, yoy may need to set a size using SetNextWindowSize().
+ IMGUI_API void TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args);
+ IMGUI_API void TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // doesn't require null terminated string if 'text_end' is specified. no copy done to any bounded stack buffer, recommended for long chunks of text
+ IMGUI_API void LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(2); // display text+label aligned the same way as value+label widgets
+ IMGUI_API void LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args);
+ IMGUI_API void Bullet();
+ IMGUI_API void BulletText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(1);
+ IMGUI_API void BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args);
+ IMGUI_API bool Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0));
+ IMGUI_API bool SmallButton(const char* label);
+ IMGUI_API bool InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size);
+ IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0));
+ IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1)); // <0 frame_padding uses default frame padding settings. 0 for no padding
+ IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, const char* str_id = NULL, bool display_frame = true, bool default_open = false);
+ IMGUI_API bool Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v);
+ IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value);
+ IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, bool active);
+ IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button);
+ IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char** items, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
+ IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int height_in_items = -1); // separate items with \0, end item-list with \0\0
+ IMGUI_API bool Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
+ IMGUI_API bool ColorButton(const ImVec4& col, bool small_height = false, bool outline_border = true);
+ IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3]);
+ IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], bool show_alpha = true);
+ IMGUI_API void ColorEditMode(ImGuiColorEditMode mode); // FIXME-OBSOLETE: This is inconsistent with most of the API and should be obsoleted.
+ IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0), int stride = sizeof(float));
+ IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0));
+ IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0), int stride = sizeof(float));
+ IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0));
+ IMGUI_API void ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-1,0), const char* overlay = NULL);
+
+ // Widgets: Drags (tip: ctrl+click on a drag box to input text)
+ IMGUI_API bool DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound
+ IMGUI_API bool DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API bool DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API bool DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API bool DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, float v_min = 0.0f, float v_max = 0.0f, const char* display_format = "%.3f", const char* display_format_max = NULL, float power = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API bool DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* display_format = "%.0f"); // If v_min >= v_max we have no bound
+ IMGUI_API bool DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* display_format = "%.0f");
+ IMGUI_API bool DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* display_format = "%.0f");
+ IMGUI_API bool DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* display_format = "%.0f");
+ IMGUI_API bool DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed = 1.0f, int v_min = 0, int v_max = 0, const char* display_format = "%.0f", const char* display_format_max = NULL);
+
+ // Widgets: Input
+ IMGUI_API bool InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step = 0.0f, float step_fast = 0.0f, int decimal_precision = -1, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision = -1, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision = -1, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision = -1, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step = 1, int step_fast = 100, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0);
+
+ // Widgets: Sliders (tip: ctrl+click on a slider to input text)
+ IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); // adjust display_format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix. Use power!=1.0 for logarithmic sliders
+ IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API bool SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min = -360.0f, float v_degrees_max = +360.0f);
+ IMGUI_API bool SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format = "%.0f");
+ IMGUI_API bool SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format = "%.0f");
+ IMGUI_API bool SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format = "%.0f");
+ IMGUI_API bool SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format = "%.0f");
+ IMGUI_API bool VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API bool VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format = "%.0f");
+
+ // Widgets: Trees
+ IMGUI_API bool TreeNode(const char* str_label_id); // if returning 'true' the node is open and the user is responsible for calling TreePop()
+ IMGUI_API bool TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(2); // "
+ IMGUI_API bool TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(2); // "
+ IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args); // "
+ IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args); // "
+ IMGUI_API void TreePush(const char* str_id = NULL); // already called by TreeNode(), but you can call Push/Pop yourself for layouting purpose
+ IMGUI_API void TreePush(const void* ptr_id = NULL); // "
+ IMGUI_API void TreePop();
+ IMGUI_API void SetNextTreeNodeOpened(bool opened, ImGuiSetCond cond = 0); // set next tree node to be opened.
+
+ // Widgets: Selectable / Lists
+ IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool selected = false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // size.x==0.0: use remaining width, size.x>0.0: specify width. size.y==0.0: use label height, size.y>0.0: specify height
+ IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0));
+ IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char** items, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
+ IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1);
+ IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // use if you want to reimplement ListBox() will custom data or interactions. make sure to call ListBoxFooter() afterwards.
+ IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // "
+ IMGUI_API void ListBoxFooter(); // terminate the scrolling region
+
+ // Widgets: Value() Helpers. Output single value in "name: value" format (tip: freely declare more in your code to handle your types. you can add functions to the ImGui namespace)
+ IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, bool b);
+ IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, int v);
+ IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v);
+ IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format = NULL);
+ IMGUI_API void ValueColor(const char* prefix, const ImVec4& v);
+ IMGUI_API void ValueColor(const char* prefix, unsigned int v);
+
+ // Tooltip
+ IMGUI_API void SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(1); // set tooltip under mouse-cursor, typically use with ImGui::IsHovered(). last call wins
+ IMGUI_API void SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args);
+ IMGUI_API void BeginTooltip(); // use to create full-featured tooltip windows that aren't just text
+ IMGUI_API void EndTooltip();
+
+ // Menus
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginMainMenuBar(); // create and append to a full screen menu-bar. only call EndMainMenuBar() if this returns true!
+ IMGUI_API void EndMainMenuBar();
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginMenuBar(); // append to menu-bar of current window (requires ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag set). only call EndMenuBar() if this returns true!
+ IMGUI_API void EndMenuBar();
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled = true); // create a sub-menu entry. only call EndMenu() if this returns true!
+ IMGUI_API void EndMenu();
+ IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated. shortcuts are displayed for convenience but not processed by ImGui at the moment
+ IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated + toggle (*p_selected) if p_selected != NULL
+
+ // Popup
+ IMGUI_API void OpenPopup(const char* str_id); // mark popup as open. popups are closed when user click outside, or activate a pressable item, or CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block. popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level).
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginPopup(const char* str_id); // return true if popup if opened and start outputting to it. only call EndPopup() if BeginPopup() returned true!
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_opened = NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags = 0); // modal dialog (can't close them by clicking outside)
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, int mouse_button = 1); // helper to open and begin popup when clicked on last item. read comments in .cpp!
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextWindow(bool also_over_items = true, const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1); // helper to open and begin popup when clicked on current window.
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id = NULL, int mouse_button = 1); // helper to open and begin popup when clicked in void (no window).
+ IMGUI_API void EndPopup();
+ IMGUI_API void CloseCurrentPopup(); // close the popup we have begin-ed into. clicking on a MenuItem or Selectable automatically close the current popup.
+
+ // Logging: all text output from interface is redirected to tty/file/clipboard. Tree nodes are automatically opened.
+ IMGUI_API void LogToTTY(int max_depth = -1); // start logging to tty
+ IMGUI_API void LogToFile(int max_depth = -1, const char* filename = NULL); // start logging to file
+ IMGUI_API void LogToClipboard(int max_depth = -1); // start logging to OS clipboard
+ IMGUI_API void LogFinish(); // stop logging (close file, etc.)
+ IMGUI_API void LogButtons(); // helper to display buttons for logging to tty/file/clipboard
+ IMGUI_API void LogText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(1); // pass text data straight to log (without being displayed)
+
+ // Utilities
+ IMGUI_API bool IsItemHovered(); // was the last item hovered by mouse?
+ IMGUI_API bool IsItemHoveredRect(); // was the last item hovered by mouse? even if another item is active or window is blocked by popup while we are hovering this
+ IMGUI_API bool IsItemActive(); // was the last item active? (e.g. button being held, text field being edited- items that don't interact will always return false)
+ IMGUI_API bool IsItemVisible(); // was the last item visible? (aka not out of sight due to clipping/scrolling.)
+ IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemHovered();
+ IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemActive();
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMin(); // get bounding rect of last item in screen space
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectMax(); // "
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetItemRectSize(); // "
+ IMGUI_API bool IsWindowHovered(); // is current window hovered and hoverable (not blocked by a popup) (differentiate child windows from each others)
+ IMGUI_API bool IsWindowFocused(); // is current window focused
+ IMGUI_API bool IsRootWindowFocused(); // is current root window focused (top parent window in case of child windows)
+ IMGUI_API bool IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused(); // is current root window or any of its child (including current window) focused
+ IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size); // test if rectangle of given size starting from cursor pos is visible (not clipped). to perform coarse clipping on user's side (as an optimization)
+ IMGUI_API bool IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(const ImVec2& pos); // is given position hovering any active imgui window
+ IMGUI_API float GetTime();
+ IMGUI_API int GetFrameCount();
+ IMGUI_API const char* GetStyleColName(ImGuiCol idx);
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcItemRectClosestPoint(const ImVec2& pos, bool on_edge = false, float outward = +0.0f); // utility to find the closest point the last item bounding rectangle edge. useful to visually link items
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_double_hash = false, float wrap_width = -1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API void CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items_display_start, int* out_items_display_end); // calculate coarse clipping for large list of evenly sized items. Prefer using the ImGuiListClipper higher-level helper if you can.
+
+ IMGUI_API bool BeginChildFrame(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags = 0); // helper to create a child window / scrolling region that looks like a normal widget frame
+ IMGUI_API void EndChildFrame();
+
+ IMGUI_API ImVec4 ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in);
+ IMGUI_API ImU32 ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4& in);
+ IMGUI_API void ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v);
+ IMGUI_API void ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& out_g, float& out_b);
+
+ // Inputs
+ IMGUI_API int GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey key); // map ImGuiKey_* values into user's key index. == io.KeyMap[key]
+ IMGUI_API bool IsKeyDown(int key_index); // key_index into the keys_down[] array, imgui doesn't know the semantic of each entry, uses your own indices!
+ IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(int key_index, bool repeat = true); // uses user's key indices as stored in the keys_down[] array. if repeat=true. uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate
+ IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(int key_index); // "
+ IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(int button); // is mouse button held
+ IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(int button, bool repeat = false); // did mouse button clicked (went from !Down to Down)
+ IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDoubleClicked(int button); // did mouse button double-clicked. a double-click returns false in IsMouseClicked(). uses io.MouseDoubleClickTime.
+ IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(int button); // did mouse button released (went from Down to !Down)
+ IMGUI_API bool IsMouseHoveringWindow(); // is mouse hovering current window ("window" in API names always refer to current window). disregarding of any consideration of being blocked by a popup. (unlike IsWindowHovered() this will return true even if the window is blocked because of a popup)
+ IMGUI_API bool IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow(); // is mouse hovering any visible window
+ IMGUI_API bool IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, bool clip = true); // is mouse hovering given bounding rect (in screen space). clipped by current clipping settings. disregarding of consideration of focus/window ordering/blocked by a popup.
+ IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragging(int button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // is mouse dragging. if lock_threshold < -1.0f uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePos(); // shortcut to ImGui::GetIO().MousePos provided by user, to be consistent with other calls
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup(); // retrieve backup of mouse positioning at the time of opening popup we have BeginPopup() into
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMouseDragDelta(int button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // dragging amount since clicking. if lock_threshold < -1.0f uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold
+ IMGUI_API void ResetMouseDragDelta(int button = 0); //
+ IMGUI_API ImGuiMouseCursor GetMouseCursor(); // get desired cursor type, reset in ImGui::NewFrame(), this updated during the frame. valid before Render(). If you use software rendering by setting io.MouseDrawCursor ImGui will render those for you
+ IMGUI_API void SetMouseCursor(ImGuiMouseCursor type); // set desired cursor type
+ IMGUI_API void CaptureKeyboardFromApp(); // manually enforce imgui setting the io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (your application needs to handle it). e.g. capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered.
+ IMGUI_API void CaptureMouseFromApp(); // manually enforce imgui setting the io.WantCaptureMouse flag next frame (your application needs to handle it).
+
+ // Helpers functions to access functions pointers in ImGui::GetIO()
+ IMGUI_API void* MemAlloc(size_t sz);
+ IMGUI_API void MemFree(void* ptr);
+ IMGUI_API const char* GetClipboardText();
+ IMGUI_API void SetClipboardText(const char* text);
+
+ // Internal state/context access - if you want to use multiple ImGui context, or share context between modules (e.g. DLL), or allocate the memory yourself
+ IMGUI_API const char* GetVersion();
+ IMGUI_API void* GetInternalState();
+ IMGUI_API size_t GetInternalStateSize();
+ IMGUI_API void SetInternalState(void* state, bool construct = false);
+
+ // Obsolete (will be removed)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS
+ static inline void OpenNextNode(bool open) { ImGui::SetNextTreeNodeOpened(open, 0); } // OBSOLETE 1.34+
+ static inline bool GetWindowIsFocused() { return ImGui::IsWindowFocused(); } // OBSOLETE 1.36+
+ static inline bool GetWindowCollapsed() { return ImGui::IsWindowCollapsed(); } // OBSOLETE 1.39+
+ static inline ImVec2 GetItemBoxMin() { return GetItemRectMin(); } // OBSOLETE 1.36+
+ static inline ImVec2 GetItemBoxMax() { return GetItemRectMax(); } // OBSOLETE 1.36+
+ static inline bool IsClipped(const ImVec2& size) { return !IsRectVisible(size); } // OBSOLETE 1.38+
+ static inline bool IsRectClipped(const ImVec2& size) { return !IsRectVisible(size); } // OBSOLETE 1.39+
+ static inline bool IsMouseHoveringBox(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max) { return IsMouseHoveringRect(rect_min, rect_max); } // OBSOLETE 1.36+
+ static inline void SetScrollPosHere() { SetScrollHere(); } // OBSOLETE 1.42+
+#endif
+
+} // namespace ImGui
+
+// Flags for ImGui::Begin()
+enum ImGuiWindowFlags_
+{
+ // Default: 0
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar = 1 << 0, // Disable title-bar
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable user resizing with the lower-right grip
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove = 1 << 2, // Disable user moving the window
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar = 1 << 3, // Disable scrollbar (window can still scroll with mouse or programatically)
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse = 1 << 4, // Disable user scrolling with mouse wheel
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse = 1 << 5, // Disable user collapsing window by double-clicking on it
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize = 1 << 6, // Resize every window to its content every frame
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders = 1 << 7, // Show borders around windows and items
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings = 1 << 8, // Never load/save settings in .ini file
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs = 1 << 9, // Disable catching mouse or keyboard inputs
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar = 1 << 10, // Has a menu-bar
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar = 1 << 11, // Enable horizontal scrollbar (off by default). You need to use SetNextWindowContentSize(ImVec2(width,0.0f)); prior to calling Begin() to specify width. Read code in imgui_demo in the "Horizontal Scrolling" section.
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing = 1 << 12, // Disable taking focus when transitioning from hidden to visible state
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus = 1 << 13, // Disable bringing window to front when taking focus (e.g. clicking on it or programatically giving it focus)
+ // [Internal]
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow = 1 << 20, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginChild()
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindowAutoFitX = 1 << 21, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginChild()
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindowAutoFitY = 1 << 22, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginChild()
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_ComboBox = 1 << 23, // Don't use! For internal use by ComboBox()
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip = 1 << 24, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginTooltip()
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup = 1 << 25, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopup()
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal = 1 << 26, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopupModal()
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu = 1 << 27 // Don't use! For internal use by BeginMenu()
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::InputText()
+enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_
+{
+ // Default: 0
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal = 1 << 0, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal = 1 << 1, // Allow 0123456789ABCDEFabcdef
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase = 1 << 2, // Turn a..z into A..Z
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank = 1 << 3, // Filter out spaces, tabs
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll = 1 << 4, // Select entire text when first taking mouse focus
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue = 1 << 5, // Return 'true' when Enter is pressed (as opposed to when the value was modified)
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion = 1 << 6, // Call user function on pressing TAB (for completion handling)
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory = 1 << 7, // Call user function on pressing Up/Down arrows (for history handling)
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways = 1 << 8, // Call user function every time
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter = 1 << 9, // Call user function to filter character. Modify data->EventChar to replace/filter input, or return 1 to discard character.
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput = 1 << 10, // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 11, // In multi-line mode, allow exiting edition by pressing Enter. Ctrl+Enter to add new line (by default adds new lines with Enter).
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll = 1 << 12, // Disable following the cursor horizontally
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode = 1 << 13, // Insert mode
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly = 1 << 14, // Read-only mode
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password = 1 << 15, // Password mode, display all characters as '*'
+ // [Internal]
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline = 1 << 20 // For internal use by InputTextMultiline()
+};
+
+// Flags for ImGui::Selectable()
+enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_
+{
+ // Default: 0
+ ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 0, // Clicking this don't close parent popup window
+ ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 1 // Selectable frame can span all columns (text will still fit in current column)
+};
+
+// User fill ImGuiIO.KeyMap[] array with indices into the ImGuiIO.KeysDown[512] array
+enum ImGuiKey_
+{
+ ImGuiKey_Tab, // for tabbing through fields
+ ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, // for text edit
+ ImGuiKey_RightArrow,// for text edit
+ ImGuiKey_UpArrow, // for text edit
+ ImGuiKey_DownArrow, // for text edit
+ ImGuiKey_PageUp,
+ ImGuiKey_PageDown,
+ ImGuiKey_Home, // for text edit
+ ImGuiKey_End, // for text edit
+ ImGuiKey_Delete, // for text edit
+ ImGuiKey_Backspace, // for text edit
+ ImGuiKey_Enter, // for text edit
+ ImGuiKey_Escape, // for text edit
+ ImGuiKey_A, // for text edit CTRL+A: select all
+ ImGuiKey_C, // for text edit CTRL+C: copy
+ ImGuiKey_V, // for text edit CTRL+V: paste
+ ImGuiKey_X, // for text edit CTRL+X: cut
+ ImGuiKey_Y, // for text edit CTRL+Y: redo
+ ImGuiKey_Z, // for text edit CTRL+Z: undo
+ ImGuiKey_COUNT
+};
+
+// Enumeration for PushStyleColor() / PopStyleColor()
+enum ImGuiCol_
+{
+ ImGuiCol_Text,
+ ImGuiCol_TextDisabled,
+ ImGuiCol_WindowBg,
+ ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg,
+ ImGuiCol_Border,
+ ImGuiCol_BorderShadow,
+ ImGuiCol_FrameBg, // Background of checkbox, radio button, plot, slider, text input
+ ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered,
+ ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive,
+ ImGuiCol_TitleBg,
+ ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed,
+ ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive,
+ ImGuiCol_MenuBarBg,
+ ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg,
+ ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab,
+ ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered,
+ ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive,
+ ImGuiCol_ComboBg,
+ ImGuiCol_CheckMark,
+ ImGuiCol_SliderGrab,
+ ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive,
+ ImGuiCol_Button,
+ ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered,
+ ImGuiCol_ButtonActive,
+ ImGuiCol_Header,
+ ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered,
+ ImGuiCol_HeaderActive,
+ ImGuiCol_Column,
+ ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered,
+ ImGuiCol_ColumnActive,
+ ImGuiCol_ResizeGrip,
+ ImGuiCol_ResizeGripHovered,
+ ImGuiCol_ResizeGripActive,
+ ImGuiCol_CloseButton,
+ ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered,
+ ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive,
+ ImGuiCol_PlotLines,
+ ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered,
+ ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram,
+ ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered,
+ ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg,
+ ImGuiCol_TooltipBg,
+ ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening, // darken entire screen when a modal window is active
+ ImGuiCol_COUNT
+};
+
+// Enumeration for PushStyleVar() / PopStyleVar()
+// NB: the enum only refers to fields of ImGuiStyle() which makes sense to be pushed/poped in UI code. Feel free to add others.
+enum ImGuiStyleVar_
+{
+ ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, // float
+ ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, // ImVec2
+ ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, // float
+ ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, // ImVec2
+ ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding, // float
+ ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, // ImVec2
+ ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding, // float
+ ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, // ImVec2
+ ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing, // ImVec2
+ ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing, // float
+ ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize // float
+};
+
+enum ImGuiAlign_
+{
+ ImGuiAlign_Left = 1 << 0,
+ ImGuiAlign_Center = 1 << 1,
+ ImGuiAlign_Right = 1 << 2,
+ ImGuiAlign_Top = 1 << 3,
+ ImGuiAlign_VCenter = 1 << 4,
+ ImGuiAlign_Default = ImGuiAlign_Left | ImGuiAlign_Top
+};
+
+// Enumeration for ColorEditMode()
+enum ImGuiColorEditMode_
+{
+ ImGuiColorEditMode_UserSelect = -2,
+ ImGuiColorEditMode_UserSelectShowButton = -1,
+ ImGuiColorEditMode_RGB = 0,
+ ImGuiColorEditMode_HSV = 1,
+ ImGuiColorEditMode_HEX = 2
+};
+
+// Enumeration for GetMouseCursor()
+enum ImGuiMouseCursor_
+{
+ ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow = 0,
+ ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput, // When hovering over InputText, etc.
+ ImGuiMouseCursor_Move, // Unused
+ ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS, // Unused
+ ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW, // When hovering over a column
+ ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW, // Unused
+ ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE, // When hovering over the bottom-right corner of a window
+ ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_
+};
+
+// Condition flags for ImGui::SetWindow***(), SetNextWindow***(), SetNextTreeNode***() functions
+// All those functions treat 0 as a shortcut to ImGuiSetCond_Always
+enum ImGuiSetCond_
+{
+ ImGuiSetCond_Always = 1 << 0, // Set the variable
+ ImGuiSetCond_Once = 1 << 1, // Only set the variable on the first call per runtime session
+ ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver = 1 << 2, // Only set the variable if the window doesn't exist in the .ini file
+ ImGuiSetCond_Appearing = 1 << 3 // Only set the variable if the window is appearing after being inactive (or the first time)
+};
+
+struct ImGuiStyle
+{
+ float Alpha; // Global alpha applies to everything in ImGui
+ ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Padding within a window
+ ImVec2 WindowMinSize; // Minimum window size
+ float WindowRounding; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows
+ ImGuiAlign WindowTitleAlign; // Alignment for title bar text
+ float ChildWindowRounding; // Radius of child window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows
+ ImVec2 FramePadding; // Padding within a framed rectangle (used by most widgets)
+ float FrameRounding; // Radius of frame corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular frame (used by most widgets).
+ ImVec2 ItemSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between widgets/lines
+ ImVec2 ItemInnerSpacing; // Horizontal and vertical spacing between within elements of a composed widget (e.g. a slider and its label)
+ ImVec2 TouchExtraPadding; // Expand reactive bounding box for touch-based system where touch position is not accurate enough. Unfortunately we don't sort widgets so priority on overlap will always be given to the first widget. So don't grow this too much!
+ float WindowFillAlphaDefault; // Default alpha of window background, if not specified in ImGui::Begin()
+ float IndentSpacing; // Horizontal indentation when e.g. entering a tree node
+ float ColumnsMinSpacing; // Minimum horizontal spacing between two columns
+ float ScrollbarSize; // Width of the vertical scrollbar, Height of the horizontal scrollbar
+ float ScrollbarRounding; // Radius of grab corners for scrollbar
+ float GrabMinSize; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar
+ float GrabRounding; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs.
+ ImVec2 DisplayWindowPadding; // Window positions are clamped to be visible within the display area by at least this amount. Only covers regular windows.
+ ImVec2 DisplaySafeAreaPadding; // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows.
+ bool AntiAliasedLines; // Enable anti-aliasing on lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU.
+ bool AntiAliasedShapes; // Enable anti-aliasing on filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.)
+ float CurveTessellationTol; // Tessellation tolerance. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality.
+ ImVec4 Colors[ImGuiCol_COUNT];
+
+ IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle();
+};
+
+// This is where your app communicate with ImGui. Access via ImGui::GetIO().
+// Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage.
+struct ImGuiIO
+{
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Settings (fill once) // Default value:
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ ImVec2 DisplaySize; // // Display size, in pixels. For clamping windows positions.
+ float DeltaTime; // = 1.0f/60.0f // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds.
+ float IniSavingRate; // = 5.0f // Maximum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds.
+ const char* IniFilename; // = "imgui.ini" // Path to .ini file. NULL to disable .ini saving.
+ const char* LogFilename; // = "imgui_log.txt" // Path to .log file (default parameter to ImGui::LogToFile when no file is specified).
+ float MouseDoubleClickTime; // = 0.30f // Time for a double-click, in seconds.
+ float MouseDoubleClickMaxDist; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold to stay in to validate a double-click, in pixels.
+ float MouseDragThreshold; // = 6.0f // Distance threshold before considering we are dragging
+ int KeyMap[ImGuiKey_COUNT]; // // Map of indices into the KeysDown[512] entries array
+ float KeyRepeatDelay; // = 0.250f // When holding a key/button, time before it starts repeating, in seconds. (for actions where 'repeat' is active)
+ float KeyRepeatRate; // = 0.020f // When holding a key/button, rate at which it repeats, in seconds.
+ void* UserData; // = NULL // Store your own data for retrieval by callbacks.
+
+ ImFontAtlas* Fonts; // // Load and assemble one or more fonts into a single tightly packed texture. Output to Fonts array.
+ float FontGlobalScale; // = 1.0f // Global scale all fonts
+ bool FontAllowUserScaling; // = false // Allow user scaling text of individual window with CTRL+Wheel.
+ ImVec2 DisplayFramebufferScale; // = (1.0f,1.0f) // For retina display or other situations where window coordinates are different from framebuffer coordinates. User storage only, presently not used by ImGui.
+ ImVec2 DisplayVisibleMin; // (0.0f,0.0f) // If you use DisplaySize as a virtual space larger than your screen, set DisplayVisibleMin/Max to the visible area.
+ ImVec2 DisplayVisibleMax; // (0.0f,0.0f) // If the values are the same, we defaults to Min=(0.0f) and Max=DisplaySize
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // User Functions
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ // Rendering function, will be called in Render().
+ // Alternatively you can keep this to NULL and call GetDrawData() after Render() to get the same pointer.
+ // See example applications if you are unsure of how to implement this.
+ void (*RenderDrawListsFn)(ImDrawData* data);
+
+ // Optional: access OS clipboard
+ // (default to use native Win32 clipboard on Windows, otherwise uses a private clipboard. Override to access OS clipboard on other architectures)
+ const char* (*GetClipboardTextFn)();
+ void (*SetClipboardTextFn)(const char* text);
+
+ // Optional: override memory allocations. MemFreeFn() may be called with a NULL pointer.
+ // (default to posix malloc/free)
+ void* (*MemAllocFn)(size_t sz);
+ void (*MemFreeFn)(void* ptr);
+
+ // Optional: notify OS Input Method Editor of the screen position of your cursor for text input position (e.g. when using Japanese/Chinese IME in Windows)
+ // (default to use native imm32 api on Windows)
+ void (*ImeSetInputScreenPosFn)(int x, int y);
+ void* ImeWindowHandle; // (Windows) Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning.
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Input - Fill before calling NewFrame()
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ ImVec2 MousePos; // Mouse position, in pixels (set to -1,-1 if no mouse / on another screen, etc.)
+ bool MouseDown[5]; // Mouse buttons: left, right, middle + extras. ImGui itself mostly only uses left button (BeginPopupContext** are using right button). Others buttons allows us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API.
+ float MouseWheel; // Mouse wheel: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text.
+ bool MouseDrawCursor; // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor).
+ bool KeyCtrl; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Control
+ bool KeyShift; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Shift
+ bool KeyAlt; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Alt
+ bool KeysDown[512]; // Keyboard keys that are pressed (in whatever storage order you naturally have access to keyboard data)
+ ImWchar InputCharacters[16+1]; // List of characters input (translated by user from keypress+keyboard state). Fill using AddInputCharacter() helper.
+
+ // Functions
+ IMGUI_API void AddInputCharacter(ImWchar c); // Helper to add a new character into InputCharacters[]
+ IMGUI_API void AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars); // Helper to add new characters into InputCharacters[] from an UTF-8 string
+ IMGUI_API void ClearInputCharacters() { InputCharacters[0] = 0; } // Helper to clear the text input buffer
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Output - Retrieve after calling NewFrame(), you can use them to discard inputs or hide them from the rest of your application
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ bool WantCaptureMouse; // Mouse is hovering a window or widget is active (= ImGui will use your mouse input)
+ bool WantCaptureKeyboard; // Widget is active (= ImGui will use your keyboard input)
+ bool WantTextInput; // Some text input widget is active, which will read input characters from the InputCharacters array.
+ float Framerate; // Framerate estimation, in frame per second. Rolling average estimation based on IO.DeltaTime over 120 frames
+ int MetricsAllocs; // Number of active memory allocations
+ int MetricsRenderVertices; // Vertices output during last call to Render()
+ int MetricsRenderIndices; // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3
+ int MetricsActiveWindows; // Number of visible windows (exclude child windows)
+
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // [Internal] ImGui will maintain those fields for you
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ ImVec2 MousePosPrev; // Previous mouse position
+ ImVec2 MouseDelta; // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are negative to allow mouse enabling/disabling.
+ bool MouseClicked[5]; // Mouse button went from !Down to Down
+ ImVec2 MouseClickedPos[5]; // Position at time of clicking
+ float MouseClickedTime[5]; // Time of last click (used to figure out double-click)
+ bool MouseDoubleClicked[5]; // Has mouse button been double-clicked?
+ bool MouseReleased[5]; // Mouse button went from Down to !Down
+ bool MouseDownOwned[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a window. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds.
+ float MouseDownDuration[5]; // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked)
+ float MouseDownDurationPrev[5]; // Previous time the mouse button has been down
+ float MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[5]; // Squared maximum distance of how much mouse has traveled from the click point
+ float KeysDownDuration[512]; // Duration the keyboard key has been down (0.0f == just pressed)
+ float KeysDownDurationPrev[512]; // Previous duration the key has been down
+
+ IMGUI_API ImGuiIO();
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Helpers
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Lightweight std::vector<> like class to avoid dragging dependencies (also: windows implementation of STL with debug enabled is absurdly slow, so let's bypass it so our code runs fast in debug).
+// Our implementation does NOT call c++ constructors because we don't use them in ImGui. Don't use this class as a straight std::vector replacement in your code!
+template
+class ImVector
+{
+public:
+ int Size;
+ int Capacity;
+ T* Data;
+
+ typedef T value_type;
+ typedef value_type* iterator;
+ typedef const value_type* const_iterator;
+
+ ImVector() { Size = Capacity = 0; Data = NULL; }
+ ~ImVector() { if (Data) ImGui::MemFree(Data); }
+
+ inline bool empty() const { return Size == 0; }
+ inline int size() const { return Size; }
+ inline int capacity() const { return Capacity; }
+
+ inline value_type& operator[](int i) { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; }
+ inline const value_type& operator[](int i) const { IM_ASSERT(i < Size); return Data[i]; }
+
+ inline void clear() { if (Data) { Size = Capacity = 0; ImGui::MemFree(Data); Data = NULL; } }
+ inline iterator begin() { return Data; }
+ inline const_iterator begin() const { return Data; }
+ inline iterator end() { return Data + Size; }
+ inline const_iterator end() const { return Data + Size; }
+ inline value_type& front() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; }
+ inline const value_type& front() const { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[0]; }
+ inline value_type& back() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size-1]; }
+ inline const value_type& back() const { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); return Data[Size-1]; }
+ inline void swap(ImVector& rhs) { int rhs_size = rhs.Size; rhs.Size = Size; Size = rhs_size; int rhs_cap = rhs.Capacity; rhs.Capacity = Capacity; Capacity = rhs_cap; value_type* rhs_data = rhs.Data; rhs.Data = Data; Data = rhs_data; }
+
+ inline int _grow_capacity(int new_size) { int new_capacity = Capacity ? (Capacity + Capacity/2) : 8; return new_capacity > new_size ? new_capacity : new_size; }
+
+ inline void resize(int new_size) { if (new_size > Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(new_size)); Size = new_size; }
+ inline void reserve(int new_capacity)
+ {
+ if (new_capacity <= Capacity) return;
+ T* new_data = (value_type*)ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)new_capacity * sizeof(value_type));
+ memcpy(new_data, Data, (size_t)Size * sizeof(value_type));
+ ImGui::MemFree(Data);
+ Data = new_data;
+ Capacity = new_capacity;
+ }
+
+ inline void push_back(const value_type& v) { if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size+1)); Data[Size++] = v; }
+ inline void pop_back() { IM_ASSERT(Size > 0); Size--; }
+
+ inline iterator erase(const_iterator it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= begin() && it < end()); const ptrdiff_t off = it - begin(); memmove(Data + off, Data + off + 1, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off - 1) * sizeof(value_type)); Size--; return Data + off; }
+ inline iterator insert(const_iterator it, const value_type& v) { IM_ASSERT(it >= begin() && it <= end()); const ptrdiff_t off = it - begin(); if (Size == Capacity) reserve(Capacity ? Capacity * 2 : 4); if (off < (int)Size) memmove(Data + off + 1, Data + off, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off) * sizeof(value_type)); Data[off] = v; Size++; return Data + off; }
+};
+
+// Helper: execute a block of code once a frame only
+// Convenient if you want to quickly create an UI within deep-nested code that runs multiple times every frame.
+// Usage:
+// IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME
+// {
+// // code block will be executed one per frame
+// }
+// Attention! the macro expands into 2 statement so make sure you don't use it within e.g. an if() statement without curly braces.
+#define IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame imgui_oaf##__LINE__; if (imgui_oaf##__LINE__)
+struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame
+{
+ ImGuiOnceUponAFrame() { RefFrame = -1; }
+ mutable int RefFrame;
+ operator bool() const { int current_frame = ImGui::GetFrameCount(); if (RefFrame == current_frame) return false; RefFrame = current_frame; return true; }
+};
+
+// Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]"
+struct ImGuiTextFilter
+{
+ struct TextRange
+ {
+ const char* b;
+ const char* e;
+
+ TextRange() { b = e = NULL; }
+ TextRange(const char* _b, const char* _e) { b = _b; e = _e; }
+ const char* begin() const { return b; }
+ const char* end() const { return e; }
+ bool empty() const { return b == e; }
+ char front() const { return *b; }
+ static bool isblank(char c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; }
+ void trim_blanks() { while (b < e && isblank(*b)) b++; while (e > b && isblank(*(e-1))) e--; }
+ IMGUI_API void split(char separator, ImVector& out);
+ };
+
+ char InputBuf[256];
+ ImVector Filters;
+ int CountGrep;
+
+ ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter = "");
+ void Clear() { InputBuf[0] = 0; Build(); }
+ bool Draw(const char* label = "Filter (inc,-exc)", float width = 0.0f); // Helper calling InputText+Build
+ bool PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL) const;
+ bool IsActive() const { return !Filters.empty(); }
+ IMGUI_API void Build();
+};
+
+// Helper: Text buffer for logging/accumulating text
+struct ImGuiTextBuffer
+{
+ ImVector Buf;
+
+ ImGuiTextBuffer() { Buf.push_back(0); }
+ inline char operator[](int i) { return Buf.Data[i]; }
+ const char* begin() const { return &Buf.front(); }
+ const char* end() const { return &Buf.back(); } // Buf is zero-terminated, so end() will point on the zero-terminator
+ int size() const { return Buf.Size - 1; }
+ bool empty() { return Buf.Size >= 2; }
+ void clear() { Buf.clear(); Buf.push_back(0); }
+ const char* c_str() const { return Buf.Data; }
+ IMGUI_API void append(const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(2);
+ IMGUI_API void appendv(const char* fmt, va_list args);
+};
+
+// Helper: Key->value storage
+// - Store collapse state for a tree (Int 0/1)
+// - Store color edit options (Int using values in ImGuiColorEditMode enum).
+// - Custom user storage for temporary values.
+// Typically you don't have to worry about this since a storage is held within each Window.
+// Declare your own storage if:
+// - You want to manipulate the open/close state of a particular sub-tree in your interface (tree node uses Int 0/1 to store their state).
+// - You want to store custom debug data easily without adding or editing structures in your code.
+struct ImGuiStorage
+{
+ struct Pair
+ {
+ ImGuiID key;
+ union { int val_i; float val_f; void* val_p; };
+ Pair(ImGuiID _key, int _val_i) { key = _key; val_i = _val_i; }
+ Pair(ImGuiID _key, float _val_f) { key = _key; val_f = _val_f; }
+ Pair(ImGuiID _key, void* _val_p) { key = _key; val_p = _val_p; }
+ };
+ ImVector Data;
+
+ // - Get***() functions find pair, never add/allocate. Pairs are sorted so a query is O(log N)
+ // - Set***() functions find pair, insertion on demand if missing.
+ // - Sorted insertion is costly but should amortize. A typical frame shouldn't need to insert any new pair.
+ IMGUI_API void Clear();
+ IMGUI_API int GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val = 0) const;
+ IMGUI_API void SetInt(ImGuiID key, int val);
+ IMGUI_API float GetFloat(ImGuiID key, float default_val = 0.0f) const;
+ IMGUI_API void SetFloat(ImGuiID key, float val);
+ IMGUI_API void* GetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key) const; // default_val is NULL
+ IMGUI_API void SetVoidPtr(ImGuiID key, void* val);
+
+ // - Get***Ref() functions finds pair, insert on demand if missing, return pointer. Useful if you intend to do Get+Set.
+ // - References are only valid until a new value is added to the storage. Calling a Set***() function or a Get***Ref() function invalidates the pointer.
+ // - A typical use case where this is convenient:
+ // float* pvar = ImGui::GetFloatRef(key); ImGui::SliderFloat("var", pvar, 0, 100.0f); some_var += *pvar;
+ // - You can also use this to quickly create temporary editable values during a session of using Edit&Continue, without restarting your application.
+ IMGUI_API int* GetIntRef(ImGuiID key, int default_val = 0);
+ IMGUI_API float* GetFloatRef(ImGuiID key, float default_val = 0);
+ IMGUI_API void** GetVoidPtrRef(ImGuiID key, void* default_val = NULL);
+
+ // Use on your own storage if you know only integer are being stored (open/close all tree nodes)
+ IMGUI_API void SetAllInt(int val);
+};
+
+// Shared state of InputText(), passed to callback when a ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* flag is used.
+struct ImGuiTextEditCallbackData
+{
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags EventFlag; // One of ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* // Read-only
+ ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // What user passed to InputText() // Read-only
+ void* UserData; // What user passed to InputText() // Read-only
+ bool ReadOnly; // Read-only mode // Read-only
+
+ // CharFilter event:
+ ImWchar EventChar; // Character input // Read-write (replace character or set to zero)
+
+ // Completion,History,Always events:
+ ImGuiKey EventKey; // Key pressed (Up/Down/TAB) // Read-only
+ char* Buf; // Current text // Read-write (pointed data only)
+ int BufSize; // // Read-only
+ bool BufDirty; // Must set if you modify Buf directly // Write
+ int CursorPos; // // Read-write
+ int SelectionStart; // // Read-write (== to SelectionEnd when no selection)
+ int SelectionEnd; // // Read-write
+
+ // NB: calling those function loses selection.
+ void DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count);
+ void InsertChars(int pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL);
+ bool HasSelection() const { return SelectionStart != SelectionEnd; }
+};
+
+// ImColor() is just a helper that implicity converts to either ImU32 (packed 4x1 byte) or ImVec4 (4x1 float)
+// None of the ImGui API are using ImColor directly but you can use it as a convenience to pass colors in either ImU32 or ImVec4 formats.
+struct ImColor
+{
+ ImVec4 Value;
+
+ ImColor() { Value.x = Value.y = Value.z = Value.w = 0.0f; }
+ ImColor(int r, int g, int b, int a = 255) { float sc = 1.0f/255.0f; Value.x = (float)r * sc; Value.y = (float)g * sc; Value.z = (float)b * sc; Value.w = (float)a * sc; }
+ ImColor(ImU32 rgba) { float sc = 1.0f/255.0f; Value.x = (float)(rgba&0xFF) * sc; Value.y = (float)((rgba>>8)&0xFF) * sc; Value.z = (float)((rgba>>16)&0xFF) * sc; Value.w = (float)(rgba >> 24) * sc; }
+ ImColor(float r, float g, float b, float a = 1.0f) { Value.x = r; Value.y = g; Value.z = b; Value.w = a; }
+ ImColor(const ImVec4& col) { Value = col; }
+ inline operator ImU32() const { return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(Value); }
+ inline operator ImVec4() const { return Value; }
+
+ inline void SetHSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f){ ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, Value.x, Value.y, Value.z); Value.w = a; }
+
+ static ImColor HSV(float h, float s, float v, float a = 1.0f) { float r,g,b; ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(h, s, v, r, g, b); return ImColor(r,g,b,a); }
+};
+
+// Helper: Manually clip large list of items.
+// If you are displaying thousands of even spaced items and you have a random access to the list, you can perform clipping yourself to save on CPU.
+// Usage:
+// ImGuiListClipper clipper(count, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing());
+// for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) // display only visible items
+// ImGui::Text("line number %d", i);
+// clipper.End();
+// NB: 'count' is only used to clamp the result, if you don't know your count you can use INT_MAX
+struct ImGuiListClipper
+{
+ float ItemsHeight;
+ int ItemsCount, DisplayStart, DisplayEnd;
+
+ ImGuiListClipper() { ItemsHeight = 0.0f; ItemsCount = DisplayStart = DisplayEnd = -1; }
+ ImGuiListClipper(int count, float height) { ItemsCount = -1; Begin(count, height); }
+ ~ImGuiListClipper() { IM_ASSERT(ItemsCount == -1); } // user forgot to call End()
+
+ void Begin(int count, float height) // items_height: generally pass GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() or GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing()
+ {
+ IM_ASSERT(ItemsCount == -1);
+ ItemsCount = count;
+ ItemsHeight = height;
+ ImGui::CalcListClipping(ItemsCount, ItemsHeight, &DisplayStart, &DisplayEnd); // calculate how many to clip/display
+ ImGui::SetCursorPosY(ImGui::GetCursorPosY() + DisplayStart * ItemsHeight); // advance cursor
+ }
+ void End()
+ {
+ IM_ASSERT(ItemsCount >= 0);
+ ImGui::SetCursorPosY(ImGui::GetCursorPosY() + (ItemsCount - DisplayEnd) * ItemsHeight); // advance cursor
+ ItemsCount = -1;
+ }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Draw List
+// Hold a series of drawing commands. The user provides a renderer for ImDrawData which essentially contains an array of ImDrawList.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Draw callbacks for advanced uses.
+// NB- You most likely do NOT need to use draw callbacks just to create your own widget or customized UI rendering (you can poke into the draw list for that)
+// Draw callback are useful for example if you want to render a complex 3D scene inside a UI element.
+// The expected behavior from your rendering loop is:
+// if (cmd.UserCallback != NULL)
+// cmd.UserCallback(parent_list, cmd);
+// else
+// RenderTriangles()
+// It is up to you to decide if your rendering loop or the callback should be responsible for backup/restoring rendering state.
+typedef void (*ImDrawCallback)(const ImDrawList* parent_list, const ImDrawCmd* cmd);
+
+// Typically, 1 command = 1 gpu draw call (unless command is a callback)
+struct ImDrawCmd
+{
+ unsigned int ElemCount; // Number of indices (multiple of 3) to be rendered as triangles. Vertices are stored in the callee ImDrawList's vtx_buffer[] array, indices in idx_buffer[].
+ ImVec4 ClipRect; // Clipping rectangle (x1, y1, x2, y2)
+ ImTextureID TextureId; // User-provided texture ID. Set by user in ImfontAtlas::SetTexID() for fonts or passed to Image*() functions. Ignore if never using images or multiple fonts atlas.
+ ImDrawCallback UserCallback; // If != NULL, call the function instead of rendering the vertices. clip_rect and texture_id will be set normally.
+ void* UserCallbackData; // The draw callback code can access this.
+
+ ImDrawCmd() { ElemCount = 0; ClipRect.x = ClipRect.y = -8192.0f; ClipRect.z = ClipRect.w = +8192.0f; TextureId = NULL; UserCallback = NULL; UserCallbackData = NULL; }
+};
+
+// Vertex index (override with, e.g. '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' in ImConfig)
+#ifndef ImDrawIdx
+typedef unsigned short ImDrawIdx;
+#endif
+
+// Vertex layout
+#ifndef IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT
+struct ImDrawVert
+{
+ ImVec2 pos;
+ ImVec2 uv;
+ ImU32 col;
+};
+#else
+// You can change the vertex format layout by defining IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT in imconfig.h
+// The code expect ImVec2 pos (8 bytes), ImVec2 uv (8 bytes), ImU32 col (4 bytes), but you can re-order them or add other fields as needed to simplify integration in your engine.
+// The type has to be described by the #define (you can either declare the struct or use a typedef)
+IMGUI_OVERRIDE_DRAWVERT_STRUCT_LAYOUT;
+#endif
+
+// Draw channels are used by the Columns API to "split" the render list into different channels while building, so items of each column can be batched together.
+// You can also use them to simulate drawing layers and submit primitives in a different order than how they will be rendered.
+struct ImDrawChannel
+{
+ ImVector CmdBuffer;
+ ImVector IdxBuffer;
+};
+
+// Draw command list
+// This is the low-level list of polygons that ImGui functions are filling. At the end of the frame, all command lists are passed to your ImGuiIO::RenderDrawListFn function for rendering.
+// At the moment, each ImGui window contains its own ImDrawList but they could potentially be merged in the future.
+// If you want to add custom rendering within a window, you can use ImGui::GetWindowDrawList() to access the current draw list and add your own primitives.
+// You can interleave normal ImGui:: calls and adding primitives to the current draw list.
+// All positions are in screen coordinates (0,0=top-left, 1 pixel per unit). Primitives are always added to the list and not culled (culling is done at render time and at a higher-level by ImGui:: functions).
+// Note that this only gives you access to rendering polygons. If your intent is to create custom widgets and the publicly exposed functions/data aren't sufficient, you can add code in imgui_user.inl
+struct ImDrawList
+{
+ // This is what you have to render
+ ImVector CmdBuffer; // Commands. Typically 1 command = 1 gpu draw call.
+ ImVector IdxBuffer; // Index buffer. Each command consume ImDrawCmd::ElemCount of those
+ ImVector VtxBuffer; // Vertex buffer.
+
+ // [Internal, used while building lists]
+ const char* _OwnerName; // Pointer to owner window's name (if any) for debugging
+ unsigned int _VtxCurrentIdx; // [Internal] == VtxBuffer.Size
+ ImDrawVert* _VtxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within VtxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much)
+ ImDrawIdx* _IdxWritePtr; // [Internal] point within IdxBuffer.Data after each add command (to avoid using the ImVector<> operators too much)
+ ImVector _ClipRectStack; // [Internal]
+ ImVector _TextureIdStack; // [Internal]
+ ImVector _Path; // [Internal] current path building
+ int _ChannelsCurrent; // [Internal] current channel number (0)
+ int _ChannelsCount; // [Internal] number of active channels (1+)
+ ImVector _Channels; // [Internal] draw channels for columns API (not resized down so _ChannelsCount may be smaller than _Channels.Size)
+
+ ImDrawList() { _OwnerName = NULL; Clear(); }
+ ~ImDrawList() { ClearFreeMemory(); }
+ IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(const ImVec4& clip_rect); // Scissoring. The values are x1, y1, x2, y2. Only apply to rendering. Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling)
+ IMGUI_API void PushClipRectFullScreen();
+ IMGUI_API void PopClipRect();
+ IMGUI_API void PushTextureID(const ImTextureID& texture_id);
+ IMGUI_API void PopTextureID();
+
+ // Primitives
+ IMGUI_API void AddLine(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float thickness = 1.0f);
+ IMGUI_API void AddRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners = 0x0F);
+ IMGUI_API void AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners = 0x0F);
+ IMGUI_API void AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left);
+ IMGUI_API void AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col);
+ IMGUI_API void AddCircle(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 12);
+ IMGUI_API void AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments = 12);
+ IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL);
+ IMGUI_API void AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, float wrap_width = 0.0f, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect = NULL);
+ IMGUI_API void AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), ImU32 col = 0xFFFFFFFF);
+ IMGUI_API void AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int num_points, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness, bool anti_aliased);
+ IMGUI_API void AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int num_points, ImU32 col, bool anti_aliased);
+ IMGUI_API void AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& pos0, const ImVec2& cp0, const ImVec2& cp1, const ImVec2& pos1, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments = 0);
+
+ // Stateful path API, add points then finish with PathFill() or PathStroke()
+ inline void PathClear() { _Path.resize(0); }
+ inline void PathLineTo(const ImVec2& pos) { _Path.push_back(pos); }
+ inline void PathLineToMergeDuplicate(const ImVec2& pos) { if (_Path.Size == 0 || _Path[_Path.Size-1].x != pos.x || _Path[_Path.Size-1].y != pos.y) _Path.push_back(pos); }
+ inline void PathFill(ImU32 col) { AddConvexPolyFilled(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, true); PathClear(); }
+ inline void PathStroke(ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness = 1.0f) { AddPolyline(_Path.Data, _Path.Size, col, closed, thickness, true); PathClear(); }
+ IMGUI_API void PathArcTo(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, float a_min, float a_max, int num_segments = 10);
+ IMGUI_API void PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, int a_min_of_12, int a_max_of_12); // Use precomputed angles for a 12 steps circle
+ IMGUI_API void PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p1, const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, int num_segments = 0);
+ IMGUI_API void PathRect(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max, float rounding = 0.0f, int rounding_corners = 0x0F);
+
+ // Channels
+ // - Use to simulate layers. By switching channels to can render out-of-order (e.g. submit foreground primitives before background primitives)
+ // - Use to minimize draw calls (e.g. if going back-and-forth between multiple non-overlapping clipping rectangles, prefer to append into separate channels then merge at the end)
+ IMGUI_API void ChannelsSplit(int channels_count);
+ IMGUI_API void ChannelsMerge();
+ IMGUI_API void ChannelsSetCurrent(int channel_index);
+
+ // Advanced
+ IMGUI_API void AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data); // Your rendering function must check for 'UserCallback' in ImDrawCmd and call the function instead of rendering triangles.
+ IMGUI_API void AddDrawCmd(); // This is useful if you need to forcefully create a new draw call (to allow for dependent rendering / blending). Otherwise primitives are merged into the same draw-call as much as possible
+
+ // Internal helpers
+ // NB: all primitives needs to be reserved via PrimReserve() beforehand!
+ IMGUI_API void Clear();
+ IMGUI_API void ClearFreeMemory();
+ IMGUI_API void PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count);
+ IMGUI_API void PrimRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col);
+ IMGUI_API void PrimRectUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, ImU32 col);
+ inline void PrimVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col) { PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)_VtxCurrentIdx); PrimWriteVtx(pos, uv, col); }
+ inline void PrimWriteVtx(const ImVec2& pos, const ImVec2& uv, ImU32 col){ _VtxWritePtr->pos = pos; _VtxWritePtr->uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr->col = col; _VtxWritePtr++; _VtxCurrentIdx++; }
+ inline void PrimWriteIdx(ImDrawIdx idx) { *_IdxWritePtr = idx; _IdxWritePtr++; }
+ IMGUI_API void UpdateClipRect();
+ IMGUI_API void UpdateTextureID();
+};
+
+// All draw data to render an ImGui frame
+struct ImDrawData
+{
+ bool Valid; // Only valid after Render() is called and before the next NewFrame() is called.
+ ImDrawList** CmdLists;
+ int CmdListsCount;
+ int TotalVtxCount; // For convenience, sum of all cmd_lists vtx_buffer.Size
+ int TotalIdxCount; // For convenience, sum of all cmd_lists idx_buffer.Size
+
+ // Functions
+ ImDrawData() { Valid = false; CmdLists = NULL; CmdListsCount = TotalVtxCount = TotalIdxCount = 0; }
+ IMGUI_API void DeIndexAllBuffers(); // For backward compatibility: convert all buffers from indexed to de-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering!
+ IMGUI_API void ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& sc); // Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
+};
+
+struct ImFontConfig
+{
+ void* FontData; // // TTF data
+ int FontDataSize; // // TTF data size
+ bool FontDataOwnedByAtlas; // true // TTF data ownership taken by the container ImFontAtlas (will delete memory itself). Set to true
+ int FontNo; // 0 // Index of font within TTF file
+ float SizePixels; // // Size in pixels for rasterizer
+ int OversampleH, OversampleV; // 3, 1 // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. We don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis.
+ bool PixelSnapH; // false // Align every character to pixel boundary (if enabled, set OversampleH/V to 1)
+ ImVec2 GlyphExtraSpacing; // 0, 0 // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs
+ const ImWchar* GlyphRanges; // // List of Unicode range (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list)
+ bool MergeMode; // false // Merge into previous ImFont, so you can combine multiple inputs font into one ImFont (e.g. ASCII font + icons + Japanese glyphs).
+ bool MergeGlyphCenterV; // false // When merging (multiple ImFontInput for one ImFont), vertically center new glyphs instead of aligning their baseline
+
+ // [Internal]
+ char Name[32]; // Name (strictly for debugging)
+ ImFont* DstFont;
+
+ IMGUI_API ImFontConfig();
+};
+
+// Load and rasterize multiple TTF fonts into a same texture.
+// Sharing a texture for multiple fonts allows us to reduce the number of draw calls during rendering.
+// We also add custom graphic data into the texture that serves for ImGui.
+// 1. (Optional) Call AddFont*** functions. If you don't call any, the default font will be loaded for you.
+// 2. Call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32() to build and retrieve pixels data.
+// 3. Upload the pixels data into a texture within your graphics system.
+// 4. Call SetTexID(my_tex_id); and pass the pointer/identifier to your texture. This value will be passed back to you during rendering to identify the texture.
+// 5. Call ClearTexData() to free textures memory on the heap.
+struct ImFontAtlas
+{
+ IMGUI_API ImFontAtlas();
+ IMGUI_API ~ImFontAtlas();
+ IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg);
+ IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL);
+ IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL);
+ IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* ttf_data, int ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas, will be deleted after Build()
+ IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_ttf_data, int compressed_ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_ttf_data' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp
+ IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_ttf_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_ttf_data_base85' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp with -base85 paramaeter
+ IMGUI_API void ClearTexData(); // Clear the CPU-side texture data. Saves RAM once the texture has been copied to graphics memory.
+ IMGUI_API void ClearInputData(); // Clear the input TTF data (inc sizes, glyph ranges)
+ IMGUI_API void ClearFonts(); // Clear the ImGui-side font data (glyphs storage, UV coordinates)
+ IMGUI_API void Clear(); // Clear all
+
+ // Retrieve texture data
+ // User is in charge of copying the pixels into graphics memory, then call SetTextureUserID()
+ // After loading the texture into your graphic system, store your texture handle in 'TexID' (ignore if you aren't using multiple fonts nor images)
+ // RGBA32 format is provided for convenience and high compatibility, but note that all RGB pixels are white, so 75% of the memory is wasted.
+ // Pitch = Width * BytesPerPixels
+ IMGUI_API void GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL); // 1 byte per-pixel
+ IMGUI_API void GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL); // 4 bytes-per-pixel
+ void SetTexID(void* id) { TexID = id; }
+
+ // Helpers to retrieve list of common Unicode ranges (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list)
+ // (Those functions could be static but aren't so most users don't have to refer to the ImFontAtlas:: name ever if in their code; just using io.Fonts->)
+ IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesDefault(); // Basic Latin, Extended Latin
+ IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesKorean(); // Default + Korean characters
+ IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesJapanese(); // Default + Hiragana, Katakana, Half-Width, Selection of 1946 Ideographs
+ IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesChinese(); // Japanese + full set of about 21000 CJK Unified Ideographs
+ IMGUI_API const ImWchar* GetGlyphRangesCyrillic(); // Default + about 400 Cyrillic characters
+
+ // Members
+ // (Access texture data via GetTexData*() calls which will setup a default font for you.)
+ void* TexID; // User data to refer to the texture once it has been uploaded to user's graphic systems. It ia passed back to you during rendering.
+ unsigned char* TexPixelsAlpha8; // 1 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight
+ unsigned int* TexPixelsRGBA32; // 4 component per pixel, each component is unsigned 8-bit. Total size = TexWidth * TexHeight * 4
+ int TexWidth; // Texture width calculated during Build().
+ int TexHeight; // Texture height calculated during Build().
+ int TexDesiredWidth; // Texture width desired by user before Build(). Must be a power-of-two. If have many glyphs your graphics API have texture size restrictions you may want to increase texture width to decrease height.
+ ImVec2 TexUvWhitePixel; // Texture coordinates to a white pixel (part of the TexExtraData block)
+ ImVector Fonts;
+
+ // Private
+ ImVector ConfigData; // Internal data
+ IMGUI_API bool Build(); // Build pixels data. This is automatically for you by the GetTexData*** functions.
+ IMGUI_API void RenderCustomTexData(int pass, void* rects);
+};
+
+// Font runtime data and rendering
+// ImFontAtlas automatically loads a default embedded font for you when you call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32().
+struct ImFont
+{
+ // Members: Settings
+ float FontSize; // // Height of characters, set during loading (don't change after loading)
+ float Scale; // = 1.0f // Base font scale, multiplied by the per-window font scale which you can adjust with SetFontScale()
+ ImVec2 DisplayOffset; // = (0.0f,1.0f) // Offset font rendering by xx pixels
+ ImWchar FallbackChar; // = '?' // Replacement glyph if one isn't found. Only set via SetFallbackChar()
+ ImFontConfig* ConfigData; // // Pointer within ImFontAtlas->ConfigData
+ int ConfigDataCount; //
+
+ // Members: Runtime data
+ struct Glyph
+ {
+ ImWchar Codepoint;
+ float XAdvance;
+ float X0, Y0, X1, Y1;
+ float U0, V0, U1, V1; // Texture coordinates
+ };
+ float Ascent, Descent; // Ascent: distance from top to bottom of e.g. 'A' [0..FontSize]
+ ImFontAtlas* ContainerAtlas; // What we has been loaded into
+ ImVector Glyphs;
+ const Glyph* FallbackGlyph; // == FindGlyph(FontFallbackChar)
+ float FallbackXAdvance; //
+ ImVector IndexXAdvance; // Sparse. Glyphs->XAdvance directly indexable (more cache-friendly that reading from Glyphs, for CalcTextSize functions which are often bottleneck in large UI)
+ ImVector IndexLookup; // Sparse. Index glyphs by Unicode code-point.
+
+ // Methods
+ IMGUI_API ImFont();
+ IMGUI_API ~ImFont();
+ IMGUI_API void Clear();
+ IMGUI_API void BuildLookupTable();
+ IMGUI_API const Glyph* FindGlyph(unsigned short c) const;
+ IMGUI_API void SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c);
+ float GetCharAdvance(unsigned short c) const { return ((int)c < IndexXAdvance.Size) ? IndexXAdvance[(int)c] : FallbackXAdvance; }
+ bool IsLoaded() const { return ContainerAtlas != NULL; }
+
+ // 'max_width' stops rendering after a certain width (could be turned into a 2d size). FLT_MAX to disable.
+ // 'wrap_width' enable automatic word-wrapping across multiple lines to fit into given width. 0.0f to disable.
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, const char** remaining = NULL) const; // utf8
+ IMGUI_API const char* CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const;
+ IMGUI_API void RenderText(float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, ImDrawList* draw_list, float wrap_width = 0.0f, bool cpu_fine_clip = false) const;
+};
+
+//---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h
+//---- So you can include code that extends ImGui using any of the types declared above.
+//---- (also convenient for user to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h)
+#ifdef IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H
+#include "imgui_user.h"
+#endif
diff --git a/deps/imgui-1.47/imgui_demo.cpp b/deps/imgui-1.47/imgui_demo.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..5d94b472
--- /dev/null
+++ b/deps/imgui-1.47/imgui_demo.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2362 @@
+// dear imgui, v1.47
+// (demo code)
+
+// Don't remove this file from your project! It is useful reference code that you can execute.
+// You can call ImGui::ShowTestWindow() in your code to learn about various features of ImGui.
+// Everything in this file will be stripped out by the linker if you don't call ImGui::ShowTestWindow().
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+#endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#include // toupper, isprint
+#include // sqrtf, fabsf, fmodf, powf, cosf, sinf, floorf, ceilf
+#include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf
+#include // NULL, malloc, free, qsort, atoi
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier
+#include // intptr_t
+#else
+#include // intptr_t
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
+#define snprintf _snprintf
+#endif
+#ifdef __clang__
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations" // warning : 'xx' is deprecated: The POSIX name for this item.. // for strdup used in demo code (so user can copy & paste the code)
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning : cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int'
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security" // warning : warning: format string is not a string literal
+#endif
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security" // warning : format string is not a string literal (potentially insecure)
+#endif
+
+// Play it nice with Windows users. Notepad in 2015 still doesn't display text data with Unix-style \n.
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#define IM_NEWLINE "\r\n"
+#else
+#define IM_NEWLINE "\n"
+#endif
+
+#define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR) ((int)(sizeof(_ARR)/sizeof(*_ARR)))
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// DEMO CODE
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_TEST_WINDOWS
+
+static void ShowExampleAppConsole(bool* opened);
+static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* opened);
+static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* opened);
+static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* opened);
+static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* opened);
+static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* opened);
+static void ShowExampleAppFixedOverlay(bool* opened);
+static void ShowExampleAppManipulatingWindowTitle(bool* opened);
+static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* opened);
+static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar();
+static void ShowExampleMenuFile();
+
+static void ShowHelpMarker(const char* desc)
+{
+ ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)");
+ if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+ ImGui::SetTooltip(desc);
+}
+
+void ImGui::ShowUserGuide()
+{
+ ImGui::BulletText("Double-click on title bar to collapse window.");
+ ImGui::BulletText("Click and drag on lower right corner to resize window.");
+ ImGui::BulletText("Click and drag on any empty space to move window.");
+ ImGui::BulletText("Mouse Wheel to scroll.");
+ if (ImGui::GetIO().FontAllowUserScaling)
+ ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Mouse Wheel to zoom window contents.");
+ ImGui::BulletText("TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields.");
+ ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Click on a slider or drag box to input text.");
+ ImGui::BulletText(
+ "While editing text:\n"
+ "- Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text\n"
+ "- CTRL+Left/Right to word jump\n"
+ "- CTRL+A or double-click to select all\n"
+ "- CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V clipboard\n"
+ "- CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y undo/redo\n"
+ "- ESCAPE to revert\n"
+ "- You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values.\n"
+ " Use +- to subtract.\n");
+}
+
+// Demonstrate most ImGui features (big function!)
+void ImGui::ShowTestWindow(bool* p_opened)
+{
+ // Examples apps
+ static bool show_app_main_menu_bar = false;
+ static bool show_app_console = false;
+ static bool show_app_log = false;
+ static bool show_app_layout = false;
+ static bool show_app_property_editor = false;
+ static bool show_app_long_text = false;
+ static bool show_app_auto_resize = false;
+ static bool show_app_fixed_overlay = false;
+ static bool show_app_manipulating_window_title = false;
+ static bool show_app_custom_rendering = false;
+ static bool show_app_style_editor = false;
+
+ static bool show_app_metrics = false;
+ static bool show_app_about = false;
+
+ if (show_app_main_menu_bar) ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar();
+ if (show_app_console) ShowExampleAppConsole(&show_app_console);
+ if (show_app_log) ShowExampleAppLog(&show_app_log);
+ if (show_app_layout) ShowExampleAppLayout(&show_app_layout);
+ if (show_app_property_editor) ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(&show_app_property_editor);
+ if (show_app_long_text) ShowExampleAppLongText(&show_app_long_text);
+ if (show_app_auto_resize) ShowExampleAppAutoResize(&show_app_auto_resize);
+ if (show_app_fixed_overlay) ShowExampleAppFixedOverlay(&show_app_fixed_overlay);
+ if (show_app_manipulating_window_title) ShowExampleAppManipulatingWindowTitle(&show_app_manipulating_window_title);
+ if (show_app_custom_rendering) ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&show_app_custom_rendering);
+
+ if (show_app_metrics) ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&show_app_metrics);
+ if (show_app_style_editor) { ImGui::Begin("Style Editor", &show_app_style_editor); ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); ImGui::End(); }
+ if (show_app_about)
+ {
+ ImGui::Begin("About ImGui", &show_app_about, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize);
+ ImGui::Text("dear imgui, %s", ImGui::GetVersion());
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::Text("By Omar Cornut and all github contributors.");
+ ImGui::Text("ImGui is licensed under the MIT License, see LICENSE for more information.");
+ ImGui::End();
+ }
+
+ static bool no_titlebar = false;
+ static bool no_border = true;
+ static bool no_resize = false;
+ static bool no_move = false;
+ static bool no_scrollbar = false;
+ static bool no_collapse = false;
+ static bool no_menu = false;
+ static float bg_alpha = -0.01f; // <0: default
+
+ // Demonstrate the various window flags. Typically you would just use the default.
+ ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0;
+ if (no_titlebar) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar;
+ if (!no_border) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders;
+ if (no_resize) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize;
+ if (no_move) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove;
+ if (no_scrollbar) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar;
+ if (no_collapse) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse;
+ if (!no_menu) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar;
+ if (!ImGui::Begin("ImGui Demo", p_opened, ImVec2(550,680), bg_alpha, window_flags))
+ {
+ // Early out if the window is collapsed, as an optimization.
+ ImGui::End();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ //ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.65f); // 2/3 of the space for widget and 1/3 for labels
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(-140); // Right align, keep 140 pixels for labels
+
+ ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui says hello.");
+
+ // Menu
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
+ {
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu"))
+ {
+ ShowExampleMenuFile();
+ ImGui::EndMenu();
+ }
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Examples"))
+ {
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Main menu bar", NULL, &show_app_main_menu_bar);
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Console", NULL, &show_app_console);
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Log", NULL, &show_app_log);
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Simple layout", NULL, &show_app_layout);
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Property editor", NULL, &show_app_property_editor);
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Long text display", NULL, &show_app_long_text);
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Auto-resizing window", NULL, &show_app_auto_resize);
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Simple overlay", NULL, &show_app_fixed_overlay);
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Manipulating window title", NULL, &show_app_manipulating_window_title);
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Custom rendering", NULL, &show_app_custom_rendering);
+ ImGui::EndMenu();
+ }
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Help"))
+ {
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Metrics", NULL, &show_app_metrics);
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Style Editor", NULL, &show_app_style_editor);
+ ImGui::MenuItem("About ImGui", NULL, &show_app_about);
+ ImGui::EndMenu();
+ }
+ ImGui::EndMenuBar();
+ }
+
+ ImGui::Spacing();
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Help"))
+ {
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("This window is being created by the ShowTestWindow() function. Please refer to the code for programming reference.\n\nUser Guide:");
+ ImGui::ShowUserGuide();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Window options"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Checkbox("No titlebar", &no_titlebar); ImGui::SameLine(150);
+ ImGui::Checkbox("No border", &no_border); ImGui::SameLine(300);
+ ImGui::Checkbox("No resize", &no_resize);
+ ImGui::Checkbox("No move", &no_move); ImGui::SameLine(150);
+ ImGui::Checkbox("No scrollbar", &no_scrollbar); ImGui::SameLine(300);
+ ImGui::Checkbox("No collapse", &no_collapse);
+ ImGui::Checkbox("No menu", &no_menu);
+
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(100);
+ ImGui::DragFloat("Window Fill Alpha", &bg_alpha, 0.005f, -0.01f, 1.0f, bg_alpha < 0.0f ? "(default)" : "%.3f"); // Not exposing zero here so user doesn't "lose" the UI (zero alpha clips all widgets). But application code could have a toggle to switch between zero and non-zero.
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Style"))
+ {
+ ImGui::ShowStyleEditor();
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Fonts", "Fonts (%d)", ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->Fonts.Size))
+ {
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ShowHelpMarker("Tip: Load fonts with io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF()\nbefore calling io.Fonts->GetTex* functions.");
+ ImFontAtlas* atlas = ImGui::GetIO().Fonts;
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Atlas texture", "Atlas texture (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight))
+ {
+ ImGui::Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(1,1), ImColor(255,255,255,255), ImColor(255,255,255,128));
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(100);
+ for (int i = 0; i < atlas->Fonts.Size; i++)
+ {
+ ImFont* font = atlas->Fonts[i];
+ ImGui::BulletText("Font %d: \'%s\', %.2f px, %d glyphs", i, font->ConfigData ? font->ConfigData[0].Name : "", font->FontSize, font->Glyphs.Size);
+ ImGui::TreePush((void*)(intptr_t)i);
+ if (i > 0) { ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::SmallButton("Set as default")) { atlas->Fonts[i] = atlas->Fonts[0]; atlas->Fonts[0] = font; } }
+ ImGui::PushFont(font);
+ ImGui::Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog");
+ ImGui::PopFont();
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Details"))
+ {
+ ImGui::DragFloat("font scale", &font->Scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f"); // scale only this font
+ ImGui::Text("Ascent: %f, Descent: %f, Height: %f", font->Ascent, font->Descent, font->Ascent - font->Descent);
+ ImGui::Text("Fallback character: '%c' (%d)", font->FallbackChar, font->FallbackChar);
+ for (int config_i = 0; config_i < font->ConfigDataCount; config_i++)
+ {
+ ImFontConfig* cfg = &font->ConfigData[config_i];
+ ImGui::BulletText("Input %d: \'%s\'\nOversample: (%d,%d), PixelSnapH: %d", config_i, cfg->Name, cfg->OversampleH, cfg->OversampleV, cfg->PixelSnapH);
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ static float window_scale = 1.0f;
+ ImGui::DragFloat("this window scale", &window_scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f"); // scale only this window
+ ImGui::DragFloat("global scale", &ImGui::GetIO().FontGlobalScale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f"); // scale everything
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ ImGui::SetWindowFontScale(window_scale);
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Logging"))
+ {
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("The logging API redirects all text output so you can easily capture the content of a window or a block. Tree nodes can be automatically expanded. You can also call ImGui::LogText() to output directly to the log without a visual output.");
+ ImGui::LogButtons();
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Widgets"))
+ {
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree"))
+ {
+ for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+ {
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)i, "Child %d", i))
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("blah blah");
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ if (ImGui::SmallButton("print"))
+ printf("Child %d pressed", i);
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Bullets"))
+ {
+ ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 1");
+ ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 2\nOn multiple lines");
+ ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::Text("Bullet point 3 (two calls)");
+ ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::SmallButton("Button");
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Colored Text"))
+ {
+ // Using shortcut. You can use PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() for more flexibility.
+ ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f,0.0f,1.0f,1.0f), "Pink");
+ ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f,1.0f,0.0f,1.0f), "Yellow");
+ ImGui::TextDisabled("Disabled");
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Word Wrapping"))
+ {
+ // Using shortcut. You can use PushTextWrapPos()/PopTextWrapPos() for more flexibility.
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("This text should automatically wrap on the edge of the window. The current implementation for text wrapping follows simple rules suitable for English and possibly other languages.");
+ ImGui::Spacing();
+
+ static float wrap_width = 200.0f;
+ ImGui::SliderFloat("Wrap width", &wrap_width, -20, 600, "%.0f");
+
+ ImGui::Text("Test paragraph 1:");
+ ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
+ ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width, pos.y), ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width + 10, pos.y + ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()), 0xFFFF00FF);
+ ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetCursorPos().x + wrap_width);
+ ImGui::Text("lazy dog. This paragraph is made to fit within %.0f pixels. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.", wrap_width);
+ ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRect(ImGui::GetItemRectMin(), ImGui::GetItemRectMax(), 0xFF00FFFF);
+ ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
+
+ ImGui::Text("Test paragraph 2:");
+ pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
+ ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width, pos.y), ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width + 10, pos.y + ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()), 0xFFFF00FF);
+ ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetCursorPos().x + wrap_width);
+ ImGui::Text("aaaaaaaa bbbbbbbb, cccccccc,dddddddd. eeeeeeee ffffffff. gggggggg!hhhhhhhh");
+ ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRect(ImGui::GetItemRectMin(), ImGui::GetItemRectMax(), 0xFF00FFFF);
+ ImGui::PopTextWrapPos();
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("UTF-8 Text"))
+ {
+ // UTF-8 test with Japanese characters
+ // (needs a suitable font, try Arial Unicode or M+ fonts http://mplus-fonts.sourceforge.jp/mplus-outline-fonts/index-en.html)
+ // Most compiler appears to support UTF-8 in source code (with Visual Studio you need to save your file as 'UTF-8 without signature')
+ // However for the sake for maximum portability here we are *not* including raw UTF-8 character in this source file, instead we encode the string with hexadecimal constants.
+ // In your own application be reasonable and use UTF-8 in source or retrieve the data from file system!
+ // Note that characters values are preserved even if the font cannot be displayed, so you can safely copy & paste garbled characters into another application.
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("CJK text will only appears if the font was loaded with the appropriate CJK character ranges. Call io.Font->LoadFromFileTTF() manually to load extra character ranges.");
+ ImGui::Text("Hiragana: \xe3\x81\x8b\xe3\x81\x8d\xe3\x81\x8f\xe3\x81\x91\xe3\x81\x93 (kakikukeko)");
+ ImGui::Text("Kanjis: \xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e (nihongo)");
+ static char buf[32] = "\xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e";
+ ImGui::InputText("UTF-8 input", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Images"))
+ {
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("Below we are displaying the font texture (which is the only texture we have access to in this demo). Use the 'ImTextureID' type as storage to pass pointers or identifier to your own texture data. Hover the texture for a zoomed view!");
+ ImVec2 tex_screen_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
+ float tex_w = (float)ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->TexWidth;
+ float tex_h = (float)ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->TexHeight;
+ ImTextureID tex_id = ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->TexID;
+ ImGui::Text("%.0fx%.0f", tex_w, tex_h);
+ ImGui::Image(tex_id, ImVec2(tex_w, tex_h), ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(1,1), ImColor(255,255,255,255), ImColor(255,255,255,128));
+ if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+ {
+ ImGui::BeginTooltip();
+ float focus_sz = 32.0f;
+ float focus_x = ImGui::GetMousePos().x - tex_screen_pos.x - focus_sz * 0.5f; if (focus_x < 0.0f) focus_x = 0.0f; else if (focus_x > tex_w - focus_sz) focus_x = tex_w - focus_sz;
+ float focus_y = ImGui::GetMousePos().y - tex_screen_pos.y - focus_sz * 0.5f; if (focus_y < 0.0f) focus_y = 0.0f; else if (focus_y > tex_h - focus_sz) focus_y = tex_h - focus_sz;
+ ImGui::Text("Min: (%.2f, %.2f)", focus_x, focus_y);
+ ImGui::Text("Max: (%.2f, %.2f)", focus_x + focus_sz, focus_y + focus_sz);
+ ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2((focus_x) / tex_w, (focus_y) / tex_h);
+ ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2((focus_x + focus_sz) / tex_w, (focus_y + focus_sz) / tex_h);
+ ImGui::Image(tex_id, ImVec2(128,128), uv0, uv1, ImColor(255,255,255,255), ImColor(255,255,255,128));
+ ImGui::EndTooltip();
+ }
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("And now some textured buttons..");
+ static int pressed_count = 0;
+ for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+ {
+ if (i > 0)
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::PushID(i);
+ int frame_padding = -1 + i; // -1 = uses default padding
+ if (ImGui::ImageButton(tex_id, ImVec2(32,32), ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(32.0f/tex_w,32/tex_h), frame_padding, ImColor(0,0,0,255)))
+ pressed_count += 1;
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ }
+ ImGui::Text("Pressed %d times.", pressed_count);
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selectables"))
+ {
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic"))
+ {
+ static bool selected[3] = { false, true, false };
+ ImGui::Selectable("1. I am selectable", &selected[0]);
+ ImGui::Selectable("2. I am selectable", &selected[1]);
+ ImGui::Text("3. I am not selectable");
+ ImGui::Selectable("4. I am selectable", &selected[2]);
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering more text into the same block"))
+ {
+ static bool selected[3] = { false, false, false };
+ ImGui::Selectable("main.c", &selected[0]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes");
+ ImGui::Selectable("Hello.cpp", &selected[1]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text("12,345 bytes");
+ ImGui::Selectable("Hello.h", &selected[2]); ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text(" 2,345 bytes");
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Grid"))
+ {
+ static bool selected[16] = { true, false, false, false, false, true, false, false, false, false, true, false, false, false, false, true };
+ for (int i = 0; i < 16; i++)
+ {
+ ImGui::PushID(i);
+ if (ImGui::Selectable("Me", &selected[i], 0, ImVec2(50,50)))
+ {
+ int x = i % 4, y = i / 4;
+ if (x > 0) selected[i - 1] ^= 1;
+ if (x < 3) selected[i + 1] ^= 1;
+ if (y > 0) selected[i - 4] ^= 1;
+ if (y < 3) selected[i + 4] ^= 1;
+ }
+ if ((i % 4) < 3) ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Filtered Text Input"))
+ {
+ static char buf1[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("default", buf1, 64);
+ static char buf2[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("decimal", buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal);
+ static char buf3[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("hexadecimal", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase);
+ static char buf4[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("uppercase", buf4, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase);
+ static char buf5[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("no blank", buf5, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank);
+ struct TextFilters { static int FilterImGuiLetters(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData* data) { if (data->EventChar < 256 && strchr("imgui", (char)data->EventChar)) return 0; return 1; } };
+ static char buf6[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("\"imgui\" letters", buf6, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterImGuiLetters);
+
+ ImGui::Text("Password input");
+ static char bufpass[64] = "password123";
+ ImGui::InputText("password", bufpass, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password);
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Display all characters as '*'.\nDisable clipboard cut and copy.\nDisable logging.\n");
+ ImGui::InputText("password (clear)", bufpass, 64);
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-line Text Input"))
+ {
+ static bool read_only = false;
+ static char text[1024*16] =
+ "/*\n"
+ " The Pentium F00F bug, shorthand for F0 0F C7 C8,\n"
+ " the hexadecimal encoding of one offending instruction,\n"
+ " more formally, the invalid operand with locked CMPXCHG8B\n"
+ " instruction bug, is a design flaw in the majority of\n"
+ " Intel Pentium, Pentium MMX, and Pentium OverDrive\n"
+ " processors (all in the P5 microarchitecture).\n"
+ "*/\n\n"
+ "label:\n"
+ "\tlock cmpxchg8b eax\n";
+
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0,0));
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Read-only", &read_only);
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+ ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##source", text, IM_ARRAYSIZE(text), ImVec2(-1.0f, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16), ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput | (read_only ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly : 0));
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ static bool a=false;
+ if (ImGui::Button("Button")) { printf("Clicked\n"); a ^= 1; }
+ if (a)
+ {
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("Thanks for clicking me!");
+ }
+
+ static bool check = true;
+ ImGui::Checkbox("checkbox", &check);
+
+ static int e = 0;
+ ImGui::RadioButton("radio a", &e, 0); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::RadioButton("radio b", &e, 1); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::RadioButton("radio c", &e, 2);
+
+ // Color buttons, demonstrate using PushID() to add unique identifier in the ID stack, and changing style.
+ for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++)
+ {
+ if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::PushID(i);
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.6f, 0.6f));
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.7f, 0.7f));
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.8f, 0.8f));
+ ImGui::Button("Click");
+ ImGui::PopStyleColor(3);
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ }
+
+ ImGui::Text("Hover over me");
+ if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+ ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip");
+
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("- or me");
+ if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+ {
+ ImGui::BeginTooltip();
+ ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip");
+ static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f };
+ ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr));
+ ImGui::EndTooltip();
+ }
+
+ // Testing IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME macro
+ //for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+ //{
+ // IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME
+ // {
+ // ImGui::Text("This will be displayed only once.");
+ // }
+ //}
+
+ ImGui::Separator();
+
+ ImGui::LabelText("label", "Value");
+
+ static int item = 1;
+ ImGui::Combo("combo", &item, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0"); // Combo using values packed in a single constant string (for really quick combo)
+
+ const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK" };
+ static int item2 = -1;
+ ImGui::Combo("combo scroll", &item2, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); // Combo using proper array. You can also pass a callback to retrieve array value, no need to create/copy an array just for that.
+
+ {
+ static char str0[128] = "Hello, world!";
+ static int i0=123;
+ static float f0=0.001f;
+ ImGui::InputText("input text", str0, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str0));
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.\n" "CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.\n" "CTRL+A or double-click to select all.\n" "CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V clipboard.\n" "CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y undo/redo.\n" "ESCAPE to revert.\n");
+
+ ImGui::InputInt("input int", &i0);
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values.\n e.g. [ 100 ], input \'*2\', result becomes [ 200 ]\nUse +- to subtract.\n");
+
+ ImGui::InputFloat("input float", &f0, 0.01f, 1.0f);
+
+ static float vec4a[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f };
+ ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4a);
+ }
+
+ {
+ static int i1=50, i2=42;
+ ImGui::DragInt("drag int", &i1, 1);
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Click and drag to edit value.\nHold SHIFT/ALT for faster/slower edit.\nDouble-click or CTRL+click to input value.");
+
+ ImGui::DragInt("drag int 0..100", &i2, 1, 0, 100, "%.0f%%");
+
+ static float f1=1.00f, f2=0.0067f;
+ ImGui::DragFloat("drag float", &f1, 0.005f);
+ ImGui::DragFloat("drag small float", &f2, 0.0001f, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%.06f ns");
+ }
+
+ {
+ static int i1=0;
+ ImGui::SliderInt("slider int", &i1, -1, 3);
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("CTRL+click to input value.");
+
+ static float f1=0.123f, f2=0.0f;
+ ImGui::SliderFloat("slider float", &f1, 0.0f, 1.0f, "ratio = %.3f");
+ ImGui::SliderFloat("slider log float", &f2, -10.0f, 10.0f, "%.4f", 3.0f);
+ static float angle = 0.0f;
+ ImGui::SliderAngle("slider angle", &angle);
+ }
+
+ static float col1[3] = { 1.0f,0.0f,0.2f };
+ static float col2[4] = { 0.4f,0.7f,0.0f,0.5f };
+ ImGui::ColorEdit3("color 1", col1);
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Click on the colored square to change edit mode.\nCTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n");
+
+ ImGui::ColorEdit4("color 2", col2);
+
+ const char* listbox_items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi", "Mango", "Orange", "Pineapple", "Strawberry", "Watermelon" };
+ static int listbox_item_current = 1;
+ ImGui::ListBox("listbox\n(single select)", &listbox_item_current, listbox_items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(listbox_items), 4);
+
+ //static int listbox_item_current2 = 2;
+ //ImGui::PushItemWidth(-1);
+ //ImGui::ListBox("##listbox2", &listbox_item_current2, listbox_items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(listbox_items), 4);
+ //ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Range Widgets"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Unindent();
+
+ static float begin = 10, end = 90;
+ static int begin_i = 100, end_i = 1000;
+ ImGui::DragFloatRange2("range", &begin, &end, 0.25f, 0.0f, 100.0f, "Min: %.1f %%", "Max: %.1f %%");
+ ImGui::DragIntRange2("range int (no bounds)", &begin_i, &end_i, 5, 0, 0, "Min: %.0f units", "Max: %.0f units");
+
+ ImGui::Indent();
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-component Widgets"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Unindent();
+
+ static float vec4f[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f };
+ static int vec4i[4] = { 1, 5, 100, 255 };
+
+ ImGui::InputFloat2("input float2", vec4f);
+ ImGui::DragFloat2("drag float2", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+ ImGui::SliderFloat2("slider float2", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+ ImGui::DragInt2("drag int2", vec4i, 1, 0, 255);
+ ImGui::InputInt2("input int2", vec4i);
+ ImGui::SliderInt2("slider int2", vec4i, 0, 255);
+ ImGui::Spacing();
+
+ ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4f);
+ ImGui::DragFloat3("drag float3", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+ ImGui::SliderFloat3("slider float3", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+ ImGui::DragInt3("drag int3", vec4i, 1, 0, 255);
+ ImGui::InputInt3("input int3", vec4i);
+ ImGui::SliderInt3("slider int3", vec4i, 0, 255);
+ ImGui::Spacing();
+
+ ImGui::InputFloat4("input float4", vec4f);
+ ImGui::DragFloat4("drag float4", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+ ImGui::SliderFloat4("slider float4", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+ ImGui::InputInt4("input int4", vec4i);
+ ImGui::DragInt4("drag int4", vec4i, 1, 0, 255);
+ ImGui::SliderInt4("slider int4", vec4i, 0, 255);
+
+ ImGui::Indent();
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical Sliders"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Unindent();
+ const float spacing = 4;
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(spacing, spacing));
+
+ static int int_value = 0;
+ ImGui::VSliderInt("##int", ImVec2(18,160), &int_value, 0, 5);
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+
+ static float values[7] = { 0.0f, 0.60f, 0.35f, 0.9f, 0.70f, 0.20f, 0.0f };
+ ImGui::PushID("set1");
+ for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++)
+ {
+ if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::PushID(i);
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBg, ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.5f, 0.5f));
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.6f, 0.5f));
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive, ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.7f, 0.5f));
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SliderGrab, ImColor::HSV(i/7.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f));
+ ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(18,160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, "");
+ if (ImGui::IsItemActive() || ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+ ImGui::SetTooltip("%.3f", values[i]);
+ ImGui::PopStyleColor(4);
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ }
+ ImGui::PopID();
+
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::PushID("set2");
+ static float values2[4] = { 0.20f, 0.80f, 0.40f, 0.25f };
+ const int rows = 3;
+ const ImVec2 small_slider_size(18, (160.0f-(rows-1)*spacing)/rows);
+ for (int nx = 0; nx < 4; nx++)
+ {
+ if (nx > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ for (int ny = 0; ny < rows; ny++)
+ {
+ ImGui::PushID(nx*rows+ny);
+ ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", small_slider_size, &values2[nx], 0.0f, 1.0f, "");
+ if (ImGui::IsItemActive() || ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+ ImGui::SetTooltip("%.3f", values2[nx]);
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ }
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+ }
+ ImGui::PopID();
+
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::PushID("set3");
+ for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++)
+ {
+ if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::PushID(i);
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, 40);
+ ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(40,160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f");
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ }
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+
+ ImGui::Indent();
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Graphs widgets"))
+ {
+ static bool animate = true;
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Animate", &animate);
+
+ static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f };
+ ImGui::PlotLines("Frame Times", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr));
+
+ static ImVector values; if (values.empty()) { values.resize(90); memset(values.Data, 0, values.Size*sizeof(float)); }
+ static int values_offset = 0;
+ if (animate)
+ {
+ static float refresh_time = ImGui::GetTime(); // Create dummy data at fixed 60 hz rate for the demo
+ for (; ImGui::GetTime() > refresh_time + 1.0f/60.0f; refresh_time += 1.0f/60.0f)
+ {
+ static float phase = 0.0f;
+ values[values_offset] = cosf(phase);
+ values_offset = (values_offset+1)%values.Size;
+ phase += 0.10f*values_offset;
+ }
+ }
+ ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", values.Data, values.Size, values_offset, "avg 0.0", -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0,80));
+ ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0,80));
+
+ // Use functions to generate output
+ // FIXME: This is rather awkward because current plot API only pass in indices. We probably want an API passing floats and user provide sample rate/count.
+ struct Funcs
+ {
+ static float Sin(void*, int i) { return sinf(i * 0.1f); }
+ static float Saw(void*, int i) { return (i & 1) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; }
+ };
+ static int func_type = 0, display_count = 70;
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(100); ImGui::Combo("func", &func_type, "Sin\0Saw\0"); ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::SliderInt("Sample count", &display_count, 1, 500);
+ float (*func)(void*, int) = (func_type == 0) ? Funcs::Sin : Funcs::Saw;
+ ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0,80));
+ ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0,80));
+ ImGui::Separator();
+
+ // Animate a simple progress bar
+ static float progress = 0.0f, progress_dir = 1.0f;
+ if (animate)
+ {
+ progress += progress_dir * 0.4f * ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime;
+ if (progress >= +1.1f) { progress = +1.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; }
+ if (progress <= -0.1f) { progress = -0.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; }
+ }
+
+ // Typically we would use ImVec2(-1.0f,0.0f) to use all available width, or ImVec2(width,0.0f) for a specified width. ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f) uses ItemWidth.
+ ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f));
+ ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x);
+ ImGui::Text("Progress Bar");
+
+ float progress_saturated = (progress < 0.0f) ? 0.0f : (progress > 1.0f) ? 1.0f : progress;
+ char buf[32];
+ sprintf(buf, "%d/%d", (int)(progress_saturated*1753), 1753);
+ ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.f,0.f), buf);
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Layout"))
+ {
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Child regions"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("Without border");
+ static int line = 50;
+ bool goto_line = ImGui::Button("Goto");
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(100);
+ goto_line |= ImGui::InputInt("##Line", &line, 0, 0, ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue);
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ ImGui::BeginChild("Sub1", ImVec2(ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionWidth() * 0.5f,300), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar);
+ for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("%04d: scrollable region", i);
+ if (goto_line && line == i)
+ ImGui::SetScrollHere();
+ }
+ if (goto_line && line >= 100)
+ ImGui::SetScrollHere();
+ ImGui::EndChild();
+
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildWindowRounding, 5.0f);
+ ImGui::BeginChild("Sub2", ImVec2(0,300), true);
+ ImGui::Text("With border");
+ ImGui::Columns(2);
+ for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
+ {
+ if (i == 50)
+ ImGui::NextColumn();
+ char buf[32];
+ sprintf(buf, "%08x", i*5731);
+ ImGui::Button(buf, ImVec2(-1.0f, 0.0f));
+ }
+ ImGui::EndChild();
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Widgets Width"))
+ {
+ static float f = 0.0f;
+ ImGui::Text("PushItemWidth(100)");
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(100);
+ ImGui::DragFloat("float##1", &f);
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+ ImGui::Text("PushItemWidth(GetWindowWidth() * 0.5f);");
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.5f);
+ ImGui::DragFloat("float##2", &f);
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+ ImGui::Text("PushItemWidth(GetContentRegionAvailWidth() * 0.5f);");
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetContentRegionAvailWidth() * 0.5f);
+ ImGui::DragFloat("float##3", &f);
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+ ImGui::Text("PushItemWidth(-100);");
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(-100);
+ ImGui::DragFloat("float##4", &f);
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic Horizontal Layout"))
+ {
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("(Use ImGui::SameLine() to keep adding items to the right of the preceeding item)");
+
+ // Text
+ ImGui::Text("Two items: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor");
+
+ // Adjust spacing
+ ImGui::Text("More spacing: Hello"); ImGui::SameLine(0, 20);
+ ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Sailor");
+
+ // Button
+ ImGui::AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets();
+ ImGui::Text("Normal buttons"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Button("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Button("Apple"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Button("Corniflower");
+
+ // Button
+ ImGui::Text("Small buttons"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::SmallButton("Like this one"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("can fit within a text block.");
+
+ // Aligned to arbitrary position. Easy/cheap column.
+ ImGui::Text("Aligned");
+ ImGui::SameLine(150); ImGui::Text("x=150");
+ ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::Text("x=300");
+ ImGui::Text("Aligned");
+ ImGui::SameLine(150); ImGui::SmallButton("x=150");
+ ImGui::SameLine(300); ImGui::SmallButton("x=300");
+
+ // Checkbox
+ static bool c1=false,c2=false,c3=false,c4=false;
+ ImGui::Checkbox("My", &c1); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Tailor", &c2); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Is", &c3); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Rich", &c4);
+
+ // Various
+ static float f0=1.0f, f1=2.0f, f2=3.0f;
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(80);
+ const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD" };
+ static int item = -1;
+ ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::SliderFloat("X", &f0, 0.0f,5.0f); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::SliderFloat("Y", &f1, 0.0f,5.0f); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::SliderFloat("Z", &f2, 0.0f,5.0f);
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(80);
+ ImGui::Text("Lists:");
+ static int selection[4] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
+ for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++)
+ {
+ if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::PushID(i);
+ ImGui::ListBox("", &selection[i], items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items));
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ //if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) ImGui::SetTooltip("ListBox %d hovered", i);
+ }
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+
+ // Dummy
+ ImVec2 sz(30,30);
+ ImGui::Button("A", sz); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Dummy(sz); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Button("B", sz);
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Groups"))
+ {
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("(Using ImGui::BeginGroup()/EndGroup() to layout items. BeginGroup() basically locks the horizontal position. EndGroup() bundles the whole group so that you can use functions such as IsItemHovered() on it.)");
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ {
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ ImGui::Button("AAA");
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Button("BBB");
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ ImGui::Button("CCC");
+ ImGui::Button("DDD");
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+ if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+ ImGui::SetTooltip("Group hovered");
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Button("EEE");
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+ }
+ // Capture the group size and create widgets using the same size
+ ImVec2 size = ImGui::GetItemRectSize();
+ const float values[5] = { 0.5f, 0.20f, 0.80f, 0.60f, 0.25f };
+ ImGui::PlotHistogram("##values", values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(values), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, size);
+
+ ImGui::Button("ACTION", ImVec2((size.x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.x)*0.5f,size.y));
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Button("REACTION", ImVec2((size.x - ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.x)*0.5f,size.y));
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+
+ ImGui::Button("LEVERAGE\nBUZZWORD", size);
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+
+ ImGui::ListBoxHeader("List", size);
+ ImGui::Selectable("Selected", true);
+ ImGui::Selectable("Not Selected", false);
+ ImGui::ListBoxFooter();
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Baseline Alignment"))
+ {
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("(This is testing the vertical alignment that occurs on text to keep it at the same baseline as widgets. Lines only composed of text or \"small\" widgets fit in less vertical spaces than lines with normal widgets)");
+
+ ImGui::Text("One\nTwo\nThree"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("Banana");
+
+ ImGui::Text("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("One\nTwo\nThree");
+
+ ImGui::Button("HOP"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("Banana"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("Banana");
+
+ ImGui::Button("HOP"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("Hello\nWorld"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("Banana");
+
+ ImGui::Button("TEST"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("TEST"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::SmallButton("TEST");
+
+ ImGui::AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets(); // If your line starts with text, call this to align it to upcoming widgets.
+ ImGui::Text("Text aligned to Widget"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Button("Widget"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text("Widget"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::SmallButton("Widget");
+
+ // Tree
+ const float spacing = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x;
+ ImGui::Button("Button##1");
+ ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing);
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Node##1")) { for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i); ImGui::TreePop(); } // Dummy tree data
+
+ ImGui::AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets(); // Vertically align text node a bit lower so it'll be vertically centered with upcoming widget. Otherwise you can use SmallButton (smaller fit).
+ bool tree_opened = ImGui::TreeNode("Node##2"); // Common mistake to avoid: if we want to SameLine after TreeNode we need to do it before we add child content.
+ ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); ImGui::Button("Button##2");
+ if (tree_opened) { for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) ImGui::BulletText("Item %d..", i); ImGui::TreePop(); } // Dummy tree data
+
+ // Bullet
+ ImGui::Button("Button##3");
+ ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing);
+ ImGui::BulletText("Bullet text");
+
+ ImGui::AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets();
+ ImGui::BulletText("Node");
+ ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); ImGui::Button("Button##4");
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Scrolling"))
+ {
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("(Use SetScrollHere() or SetScrollFromPosY() to scroll to a given position.)");
+ static bool track = true;
+ static int track_line = 50, scroll_to_px = 200;
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Track", &track);
+ ImGui::SameLine(130); track |= ImGui::DragInt("##line", &track_line, 0.25f, 0, 99, "Line %.0f");
+ bool scroll_to = ImGui::Button("Scroll To");
+ ImGui::SameLine(130); scroll_to |= ImGui::DragInt("##pos_y", &scroll_to_px, 1.00f, 0, 9999, "y = %.0f px");
+ if (scroll_to) track = false;
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++)
+ {
+ if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ ImGui::Text("%s", i == 0 ? "Top" : i == 1 ? "25%" : i == 2 ? "Center" : i == 3 ? "75%" : "Bottom");
+ ImGui::BeginChild(ImGui::GetID((void*)(intptr_t)i), ImVec2(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.17f, 200.0f), true);
+ if (scroll_to)
+ ImGui::SetScrollFromPosY(ImGui::GetCursorStartPos().y + scroll_to_px, i * 0.25f);
+ for (int line = 0; line < 100; line++)
+ {
+ if (track && line == track_line)
+ {
+ ImGui::TextColored(ImColor(255,255,0), "Line %d", line);
+ ImGui::SetScrollHere(i * 0.25f); // 0.0f:top, 0.5f:center, 1.0f:bottom
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("Line %d", line);
+ }
+ }
+ ImGui::EndChild();
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Horizontal Scrolling"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::TextWrapped("Horizontal scrolling for a window has to be enabled explicitly via the ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar flag.");
+ ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::TextWrapped("You may want to explicitly specify content width by calling SetNextWindowContentWidth() before Begin().");
+ static int lines = 7;
+ ImGui::SliderInt("Lines", &lines, 1, 15);
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding, 3.0f);
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2.0f, 1.0f));
+ ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing()*7 + 30), true, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar);
+ for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++)
+ {
+ // Display random stuff
+ int num_buttons = 10 + ((line & 1) ? line * 9 : line * 3);
+ for (int n = 0; n < num_buttons; n++)
+ {
+ if (n > 0) ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::PushID(n + line * 1000);
+ char num_buf[16];
+ const char* label = (!(n%15)) ? "FizzBuzz" : (!(n%3)) ? "Fizz" : (!(n%5)) ? "Buzz" : (sprintf(num_buf, "%d", n), num_buf);
+ float hue = n*0.05f;
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Button, ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.6f, 0.6f));
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered, ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.7f, 0.7f));
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_ButtonActive, ImColor::HSV(hue, 0.8f, 0.8f));
+ ImGui::Button(label, ImVec2(40.0f + sinf((float)(line + n)) * 20.0f, 0.0f));
+ ImGui::PopStyleColor(3);
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ }
+ }
+ ImGui::EndChild();
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar(2);
+ float scroll_x_delta = 0.0f;
+ ImGui::SmallButton("<<"); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) scroll_x_delta = -ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f;
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("Scroll from code"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::SmallButton(">>"); if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) scroll_x_delta = +ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime * 1000.0f;
+ if (scroll_x_delta != 0.0f)
+ {
+ ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling"); // Demonstrate a trick: you can use Begin to set yourself in the context of another window (here we are already out of your child window)
+ ImGui::SetScrollX(ImGui::GetScrollX() + scroll_x_delta);
+ ImGui::End();
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Clipping"))
+ {
+ static ImVec2 size(100, 100), offset(50, 20);
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("On a per-widget basis we are occasionally clipping text CPU-side if it won't fit in its frame. Otherwise we are doing coarser clipping + passing a scissor rectangle to the renderer. The system is designed to try minimizing both execution and CPU/GPU rendering cost.");
+ ImGui::DragFloat2("size", (float*)&size, 0.5f, 0.0f, 200.0f, "%.0f");
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("(Click and drag)");
+ ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos();
+ ImVec4 clip_rect(pos.x, pos.y, pos.x+size.x, pos.y+size.y);
+ ImGui::InvisibleButton("##dummy", size);
+ if (ImGui::IsItemActive() && ImGui::IsMouseDragging()) { offset.x += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.x; offset.y += ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta.y; }
+ ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddRectFilled(pos, ImVec2(pos.x+size.x,pos.y+size.y), ImColor(90,90,120,255));
+ ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddText(ImGui::GetWindowFont(), ImGui::GetWindowFontSize()*2.0f, ImVec2(pos.x+offset.x,pos.y+offset.y), ImColor(255,255,255,255), "Line 1 hello\nLine 2 clip me!", NULL, 0.0f, &clip_rect);
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Popups & Modal windows"))
+ {
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups"))
+ {
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("When a popup is active, it inhibits interacting with windows that are behind the popup. Clicking outside the popup closes it.");
+
+ static int selected_fish = -1;
+ const char* names[] = { "Bream", "Haddock", "Mackerel", "Pollock", "Tilefish" };
+ static bool toggles[] = { true, false, false, false, false };
+
+ if (ImGui::Button("Select.."))
+ ImGui::OpenPopup("select");
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Text(selected_fish == -1 ? "" : names[selected_fish]);
+ if (ImGui::BeginPopup("select"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("Aquarium");
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++)
+ if (ImGui::Selectable(names[i]))
+ selected_fish = i;
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::Button("Toggle.."))
+ ImGui::OpenPopup("toggle");
+ if (ImGui::BeginPopup("toggle"))
+ {
+ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++)
+ ImGui::MenuItem(names[i], "", &toggles[i]);
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Sub-menu"))
+ {
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Click me");
+ ImGui::EndMenu();
+ }
+
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::Text("Tooltip here");
+ if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+ ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip over a popup");
+
+ if (ImGui::Button("Stacked Popup"))
+ ImGui::OpenPopup("another popup");
+ if (ImGui::BeginPopup("another popup"))
+ {
+ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); i++)
+ ImGui::MenuItem(names[i], "", &toggles[i]);
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Sub-menu"))
+ {
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Click me");
+ ImGui::EndMenu();
+ }
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+ }
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::Button("Popup Menu.."))
+ ImGui::OpenPopup("popup from button");
+ if (ImGui::BeginPopup("popup from button"))
+ {
+ ShowExampleMenuFile();
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+ }
+
+ ImGui::Spacing();
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("Below we are testing adding menu items to a regular window. It's rather unusual but should work!");
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ // NB: As a quirk in this very specific example, we want to differentiate the parent of this menu from the parent of the various popup menus above.
+ // To do so we are encloding the items in a PushID()/PopID() block to make them two different menusets. If we don't, opening any popup above and hovering our menu here
+ // would open it. This is because once a menu is active, we allow to switch to a sibling menu by just hovering on it, which is the desired behavior for regular menus.
+ ImGui::PushID("foo");
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Menu item", "CTRL+M");
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Menu inside a regular window"))
+ {
+ ShowExampleMenuFile();
+ ImGui::EndMenu();
+ }
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ ImGui::Separator();
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Context menus"))
+ {
+ static float value = 0.5f;
+ ImGui::Text("Value = %.3f (<-- right-click here)", value);
+ if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem("item context menu"))
+ {
+ if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to zero")) value = 0.0f;
+ if (ImGui::Selectable("Set to PI")) value = 3.1415f;
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+ }
+
+ static ImVec4 color = ImColor(1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f);
+ ImGui::ColorButton(color);
+ if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem("color context menu"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("Edit color");
+ ImGui::ColorEdit3("##edit", (float*)&color);
+ if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
+ ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+ }
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(<-- right-click here)");
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Modals"))
+ {
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("Modal windows are like popups but the user cannot close them by clicking outside the window.");
+
+ if (ImGui::Button("Delete.."))
+ ImGui::OpenPopup("Delete?");
+ if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Delete?", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("All those beautiful files will be deleted.\nThis operation cannot be undone!\n\n");
+ ImGui::Separator();
+
+ static bool dont_ask_me_next_time = false;
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0,0));
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Don't ask me next time", &dont_ask_me_next_time);
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+
+ if (ImGui::Button("OK", ImVec2(120,0))) { ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); }
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ if (ImGui::Button("Cancel", ImVec2(120,0))) { ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup(); }
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::Button("Stacked modals.."))
+ ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 1");
+ if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 1"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The First");
+
+ if (ImGui::Button("Another one.."))
+ ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 2");
+ if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 2"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The Second");
+ if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
+ ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::Button("Close"))
+ ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup();
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+ }
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Columns"))
+ {
+ // Basic columns
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Columns(4, "mycolumns");
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::Text("ID"); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Text("Name"); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Text("Path"); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Text("Flags"); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ const char* names[3] = { "One", "Two", "Three" };
+ const char* paths[3] = { "/path/one", "/path/two", "/path/three" };
+ static int selected = -1;
+ for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+ {
+ char label[32];
+ sprintf(label, "%04d", i);
+ if (ImGui::Selectable(label, selected == i, ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns))
+ selected = i;
+ ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Text(names[i]); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Text(paths[i]); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Text("...."); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ }
+ ImGui::Columns(1);
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ // Scrolling columns
+ /*
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Scrolling"))
+ {
+ ImGui::BeginChild("##header", ImVec2(0, ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()+ImGui::GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y));
+ ImGui::Columns(3);
+ ImGui::Text("ID"); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Text("Name"); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Text("Path"); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Columns(1);
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::EndChild();
+ ImGui::BeginChild("##scrollingregion", ImVec2(0, 60));
+ ImGui::Columns(3);
+ for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++)
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("%04d", i); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Text("Foobar"); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Text("/path/foobar/%04d/", i); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ }
+ ImGui::Columns(1);
+ ImGui::EndChild();
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ */
+
+ // Create multiple items in a same cell before switching to next column
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mixed items"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Columns(3, "mixed");
+ ImGui::Separator();
+
+ ImGui::Text("Hello");
+ ImGui::Button("Banana");
+ ImGui::NextColumn();
+
+ ImGui::Text("ImGui");
+ ImGui::Button("Apple");
+ static float foo = 1.0f;
+ ImGui::InputFloat("red", &foo, 0.05f, 0, 3);
+ ImGui::Text("An extra line here.");
+ ImGui::NextColumn();
+
+ ImGui::Text("Sailor");
+ ImGui::Button("Corniflower");
+ static float bar = 1.0f;
+ ImGui::InputFloat("blue", &bar, 0.05f, 0, 3);
+ ImGui::NextColumn();
+
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category A")) ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category B")) ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Category C")) ImGui::Text("Blah blah blah"); ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Columns(1);
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ // Word wrapping
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Word-wrapping"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Columns(2, "word-wrapping");
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.");
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("Hello Left");
+ ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.");
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("Hello Right");
+ ImGui::Columns(1);
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Borders"))
+ {
+ static bool h_borders = true;
+ static bool v_borders = true;
+ ImGui::Checkbox("horizontal", &h_borders);
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::Checkbox("vertical", &v_borders);
+ ImGui::Columns(4, NULL, v_borders);
+ if (h_borders) ImGui::Separator();
+ for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("%c%c%c", 'a'+i, 'a'+i, 'a'+i);
+ ImGui::NextColumn();
+ }
+ ImGui::Columns(1);
+ if (h_borders) ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ bool node_opened = ImGui::TreeNode("Tree within single cell");
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("NB: Tree node must be poped before ending the cell.\nThere's no storage of state per-cell.");
+ if (node_opened)
+ {
+ ImGui::Columns(2, "tree items");
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Hello")) { ImGui::BulletText("Sailor"); ImGui::TreePop(); } ImGui::NextColumn();
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Bonjour")) { ImGui::BulletText("Marin"); ImGui::TreePop(); } ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::Columns(1);
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Filtering"))
+ {
+ static ImGuiTextFilter filter;
+ ImGui::Text("Filter usage:\n"
+ " \"\" display all lines\n"
+ " \"xxx\" display lines containing \"xxx\"\n"
+ " \"xxx,yyy\" display lines containing \"xxx\" or \"yyy\"\n"
+ " \"-xxx\" hide lines containing \"xxx\"");
+ filter.Draw();
+ const char* lines[] = { "aaa1.c", "bbb1.c", "ccc1.c", "aaa2.cpp", "bbb2.cpp", "ccc2.cpp", "abc.h", "hello, world" };
+ for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(lines); i++)
+ if (filter.PassFilter(lines[i]))
+ ImGui::BulletText("%s", lines[i]);
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Keyboard, Mouse & Focus"))
+ {
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tabbing"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Text("Use TAB/SHIFT+TAB to cycle through keyboard editable fields.");
+ static char buf[32] = "dummy";
+ ImGui::InputText("1", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+ ImGui::InputText("2", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+ ImGui::InputText("3", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+ ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false);
+ ImGui::InputText("4 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+ //ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelperMarker("Use ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(bool)\nto disable tabbing through certain widgets.");
+ ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
+ ImGui::InputText("5", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Focus from code"))
+ {
+ bool focus_1 = ImGui::Button("Focus on 1"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ bool focus_2 = ImGui::Button("Focus on 2"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ bool focus_3 = ImGui::Button("Focus on 3");
+ int has_focus = 0;
+ static char buf[128] = "click on a button to set focus";
+
+ if (focus_1) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere();
+ ImGui::InputText("1", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+ if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 1;
+
+ if (focus_2) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere();
+ ImGui::InputText("2", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+ if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 2;
+
+ ImGui::PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false);
+ if (focus_3) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere();
+ ImGui::InputText("3 (tab skip)", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf));
+ if (ImGui::IsItemActive()) has_focus = 3;
+ ImGui::PopAllowKeyboardFocus();
+ if (has_focus)
+ ImGui::Text("Item with focus: %d", has_focus);
+ else
+ ImGui::Text("Item with focus: ");
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("Cursor & selection are preserved when refocusing last used item in code.");
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Dragging"))
+ {
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("You can use ImGui::GetItemActiveDragDelta() to query for the dragged amount on any widget.");
+ ImGui::Button("Drag Me");
+ if (ImGui::IsItemActive())
+ {
+ // Draw a line between the button and the mouse cursor
+ ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
+ draw_list->PushClipRectFullScreen();
+ draw_list->AddLine(ImGui::CalcItemRectClosestPoint(ImGui::GetIO().MousePos, true, -2.0f), ImGui::GetIO().MousePos, ImColor(ImGui::GetStyle().Colors[ImGuiCol_Button]), 4.0f);
+ draw_list->PopClipRect();
+ ImVec2 value_raw = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0, 0.0f);
+ ImVec2 value_with_lock_threshold = ImGui::GetMouseDragDelta(0);
+ ImVec2 mouse_delta = ImGui::GetIO().MouseDelta;
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("Raw (%.1f, %.1f), WithLockThresold (%.1f, %.1f), MouseDelta (%.1f, %.1f)", value_raw.x, value_raw.y, value_with_lock_threshold.x, value_with_lock_threshold.y, mouse_delta.x, mouse_delta.y);
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Keyboard & Mouse State"))
+ {
+ ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO();
+
+ ImGui::Text("MousePos: (%g, %g)", io.MousePos.x, io.MousePos.y);
+ ImGui::Text("Mouse down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (io.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.MouseDownDuration[i]); }
+ ImGui::Text("Mouse clicked:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); }
+ ImGui::Text("Mouse dbl-clicked:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); }
+ ImGui::Text("Mouse released:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.MouseDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsMouseReleased(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("b%d", i); }
+ ImGui::Text("MouseWheel: %.1f", io.MouseWheel);
+
+ ImGui::Text("Keys down:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (io.KeysDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d (%.02f secs)", i, io.KeysDownDuration[i]); }
+ ImGui::Text("Keys pressed:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d", i); }
+ ImGui::Text("Keys release:"); for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.KeysDown); i++) if (ImGui::IsKeyReleased(i)) { ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("%d", i); }
+ ImGui::Text("KeyMods: %s%s%s", io.KeyCtrl ? "CTRL " : "", io.KeyShift ? "SHIFT " : "", io.KeyAlt ? "ALT " : "");
+
+ ImGui::Text("WantCaptureMouse: %s", io.WantCaptureMouse ? "true" : "false");
+ ImGui::Text("WantCaptureKeyboard: %s", io.WantCaptureKeyboard ? "true" : "false");
+ ImGui::Text("WantTextInput: %s", io.WantTextInput ? "true" : "false");
+
+ ImGui::Button("Hover me\nto enforce\ninputs capture");
+ if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+ ImGui::CaptureKeyboardFromApp();
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse cursors"))
+ {
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("Your application can render a different mouse cursor based on what ImGui::GetMouseCursor() returns. You can also set io.MouseDrawCursor to ask ImGui to render the cursor for you in software.");
+ ImGui::Checkbox("io.MouseDrawCursor", &ImGui::GetIO().MouseDrawCursor);
+ ImGui::Text("Hover to see mouse cursors:");
+ for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_; i++)
+ {
+ char label[32];
+ sprintf(label, "Mouse cursor %d", i);
+ ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::Selectable(label, false);
+ if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+ ImGui::SetMouseCursor(i);
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ }
+
+ ImGui::End();
+}
+
+void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref)
+{
+ ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle();
+
+ const ImGuiStyle def; // Default style
+ if (ImGui::Button("Revert Style"))
+ style = ref ? *ref : def;
+ if (ref)
+ {
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ if (ImGui::Button("Save Style"))
+ *ref = style;
+ }
+
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.55f);
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering"))
+ {
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased lines", &style.AntiAliasedLines);
+ ImGui::Checkbox("Anti-aliased shapes", &style.AntiAliasedShapes);
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(100);
+ ImGui::DragFloat("Curve Tessellation Tolerance", &style.CurveTessellationTol, 0.02f, 0.10f, FLT_MAX, NULL, 2.0f);
+ if (style.CurveTessellationTol < 0.0f) style.CurveTessellationTol = 0.10f;
+ ImGui::DragFloat("Global Alpha", &style.Alpha, 0.005f, 0.20f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); // Not exposing zero here so user doesn't "lose" the UI (zero alpha clips all widgets). But application code could have a toggle to switch between zero and non-zero.
+ ImGui::DragFloat("Window Fill Alpha Default", &style.WindowFillAlphaDefault, 0.005f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f");
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Sizes"))
+ {
+ ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowPadding", (float*)&style.WindowPadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
+ ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowRounding", &style.WindowRounding, 0.0f, 16.0f, "%.0f");
+ ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildWindowRounding", &style.ChildWindowRounding, 0.0f, 16.0f, "%.0f");
+ ImGui::SliderFloat2("FramePadding", (float*)&style.FramePadding, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
+ ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameRounding", &style.FrameRounding, 0.0f, 16.0f, "%.0f");
+ ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
+ ImGui::SliderFloat2("ItemInnerSpacing", (float*)&style.ItemInnerSpacing, 0.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
+ ImGui::SliderFloat2("TouchExtraPadding", (float*)&style.TouchExtraPadding, 0.0f, 10.0f, "%.0f");
+ ImGui::SliderFloat("IndentSpacing", &style.IndentSpacing, 0.0f, 30.0f, "%.0f");
+ ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarSize", &style.ScrollbarSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
+ ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarRounding", &style.ScrollbarRounding, 0.0f, 16.0f, "%.0f");
+ ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabMinSize", &style.GrabMinSize, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f");
+ ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabRounding", &style.GrabRounding, 0.0f, 16.0f, "%.0f");
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ if (ImGui::TreeNode("Colors"))
+ {
+ static int output_dest = 0;
+ static bool output_only_modified = false;
+ if (ImGui::Button("Copy Colors"))
+ {
+ if (output_dest == 0)
+ ImGui::LogToClipboard();
+ else
+ ImGui::LogToTTY();
+ ImGui::LogText("ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle();" IM_NEWLINE);
+ for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++)
+ {
+ const ImVec4& col = style.Colors[i];
+ const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColName(i);
+ if (!output_only_modified || memcmp(&col, (ref ? &ref->Colors[i] : &def.Colors[i]), sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0)
+ ImGui::LogText("style.Colors[ImGuiCol_%s]%*s= ImVec4(%.2ff, %.2ff, %.2ff, %.2ff);" IM_NEWLINE, name, 22 - (int)strlen(name), "", col.x, col.y, col.z, col.w);
+ }
+ ImGui::LogFinish();
+ }
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::PushItemWidth(120); ImGui::Combo("##output_type", &output_dest, "To Clipboard\0To TTY"); ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Checkbox("Only Modified Fields", &output_only_modified);
+
+ static ImGuiColorEditMode edit_mode = ImGuiColorEditMode_RGB;
+ ImGui::RadioButton("RGB", &edit_mode, ImGuiColorEditMode_RGB);
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::RadioButton("HSV", &edit_mode, ImGuiColorEditMode_HSV);
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ ImGui::RadioButton("HEX", &edit_mode, ImGuiColorEditMode_HEX);
+ //ImGui::Text("Tip: Click on colored square to change edit mode.");
+
+ static ImGuiTextFilter filter;
+ filter.Draw("Filter colors", 200);
+
+ ImGui::BeginChild("#colors", ImVec2(0, 300), true);
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(-160);
+ ImGui::ColorEditMode(edit_mode);
+ for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++)
+ {
+ const char* name = ImGui::GetStyleColName(i);
+ if (!filter.PassFilter(name))
+ continue;
+ ImGui::PushID(i);
+ ImGui::ColorEdit4(name, (float*)&style.Colors[i], true);
+ if (memcmp(&style.Colors[i], (ref ? &ref->Colors[i] : &def.Colors[i]), sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0)
+ {
+ ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::Button("Revert")) style.Colors[i] = ref ? ref->Colors[i] : def.Colors[i];
+ if (ref) { ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::Button("Save")) ref->Colors[i] = style.Colors[i]; }
+ }
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ }
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ ImGui::EndChild();
+
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+}
+
+static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar()
+{
+ if (ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar())
+ {
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File"))
+ {
+ ShowExampleMenuFile();
+ ImGui::EndMenu();
+ }
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Edit"))
+ {
+ if (ImGui::MenuItem("Undo", "CTRL+Z")) {}
+ if (ImGui::MenuItem("Redo", "CTRL+Y", false, false)) {} // Disabled item
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ if (ImGui::MenuItem("Cut", "CTRL+X")) {}
+ if (ImGui::MenuItem("Copy", "CTRL+C")) {}
+ if (ImGui::MenuItem("Paste", "CTRL+V")) {}
+ ImGui::EndMenu();
+ }
+ ImGui::EndMainMenuBar();
+ }
+}
+
+static void ShowExampleMenuFile()
+{
+ ImGui::MenuItem("(dummy menu)", NULL, false, false);
+ if (ImGui::MenuItem("New")) {}
+ if (ImGui::MenuItem("Open", "Ctrl+O")) {}
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Open Recent"))
+ {
+ ImGui::MenuItem("fish_hat.c");
+ ImGui::MenuItem("fish_hat.inl");
+ ImGui::MenuItem("fish_hat.h");
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("More.."))
+ {
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Hello");
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Sailor");
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Recurse.."))
+ {
+ ShowExampleMenuFile();
+ ImGui::EndMenu();
+ }
+ ImGui::EndMenu();
+ }
+ ImGui::EndMenu();
+ }
+ if (ImGui::MenuItem("Save", "Ctrl+S")) {}
+ if (ImGui::MenuItem("Save As..")) {}
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Options"))
+ {
+ static bool enabled = true;
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Enabled", "", &enabled);
+ ImGui::BeginChild("child", ImVec2(0, 60), true);
+ for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++)
+ ImGui::Text("Scrolling Text %d", i);
+ ImGui::EndChild();
+ static float f = 0.5f;
+ static int n = 0;
+ ImGui::SliderFloat("Value", &f, 0.0f, 1.0f);
+ ImGui::InputFloat("Input", &f, 0.1f);
+ ImGui::Combo("Combo", &n, "Yes\0No\0Maybe\0\0");
+ ImGui::EndMenu();
+ }
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Colors"))
+ {
+ for (int i = 0; i < ImGuiCol_COUNT; i++)
+ ImGui::MenuItem(ImGui::GetStyleColName((ImGuiCol)i));
+ ImGui::EndMenu();
+ }
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Disabled", false)) // Disabled
+ {
+ IM_ASSERT(0);
+ }
+ if (ImGui::MenuItem("Checked", NULL, true)) {}
+ if (ImGui::MenuItem("Quit", "Alt+F4")) {}
+}
+
+static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* opened)
+{
+ if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Auto-resizing window", opened, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize))
+ {
+ ImGui::End();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ static int lines = 10;
+ ImGui::Text("Window will resize every-frame to the size of its content.\nNote that you probably don't want to query the window size to\noutput your content because that would create a feedback loop.");
+ ImGui::SliderInt("Number of lines", &lines, 1, 20);
+ for (int i = 0; i < lines; i++)
+ ImGui::Text("%*sThis is line %d", i*4, "", i); // Pad with space to extend size horizontally
+ ImGui::End();
+}
+
+static void ShowExampleAppFixedOverlay(bool* opened)
+{
+ ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(10,10));
+ if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Fixed Overlay", opened, ImVec2(0,0), 0.3f, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings))
+ {
+ ImGui::End();
+ return;
+ }
+ ImGui::Text("Simple overlay\non the top-left side of the screen.");
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: (%.1f,%.1f)", ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.x, ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.y);
+ ImGui::End();
+}
+
+static void ShowExampleAppManipulatingWindowTitle(bool* opened)
+{
+ (void)opened;
+
+ // By default, Windows are uniquely identified by their title.
+ // You can use the "##" and "###" markers to manipulate the display/ID. Read FAQ at the top of this file!
+
+ // Using "##" to display same title but have unique identifier.
+ ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(100,100), ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver);
+ ImGui::Begin("Same title as another window##1");
+ ImGui::Text("This is window 1.\nMy title is the same as window 2, but my identifier is unique.");
+ ImGui::End();
+
+ ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(100,200), ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver);
+ ImGui::Begin("Same title as another window##2");
+ ImGui::Text("This is window 2.\nMy title is the same as window 1, but my identifier is unique.");
+ ImGui::End();
+
+ // Using "###" to display a changing title but keep a static identifier "AnimatedTitle"
+ char buf[128];
+ sprintf(buf, "Animated title %c %d###AnimatedTitle", "|/-\\"[(int)(ImGui::GetTime()/0.25f)&3], rand());
+ ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(100,300), ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver);
+ ImGui::Begin(buf);
+ ImGui::Text("This window has a changing title.");
+ ImGui::End();
+}
+
+static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* opened)
+{
+ ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(300,350), ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver);
+ if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Custom rendering", opened))
+ {
+ ImGui::End();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Tip: If you do a lot of custom rendering, you probably want to use your own geometrical types and benefit of overloaded operators, etc.
+ // Define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h to create implicit conversions between your types and ImVec2/ImVec4.
+ // ImGui defines overloaded operators but they are internal to imgui.cpp and not exposed outside (to avoid messing with your types)
+ // In this example we aren't using the operators.
+
+ static ImVector points;
+ static bool adding_line = false;
+ if (ImGui::Button("Clear")) points.clear();
+ if (points.Size >= 2) { ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::Button("Undo")) { points.pop_back(); points.pop_back(); } }
+ ImGui::Text("Left-click and drag to add lines");
+ ImGui::Text("Right-click to undo");
+
+ ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList();
+
+ // Here we are using InvisibleButton() as a convenience to 1) advance the cursor and 2) allows us to use IsItemHovered()
+ // However you can draw directly and poll mouse/keyboard by yourself. You can manipulate the cursor using GetCursorPos() and SetCursorPos().
+ // If you only use the ImDrawList API, you can notify the owner window of its extends by using SetCursorPos(max).
+ ImVec2 canvas_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); // ImDrawList API uses screen coordinates!
+ ImVec2 canvas_size = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail(); // Resize canvas to what's available
+ if (canvas_size.x < 50.0f) canvas_size.x = 50.0f;
+ if (canvas_size.y < 50.0f) canvas_size.y = 50.0f;
+ draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(canvas_pos, ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y + canvas_size.y), ImColor(0,0,0), ImColor(255,0,0), ImColor(255,255,0), ImColor(0,255,0));
+ draw_list->AddRect(canvas_pos, ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y + canvas_size.y), ImColor(255,255,255));
+
+ draw_list->AddBezierCurve(ImVec2(canvas_pos.x+20,canvas_pos.y+20), ImVec2(canvas_pos.x+100,canvas_pos.y+20), ImVec2(canvas_pos.x+canvas_size.x-100,canvas_pos.y+canvas_size.y-20), ImVec2(canvas_pos.x+canvas_size.x-20,canvas_pos.y+canvas_size.y-20), ImColor(255,200,0), 5.0f);
+
+ bool adding_preview = false;
+ ImGui::InvisibleButton("canvas", canvas_size);
+ if (ImGui::IsItemHovered())
+ {
+ ImVec2 mouse_pos_in_canvas = ImVec2(ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.x - canvas_pos.x, ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.y - canvas_pos.y);
+ if (!adding_line && ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0))
+ {
+ points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas);
+ adding_line = true;
+ }
+ if (adding_line)
+ {
+ adding_preview = true;
+ points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas);
+ if (!ImGui::GetIO().MouseDown[0])
+ adding_line = adding_preview = false;
+ }
+ if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(1) && !points.empty())
+ {
+ adding_line = adding_preview = false;
+ points.pop_back();
+ points.pop_back();
+ }
+ }
+ draw_list->PushClipRect(ImVec4(canvas_pos.x, canvas_pos.y, canvas_pos.x+canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y+canvas_size.y)); // clip lines within the canvas (if we resize it, etc.)
+ for (int i = 0; i < points.Size - 1; i += 2)
+ draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + points[i].x, canvas_pos.y + points[i].y), ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + points[i+1].x, canvas_pos.y + points[i+1].y), 0xFF00FFFF, 2.0f);
+ draw_list->PopClipRect();
+ if (adding_preview)
+ points.pop_back();
+ ImGui::End();
+}
+
+// For the console example, here we are using a more C++ like approach of declaring a class to hold the data and the functions.
+struct ExampleAppConsole
+{
+ char InputBuf[256];
+ ImVector Items;
+ bool ScrollToBottom;
+ ImVector History;
+ int HistoryPos; // -1: new line, 0..History.Size-1 browsing history.
+ ImVector Commands;
+
+ ExampleAppConsole()
+ {
+ ClearLog();
+ HistoryPos = -1;
+ Commands.push_back("HELP");
+ Commands.push_back("HISTORY");
+ Commands.push_back("CLEAR");
+ Commands.push_back("CLASSIFY"); // "classify" is here to provide an example of "C"+[tab] completing to "CL" and displaying matches.
+ }
+ ~ExampleAppConsole()
+ {
+ ClearLog();
+ for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++)
+ free(History[i]);
+ }
+
+ void ClearLog()
+ {
+ for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++)
+ free(Items[i]);
+ Items.clear();
+ ScrollToBottom = true;
+ }
+
+ void AddLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(2)
+ {
+ char buf[1024];
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ vsnprintf(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), fmt, args);
+ buf[IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)-1] = 0;
+ va_end(args);
+ Items.push_back(strdup(buf));
+ ScrollToBottom = true;
+ }
+
+ void Draw(const char* title, bool* opened)
+ {
+ ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(520,600), ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver);
+ if (!ImGui::Begin(title, opened))
+ {
+ ImGui::End();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("This example implements a console with basic coloring, completion and history. A more elaborate implementation may want to store entries along with extra data such as timestamp, emitter, etc.");
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("Enter 'HELP' for help, press TAB to use text completion.");
+
+ // TODO: display items starting from the bottom
+
+ if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Dummy Text")) { AddLog("%d some text", Items.Size); AddLog("some more text"); AddLog("display very important message here!"); } ImGui::SameLine();
+ if (ImGui::SmallButton("Add Dummy Error")) AddLog("[error] something went wrong"); ImGui::SameLine();
+ if (ImGui::SmallButton("Clear")) ClearLog();
+ //static float t = 0.0f; if (ImGui::GetTime() - t > 0.02f) { t = ImGui::GetTime(); AddLog("Spam %f", t); }
+
+ ImGui::Separator();
+
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0,0));
+ static ImGuiTextFilter filter;
+ filter.Draw("Filter (\"incl,-excl\") (\"error\")", 180);
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+ ImGui::Separator();
+
+ // Display every line as a separate entry so we can change their color or add custom widgets. If you only want raw text you can use ImGui::TextUnformatted(log.begin(), log.end());
+ // NB- if you have thousands of entries this approach may be too inefficient. You can seek and display only the lines that are visible - CalcListClipping() is a helper to compute this information.
+ // If your items are of variable size you may want to implement code similar to what CalcListClipping() does. Or split your data into fixed height items to allow random-seeking into your list.
+ ImGui::BeginChild("ScrollingRegion", ImVec2(0,-ImGui::GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing()), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar);
+ if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow())
+ {
+ if (ImGui::Selectable("Clear")) ClearLog();
+ ImGui::EndPopup();
+ }
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(4,1)); // Tighten spacing
+ for (int i = 0; i < Items.Size; i++)
+ {
+ const char* item = Items[i];
+ if (!filter.PassFilter(item))
+ continue;
+ ImVec4 col = ImColor(255,255,255); // A better implementation may store a type per-item. For the sample let's just parse the text.
+ if (strstr(item, "[error]")) col = ImColor(255,100,100);
+ else if (strncmp(item, "# ", 2) == 0) col = ImColor(255,200,150);
+ ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col);
+ ImGui::TextUnformatted(item);
+ ImGui::PopStyleColor();
+ }
+ if (ScrollToBottom)
+ ImGui::SetScrollHere();
+ ScrollToBottom = false;
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+ ImGui::EndChild();
+ ImGui::Separator();
+
+ // Command-line
+ if (ImGui::InputText("Input", InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue|ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion|ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory, &TextEditCallbackStub, (void*)this))
+ {
+ char* input_end = InputBuf+strlen(InputBuf);
+ while (input_end > InputBuf && input_end[-1] == ' ') input_end--; *input_end = 0;
+ if (InputBuf[0])
+ ExecCommand(InputBuf);
+ strcpy(InputBuf, "");
+ }
+
+ // Demonstrate keeping auto focus on the input box
+ if (ImGui::IsItemHovered() || (ImGui::IsRootWindowOrAnyChildFocused() && !ImGui::IsAnyItemActive() && !ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0)))
+ ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(-1); // Auto focus
+
+ ImGui::End();
+ }
+
+ static int Stricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2) { int d; while ((d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; } return d; }
+ static int Strnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, int count) { int d = 0; while (count > 0 && (d = toupper(*str2) - toupper(*str1)) == 0 && *str1) { str1++; str2++; count--; } return d; }
+
+ void ExecCommand(const char* command_line)
+ {
+ AddLog("# %s\n", command_line);
+
+ // Insert into history. First find match and delete it so it can be pushed to the back. This isn't trying to be smart or optimal.
+ HistoryPos = -1;
+ for (int i = History.Size-1; i >= 0; i--)
+ if (Stricmp(History[i], command_line) == 0)
+ {
+ free(History[i]);
+ History.erase(History.begin() + i);
+ break;
+ }
+ History.push_back(strdup(command_line));
+
+ // Process command
+ if (Stricmp(command_line, "CLEAR") == 0)
+ {
+ ClearLog();
+ }
+ else if (Stricmp(command_line, "HELP") == 0)
+ {
+ AddLog("Commands:");
+ for (int i = 0; i < Commands.Size; i++)
+ AddLog("- %s", Commands[i]);
+ }
+ else if (Stricmp(command_line, "HISTORY") == 0)
+ {
+ for (int i = History.Size >= 10 ? History.Size - 10 : 0; i < History.Size; i++)
+ AddLog("%3d: %s\n", i, History[i]);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ AddLog("Unknown command: '%s'\n", command_line);
+ }
+ }
+
+ static int TextEditCallbackStub(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData* data) // In C++11 you are better off using lambdas for this sort of forwarding callbacks
+ {
+ ExampleAppConsole* console = (ExampleAppConsole*)data->UserData;
+ return console->TextEditCallback(data);
+ }
+
+ int TextEditCallback(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData* data)
+ {
+ //AddLog("cursor: %d, selection: %d-%d", data->CursorPos, data->SelectionStart, data->SelectionEnd);
+ switch (data->EventFlag)
+ {
+ case ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion:
+ {
+ // Example of TEXT COMPLETION
+
+ // Locate beginning of current word
+ const char* word_end = data->Buf + data->CursorPos;
+ const char* word_start = word_end;
+ while (word_start > data->Buf)
+ {
+ const char c = word_start[-1];
+ if (c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == ',' || c == ';')
+ break;
+ word_start--;
+ }
+
+ // Build a list of candidates
+ ImVector candidates;
+ for (int i = 0; i < Commands.Size; i++)
+ if (Strnicmp(Commands[i], word_start, (int)(word_end-word_start)) == 0)
+ candidates.push_back(Commands[i]);
+
+ if (candidates.Size == 0)
+ {
+ // No match
+ AddLog("No match for \"%.*s\"!\n", (int)(word_end-word_start), word_start);
+ }
+ else if (candidates.Size == 1)
+ {
+ // Single match. Delete the beginning of the word and replace it entirely so we've got nice casing
+ data->DeleteChars((int)(word_start-data->Buf), (int)(word_end-word_start));
+ data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, candidates[0]);
+ data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, " ");
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Multiple matches. Complete as much as we can, so inputing "C" will complete to "CL" and display "CLEAR" and "CLASSIFY"
+ int match_len = (int)(word_end - word_start);
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ int c = 0;
+ bool all_candidates_matches = true;
+ for (int i = 0; i < candidates.Size && all_candidates_matches; i++)
+ if (i == 0)
+ c = toupper(candidates[i][match_len]);
+ else if (c != toupper(candidates[i][match_len]))
+ all_candidates_matches = false;
+ if (!all_candidates_matches)
+ break;
+ match_len++;
+ }
+
+ if (match_len > 0)
+ {
+ data->DeleteChars((int)(word_start - data->Buf), (int)(word_end-word_start));
+ data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, candidates[0], candidates[0] + match_len);
+ }
+
+ // List matches
+ AddLog("Possible matches:\n");
+ for (int i = 0; i < candidates.Size; i++)
+ AddLog("- %s\n", candidates[i]);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+ case ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory:
+ {
+ // Example of HISTORY
+ const int prev_history_pos = HistoryPos;
+ if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_UpArrow)
+ {
+ if (HistoryPos == -1)
+ HistoryPos = History.Size - 1;
+ else if (HistoryPos > 0)
+ HistoryPos--;
+ }
+ else if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_DownArrow)
+ {
+ if (HistoryPos != -1)
+ if (++HistoryPos >= History.Size)
+ HistoryPos = -1;
+ }
+
+ // A better implementation would preserve the data on the current input line along with cursor position.
+ if (prev_history_pos != HistoryPos)
+ {
+ snprintf(data->Buf, data->BufSize, "%s", (HistoryPos >= 0) ? History[HistoryPos] : "");
+ data->BufDirty = true;
+ data->CursorPos = data->SelectionStart = data->SelectionEnd = (int)strlen(data->Buf);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+ }
+};
+
+static void ShowExampleAppConsole(bool* opened)
+{
+ static ExampleAppConsole console;
+ console.Draw("Example: Console", opened);
+}
+
+// Usage:
+// static ExampleAppLog my_log;
+// my_log.AddLog("Hello %d world\n", 123);
+// my_log.Draw("title");
+struct ExampleAppLog
+{
+ ImGuiTextBuffer Buf;
+ ImGuiTextFilter Filter;
+ ImVector LineOffsets; // Index to lines offset
+ bool ScrollToBottom;
+
+ void Clear() { Buf.clear(); LineOffsets.clear(); }
+
+ void AddLog(const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(2)
+ {
+ int old_size = Buf.size();
+ va_list args;
+ va_start(args, fmt);
+ Buf.appendv(fmt, args);
+ va_end(args);
+ for (int new_size = Buf.size(); old_size < new_size; old_size++)
+ if (Buf[old_size] == '\n')
+ LineOffsets.push_back(old_size);
+ ScrollToBottom = true;
+ }
+
+ void Draw(const char* title, bool* p_opened = NULL)
+ {
+ ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(500,400), ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver);
+ ImGui::Begin(title, p_opened);
+ if (ImGui::Button("Clear")) Clear();
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ bool copy = ImGui::Button("Copy");
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ Filter.Draw("Filter", -100.0f);
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::BeginChild("scrolling", ImVec2(0,0), false, ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar);
+ if (copy) ImGui::LogToClipboard();
+
+ if (Filter.IsActive())
+ {
+ const char* buf_begin = Buf.begin();
+ const char* line = buf_begin;
+ for (int line_no = 0; line != NULL; line_no++)
+ {
+ const char* line_end = (line_no < LineOffsets.Size) ? buf_begin + LineOffsets[line_no] : NULL;
+ if (Filter.PassFilter(line, line_end))
+ ImGui::TextUnformatted(line, line_end);
+ line = line_end && line_end[1] ? line_end + 1 : NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ImGui::TextUnformatted(Buf.begin());
+ }
+
+ if (ScrollToBottom)
+ ImGui::SetScrollHere(1.0f);
+ ScrollToBottom = false;
+ ImGui::EndChild();
+ ImGui::End();
+ }
+};
+
+static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* opened)
+{
+ static ExampleAppLog log;
+
+ // Demo fill
+ static float last_time = -1.0f;
+ float time = ImGui::GetTime();
+ if (time - last_time >= 0.3f)
+ {
+ const char* random_words[] = { "system", "info", "warning", "error", "fatal", "notice", "log" };
+ log.AddLog("[%s] Hello, time is %.1f, rand() %d\n", random_words[rand() % IM_ARRAYSIZE(random_words)], time, (int)rand());
+ last_time = time;
+ }
+
+ log.Draw("Example: Log", opened);
+}
+
+static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* opened)
+{
+ ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 440), ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver);
+ if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Layout", opened, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar))
+ {
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar())
+ {
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File"))
+ {
+ if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) *opened = false;
+ ImGui::EndMenu();
+ }
+ ImGui::EndMenuBar();
+ }
+
+ // left
+ static int selected = 0;
+ ImGui::BeginChild("left pane", ImVec2(150, 0), true);
+ for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
+ {
+ char label[128];
+ sprintf(label, "MyObject %d", i);
+ if (ImGui::Selectable(label, selected == i))
+ selected = i;
+ }
+ ImGui::EndChild();
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+
+ // right
+ ImGui::BeginGroup();
+ ImGui::BeginChild("item view", ImVec2(0, -ImGui::GetItemsLineHeightWithSpacing())); // Leave room for 1 line below us
+ ImGui::Text("MyObject: %d", selected);
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::TextWrapped("Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. ");
+ ImGui::EndChild();
+ ImGui::BeginChild("buttons");
+ if (ImGui::Button("Revert")) {}
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ if (ImGui::Button("Save")) {}
+ ImGui::EndChild();
+ ImGui::EndGroup();
+ }
+ ImGui::End();
+}
+
+static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* opened)
+{
+ ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(430,450), ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver);
+ if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Property editor", opened))
+ {
+ ImGui::End();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ ShowHelpMarker("This example shows how you may implement a property editor using two columns.\nAll objects/fields data are dummies here.\nRemember that in many simple cases, you can use ImGui::SameLine(xxx) to position\nyour cursor horizontally instead of using the Columns() API.");
+
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(2,2));
+ ImGui::Columns(2);
+ ImGui::Separator();
+
+ struct funcs
+ {
+ static void ShowDummyObject(const char* prefix, ImU32 uid)
+ {
+ ImGui::PushID(uid); // Use object uid as identifier. Most commonly you could also use the object pointer as a base ID.
+ ImGui::AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets(); // Text and Tree nodes are less high than regular widgets, here we add vertical spacing to make the tree lines equal high.
+ bool opened = ImGui::TreeNode("Object", "%s_%u", prefix, uid);
+ ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets();
+ ImGui::Text("my sailor is rich");
+ ImGui::NextColumn();
+ if (opened)
+ {
+ static float dummy_members[8] = { 0.0f,0.0f,1.0f,3.1416f,100.0f,999.0f };
+ for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+ {
+ ImGui::PushID(i); // Use field index as identifier.
+ if (i < 2)
+ {
+ ShowDummyObject("Child", ImGui::GetID("foo"));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ImGui::AlignFirstTextHeightToWidgets();
+ // Here we use a Selectable (instead of Text) to highlight on hover
+ //ImGui::Text("Field_%d", i);
+ char label[32];
+ sprintf(label, "Field_%d", i);
+ ImGui::Bullet();
+ ImGui::Selectable(label);
+ ImGui::NextColumn();
+ ImGui::PushItemWidth(-1);
+ if (i >= 5)
+ ImGui::InputFloat("##value", &dummy_members[i], 1.0f);
+ else
+ ImGui::DragFloat("##value", &dummy_members[i], 0.01f);
+ ImGui::PopItemWidth();
+ ImGui::NextColumn();
+ }
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ }
+ ImGui::TreePop();
+ }
+ ImGui::PopID();
+ }
+ };
+
+ // Iterate dummy objects with dummy members (all the same data)
+ for (int obj_i = 0; obj_i < 3; obj_i++)
+ funcs::ShowDummyObject("Object", obj_i);
+
+ ImGui::Columns(1);
+ ImGui::Separator();
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+ ImGui::End();
+}
+
+static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* opened)
+{
+ ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(520,600), ImGuiSetCond_FirstUseEver);
+ if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Long text display", opened))
+ {
+ ImGui::End();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ static int test_type = 0;
+ static ImGuiTextBuffer log;
+ static int lines = 0;
+ ImGui::Text("Printing unusually long amount of text.");
+ ImGui::Combo("Test type", &test_type, "Single call to TextUnformatted()\0Multiple calls to Text(), clipped manually\0Multiple calls to Text(), not clipped\0");
+ ImGui::Text("Buffer contents: %d lines, %d bytes", lines, log.size());
+ if (ImGui::Button("Clear")) { log.clear(); lines = 0; }
+ ImGui::SameLine();
+ if (ImGui::Button("Add 1000 lines"))
+ {
+ for (int i = 0; i < 1000; i++)
+ log.append("%i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog\n", lines+i);
+ lines += 1000;
+ }
+ ImGui::BeginChild("Log");
+ switch (test_type)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ // Single call to TextUnformatted() with a big buffer
+ ImGui::TextUnformatted(log.begin(), log.end());
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ {
+ // Multiple calls to Text(), manually coarsely clipped - demonstrate how to use the ImGuiListClipper helper.
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0,0));
+ ImGuiListClipper clipper(lines, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight());
+ for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++)
+ ImGui::Text("%i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog\n", i);
+ clipper.End();
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+ break;
+ }
+ case 2:
+ // Multiple calls to Text(), not clipped (slow)
+ ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(0,0));
+ for (int i = 0; i < lines; i++)
+ ImGui::Text("%i The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog\n", i);
+ ImGui::PopStyleVar();
+ break;
+ }
+ ImGui::EndChild();
+ ImGui::End();
+}
+
+// End of Demo code
+#else
+
+void ImGui::ShowTestWindow(bool*) {}
+void ImGui::ShowUserGuide(bool*) {}
+void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(bool*) {}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/deps/imgui-1.47/imgui_draw.cpp b/deps/imgui-1.47/imgui_draw.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8c9a2782
--- /dev/null
+++ b/deps/imgui-1.47/imgui_draw.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2263 @@
+// dear imgui, v1.47
+// (drawing and font code)
+
+// Contains implementation for
+// - ImDrawList
+// - ImDrawData
+// - ImFontAtlas
+// - ImFont
+// - Default font data
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS)
+#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
+#endif
+
+#include "imgui.h"
+#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+#include "imgui_internal.h"
+
+#include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf
+#include // new (ptr)
+#if !defined(alloca) && !defined(__FreeBSD__)
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include // alloca
+#else
+#include // alloca
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff)
+#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen
+#define snprintf _snprintf
+#endif
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used
+#endif
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// STB libraries implementation
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+//#define IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE ImGuiStb
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
+//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
+namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
+{
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (push)
+#pragma warning (disable: 4456) // declaration of 'xx' hides previous local declaration
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __clang__
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes"
+#endif
+
+#define STBRP_ASSERT(x) IM_ASSERT(x)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
+#define STBRP_STATIC
+#define STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
+#endif
+#include "stb_rect_pack.h"
+
+#define STBTT_malloc(x,u) ((void)(u), ImGui::MemAlloc(x))
+#define STBTT_free(x,u) ((void)(u), ImGui::MemFree(x))
+#define STBTT_assert(x) IM_ASSERT(x)
+#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
+#define STBTT_STATIC
+#define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
+#else
+#define STBTT_DEF extern
+#endif
+#include "stb_truetype.h"
+
+#ifdef __clang__
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (pop)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE
+} // namespace ImGuiStb
+using namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE;
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImDrawList
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static const ImVec4 GNullClipRect(-8192.0f, -8192.0f, +8192.0f, +8192.0f); // Large values that are easy to encode in a few bits+shift
+
+void ImDrawList::Clear()
+{
+ CmdBuffer.resize(0);
+ IdxBuffer.resize(0);
+ VtxBuffer.resize(0);
+ _VtxCurrentIdx = 0;
+ _VtxWritePtr = NULL;
+ _IdxWritePtr = NULL;
+ _ClipRectStack.resize(0);
+ _TextureIdStack.resize(0);
+ _Path.resize(0);
+ _ChannelsCurrent = 0;
+ _ChannelsCount = 1;
+ // NB: Do not clear channels so our allocations are re-used after the first frame.
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::ClearFreeMemory()
+{
+ CmdBuffer.clear();
+ IdxBuffer.clear();
+ VtxBuffer.clear();
+ _VtxCurrentIdx = 0;
+ _VtxWritePtr = NULL;
+ _IdxWritePtr = NULL;
+ _ClipRectStack.clear();
+ _TextureIdStack.clear();
+ _Path.clear();
+ _ChannelsCurrent = 0;
+ _ChannelsCount = 1;
+ for (int i = 0; i < _Channels.Size; i++)
+ {
+ if (i == 0) memset(&_Channels[0], 0, sizeof(_Channels[0])); // channel 0 is a copy of CmdBuffer/IdxBuffer, don't destruct again
+ _Channels[i].CmdBuffer.clear();
+ _Channels[i].IdxBuffer.clear();
+ }
+ _Channels.clear();
+}
+
+// Use macros because C++ is a terrible language, we want guaranteed inline, no code in header, and no overhead in Debug mode
+#define GetCurrentClipRect() (_ClipRectStack.Size ? _ClipRectStack.Data[_ClipRectStack.Size-1] : GNullClipRect)
+#define GetCurrentTextureId() (_TextureIdStack.Size ? _TextureIdStack.Data[_TextureIdStack.Size-1] : NULL)
+
+void ImDrawList::AddDrawCmd()
+{
+ ImDrawCmd draw_cmd;
+ draw_cmd.ClipRect = GetCurrentClipRect();
+ draw_cmd.TextureId = GetCurrentTextureId();
+
+ IM_ASSERT(draw_cmd.ClipRect.x <= draw_cmd.ClipRect.z && draw_cmd.ClipRect.y <= draw_cmd.ClipRect.w);
+ CmdBuffer.push_back(draw_cmd);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddCallback(ImDrawCallback callback, void* callback_data)
+{
+ ImDrawCmd* current_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size ? &CmdBuffer.back() : NULL;
+ if (!current_cmd || current_cmd->ElemCount != 0 || current_cmd->UserCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ AddDrawCmd();
+ current_cmd = &CmdBuffer.back();
+ }
+ current_cmd->UserCallback = callback;
+ current_cmd->UserCallbackData = callback_data;
+
+ AddDrawCmd(); // Force a new command after us (see comment below)
+}
+
+// Our scheme may appears a bit unusual, basically we want the most-common calls AddLine AddRect etc. to not have to perform any check so we always have a command ready in the stack.
+// The cost of figuring out if a new command has to be added or if we can merge is paid in those Update** functions only.
+void ImDrawList::UpdateClipRect()
+{
+ // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command
+ const ImVec4 curr_clip_rect = GetCurrentClipRect();
+ ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size > 0 ? &CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size-1] : NULL;
+ if (!curr_cmd || (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && memcmp(&curr_cmd->ClipRect, &curr_clip_rect, sizeof(ImVec4)) != 0) || curr_cmd->UserCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ AddDrawCmd();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Try to merge with previous command if it matches, else use current command
+ ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size > 1 ? curr_cmd - 1 : NULL;
+ if (prev_cmd && memcmp(&prev_cmd->ClipRect, &curr_clip_rect, sizeof(ImVec4)) == 0 && prev_cmd->TextureId == GetCurrentTextureId() && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
+ CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+ else
+ curr_cmd->ClipRect = curr_clip_rect;
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::UpdateTextureID()
+{
+ // If current command is used with different settings we need to add a new command
+ const ImTextureID curr_texture_id = GetCurrentTextureId();
+ ImDrawCmd* curr_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size ? &CmdBuffer.back() : NULL;
+ if (!curr_cmd || (curr_cmd->ElemCount != 0 && curr_cmd->TextureId != curr_texture_id) || curr_cmd->UserCallback != NULL)
+ {
+ AddDrawCmd();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Try to merge with previous command if it matches, else use current command
+ ImDrawCmd* prev_cmd = CmdBuffer.Size > 1 ? curr_cmd - 1 : NULL;
+ if (prev_cmd && prev_cmd->TextureId == curr_texture_id && memcmp(&prev_cmd->ClipRect, &GetCurrentClipRect(), sizeof(ImVec4)) == 0 && prev_cmd->UserCallback == NULL)
+ CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+ else
+ curr_cmd->TextureId = curr_texture_id;
+}
+
+#undef GetCurrentClipRect
+#undef GetCurrentTextureId
+
+// Scissoring. The values in clip_rect are x1, y1, x2, y2. Only apply to rendering! Prefer using higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() to affect logic (hit-testing and widget culling)
+void ImDrawList::PushClipRect(const ImVec4& clip_rect)
+{
+ _ClipRectStack.push_back(clip_rect);
+ UpdateClipRect();
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PushClipRectFullScreen()
+{
+ PushClipRect(GNullClipRect);
+
+ // FIXME-OPT: This would be more correct but we're not supposed to access ImGuiState from here?
+ //ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ //PushClipRect(GetVisibleRect());
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PopClipRect()
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(_ClipRectStack.Size > 0);
+ _ClipRectStack.pop_back();
+ UpdateClipRect();
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PushTextureID(const ImTextureID& texture_id)
+{
+ _TextureIdStack.push_back(texture_id);
+ UpdateTextureID();
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PopTextureID()
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(_TextureIdStack.Size > 0);
+ _TextureIdStack.pop_back();
+ UpdateTextureID();
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::ChannelsSplit(int channels_count)
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(_ChannelsCurrent == 0 && _ChannelsCount == 1);
+ int old_channels_count = _Channels.Size;
+ if (old_channels_count < channels_count)
+ _Channels.resize(channels_count);
+ _ChannelsCount = channels_count;
+
+ // _Channels[] (24 bytes each) hold storage that we'll swap with this->_CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer
+ // The content of _Channels[0] at this point doesn't matter. We clear it to make state tidy in a debugger but we don't strictly need to.
+ // When we switch to the next channel, we'll copy _CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer into _Channels[0] and then _Channels[1] into _CmdBuffer/_IdxBuffer
+ memset(&_Channels[0], 0, sizeof(ImDrawChannel));
+ for (int i = 1; i < channels_count; i++)
+ {
+ if (i >= old_channels_count)
+ {
+ new(&_Channels[i]) ImDrawChannel();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ _Channels[i].CmdBuffer.resize(0);
+ _Channels[i].IdxBuffer.resize(0);
+ }
+ if (_Channels[i].CmdBuffer.Size == 0)
+ {
+ ImDrawCmd draw_cmd;
+ draw_cmd.ClipRect = _ClipRectStack.back();
+ draw_cmd.TextureId = _TextureIdStack.back();
+ _Channels[i].CmdBuffer.push_back(draw_cmd);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::ChannelsMerge()
+{
+ // Note that we never use or rely on channels.Size because it is merely a buffer that we never shrink back to 0 to keep all sub-buffers ready for use.
+ if (_ChannelsCount <= 1)
+ return;
+
+ ChannelsSetCurrent(0);
+ if (CmdBuffer.Size && CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0)
+ CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+
+ int new_cmd_buffer_count = 0, new_idx_buffer_count = 0;
+ for (int i = 1; i < _ChannelsCount; i++)
+ {
+ ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i];
+ if (ch.CmdBuffer.Size && ch.CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount == 0)
+ ch.CmdBuffer.pop_back();
+ new_cmd_buffer_count += ch.CmdBuffer.Size;
+ new_idx_buffer_count += ch.IdxBuffer.Size;
+ }
+ CmdBuffer.resize(CmdBuffer.Size + new_cmd_buffer_count);
+ IdxBuffer.resize(IdxBuffer.Size + new_idx_buffer_count);
+
+ ImDrawCmd* cmd_write = CmdBuffer.Data + CmdBuffer.Size - new_cmd_buffer_count;
+ _IdxWritePtr = IdxBuffer.Data + IdxBuffer.Size - new_idx_buffer_count;
+ for (int i = 1; i < _ChannelsCount; i++)
+ {
+ ImDrawChannel& ch = _Channels[i];
+ if (int sz = ch.CmdBuffer.Size) { memcpy(cmd_write, ch.CmdBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawCmd)); cmd_write += sz; }
+ if (int sz = ch.IdxBuffer.Size) { memcpy(_IdxWritePtr, ch.IdxBuffer.Data, sz * sizeof(ImDrawIdx)); _IdxWritePtr += sz; }
+ }
+ AddDrawCmd();
+ _ChannelsCount = 1;
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::ChannelsSetCurrent(int idx)
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(idx < _ChannelsCount);
+ if (_ChannelsCurrent == idx) return;
+ memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_ChannelsCurrent].CmdBuffer, &CmdBuffer, sizeof(CmdBuffer)); // copy 12 bytes, four times
+ memcpy(&_Channels.Data[_ChannelsCurrent].IdxBuffer, &IdxBuffer, sizeof(IdxBuffer));
+ _ChannelsCurrent = idx;
+ memcpy(&CmdBuffer, &_Channels.Data[_ChannelsCurrent].CmdBuffer, sizeof(CmdBuffer));
+ memcpy(&IdxBuffer, &_Channels.Data[_ChannelsCurrent].IdxBuffer, sizeof(IdxBuffer));
+ _IdxWritePtr = IdxBuffer.Data + IdxBuffer.Size;
+}
+
+// NB: this can be called with negative count for removing primitives (as long as the result does not underflow)
+void ImDrawList::PrimReserve(int idx_count, int vtx_count)
+{
+ ImDrawCmd& draw_cmd = CmdBuffer.Data[CmdBuffer.Size-1];
+ draw_cmd.ElemCount += idx_count;
+
+ int vtx_buffer_size = VtxBuffer.Size;
+ VtxBuffer.resize(vtx_buffer_size + vtx_count);
+ _VtxWritePtr = VtxBuffer.Data + vtx_buffer_size;
+
+ int idx_buffer_size = IdxBuffer.Size;
+ IdxBuffer.resize(idx_buffer_size + idx_count);
+ _IdxWritePtr = IdxBuffer.Data + idx_buffer_size;
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PrimRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col)
+{
+ const ImVec2 uv = GImGui->FontTexUvWhitePixel;
+ const ImVec2 b(c.x, a.y);
+ const ImVec2 d(a.x, c.y);
+ _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2);
+ _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+3);
+ _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = a; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
+ _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = b; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col;
+ _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = c; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col;
+ _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = d; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col;
+ _VtxWritePtr += 4;
+ _VtxCurrentIdx += 4;
+ _IdxWritePtr += 6;
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PrimRectUV(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_c, ImU32 col)
+{
+ const ImVec2 b(c.x, a.y);
+ const ImVec2 d(a.x, c.y);
+ const ImVec2 uv_b(uv_c.x, uv_a.y);
+ const ImVec2 uv_d(uv_a.x, uv_c.y);
+ _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2);
+ _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+3);
+ _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = a; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv_a; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
+ _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = b; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv_b; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col;
+ _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = c; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv_c; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col;
+ _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = d; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = uv_d; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col;
+ _VtxWritePtr += 4;
+ _VtxCurrentIdx += 4;
+ _IdxWritePtr += 6;
+}
+
+// TODO: Thickness anti-aliased lines cap are missing their AA fringe.
+void ImDrawList::AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, bool closed, float thickness, bool anti_aliased)
+{
+ if (points_count < 2)
+ return;
+
+ const ImVec2 uv = GImGui->FontTexUvWhitePixel;
+ anti_aliased &= GImGui->Style.AntiAliasedLines;
+ //if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) anti_aliased = false; // Debug
+
+ int count = points_count;
+ if (!closed)
+ count = points_count-1;
+
+ const bool thick_line = thickness > 1.0f;
+ if (anti_aliased)
+ {
+ // Anti-aliased stroke
+ const float AA_SIZE = 1.0f;
+ const ImU32 col_trans = col & 0x00ffffff;
+
+ const int idx_count = thick_line ? count*18 : count*12;
+ const int vtx_count = thick_line ? points_count*4 : points_count*3;
+ PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
+
+ // Temporary buffer
+ ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * (thick_line ? 5 : 3) * sizeof(ImVec2));
+ ImVec2* temp_points = temp_normals + points_count;
+
+ for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++)
+ {
+ const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1;
+ ImVec2 diff = points[i2] - points[i1];
+ diff *= ImInvLength(diff, 1.0f);
+ temp_normals[i1].x = diff.y;
+ temp_normals[i1].y = -diff.x;
+ }
+ if (!closed)
+ temp_normals[points_count-1] = temp_normals[points_count-2];
+
+ if (!thick_line)
+ {
+ if (!closed)
+ {
+ temp_points[0] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * AA_SIZE;
+ temp_points[1] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * AA_SIZE;
+ temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+0] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * AA_SIZE;
+ temp_points[(points_count-1)*2+1] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * AA_SIZE;
+ }
+
+ // FIXME-OPT: Merge the different loops, possibly remove the temporary buffer.
+ unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx;
+ for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++)
+ {
+ const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1;
+ unsigned int idx2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? _VtxCurrentIdx : idx1+3;
+
+ // Average normals
+ ImVec2 dm = (temp_normals[i1] + temp_normals[i2]) * 0.5f;
+ float dmr2 = dm.x*dm.x + dm.y*dm.y;
+ if (dmr2 > 0.000001f)
+ {
+ float scale = 1.0f / dmr2;
+ if (scale > 100.0f) scale = 100.0f;
+ dm *= scale;
+ }
+ dm *= AA_SIZE;
+ temp_points[i2*2+0] = points[i2] + dm;
+ temp_points[i2*2+1] = points[i2] - dm;
+
+ // Add indexes
+ _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2);
+ _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0);
+ _IdxWritePtr[6] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); _IdxWritePtr[7] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+1); _IdxWritePtr[8] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0);
+ _IdxWritePtr[9] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); _IdxWritePtr[10]= (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); _IdxWritePtr[11]= (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1);
+ _IdxWritePtr += 12;
+
+ idx1 = idx2;
+ }
+
+ // Add vertexes
+ for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++)
+ {
+ _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = points[i]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
+ _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i*2+0]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans;
+ _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i*2+1]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col_trans;
+ _VtxWritePtr += 3;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ const float half_inner_thickness = (thickness - AA_SIZE) * 0.5f;
+ if (!closed)
+ {
+ temp_points[0] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
+ temp_points[1] = points[0] + temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness);
+ temp_points[2] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness);
+ temp_points[3] = points[0] - temp_normals[0] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
+ temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+0] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
+ temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+1] = points[points_count-1] + temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness);
+ temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+2] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness);
+ temp_points[(points_count-1)*4+3] = points[points_count-1] - temp_normals[points_count-1] * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
+ }
+
+ // FIXME-OPT: Merge the different loops, possibly remove the temporary buffer.
+ unsigned int idx1 = _VtxCurrentIdx;
+ for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++)
+ {
+ const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1;
+ unsigned int idx2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? _VtxCurrentIdx : idx1+4;
+
+ // Average normals
+ ImVec2 dm = (temp_normals[i1] + temp_normals[i2]) * 0.5f;
+ float dmr2 = dm.x*dm.x + dm.y*dm.y;
+ if (dmr2 > 0.000001f)
+ {
+ float scale = 1.0f / dmr2;
+ if (scale > 100.0f) scale = 100.0f;
+ dm *= scale;
+ }
+ ImVec2 dm_out = dm * (half_inner_thickness + AA_SIZE);
+ ImVec2 dm_in = dm * half_inner_thickness;
+ temp_points[i2*4+0] = points[i2] + dm_out;
+ temp_points[i2*4+1] = points[i2] + dm_in;
+ temp_points[i2*4+2] = points[i2] - dm_in;
+ temp_points[i2*4+3] = points[i2] - dm_out;
+
+ // Add indexes
+ _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2);
+ _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1);
+ _IdxWritePtr[6] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1); _IdxWritePtr[7] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+1); _IdxWritePtr[8] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0);
+ _IdxWritePtr[9] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+0); _IdxWritePtr[10] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+0); _IdxWritePtr[11] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+1);
+ _IdxWritePtr[12] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2); _IdxWritePtr[13] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+2); _IdxWritePtr[14] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+3);
+ _IdxWritePtr[15] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx1+3); _IdxWritePtr[16] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+3); _IdxWritePtr[17] = (ImDrawIdx)(idx2+2);
+ _IdxWritePtr += 18;
+
+ idx1 = idx2;
+ }
+
+ // Add vertexes
+ for (int i = 0; i < points_count; i++)
+ {
+ _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = temp_points[i*4+0]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col_trans;
+ _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = temp_points[i*4+1]; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col;
+ _VtxWritePtr[2].pos = temp_points[i*4+2]; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col;
+ _VtxWritePtr[3].pos = temp_points[i*4+3]; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col_trans;
+ _VtxWritePtr += 4;
+ }
+ }
+ _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Non Anti-aliased Stroke
+ const int idx_count = count*6;
+ const int vtx_count = count*4; // FIXME-OPT: Not sharing edges
+ PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
+
+ for (int i1 = 0; i1 < count; i1++)
+ {
+ const int i2 = (i1+1) == points_count ? 0 : i1+1;
+ const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1];
+ const ImVec2& p2 = points[i2];
+ ImVec2 diff = p2 - p1;
+ diff *= ImInvLength(diff, 1.0f);
+
+ const float dx = diff.x * (thickness * 0.5f);
+ const float dy = diff.y * (thickness * 0.5f);
+ _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.x = p1.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[0].pos.y = p1.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
+ _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.x = p2.x + dy; _VtxWritePtr[1].pos.y = p2.y - dx; _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col;
+ _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.x = p2.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[2].pos.y = p2.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[2].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[2].col = col;
+ _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.x = p1.x - dy; _VtxWritePtr[3].pos.y = p1.y + dx; _VtxWritePtr[3].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[3].col = col;
+ _VtxWritePtr += 4;
+
+ _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2);
+ _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+3);
+ _IdxWritePtr += 6;
+ _VtxCurrentIdx += 4;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, const int points_count, ImU32 col, bool anti_aliased)
+{
+ const ImVec2 uv = GImGui->FontTexUvWhitePixel;
+ anti_aliased &= GImGui->Style.AntiAliasedShapes;
+ //if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) anti_aliased = false; // Debug
+
+ if (anti_aliased)
+ {
+ // Anti-aliased Fill
+ const float AA_SIZE = 1.0f;
+ const ImU32 col_trans = col & 0x00ffffff;
+ const int idx_count = (points_count-2)*3 + points_count*6;
+ const int vtx_count = (points_count*2);
+ PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
+
+ // Add indexes for fill
+ unsigned int vtx_inner_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx;
+ unsigned int vtx_outer_idx = _VtxCurrentIdx+1;
+ for (int i = 2; i < points_count; i++)
+ {
+ _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+((i-1)<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i<<1));
+ _IdxWritePtr += 3;
+ }
+
+ // Compute normals
+ ImVec2* temp_normals = (ImVec2*)alloca(points_count * sizeof(ImVec2));
+ for (int i0 = points_count-1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++)
+ {
+ const ImVec2& p0 = points[i0];
+ const ImVec2& p1 = points[i1];
+ ImVec2 diff = p1 - p0;
+ diff *= ImInvLength(diff, 1.0f);
+ temp_normals[i0].x = diff.y;
+ temp_normals[i0].y = -diff.x;
+ }
+
+ for (int i0 = points_count-1, i1 = 0; i1 < points_count; i0 = i1++)
+ {
+ // Average normals
+ const ImVec2& n0 = temp_normals[i0];
+ const ImVec2& n1 = temp_normals[i1];
+ ImVec2 dm = (n0 + n1) * 0.5f;
+ float dmr2 = dm.x*dm.x + dm.y*dm.y;
+ if (dmr2 > 0.000001f)
+ {
+ float scale = 1.0f / dmr2;
+ if (scale > 100.0f) scale = 100.0f;
+ dm *= scale;
+ }
+ dm *= AA_SIZE * 0.5f;
+
+ // Add vertices
+ _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = (points[i1] - dm); _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col; // Inner
+ _VtxWritePtr[1].pos = (points[i1] + dm); _VtxWritePtr[1].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[1].col = col_trans; // Outer
+ _VtxWritePtr += 2;
+
+ // Add indexes for fringes
+ _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i1<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i0<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx+(i0<<1));
+ _IdxWritePtr[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx+(i0<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_outer_idx+(i1<<1)); _IdxWritePtr[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_inner_idx+(i1<<1));
+ _IdxWritePtr += 6;
+ }
+ _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Non Anti-aliased Fill
+ const int idx_count = (points_count-2)*3;
+ const int vtx_count = points_count;
+ PrimReserve(idx_count, vtx_count);
+ for (int i = 0; i < vtx_count; i++)
+ {
+ _VtxWritePtr[0].pos = points[i]; _VtxWritePtr[0].uv = uv; _VtxWritePtr[0].col = col;
+ _VtxWritePtr++;
+ }
+ for (int i = 2; i < points_count; i++)
+ {
+ _IdxWritePtr[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx); _IdxWritePtr[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+i-1); _IdxWritePtr[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+i);
+ _IdxWritePtr += 3;
+ }
+ _VtxCurrentIdx += (ImDrawIdx)vtx_count;
+ }
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PathArcToFast(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, int amin, int amax)
+{
+ static ImVec2 circle_vtx[12];
+ static bool circle_vtx_builds = false;
+ const int circle_vtx_count = IM_ARRAYSIZE(circle_vtx);
+ if (!circle_vtx_builds)
+ {
+ for (int i = 0; i < circle_vtx_count; i++)
+ {
+ const float a = ((float)i / (float)circle_vtx_count) * 2*IM_PI;
+ circle_vtx[i].x = cosf(a);
+ circle_vtx[i].y = sinf(a);
+ }
+ circle_vtx_builds = true;
+ }
+
+ if (amin > amax) return;
+ if (radius == 0.0f)
+ {
+ _Path.push_back(centre);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (amax - amin + 1));
+ for (int a = amin; a <= amax; a++)
+ {
+ const ImVec2& c = circle_vtx[a % circle_vtx_count];
+ _Path.push_back(ImVec2(centre.x + c.x * radius, centre.y + c.y * radius));
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PathArcTo(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, float amin, float amax, int num_segments)
+{
+ if (radius == 0.0f)
+ _Path.push_back(centre);
+ _Path.reserve(_Path.Size + (num_segments + 1));
+ for (int i = 0; i <= num_segments; i++)
+ {
+ const float a = amin + ((float)i / (float)num_segments) * (amax - amin);
+ _Path.push_back(ImVec2(centre.x + cosf(a) * radius, centre.y + sinf(a) * radius));
+ }
+}
+
+static void PathBezierToCasteljau(ImVector* path, float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2, float x3, float y3, float x4, float y4, float tess_tol, int level)
+{
+ float dx = x4 - x1;
+ float dy = y4 - y1;
+ float d2 = ((x2 - x4) * dy - (y2 - y4) * dx);
+ float d3 = ((x3 - x4) * dy - (y3 - y4) * dx);
+ d2 = (d2 >= 0) ? d2 : -d2;
+ d3 = (d3 >= 0) ? d3 : -d3;
+ if ((d2+d3) * (d2+d3) < tess_tol * (dx*dx + dy*dy))
+ {
+ path->push_back(ImVec2(x4, y4));
+ }
+ else if (level < 10)
+ {
+ float x12 = (x1+x2)*0.5f, y12 = (y1+y2)*0.5f;
+ float x23 = (x2+x3)*0.5f, y23 = (y2+y3)*0.5f;
+ float x34 = (x3+x4)*0.5f, y34 = (y3+y4)*0.5f;
+ float x123 = (x12+x23)*0.5f, y123 = (y12+y23)*0.5f;
+ float x234 = (x23+x34)*0.5f, y234 = (y23+y34)*0.5f;
+ float x1234 = (x123+x234)*0.5f, y1234 = (y123+y234)*0.5f;
+
+ PathBezierToCasteljau(path, x1,y1, x12,y12, x123,y123, x1234,y1234, tess_tol, level+1);
+ PathBezierToCasteljau(path, x1234,y1234, x234,y234, x34,y34, x4,y4, tess_tol, level+1);
+ }
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PathBezierCurveTo(const ImVec2& p2, const ImVec2& p3, const ImVec2& p4, int num_segments)
+{
+ ImVec2 p1 = _Path.back();
+ if (num_segments == 0)
+ {
+ // Auto-tessellated
+ PathBezierToCasteljau(&_Path, p1.x, p1.y, p2.x, p2.y, p3.x, p3.y, p4.x, p4.y, GImGui->Style.CurveTessellationTol, 0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ float t_step = 1.0f / (float)num_segments;
+ for (int i_step = 1; i_step <= num_segments; i_step++)
+ {
+ float t = t_step * i_step;
+ float u = 1.0f - t;
+ float w1 = u*u*u;
+ float w2 = 3*u*u*t;
+ float w3 = 3*u*t*t;
+ float w4 = t*t*t;
+ _Path.push_back(ImVec2(w1*p1.x + w2*p2.x + w3*p3.x + w4*p4.x, w1*p1.y + w2*p2.y + w3*p3.y + w4*p4.y));
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::PathRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, float rounding, int rounding_corners)
+{
+ float r = rounding;
+ r = ImMin(r, fabsf(b.x-a.x) * ( ((rounding_corners&(1|2))==(1|2)) || ((rounding_corners&(4|8))==(4|8)) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f);
+ r = ImMin(r, fabsf(b.y-a.y) * ( ((rounding_corners&(1|8))==(1|8)) || ((rounding_corners&(2|4))==(2|4)) ? 0.5f : 1.0f ) - 1.0f);
+
+ if (r <= 0.0f || rounding_corners == 0)
+ {
+ PathLineTo(a);
+ PathLineTo(ImVec2(b.x,a.y));
+ PathLineTo(b);
+ PathLineTo(ImVec2(a.x,b.y));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ const float r0 = (rounding_corners & 1) ? r : 0.0f;
+ const float r1 = (rounding_corners & 2) ? r : 0.0f;
+ const float r2 = (rounding_corners & 4) ? r : 0.0f;
+ const float r3 = (rounding_corners & 8) ? r : 0.0f;
+ PathArcToFast(ImVec2(a.x+r0,a.y+r0), r0, 6, 9);
+ PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x-r1,a.y+r1), r1, 9, 12);
+ PathArcToFast(ImVec2(b.x-r2,b.y-r2), r2, 0, 3);
+ PathArcToFast(ImVec2(a.x+r3,b.y-r3), r3, 3, 6);
+ }
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddLine(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float thickness)
+{
+ if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+ return;
+ PathLineTo(a + ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f));
+ PathLineTo(b + ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f));
+ PathStroke(col, false, thickness);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddRect(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float rounding, int rounding_corners)
+{
+ if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+ return;
+ PathRect(a + ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f), b + ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f), rounding, rounding_corners);
+ PathStroke(col, true);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddRectFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, ImU32 col, float rounding, int rounding_corners)
+{
+ if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+ return;
+ if (rounding > 0.0f)
+ {
+ PathRect(a, b, rounding, rounding_corners);
+ PathFill(col);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ PrimReserve(6, 4);
+ PrimRect(a, b, col);
+ }
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddRectFilledMultiColor(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col_upr_left, ImU32 col_upr_right, ImU32 col_bot_right, ImU32 col_bot_left)
+{
+ if (((col_upr_left | col_upr_right | col_bot_right | col_bot_left) >> 24) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ const ImVec2 uv = GImGui->FontTexUvWhitePixel;
+ PrimReserve(6, 4);
+ PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+1)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2));
+ PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+2)); PrimWriteIdx((ImDrawIdx)(_VtxCurrentIdx+3));
+ PrimWriteVtx(a, uv, col_upr_left);
+ PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(c.x, a.y), uv, col_upr_right);
+ PrimWriteVtx(c, uv, col_bot_right);
+ PrimWriteVtx(ImVec2(a.x, c.y), uv, col_bot_left);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddTriangleFilled(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, ImU32 col)
+{
+ if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ PathLineTo(a);
+ PathLineTo(b);
+ PathLineTo(c);
+ PathFill(col);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddCircle(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments)
+{
+ if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ const float a_max = IM_PI*2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
+ PathArcTo(centre, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments);
+ PathStroke(col, true);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddCircleFilled(const ImVec2& centre, float radius, ImU32 col, int num_segments)
+{
+ if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ const float a_max = IM_PI*2.0f * ((float)num_segments - 1.0f) / (float)num_segments;
+ PathArcTo(centre, radius, 0.0f, a_max, num_segments);
+ PathFill(col);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddBezierCurve(const ImVec2& pos0, const ImVec2& cp0, const ImVec2& cp1, const ImVec2& pos1, ImU32 col, float thickness, int num_segments)
+{
+ if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ PathLineTo(pos0);
+ PathBezierCurveTo(cp0, cp1, pos1, num_segments);
+ PathStroke(col, false, thickness);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImFont* font, float font_size, const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, float wrap_width, const ImVec4* cpu_fine_clip_rect)
+{
+ if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ if (text_end == NULL)
+ text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin);
+ if (text_begin == text_end)
+ return;
+
+ IM_ASSERT(font->ContainerAtlas->TexID == _TextureIdStack.back()); // Use high-level ImGui::PushFont() or low-level ImDrawList::PushTextureId() to change font.
+
+ // reserve vertices for worse case (over-reserving is useful and easily amortized)
+ const int char_count = (int)(text_end - text_begin);
+ const int vtx_count_max = char_count * 4;
+ const int idx_count_max = char_count * 6;
+ const int vtx_begin = VtxBuffer.Size;
+ const int idx_begin = IdxBuffer.Size;
+ PrimReserve(idx_count_max, vtx_count_max);
+
+ ImVec4 clip_rect = _ClipRectStack.back();
+ if (cpu_fine_clip_rect)
+ {
+ clip_rect.x = ImMax(clip_rect.x, cpu_fine_clip_rect->x);
+ clip_rect.y = ImMax(clip_rect.y, cpu_fine_clip_rect->y);
+ clip_rect.z = ImMin(clip_rect.z, cpu_fine_clip_rect->z);
+ clip_rect.w = ImMin(clip_rect.w, cpu_fine_clip_rect->w);
+ }
+ font->RenderText(font_size, pos, col, clip_rect, text_begin, text_end, this, wrap_width, cpu_fine_clip_rect != NULL);
+
+ // give back unused vertices
+ // FIXME-OPT: clean this up
+ VtxBuffer.resize((int)(_VtxWritePtr - VtxBuffer.Data));
+ IdxBuffer.resize((int)(_IdxWritePtr - IdxBuffer.Data));
+ int vtx_unused = vtx_count_max - (VtxBuffer.Size - vtx_begin);
+ int idx_unused = idx_count_max - (IdxBuffer.Size - idx_begin);
+ CmdBuffer.back().ElemCount -= idx_unused;
+ _VtxWritePtr -= vtx_unused;
+ _IdxWritePtr -= idx_unused;
+ _VtxCurrentIdx = (ImDrawIdx)VtxBuffer.Size;
+}
+
+// This is one of the few function breaking the encapsulation of ImDrawLst, but it is just so useful.
+void ImDrawList::AddText(const ImVec2& pos, ImU32 col, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end)
+{
+ if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ AddText(GImGui->Font, GImGui->FontSize, pos, col, text_begin, text_end);
+}
+
+void ImDrawList::AddImage(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, ImU32 col)
+{
+ if ((col >> 24) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ // FIXME-OPT: This is wasting draw calls.
+ const bool push_texture_id = _TextureIdStack.empty() || user_texture_id != _TextureIdStack.back();
+ if (push_texture_id)
+ PushTextureID(user_texture_id);
+
+ PrimReserve(6, 4);
+ PrimRectUV(a, b, uv0, uv1, col);
+
+ if (push_texture_id)
+ PopTextureID();
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImDrawData
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// For backward compatibility: convert all buffers from indexed to de-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering!
+void ImDrawData::DeIndexAllBuffers()
+{
+ ImVector new_vtx_buffer;
+ TotalVtxCount = TotalIdxCount = 0;
+ for (int i = 0; i < CmdListsCount; i++)
+ {
+ ImDrawList* cmd_list = CmdLists[i];
+ if (cmd_list->IdxBuffer.empty())
+ continue;
+ new_vtx_buffer.resize(cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size);
+ for (int j = 0; j < cmd_list->IdxBuffer.Size; j++)
+ new_vtx_buffer[j] = cmd_list->VtxBuffer[cmd_list->IdxBuffer[j]];
+ cmd_list->VtxBuffer.swap(new_vtx_buffer);
+ cmd_list->IdxBuffer.resize(0);
+ TotalVtxCount += cmd_list->VtxBuffer.Size;
+ }
+}
+
+// Helper to scale the ClipRect field of each ImDrawCmd. Use if your final output buffer is at a different scale than ImGui expects, or if there is a difference between your window resolution and framebuffer resolution.
+void ImDrawData::ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& scale)
+{
+ for (int i = 0; i < CmdListsCount; i++)
+ {
+ ImDrawList* cmd_list = CmdLists[i];
+ for (int cmd_i = 0; cmd_i < cmd_list->CmdBuffer.Size; cmd_i++)
+ {
+ ImDrawCmd* cmd = &cmd_list->CmdBuffer[cmd_i];
+ cmd->ClipRect = ImVec4(cmd->ClipRect.x * scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.y * scale.y, cmd->ClipRect.z * scale.x, cmd->ClipRect.w * scale.y);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImFontAtlas
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig()
+{
+ FontData = NULL;
+ FontDataSize = 0;
+ FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true;
+ FontNo = 0;
+ SizePixels = 0.0f;
+ OversampleH = 3;
+ OversampleV = 1;
+ PixelSnapH = false;
+ GlyphExtraSpacing = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ GlyphRanges = NULL;
+ MergeMode = false;
+ MergeGlyphCenterV = false;
+ DstFont = NULL;
+ memset(Name, 0, sizeof(Name));
+}
+
+ImFontAtlas::ImFontAtlas()
+{
+ TexID = NULL;
+ TexPixelsAlpha8 = NULL;
+ TexPixelsRGBA32 = NULL;
+ TexWidth = TexHeight = TexDesiredWidth = 0;
+ TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0, 0);
+}
+
+ImFontAtlas::~ImFontAtlas()
+{
+ Clear();
+}
+
+void ImFontAtlas::ClearInputData()
+{
+ for (int i = 0; i < ConfigData.Size; i++)
+ if (ConfigData[i].FontData && ConfigData[i].FontDataOwnedByAtlas)
+ {
+ ImGui::MemFree(ConfigData[i].FontData);
+ ConfigData[i].FontData = NULL;
+ }
+
+ // When clearing this we lose access to the font name and other information used to build the font.
+ for (int i = 0; i < Fonts.Size; i++)
+ if (Fonts[i]->ConfigData >= ConfigData.Data && Fonts[i]->ConfigData < ConfigData.Data + ConfigData.Size)
+ {
+ Fonts[i]->ConfigData = NULL;
+ Fonts[i]->ConfigDataCount = 0;
+ }
+ ConfigData.clear();
+}
+
+void ImFontAtlas::ClearTexData()
+{
+ if (TexPixelsAlpha8)
+ ImGui::MemFree(TexPixelsAlpha8);
+ if (TexPixelsRGBA32)
+ ImGui::MemFree(TexPixelsRGBA32);
+ TexPixelsAlpha8 = NULL;
+ TexPixelsRGBA32 = NULL;
+}
+
+void ImFontAtlas::ClearFonts()
+{
+ for (int i = 0; i < Fonts.Size; i++)
+ {
+ Fonts[i]->~ImFont();
+ ImGui::MemFree(Fonts[i]);
+ }
+ Fonts.clear();
+}
+
+void ImFontAtlas::Clear()
+{
+ ClearInputData();
+ ClearTexData();
+ ClearFonts();
+}
+
+void ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel)
+{
+ // Build atlas on demand
+ if (TexPixelsAlpha8 == NULL)
+ {
+ if (ConfigData.empty())
+ AddFontDefault();
+ Build();
+ }
+
+ *out_pixels = TexPixelsAlpha8;
+ if (out_width) *out_width = TexWidth;
+ if (out_height) *out_height = TexHeight;
+ if (out_bytes_per_pixel) *out_bytes_per_pixel = 1;
+}
+
+void ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel)
+{
+ // Convert to RGBA32 format on demand
+ // Although it is likely to be the most commonly used format, our font rendering is 1 channel / 8 bpp
+ if (!TexPixelsRGBA32)
+ {
+ unsigned char* pixels;
+ GetTexDataAsAlpha8(&pixels, NULL, NULL);
+ TexPixelsRGBA32 = (unsigned int*)ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)(TexWidth * TexHeight * 4));
+ const unsigned char* src = pixels;
+ unsigned int* dst = TexPixelsRGBA32;
+ for (int n = TexWidth * TexHeight; n > 0; n--)
+ *dst++ = ((unsigned int)(*src++) << 24) | 0x00FFFFFF;
+ }
+
+ *out_pixels = (unsigned char*)TexPixelsRGBA32;
+ if (out_width) *out_width = TexWidth;
+ if (out_height) *out_height = TexHeight;
+ if (out_bytes_per_pixel) *out_bytes_per_pixel = 4;
+}
+
+ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg)
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->FontData != NULL && font_cfg->FontDataSize > 0);
+ IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->SizePixels > 0.0f);
+
+ // Create new font
+ if (!font_cfg->MergeMode)
+ {
+ ImFont* font = (ImFont*)ImGui::MemAlloc(sizeof(ImFont));
+ new (font) ImFont();
+ Fonts.push_back(font);
+ }
+
+ ConfigData.push_back(*font_cfg);
+ ImFontConfig& new_font_cfg = ConfigData.back();
+ new_font_cfg.DstFont = Fonts.back();
+ if (!new_font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas)
+ {
+ new_font_cfg.FontData = ImGui::MemAlloc(new_font_cfg.FontDataSize);
+ new_font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true;
+ memcpy(new_font_cfg.FontData, font_cfg->FontData, (size_t)new_font_cfg.FontDataSize);
+ }
+
+ // Invalidate texture
+ ClearTexData();
+ return Fonts.back();
+}
+
+// Default font TTF is compressed with stb_compress then base85 encoded (see extra_fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp for encoder)
+static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(unsigned char *input);
+static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, unsigned char *i, unsigned int length);
+static const char* GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85();
+static unsigned int Decode85Byte(char c) { return c >= '\\' ? c-36 : c-35; }
+static void Decode85(const unsigned char* src, unsigned char* dst)
+{
+ while (*src)
+ {
+ unsigned int tmp = Decode85Byte(src[0]) + 85*(Decode85Byte(src[1]) + 85*(Decode85Byte(src[2]) + 85*(Decode85Byte(src[3]) + 85*Decode85Byte(src[4]))));
+ dst[0] = ((tmp >> 0) & 0xFF); dst[1] = ((tmp >> 8) & 0xFF); dst[2] = ((tmp >> 16) & 0xFF); dst[3] = ((tmp >> 24) & 0xFF); // We can't assume little-endianess.
+ src += 5;
+ dst += 4;
+ }
+}
+
+// Load embedded ProggyClean.ttf at size 13, disable oversampling
+ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template)
+{
+ ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig();
+ if (!font_cfg_template)
+ {
+ font_cfg.OversampleH = font_cfg.OversampleV = 1;
+ font_cfg.PixelSnapH = true;
+ }
+ if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0') strcpy(font_cfg.Name, "");
+
+ const char* ttf_compressed_base85 = GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85();
+ ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(ttf_compressed_base85, 13.0f, &font_cfg, GetGlyphRangesDefault());
+ return font;
+}
+
+ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
+{
+ int data_size = 0;
+ void* data = ImLoadFileToMemory(filename, "rb", &data_size, 0);
+ if (!data)
+ {
+ IM_ASSERT(0); // Could not load file.
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig();
+ if (font_cfg.Name[0] == '\0')
+ {
+ // Store a short copy of filename into into the font name for convenience
+ const char* p;
+ for (p = filename + strlen(filename); p > filename && p[-1] != '/' && p[-1] != '\\'; p--) {}
+ snprintf(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "%s", p);
+ }
+ return AddFontFromMemoryTTF(data, data_size, size_pixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges);
+}
+
+// NBM Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas, unless font_cfg_template->FontDataOwnedByAtlas == false. Owned TTF buffer will be deleted after Build().
+ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* ttf_data, int ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
+{
+ ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig();
+ IM_ASSERT(font_cfg.FontData == NULL);
+ font_cfg.FontData = ttf_data;
+ font_cfg.FontDataSize = ttf_size;
+ font_cfg.SizePixels = size_pixels;
+ if (glyph_ranges)
+ font_cfg.GlyphRanges = glyph_ranges;
+ return AddFont(&font_cfg);
+}
+
+ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_ttf_data, int compressed_ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
+{
+ const unsigned int buf_decompressed_size = stb_decompress_length((unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data);
+ unsigned char* buf_decompressed_data = (unsigned char *)ImGui::MemAlloc(buf_decompressed_size);
+ stb_decompress(buf_decompressed_data, (unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data, (unsigned int)compressed_ttf_size);
+
+ ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig();
+ IM_ASSERT(font_cfg.FontData == NULL);
+ font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas = true;
+ return AddFontFromMemoryTTF(buf_decompressed_data, (int)buf_decompressed_size, size_pixels, font_cfg_template, glyph_ranges);
+}
+
+ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_ttf_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges)
+{
+ int compressed_ttf_size = (((int)strlen(compressed_ttf_data_base85) + 4) / 5) * 4;
+ void* compressed_ttf = ImGui::MemAlloc(compressed_ttf_size);
+ Decode85((const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data_base85, (unsigned char*)compressed_ttf);
+ ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(compressed_ttf, compressed_ttf_size, size_pixels, font_cfg, glyph_ranges);
+ ImGui::MemFree(compressed_ttf);
+ return font;
+}
+
+bool ImFontAtlas::Build()
+{
+ IM_ASSERT(ConfigData.Size > 0);
+
+ TexID = NULL;
+ TexWidth = TexHeight = 0;
+ TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0, 0);
+ ClearTexData();
+
+ struct ImFontTempBuildData
+ {
+ stbtt_fontinfo FontInfo;
+ stbrp_rect* Rects;
+ stbtt_pack_range* Ranges;
+ int RangesCount;
+ };
+ ImFontTempBuildData* tmp_array = (ImFontTempBuildData*)ImGui::MemAlloc((size_t)ConfigData.Size * sizeof(ImFontTempBuildData));
+
+ // Initialize font information early (so we can error without any cleanup) + count glyphs
+ int total_glyph_count = 0;
+ int total_glyph_range_count = 0;
+ for (int input_i = 0; input_i < ConfigData.Size; input_i++)
+ {
+ ImFontConfig& cfg = ConfigData[input_i];
+ ImFontTempBuildData& tmp = tmp_array[input_i];
+
+ IM_ASSERT(cfg.DstFont && (!cfg.DstFont->IsLoaded() || cfg.DstFont->ContainerAtlas == this));
+ const int font_offset = stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex((unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, cfg.FontNo);
+ IM_ASSERT(font_offset >= 0);
+ if (!stbtt_InitFont(&tmp.FontInfo, (unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, font_offset))
+ return false;
+
+ // Count glyphs
+ if (!cfg.GlyphRanges)
+ cfg.GlyphRanges = GetGlyphRangesDefault();
+ for (const ImWchar* in_range = cfg.GlyphRanges; in_range[0] && in_range[1]; in_range += 2)
+ {
+ total_glyph_count += (in_range[1] - in_range[0]) + 1;
+ total_glyph_range_count++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Start packing
+ TexWidth = (TexDesiredWidth > 0) ? TexDesiredWidth : (total_glyph_count > 2000) ? 2048 : (total_glyph_count > 1000) ? 1024 : 512; // Width doesn't actually matters much but some API/GPU have texture size limitations, and increasing width can decrease height.
+ TexHeight = 0;
+ const int max_tex_height = 1024*32;
+ stbtt_pack_context spc;
+ stbtt_PackBegin(&spc, NULL, TexWidth, max_tex_height, 0, 1, NULL);
+
+ // Pack our extra data rectangles first, so it will be on the upper-left corner of our texture (UV will have small values).
+ ImVector extra_rects;
+ RenderCustomTexData(0, &extra_rects);
+ stbtt_PackSetOversampling(&spc, 1, 1);
+ stbrp_pack_rects((stbrp_context*)spc.pack_info, &extra_rects[0], extra_rects.Size);
+ for (int i = 0; i < extra_rects.Size; i++)
+ if (extra_rects[i].was_packed)
+ TexHeight = ImMax(TexHeight, extra_rects[i].y + extra_rects[i].h);
+
+ // Allocate packing character data and flag packed characters buffer as non-packed (x0=y0=x1=y1=0)
+ int buf_packedchars_n = 0, buf_rects_n = 0, buf_ranges_n = 0;
+ stbtt_packedchar* buf_packedchars = (stbtt_packedchar*)ImGui::MemAlloc(total_glyph_count * sizeof(stbtt_packedchar));
+ stbrp_rect* buf_rects = (stbrp_rect*)ImGui::MemAlloc(total_glyph_count * sizeof(stbrp_rect));
+ stbtt_pack_range* buf_ranges = (stbtt_pack_range*)ImGui::MemAlloc(total_glyph_range_count * sizeof(stbtt_pack_range));
+ memset(buf_packedchars, 0, total_glyph_count * sizeof(stbtt_packedchar));
+ memset(buf_rects, 0, total_glyph_count * sizeof(stbrp_rect)); // Unnecessary but let's clear this for the sake of sanity.
+ memset(buf_ranges, 0, total_glyph_range_count * sizeof(stbtt_pack_range));
+
+ // First font pass: pack all glyphs (no rendering at this point, we are working with rectangles in an infinitely tall texture at this point)
+ for (int input_i = 0; input_i < ConfigData.Size; input_i++)
+ {
+ ImFontConfig& cfg = ConfigData[input_i];
+ ImFontTempBuildData& tmp = tmp_array[input_i];
+
+ // Setup ranges
+ int glyph_count = 0;
+ int glyph_ranges_count = 0;
+ for (const ImWchar* in_range = cfg.GlyphRanges; in_range[0] && in_range[1]; in_range += 2)
+ {
+ glyph_count += (in_range[1] - in_range[0]) + 1;
+ glyph_ranges_count++;
+ }
+ tmp.Ranges = buf_ranges + buf_ranges_n;
+ tmp.RangesCount = glyph_ranges_count;
+ buf_ranges_n += glyph_ranges_count;
+ for (int i = 0; i < glyph_ranges_count; i++)
+ {
+ const ImWchar* in_range = &cfg.GlyphRanges[i * 2];
+ stbtt_pack_range& range = tmp.Ranges[i];
+ range.font_size = cfg.SizePixels;
+ range.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range = in_range[0];
+ range.num_chars = (in_range[1] - in_range[0]) + 1;
+ range.chardata_for_range = buf_packedchars + buf_packedchars_n;
+ buf_packedchars_n += range.num_chars;
+ }
+
+ // Pack
+ tmp.Rects = buf_rects + buf_rects_n;
+ buf_rects_n += glyph_count;
+ stbtt_PackSetOversampling(&spc, cfg.OversampleH, cfg.OversampleV);
+ int n = stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(&spc, &tmp.FontInfo, tmp.Ranges, tmp.RangesCount, tmp.Rects);
+ stbrp_pack_rects((stbrp_context*)spc.pack_info, tmp.Rects, n);
+
+ // Extend texture height
+ for (int i = 0; i < n; i++)
+ if (tmp.Rects[i].was_packed)
+ TexHeight = ImMax(TexHeight, tmp.Rects[i].y + tmp.Rects[i].h);
+ }
+ IM_ASSERT(buf_rects_n == total_glyph_count);
+ IM_ASSERT(buf_packedchars_n == total_glyph_count);
+ IM_ASSERT(buf_ranges_n == total_glyph_range_count);
+
+ // Create texture
+ TexHeight = ImUpperPowerOfTwo(TexHeight);
+ TexPixelsAlpha8 = (unsigned char*)ImGui::MemAlloc(TexWidth * TexHeight);
+ memset(TexPixelsAlpha8, 0, TexWidth * TexHeight);
+ spc.pixels = TexPixelsAlpha8;
+ spc.height = TexHeight;
+
+ // Second pass: render characters
+ for (int input_i = 0; input_i < ConfigData.Size; input_i++)
+ {
+ ImFontConfig& cfg = ConfigData[input_i];
+ ImFontTempBuildData& tmp = tmp_array[input_i];
+ stbtt_PackSetOversampling(&spc, cfg.OversampleH, cfg.OversampleV);
+ stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(&spc, &tmp.FontInfo, tmp.Ranges, tmp.RangesCount, tmp.Rects);
+ tmp.Rects = NULL;
+ }
+
+ // End packing
+ stbtt_PackEnd(&spc);
+ ImGui::MemFree(buf_rects);
+ buf_rects = NULL;
+
+ // Third pass: setup ImFont and glyphs for runtime
+ for (int input_i = 0; input_i < ConfigData.Size; input_i++)
+ {
+ ImFontConfig& cfg = ConfigData[input_i];
+ ImFontTempBuildData& tmp = tmp_array[input_i];
+ ImFont* dst_font = cfg.DstFont;
+
+ float font_scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels);
+ int unscaled_ascent, unscaled_descent, unscaled_line_gap;
+ stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&tmp.FontInfo, &unscaled_ascent, &unscaled_descent, &unscaled_line_gap);
+
+ float ascent = unscaled_ascent * font_scale;
+ float descent = unscaled_descent * font_scale;
+ if (!cfg.MergeMode)
+ {
+ dst_font->ContainerAtlas = this;
+ dst_font->ConfigData = &cfg;
+ dst_font->ConfigDataCount = 0;
+ dst_font->FontSize = cfg.SizePixels;
+ dst_font->Ascent = ascent;
+ dst_font->Descent = descent;
+ dst_font->Glyphs.resize(0);
+ }
+ dst_font->ConfigDataCount++;
+ float off_y = (cfg.MergeMode && cfg.MergeGlyphCenterV) ? (ascent - dst_font->Ascent) * 0.5f : 0.0f;
+
+ dst_font->FallbackGlyph = NULL; // Always clear fallback so FindGlyph can return NULL. It will be set again in BuildLookupTable()
+ for (int i = 0; i < tmp.RangesCount; i++)
+ {
+ stbtt_pack_range& range = tmp.Ranges[i];
+ for (int char_idx = 0; char_idx < range.num_chars; char_idx += 1)
+ {
+ const stbtt_packedchar& pc = range.chardata_for_range[char_idx];
+ if (!pc.x0 && !pc.x1 && !pc.y0 && !pc.y1)
+ continue;
+
+ const int codepoint = range.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + char_idx;
+ if (cfg.MergeMode && dst_font->FindGlyph((unsigned short)codepoint))
+ continue;
+
+ stbtt_aligned_quad q;
+ float dummy_x = 0.0f, dummy_y = 0.0f;
+ stbtt_GetPackedQuad(range.chardata_for_range, TexWidth, TexHeight, char_idx, &dummy_x, &dummy_y, &q, 0);
+
+ dst_font->Glyphs.resize(dst_font->Glyphs.Size + 1);
+ ImFont::Glyph& glyph = dst_font->Glyphs.back();
+ glyph.Codepoint = (ImWchar)codepoint;
+ glyph.X0 = q.x0; glyph.Y0 = q.y0; glyph.X1 = q.x1; glyph.Y1 = q.y1;
+ glyph.U0 = q.s0; glyph.V0 = q.t0; glyph.U1 = q.s1; glyph.V1 = q.t1;
+ glyph.Y0 += (float)(int)(dst_font->Ascent + off_y + 0.5f);
+ glyph.Y1 += (float)(int)(dst_font->Ascent + off_y + 0.5f);
+ glyph.XAdvance = (pc.xadvance + cfg.GlyphExtraSpacing.x); // Bake spacing into XAdvance
+ if (cfg.PixelSnapH)
+ glyph.XAdvance = (float)(int)(glyph.XAdvance + 0.5f);
+ }
+ }
+ cfg.DstFont->BuildLookupTable();
+ }
+
+ // Cleanup temporaries
+ ImGui::MemFree(buf_packedchars);
+ ImGui::MemFree(buf_ranges);
+ ImGui::MemFree(tmp_array);
+
+ // Render into our custom data block
+ RenderCustomTexData(1, &extra_rects);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void ImFontAtlas::RenderCustomTexData(int pass, void* p_rects)
+{
+ // A work of art lies ahead! (. = white layer, X = black layer, others are blank)
+ // The white texels on the top left are the ones we'll use everywhere in ImGui to render filled shapes.
+ const int TEX_DATA_W = 90;
+ const int TEX_DATA_H = 27;
+ const char texture_data[TEX_DATA_W*TEX_DATA_H+1] =
+ {
+ "..- -XXXXXXX- X - X -XXXXXXX - XXXXXXX"
+ "..- -X.....X- X.X - X.X -X.....X - X.....X"
+ "--- -XXX.XXX- X...X - X...X -X....X - X....X"
+ "X - X.X - X.....X - X.....X -X...X - X...X"
+ "XX - X.X -X.......X- X.......X -X..X.X - X.X..X"
+ "X.X - X.X -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX -X.X X.X - X.X X.X"
+ "X..X - X.X - X.X - X.X -XX X.X - X.X XX"
+ "X...X - X.X - X.X - XX X.X XX - X.X - X.X "
+ "X....X - X.X - X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X.X - X.X "
+ "X.....X - X.X - X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X.X - X.X "
+ "X......X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X XX-XX X.X "
+ "X.......X - X.X - X.X -X.....................X- X.X X.X-X.X X.X "
+ "X........X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X..X-X..X.X "
+ "X.........X -XXX.XXX- X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X...X-X...X "
+ "X..........X-X.....X- X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X....X-X....X "
+ "X......XXXXX-XXXXXXX- X.X - XX X.X XX - X.....X-X.....X "
+ "X...X..X --------- X.X - X.X - XXXXXXX-XXXXXXX "
+ "X..X X..X - -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX ------------------------------------"
+ "X.X X..X - -X.......X- X.......X - XX XX - "
+ "XX X..X - - X.....X - X.....X - X.X X.X - "
+ " X..X - X...X - X...X - X..X X..X - "
+ " XX - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - "
+ "------------ - X - X -X.....................X- "
+ " ----------------------------------- X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - "
+ " - X..X X..X - "
+ " - X.X X.X - "
+ " - XX XX - "
+ };
+
+ ImVector& rects = *(ImVector*)p_rects;
+ if (pass == 0)
+ {
+ // Request rectangles
+ stbrp_rect r;
+ memset(&r, 0, sizeof(r));
+ r.w = (TEX_DATA_W*2)+1;
+ r.h = TEX_DATA_H+1;
+ rects.push_back(r);
+ }
+ else if (pass == 1)
+ {
+ // Render/copy pixels
+ const stbrp_rect& r = rects[0];
+ for (int y = 0, n = 0; y < TEX_DATA_H; y++)
+ for (int x = 0; x < TEX_DATA_W; x++, n++)
+ {
+ const int offset0 = (int)(r.x + x) + (int)(r.y + y) * TexWidth;
+ const int offset1 = offset0 + 1 + TEX_DATA_W;
+ TexPixelsAlpha8[offset0] = texture_data[n] == '.' ? 0xFF : 0x00;
+ TexPixelsAlpha8[offset1] = texture_data[n] == 'X' ? 0xFF : 0x00;
+ }
+ const ImVec2 tex_uv_scale(1.0f / TexWidth, 1.0f / TexHeight);
+ TexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2((r.x + 0.5f) * tex_uv_scale.x, (r.y + 0.5f) * tex_uv_scale.y);
+
+ // Setup mouse cursors
+ const ImVec2 cursor_datas[ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_][3] =
+ {
+ // Pos ........ Size ......... Offset ......
+ { ImVec2(0,3), ImVec2(12,19), ImVec2( 0, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow
+ { ImVec2(13,0), ImVec2(7,16), ImVec2( 4, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput
+ { ImVec2(31,0), ImVec2(23,23), ImVec2(11,11) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Move
+ { ImVec2(21,0), ImVec2( 9,23), ImVec2( 5,11) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS
+ { ImVec2(55,18),ImVec2(23, 9), ImVec2(11, 5) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW
+ { ImVec2(73,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 9, 9) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW
+ { ImVec2(55,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 9, 9) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE
+ };
+
+ for (int type = 0; type < ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_; type++)
+ {
+ ImGuiMouseCursorData& cursor_data = GImGui->MouseCursorData[type];
+ ImVec2 pos = cursor_datas[type][0] + ImVec2((float)r.x, (float)r.y);
+ const ImVec2 size = cursor_datas[type][1];
+ cursor_data.Type = type;
+ cursor_data.Size = size;
+ cursor_data.HotOffset = cursor_datas[type][2];
+ cursor_data.TexUvMin[0] = (pos) * tex_uv_scale;
+ cursor_data.TexUvMax[0] = (pos + size) * tex_uv_scale;
+ pos.x += TEX_DATA_W+1;
+ cursor_data.TexUvMin[1] = (pos) * tex_uv_scale;
+ cursor_data.TexUvMax[1] = (pos + size) * tex_uv_scale;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// Retrieve list of range (2 int per range, values are inclusive)
+const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesDefault()
+{
+ static const ImWchar ranges[] =
+ {
+ 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
+ 0,
+ };
+ return &ranges[0];
+}
+
+const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesKorean()
+{
+ static const ImWchar ranges[] =
+ {
+ 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
+ 0x3131, 0x3163, // Korean alphabets
+ 0xAC00, 0xD79D, // Korean characters
+ 0,
+ };
+ return &ranges[0];
+}
+
+const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChinese()
+{
+ static const ImWchar ranges[] =
+ {
+ 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
+ 0x3000, 0x30FF, // Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
+ 0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
+ 0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters
+ 0x4e00, 0x9FAF, // CJK Ideograms
+ 0,
+ };
+ return &ranges[0];
+}
+
+const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesJapanese()
+{
+ // Store the 1946 ideograms code points as successive offsets from the initial unicode codepoint 0x4E00. Each offset has an implicit +1.
+ // This encoding helps us reduce the source code size.
+ static const short offsets_from_0x4E00[] =
+ {
+ -1,0,1,3,0,0,0,0,1,0,5,1,1,0,7,4,6,10,0,1,9,9,7,1,3,19,1,10,7,1,0,1,0,5,1,0,6,4,2,6,0,0,12,6,8,0,3,5,0,1,0,9,0,0,8,1,1,3,4,5,13,0,0,8,2,17,
+ 4,3,1,1,9,6,0,0,0,2,1,3,2,22,1,9,11,1,13,1,3,12,0,5,9,2,0,6,12,5,3,12,4,1,2,16,1,1,4,6,5,3,0,6,13,15,5,12,8,14,0,0,6,15,3,6,0,18,8,1,6,14,1,
+ 5,4,12,24,3,13,12,10,24,0,0,0,1,0,1,1,2,9,10,2,2,0,0,3,3,1,0,3,8,0,3,2,4,4,1,6,11,10,14,6,15,3,4,15,1,0,0,5,2,2,0,0,1,6,5,5,6,0,3,6,5,0,0,1,0,
+ 11,2,2,8,4,7,0,10,0,1,2,17,19,3,0,2,5,0,6,2,4,4,6,1,1,11,2,0,3,1,2,1,2,10,7,6,3,16,0,8,24,0,0,3,1,1,3,0,1,6,0,0,0,2,0,1,5,15,0,1,0,0,2,11,19,
+ 1,4,19,7,6,5,1,0,0,0,0,5,1,0,1,9,0,0,5,0,2,0,1,0,3,0,11,3,0,2,0,0,0,0,0,9,3,6,4,12,0,14,0,0,29,10,8,0,14,37,13,0,31,16,19,0,8,30,1,20,8,3,48,
+ 21,1,0,12,0,10,44,34,42,54,11,18,82,0,2,1,2,12,1,0,6,2,17,2,12,7,0,7,17,4,2,6,24,23,8,23,39,2,16,23,1,0,5,1,2,15,14,5,6,2,11,0,8,6,2,2,2,14,
+ 20,4,15,3,4,11,10,10,2,5,2,1,30,2,1,0,0,22,5,5,0,3,1,5,4,1,0,0,2,2,21,1,5,1,2,16,2,1,3,4,0,8,4,0,0,5,14,11,2,16,1,13,1,7,0,22,15,3,1,22,7,14,
+ 22,19,11,24,18,46,10,20,64,45,3,2,0,4,5,0,1,4,25,1,0,0,2,10,0,0,0,1,0,1,2,0,0,9,1,2,0,0,0,2,5,2,1,1,5,5,8,1,1,1,5,1,4,9,1,3,0,1,0,1,1,2,0,0,
+ 2,0,1,8,22,8,1,0,0,0,0,4,2,1,0,9,8,5,0,9,1,30,24,2,6,4,39,0,14,5,16,6,26,179,0,2,1,1,0,0,0,5,2,9,6,0,2,5,16,7,5,1,1,0,2,4,4,7,15,13,14,0,0,
+ 3,0,1,0,0,0,2,1,6,4,5,1,4,9,0,3,1,8,0,0,10,5,0,43,0,2,6,8,4,0,2,0,0,9,6,0,9,3,1,6,20,14,6,1,4,0,7,2,3,0,2,0,5,0,3,1,0,3,9,7,0,3,4,0,4,9,1,6,0,
+ 9,0,0,2,3,10,9,28,3,6,2,4,1,2,32,4,1,18,2,0,3,1,5,30,10,0,2,2,2,0,7,9,8,11,10,11,7,2,13,7,5,10,0,3,40,2,0,1,6,12,0,4,5,1,5,11,11,21,4,8,3,7,
+ 8,8,33,5,23,0,0,19,8,8,2,3,0,6,1,1,1,5,1,27,4,2,5,0,3,5,6,3,1,0,3,1,12,5,3,3,2,0,7,7,2,1,0,4,0,1,1,2,0,10,10,6,2,5,9,7,5,15,15,21,6,11,5,20,
+ 4,3,5,5,2,5,0,2,1,0,1,7,28,0,9,0,5,12,5,5,18,30,0,12,3,3,21,16,25,32,9,3,14,11,24,5,66,9,1,2,0,5,9,1,5,1,8,0,8,3,3,0,1,15,1,4,8,1,2,7,0,7,2,
+ 8,3,7,5,3,7,10,2,1,0,0,2,25,0,6,4,0,10,0,4,2,4,1,12,5,38,4,0,4,1,10,5,9,4,0,14,4,2,5,18,20,21,1,3,0,5,0,7,0,3,7,1,3,1,1,8,1,0,0,0,3,2,5,2,11,
+ 6,0,13,1,3,9,1,12,0,16,6,2,1,0,2,1,12,6,13,11,2,0,28,1,7,8,14,13,8,13,0,2,0,5,4,8,10,2,37,42,19,6,6,7,4,14,11,18,14,80,7,6,0,4,72,12,36,27,
+ 7,7,0,14,17,19,164,27,0,5,10,7,3,13,6,14,0,2,2,5,3,0,6,13,0,0,10,29,0,4,0,3,13,0,3,1,6,51,1,5,28,2,0,8,0,20,2,4,0,25,2,10,13,10,0,16,4,0,1,0,
+ 2,1,7,0,1,8,11,0,0,1,2,7,2,23,11,6,6,4,16,2,2,2,0,22,9,3,3,5,2,0,15,16,21,2,9,20,15,15,5,3,9,1,0,0,1,7,7,5,4,2,2,2,38,24,14,0,0,15,5,6,24,14,
+ 5,5,11,0,21,12,0,3,8,4,11,1,8,0,11,27,7,2,4,9,21,59,0,1,39,3,60,62,3,0,12,11,0,3,30,11,0,13,88,4,15,5,28,13,1,4,48,17,17,4,28,32,46,0,16,0,
+ 18,11,1,8,6,38,11,2,6,11,38,2,0,45,3,11,2,7,8,4,30,14,17,2,1,1,65,18,12,16,4,2,45,123,12,56,33,1,4,3,4,7,0,0,0,3,2,0,16,4,2,4,2,0,7,4,5,2,26,
+ 2,25,6,11,6,1,16,2,6,17,77,15,3,35,0,1,0,5,1,0,38,16,6,3,12,3,3,3,0,9,3,1,3,5,2,9,0,18,0,25,1,3,32,1,72,46,6,2,7,1,3,14,17,0,28,1,40,13,0,20,
+ 15,40,6,38,24,12,43,1,1,9,0,12,6,0,6,2,4,19,3,7,1,48,0,9,5,0,5,6,9,6,10,15,2,11,19,3,9,2,0,1,10,1,27,8,1,3,6,1,14,0,26,0,27,16,3,4,9,6,2,23,
+ 9,10,5,25,2,1,6,1,1,48,15,9,15,14,3,4,26,60,29,13,37,21,1,6,4,0,2,11,22,23,16,16,2,2,1,3,0,5,1,6,4,0,0,4,0,0,8,3,0,2,5,0,7,1,7,3,13,2,4,10,
+ 3,0,2,31,0,18,3,0,12,10,4,1,0,7,5,7,0,5,4,12,2,22,10,4,2,15,2,8,9,0,23,2,197,51,3,1,1,4,13,4,3,21,4,19,3,10,5,40,0,4,1,1,10,4,1,27,34,7,21,
+ 2,17,2,9,6,4,2,3,0,4,2,7,8,2,5,1,15,21,3,4,4,2,2,17,22,1,5,22,4,26,7,0,32,1,11,42,15,4,1,2,5,0,19,3,1,8,6,0,10,1,9,2,13,30,8,2,24,17,19,1,4,
+ 4,25,13,0,10,16,11,39,18,8,5,30,82,1,6,8,18,77,11,13,20,75,11,112,78,33,3,0,0,60,17,84,9,1,1,12,30,10,49,5,32,158,178,5,5,6,3,3,1,3,1,4,7,6,
+ 19,31,21,0,2,9,5,6,27,4,9,8,1,76,18,12,1,4,0,3,3,6,3,12,2,8,30,16,2,25,1,5,5,4,3,0,6,10,2,3,1,0,5,1,19,3,0,8,1,5,2,6,0,0,0,19,1,2,0,5,1,2,5,
+ 1,3,7,0,4,12,7,3,10,22,0,9,5,1,0,2,20,1,1,3,23,30,3,9,9,1,4,191,14,3,15,6,8,50,0,1,0,0,4,0,0,1,0,2,4,2,0,2,3,0,2,0,2,2,8,7,0,1,1,1,3,3,17,11,
+ 91,1,9,3,2,13,4,24,15,41,3,13,3,1,20,4,125,29,30,1,0,4,12,2,21,4,5,5,19,11,0,13,11,86,2,18,0,7,1,8,8,2,2,22,1,2,6,5,2,0,1,2,8,0,2,0,5,2,1,0,
+ 2,10,2,0,5,9,2,1,2,0,1,0,4,0,0,10,2,5,3,0,6,1,0,1,4,4,33,3,13,17,3,18,6,4,7,1,5,78,0,4,1,13,7,1,8,1,0,35,27,15,3,0,0,0,1,11,5,41,38,15,22,6,
+ 14,14,2,1,11,6,20,63,5,8,27,7,11,2,2,40,58,23,50,54,56,293,8,8,1,5,1,14,0,1,12,37,89,8,8,8,2,10,6,0,0,0,4,5,2,1,0,1,1,2,7,0,3,3,0,4,6,0,3,2,
+ 19,3,8,0,0,0,4,4,16,0,4,1,5,1,3,0,3,4,6,2,17,10,10,31,6,4,3,6,10,126,7,3,2,2,0,9,0,0,5,20,13,0,15,0,6,0,2,5,8,64,50,3,2,12,2,9,0,0,11,8,20,
+ 109,2,18,23,0,0,9,61,3,0,28,41,77,27,19,17,81,5,2,14,5,83,57,252,14,154,263,14,20,8,13,6,57,39,38,
+ };
+ static ImWchar base_ranges[] =
+ {
+ 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
+ 0x3000, 0x30FF, // Punctuations, Hiragana, Katakana
+ 0x31F0, 0x31FF, // Katakana Phonetic Extensions
+ 0xFF00, 0xFFEF, // Half-width characters
+ };
+ static bool full_ranges_unpacked = false;
+ static ImWchar full_ranges[IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges) + IM_ARRAYSIZE(offsets_from_0x4E00)*2 + 1];
+ if (!full_ranges_unpacked)
+ {
+ // Unpack
+ int codepoint = 0x4e00;
+ memcpy(full_ranges, base_ranges, sizeof(base_ranges));
+ ImWchar* dst = full_ranges + IM_ARRAYSIZE(base_ranges);;
+ for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(offsets_from_0x4E00); n++, dst += 2)
+ dst[0] = dst[1] = (ImWchar)(codepoint += (offsets_from_0x4E00[n] + 1));
+ dst[0] = 0;
+ full_ranges_unpacked = true;
+ }
+ return &full_ranges[0];
+}
+
+const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesCyrillic()
+{
+ static const ImWchar ranges[] =
+ {
+ 0x0020, 0x00FF, // Basic Latin + Latin Supplement
+ 0x0400, 0x052F, // Cyrillic + Cyrillic Supplement
+ 0x2DE0, 0x2DFF, // Cyrillic Extended-A
+ 0xA640, 0xA69F, // Cyrillic Extended-B
+ 0,
+ };
+ return &ranges[0];
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ImFont
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ImFont::ImFont()
+{
+ Scale = 1.0f;
+ FallbackChar = (ImWchar)'?';
+ Clear();
+}
+
+ImFont::~ImFont()
+{
+ // Invalidate active font so that the user gets a clear crash instead of a dangling pointer.
+ // If you want to delete fonts you need to do it between Render() and NewFrame().
+ // FIXME-CLEANUP
+ /*
+ ImGuiState& g = *GImGui;
+ if (g.Font == this)
+ g.Font = NULL;
+ */
+ Clear();
+}
+
+void ImFont::Clear()
+{
+ FontSize = 0.0f;
+ DisplayOffset = ImVec2(0.0f, 1.0f);
+ ConfigData = NULL;
+ ConfigDataCount = 0;
+ Ascent = Descent = 0.0f;
+ ContainerAtlas = NULL;
+ Glyphs.clear();
+ FallbackGlyph = NULL;
+ FallbackXAdvance = 0.0f;
+ IndexXAdvance.clear();
+ IndexLookup.clear();
+}
+
+void ImFont::BuildLookupTable()
+{
+ int max_codepoint = 0;
+ for (int i = 0; i != Glyphs.Size; i++)
+ max_codepoint = ImMax(max_codepoint, (int)Glyphs[i].Codepoint);
+
+ IndexXAdvance.clear();
+ IndexXAdvance.resize(max_codepoint + 1);
+ IndexLookup.clear();
+ IndexLookup.resize(max_codepoint + 1);
+ for (int i = 0; i < max_codepoint + 1; i++)
+ {
+ IndexXAdvance[i] = -1.0f;
+ IndexLookup[i] = -1;
+ }
+ for (int i = 0; i < Glyphs.Size; i++)
+ {
+ int codepoint = (int)Glyphs[i].Codepoint;
+ IndexXAdvance[codepoint] = Glyphs[i].XAdvance;
+ IndexLookup[codepoint] = i;
+ }
+
+ // Create a glyph to handle TAB
+ // FIXME: Needs proper TAB handling but it needs to be contextualized (or we could arbitrary say that each string starts at "column 0" ?)
+ if (FindGlyph((unsigned short)' '))
+ {
+ if (Glyphs.back().Codepoint != '\t') // So we can call this function multiple times
+ Glyphs.resize(Glyphs.Size + 1);
+ ImFont::Glyph& tab_glyph = Glyphs.back();
+ tab_glyph = *FindGlyph((unsigned short)' ');
+ tab_glyph.Codepoint = '\t';
+ tab_glyph.XAdvance *= 4;
+ IndexXAdvance[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (float)tab_glyph.XAdvance;
+ IndexLookup[(int)tab_glyph.Codepoint] = (int)(Glyphs.Size-1);
+ }
+
+ FallbackGlyph = NULL;
+ FallbackGlyph = FindGlyph(FallbackChar);
+ FallbackXAdvance = FallbackGlyph ? FallbackGlyph->XAdvance : 0.0f;
+ for (int i = 0; i < max_codepoint + 1; i++)
+ if (IndexXAdvance[i] < 0.0f)
+ IndexXAdvance[i] = FallbackXAdvance;
+}
+
+void ImFont::SetFallbackChar(ImWchar c)
+{
+ FallbackChar = c;
+ BuildLookupTable();
+}
+
+const ImFont::Glyph* ImFont::FindGlyph(unsigned short c) const
+{
+ if (c < IndexLookup.Size)
+ {
+ const int i = IndexLookup[c];
+ if (i != -1)
+ return &Glyphs[i];
+ }
+ return FallbackGlyph;
+}
+
+const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width) const
+{
+ // Simple word-wrapping for English, not full-featured. Please submit failing cases!
+ // FIXME: Much possible improvements (don't cut things like "word !", "word!!!" but cut within "word,,,,", more sensible support for punctuations, support for Unicode punctuations, etc.)
+
+ // For references, possible wrap point marked with ^
+ // "aaa bbb, ccc,ddd. eee fff. ggg!"
+ // ^ ^ ^ ^ ^__ ^ ^
+
+ // List of hardcoded separators: .,;!?'"
+
+ // Skip extra blanks after a line returns (that includes not counting them in width computation)
+ // e.g. "Hello world" --> "Hello" "World"
+
+ // Cut words that cannot possibly fit within one line.
+ // e.g.: "The tropical fish" with ~5 characters worth of width --> "The tr" "opical" "fish"
+
+ float line_width = 0.0f;
+ float word_width = 0.0f;
+ float blank_width = 0.0f;
+
+ const char* word_end = text;
+ const char* prev_word_end = NULL;
+ bool inside_word = true;
+
+ const char* s = text;
+ while (s < text_end)
+ {
+ unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s;
+ const char* next_s;
+ if (c < 0x80)
+ next_s = s + 1;
+ else
+ next_s = s + ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end);
+ if (c == 0)
+ break;
+
+ if (c < 32)
+ {
+ if (c == '\n')
+ {
+ line_width = word_width = blank_width = 0.0f;
+ inside_word = true;
+ s = next_s;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (c == '\r')
+ {
+ s = next_s;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexXAdvance.Size) ? IndexXAdvance[(int)c] * scale : FallbackXAdvance;
+ if (ImCharIsSpace(c))
+ {
+ if (inside_word)
+ {
+ line_width += blank_width;
+ blank_width = 0.0f;
+ }
+ blank_width += char_width;
+ inside_word = false;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ word_width += char_width;
+ if (inside_word)
+ {
+ word_end = next_s;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ prev_word_end = word_end;
+ line_width += word_width + blank_width;
+ word_width = blank_width = 0.0f;
+ }
+
+ // Allow wrapping after punctuation.
+ inside_word = !(c == '.' || c == ',' || c == ';' || c == '!' || c == '?' || c == '\"');
+ }
+
+ // We ignore blank width at the end of the line (they can be skipped)
+ if (line_width + word_width >= wrap_width)
+ {
+ // Words that cannot possibly fit within an entire line will be cut anywhere.
+ if (word_width < wrap_width)
+ s = prev_word_end ? prev_word_end : word_end;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ s = next_s;
+ }
+
+ return s;
+}
+
+ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, const char** remaining) const
+{
+ if (!text_end)
+ text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); // FIXME-OPT: Need to avoid this.
+
+ const float line_height = size;
+ const float scale = size / FontSize;
+
+ ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0,0);
+ float line_width = 0.0f;
+
+ const bool word_wrap_enabled = (wrap_width > 0.0f);
+ const char* word_wrap_eol = NULL;
+
+ const char* s = text_begin;
+ while (s < text_end)
+ {
+ if (word_wrap_enabled)
+ {
+ // Calculate how far we can render. Requires two passes on the string data but keeps the code simple and not intrusive for what's essentially an uncommon feature.
+ if (!word_wrap_eol)
+ {
+ word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - line_width);
+ if (word_wrap_eol == s) // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity.
+ word_wrap_eol++; // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because we use s >= word_wrap_eol below
+ }
+
+ if (s >= word_wrap_eol)
+ {
+ if (text_size.x < line_width)
+ text_size.x = line_width;
+ text_size.y += line_height;
+ line_width = 0.0f;
+ word_wrap_eol = NULL;
+
+ // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks
+ while (s < text_end)
+ {
+ const char c = *s;
+ if (ImCharIsSpace(c)) { s++; } else if (c == '\n') { s++; break; } else { break; }
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Decode and advance source
+ const char* prev_s = s;
+ unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s;
+ if (c < 0x80)
+ {
+ s += 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end);
+ if (c == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (c < 32)
+ {
+ if (c == '\n')
+ {
+ text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_width);
+ text_size.y += line_height;
+ line_width = 0.0f;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (c == '\r')
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ const float char_width = ((int)c < IndexXAdvance.Size ? IndexXAdvance[(int)c] : FallbackXAdvance) * scale;
+ if (line_width + char_width >= max_width)
+ {
+ s = prev_s;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ line_width += char_width;
+ }
+
+ if (text_size.x < line_width)
+ text_size.x = line_width;
+
+ if (line_width > 0 || text_size.y == 0.0f)
+ text_size.y += line_height;
+
+ if (remaining)
+ *remaining = s;
+
+ return text_size;
+}
+
+void ImFont::RenderText(float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, const ImVec4& clip_rect, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, ImDrawList* draw_list, float wrap_width, bool cpu_fine_clip) const
+{
+ if (!text_end)
+ text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin);
+
+ // Align to be pixel perfect
+ pos.x = (float)(int)pos.x + DisplayOffset.x;
+ pos.y = (float)(int)pos.y + DisplayOffset.y;
+ float x = pos.x;
+ float y = pos.y;
+ if (y > clip_rect.w)
+ return;
+
+ const float scale = size / FontSize;
+ const float line_height = FontSize * scale;
+ const bool word_wrap_enabled = (wrap_width > 0.0f);
+ const char* word_wrap_eol = NULL;
+
+ ImDrawVert* vtx_write = draw_list->_VtxWritePtr;
+ ImDrawIdx* idx_write = draw_list->_IdxWritePtr;
+ unsigned int vtx_current_idx = draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx;
+
+ const char* s = text_begin;
+ if (!word_wrap_enabled && y + line_height < clip_rect.y)
+ while (s < text_end && *s != '\n') // Fast-forward to next line
+ s++;
+ while (s < text_end)
+ {
+ if (word_wrap_enabled)
+ {
+ // Calculate how far we can render. Requires two passes on the string data but keeps the code simple and not intrusive for what's essentially an uncommon feature.
+ if (!word_wrap_eol)
+ {
+ word_wrap_eol = CalcWordWrapPositionA(scale, s, text_end, wrap_width - (x - pos.x));
+ if (word_wrap_eol == s) // Wrap_width is too small to fit anything. Force displaying 1 character to minimize the height discontinuity.
+ word_wrap_eol++; // +1 may not be a character start point in UTF-8 but it's ok because we use s >= word_wrap_eol below
+ }
+
+ if (s >= word_wrap_eol)
+ {
+ x = pos.x;
+ y += line_height;
+ word_wrap_eol = NULL;
+
+ // Wrapping skips upcoming blanks
+ while (s < text_end)
+ {
+ const char c = *s;
+ if (ImCharIsSpace(c)) { s++; } else if (c == '\n') { s++; break; } else { break; }
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Decode and advance source
+ unsigned int c = (unsigned int)*s;
+ if (c < 0x80)
+ {
+ s += 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, text_end);
+ if (c == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (c < 32)
+ {
+ if (c == '\n')
+ {
+ x = pos.x;
+ y += line_height;
+
+ if (y > clip_rect.w)
+ break;
+ if (!word_wrap_enabled && y + line_height < clip_rect.y)
+ while (s < text_end && *s != '\n') // Fast-forward to next line
+ s++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (c == '\r')
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ float char_width = 0.0f;
+ if (const Glyph* glyph = FindGlyph((unsigned short)c))
+ {
+ char_width = glyph->XAdvance * scale;
+
+ // Clipping on Y is more likely
+ if (c != ' ' && c != '\t')
+ {
+ // We don't do a second finer clipping test on the Y axis (TODO: do some measurement see if it is worth it, probably not)
+ float y1 = (float)(y + glyph->Y0 * scale);
+ float y2 = (float)(y + glyph->Y1 * scale);
+
+ float x1 = (float)(x + glyph->X0 * scale);
+ float x2 = (float)(x + glyph->X1 * scale);
+ if (x1 <= clip_rect.z && x2 >= clip_rect.x)
+ {
+ // Render a character
+ float u1 = glyph->U0;
+ float v1 = glyph->V0;
+ float u2 = glyph->U1;
+ float v2 = glyph->V1;
+
+ // CPU side clipping used to fit text in their frame when the frame is too small. Only does clipping for axis aligned quads.
+ if (cpu_fine_clip)
+ {
+ if (x1 < clip_rect.x)
+ {
+ u1 = u1 + (1.0f - (x2 - clip_rect.x) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1);
+ x1 = clip_rect.x;
+ }
+ if (y1 < clip_rect.y)
+ {
+ v1 = v1 + (1.0f - (y2 - clip_rect.y) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1);
+ y1 = clip_rect.y;
+ }
+ if (x2 > clip_rect.z)
+ {
+ u2 = u1 + ((clip_rect.z - x1) / (x2 - x1)) * (u2 - u1);
+ x2 = clip_rect.z;
+ }
+ if (y2 > clip_rect.w)
+ {
+ v2 = v1 + ((clip_rect.w - y1) / (y2 - y1)) * (v2 - v1);
+ y2 = clip_rect.w;
+ }
+ if (y1 >= y2)
+ {
+ x += char_width;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // NB: we are not calling PrimRectUV() here because non-inlined causes too much overhead in a debug build.
+ // inlined:
+ {
+ idx_write[0] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[1] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+1); idx_write[2] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2);
+ idx_write[3] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx); idx_write[4] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+2); idx_write[5] = (ImDrawIdx)(vtx_current_idx+3);
+ vtx_write[0].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[0].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[0].col = col; vtx_write[0].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[0].uv.y = v1;
+ vtx_write[1].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[1].pos.y = y1; vtx_write[1].col = col; vtx_write[1].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[1].uv.y = v1;
+ vtx_write[2].pos.x = x2; vtx_write[2].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[2].col = col; vtx_write[2].uv.x = u2; vtx_write[2].uv.y = v2;
+ vtx_write[3].pos.x = x1; vtx_write[3].pos.y = y2; vtx_write[3].col = col; vtx_write[3].uv.x = u1; vtx_write[3].uv.y = v2;
+ vtx_write += 4;
+ vtx_current_idx += 4;
+ idx_write += 6;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ x += char_width;
+ }
+
+ draw_list->_VtxWritePtr = vtx_write;
+ draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx = vtx_current_idx;
+ draw_list->_IdxWritePtr = idx_write;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// DEFAULT FONT DATA
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Compressed with stb_compress() then converted to a C array.
+// Use the program in extra_fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp to create the array from a TTF file.
+// Decompression from stb.h (public domain) by Sean Barrett https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/stb.h
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static unsigned int stb_decompress_length(unsigned char *input)
+{
+ return (input[8] << 24) + (input[9] << 16) + (input[10] << 8) + input[11];
+}
+
+static unsigned char *stb__barrier, *stb__barrier2, *stb__barrier3, *stb__barrier4;
+static unsigned char *stb__dout;
+static void stb__match(unsigned char *data, unsigned int length)
+{
+ // INVERSE of memmove... write each byte before copying the next...
+ IM_ASSERT (stb__dout + length <= stb__barrier);
+ if (stb__dout + length > stb__barrier) { stb__dout += length; return; }
+ if (data < stb__barrier4) { stb__dout = stb__barrier+1; return; }
+ while (length--) *stb__dout++ = *data++;
+}
+
+static void stb__lit(unsigned char *data, unsigned int length)
+{
+ IM_ASSERT (stb__dout + length <= stb__barrier);
+ if (stb__dout + length > stb__barrier) { stb__dout += length; return; }
+ if (data < stb__barrier2) { stb__dout = stb__barrier+1; return; }
+ memcpy(stb__dout, data, length);
+ stb__dout += length;
+}
+
+#define stb__in2(x) ((i[x] << 8) + i[(x)+1])
+#define stb__in3(x) ((i[x] << 16) + stb__in2((x)+1))
+#define stb__in4(x) ((i[x] << 24) + stb__in3((x)+1))
+
+static unsigned char *stb_decompress_token(unsigned char *i)
+{
+ if (*i >= 0x20) { // use fewer if's for cases that expand small
+ if (*i >= 0x80) stb__match(stb__dout-i[1]-1, i[0] - 0x80 + 1), i += 2;
+ else if (*i >= 0x40) stb__match(stb__dout-(stb__in2(0) - 0x4000 + 1), i[2]+1), i += 3;
+ else /* *i >= 0x20 */ stb__lit(i+1, i[0] - 0x20 + 1), i += 1 + (i[0] - 0x20 + 1);
+ } else { // more ifs for cases that expand large, since overhead is amortized
+ if (*i >= 0x18) stb__match(stb__dout-(stb__in3(0) - 0x180000 + 1), i[3]+1), i += 4;
+ else if (*i >= 0x10) stb__match(stb__dout-(stb__in3(0) - 0x100000 + 1), stb__in2(3)+1), i += 5;
+ else if (*i >= 0x08) stb__lit(i+2, stb__in2(0) - 0x0800 + 1), i += 2 + (stb__in2(0) - 0x0800 + 1);
+ else if (*i == 0x07) stb__lit(i+3, stb__in2(1) + 1), i += 3 + (stb__in2(1) + 1);
+ else if (*i == 0x06) stb__match(stb__dout-(stb__in3(1)+1), i[4]+1), i += 5;
+ else if (*i == 0x04) stb__match(stb__dout-(stb__in3(1)+1), stb__in2(4)+1), i += 6;
+ }
+ return i;
+}
+
+static unsigned int stb_adler32(unsigned int adler32, unsigned char *buffer, unsigned int buflen)
+{
+ const unsigned long ADLER_MOD = 65521;
+ unsigned long s1 = adler32 & 0xffff, s2 = adler32 >> 16;
+ unsigned long blocklen, i;
+
+ blocklen = buflen % 5552;
+ while (buflen) {
+ for (i=0; i + 7 < blocklen; i += 8) {
+ s1 += buffer[0], s2 += s1;
+ s1 += buffer[1], s2 += s1;
+ s1 += buffer[2], s2 += s1;
+ s1 += buffer[3], s2 += s1;
+ s1 += buffer[4], s2 += s1;
+ s1 += buffer[5], s2 += s1;
+ s1 += buffer[6], s2 += s1;
+ s1 += buffer[7], s2 += s1;
+
+ buffer += 8;
+ }
+
+ for (; i < blocklen; ++i)
+ s1 += *buffer++, s2 += s1;
+
+ s1 %= ADLER_MOD, s2 %= ADLER_MOD;
+ buflen -= blocklen;
+ blocklen = 5552;
+ }
+ return (unsigned int)(s2 << 16) + (unsigned int)s1;
+}
+
+static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, unsigned char *i, unsigned int length)
+{
+ unsigned int olen;
+ if (stb__in4(0) != 0x57bC0000) return 0;
+ if (stb__in4(4) != 0) return 0; // error! stream is > 4GB
+ olen = stb_decompress_length(i);
+ stb__barrier2 = i;
+ stb__barrier3 = i+length;
+ stb__barrier = output + olen;
+ stb__barrier4 = output;
+ i += 16;
+
+ stb__dout = output;
+ for (;;) {
+ unsigned char *old_i = i;
+ i = stb_decompress_token(i);
+ if (i == old_i) {
+ if (*i == 0x05 && i[1] == 0xfa) {
+ IM_ASSERT(stb__dout == output + olen);
+ if (stb__dout != output + olen) return 0;
+ if (stb_adler32(1, output, olen) != (unsigned int) stb__in4(2))
+ return 0;
+ return olen;
+ } else {
+ IM_ASSERT(0); /* NOTREACHED */
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+ IM_ASSERT(stb__dout <= output + olen);
+ if (stb__dout > output + olen)
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ProggyClean.ttf
+// Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 Tristan Grimmer
+// MIT license (see License.txt in http://www.upperbounds.net/download/ProggyClean.ttf.zip)
+// Download and more information at http://upperbounds.net
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// File: 'ProggyClean.ttf' (41208 bytes)
+// Exported using binary_to_compressed_c.cpp
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+static const char proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85[11980+1] =
+ "7])#######hV0qs'/###[),##/l:$#Q6>##5[n42>c-TH`->>#/e>11NNV=Bv(*:.F?uu#(gRU.o0XGH`$vhLG1hxt9?W`#,5LsCp#-i>.r$<$6pD>Lb';9Crc6tgXmKVeU2cD4Eo3R/"
+ "2*>]b(MC;$jPfY.;h^`IWM9Qo#t'X#(v#Y9w0#1D$CIf;W'#pWUPXOuxXuU(H9M(1=Ke$$'5F%)]0^#0X@U.a$FBjVQTSDgEKnIS7EM9>ZY9w0#L;>>#Mx&4Mvt//L[MkA#W@lK.N'[0#7RL_&#w+F%HtG9M#XL`N&.,GM4Pg;--VsM.M0rJfLH2eTM`*oJMHRC`N"
+ "kfimM2J,W-jXS:)r0wK#@Fge$U>`w'N7G#$#fB#$E^$#:9:hk+eOe--6x)F7*E%?76%^GMHePW-Z5l'&GiF#$956:rS?dA#fiK:)Yr+`�j@'DbG&#^$PG.Ll+DNa&VZ>1i%h1S9u5o@YaaW$e+bROPOpxTO7Stwi1::iB1q)C_=dV26J;2,]7op$]uQr@_V7$q^%lQwtuHY]=DX,n3L#0PHDO4f9>dC@O>HBuKPpP*E,N+b3L#lpR/MrTEH.IAQk.a>D[.e;mc."
+ "x]Ip.PH^'/aqUO/$1WxLoW0[iLAw=4h(9.`G"
+ "CRUxHPeR`5Mjol(dUWxZa(>STrPkrJiWx`5U7F#.g*jrohGg`cg:lSTvEY/EV_7H4Q9[Z%cnv;JQYZ5q.l7Zeas:HOIZOB?Ggv:[7MI2k).'2($5FNP&EQ(,)"
+ "U]W]+fh18.vsai00);D3@4ku5P?DP8aJt+;qUM]=+b'8@;mViBKx0DE[-auGl8:PJ&Dj+M6OC]O^((##]`0i)drT;-7X`=-H3[igUnPG-NZlo.#k@h#=Ork$m>a>$-?Tm$UV(?#P6YY#"
+ "'/###xe7q.73rI3*pP/$1>s9)W,JrM7SN]'/4C#v$U`0#V.[0>xQsH$fEmPMgY2u7Kh(G%siIfLSoS+MK2eTM$=5,M8p`A.;_R%#u[K#$x4AG8.kK/HSB==-'Ie/QTtG?-.*^N-4B/ZM"
+ "_3YlQC7(p7q)&](`6_c)$/*JL(L-^(]$wIM`dPtOdGA,U3:w2M-0+WomX2u7lqM2iEumMTcsF?-aT=Z-97UEnXglEn1K-bnEO`gu"
+ "Ft(c%=;Am_Qs@jLooI&NX;]0#j4#F14;gl8-GQpgwhrq8'=l_f-b49'UOqkLu7-##oDY2L(te+Mch&gLYtJ,MEtJfLh'x'M=$CS-ZZ%P]8bZ>#S?YY#%Q&q'3^Fw&?D)UDNrocM3A76/"
+ "/oL?#h7gl85[qW/NDOk%16ij;+:1a'iNIdb-ou8.P*w,v5#EI$TWS>Pot-R*H'-SEpA:g)f+O$%%`kA#G=8RMmG1&O`>to8bC]T&$,n.LoO>29sp3dt-52U%VM#q7'DHpg+#Z9%H[Ket`e;)f#Km8&+DC$I46>#Kr]]u-[=99tts1.qb#q72g1WJO81q+eN'03'eM>&1XxY-caEnO"
+ "j%2n8)),?ILR5^.Ibn<-X-Mq7[a82Lq:F&#ce+S9wsCK*x`569E8ew'He]h:sI[2LM$[guka3ZRd6:t%IG:;$%YiJ:Nq=?eAw;/:nnDq0(CYcMpG)qLN4$##&J-XTt,%OVU4)S1+R-#dg0/Nn?Ku1^0f$B*P:Rowwm-`0PKjYDDM'3]d39VZHEl4,.j']Pk-M.h^&:0FACm$maq-&sgw0t7/6(^xtk%"
+ "LuH88Fj-ekm>GA#_>568x6(OFRl-IZp`&b,_P'$MhLbxfc$mj`,O;&%W2m`Zh:/)Uetw:aJ%]K9h:TcF]u_-Sj9,VK3M.*'&0D[Ca]J9gp8,kAW]"
+ "%(?A%R$f<->Zts'^kn=-^@c4%-pY6qI%J%1IGxfLU9CP8cbPlXv);C=b),<2mOvP8up,UVf3839acAWAW-W?#ao/^#%KYo8fRULNd2.>%m]UK:n%r$'sw]J;5pAoO_#2mO3n,'=H5(et"
+ "Hg*`+RLgv>=4U8guD$I%D:W>-r5V*%j*W:Kvej.Lp$'?;++O'>()jLR-^u68PHm8ZFWe+ej8h:9r6L*0//c&iH&R8pRbA#Kjm%upV1g:"
+ "a_#Ur7FuA#(tRh#.Y5K+@?3<-8m0$PEn;J:rh6?I6uG<-`wMU'ircp0LaE_OtlMb&1#6T.#FDKu#1Lw%u%+GM+X'e?YLfjM[VO0MbuFp7;>Q&#WIo)0@F%q7c#4XAXN-U&VBpqB>0ie&jhZ[?iLR@@_AvA-iQC(=ksRZRVp7`.=+NpBC%rh&3]R:8XDmE5^V8O(x<-+k?'(^](H.aREZSi,#1:[IXaZFOm<-ui#qUq2$##Ri;u75OK#(RtaW-K-F`S+cF]uN`-KMQ%rP/Xri.LRcB##=YL3BgM/3M"
+ "D?@f&1'BW-)Ju#bmmWCMkk&#TR`C,5d>g)F;t,4:@_l8G/5h4vUd%&%950:VXD'QdWoY-F$BtUwmfe$YqL'8(PWX("
+ "P?^@Po3$##`MSs?DWBZ/S>+4%>fX,VWv/w'KD`LP5IbH;rTV>n3cEK8U#bX]l-/V+^lj3;vlMb&[5YQ8#pekX9JP3XUC72L,,?+Ni&co7ApnO*5NK,((W-i:$,kp'UDAO(G0Sq7MVjJs"
+ "bIu)'Z,*[>br5fX^:FPAWr-m2KgLQ_nN6'8uTGT5g)uLv:873UpTLgH+#FgpH'_o1780Ph8KmxQJ8#H72L4@768@Tm&Q"
+ "h4CB/5OvmA&,Q&QbUoi$a_%3M01H)4x7I^&KQVgtFnV+;[Pc>[m4k//,]1?#`VY[Jr*3&&slRfLiVZJ:]?=K3Sw=[$=uRB?3xk48@aege0jT6'N#(q%.O=?2S]u*(m<-"
+ "V8J'(1)G][68hW$5'q[GC&5j`TE?m'esFGNRM)j,ffZ?-qx8;->g4t*:CIP/[Qap7/9'#(1sao7w-.qNUdkJ)tCF&#B^;xGvn2r9FEPFFFcL@.iFNkTve$m%#QvQS8U@)2Z+3K:AKM5i"
+ "sZ88+dKQ)W6>J%CL`.d*(B`-n8D9oK-XV1q['-5k'cAZ69e;D_?$ZPP&s^+7])$*$#@QYi9,5P r+$%CE=68>K8r0=dSC%%(@p7"
+ ".m7jilQ02'0-VWAgTlGW'b)Tq7VT9q^*^$$.:&N@@"
+ "$&)WHtPm*5_rO0&e%K&#-30j(E4#'Zb.o/(Tpm$>K'f@[PvFl,hfINTNU6u'0pao7%XUp9]5.>%h`8_=VYbxuel.NTSsJfLacFu3B'lQSu/m6-Oqem8T+oE--$0a/k]uj9EwsG>%veR*"
+ "hv^BFpQj:K'#SJ,sB-'#](j.Lg92rTw-*n%@/;39rrJF,l#qV%OrtBeC6/,;qB3ebNW[?,Hqj2L.1NP&GjUR=1D8QaS3Up&@*9wP?+lo7b?@%'k4`p0Z$22%K3+iCZj?XJN4Nm&+YF]u"
+ "@-W$U%VEQ/,,>>#)D#%8cY#YZ?=,`Wdxu/ae&#"
+ "w6)R89tI#6@s'(6Bf7a&?S=^ZI_kS&ai`&=tE72L_D,;^R)7[$so8lKN%5/$(vdfq7+ebA#"
+ "u1p]ovUKW&Y%q]'>$1@-[xfn$7ZTp7mM,G,Ko7a&Gu%G[RMxJs[0MM%wci.LFDK)(%:_i2B5CsR8&9Z&#=mPEnm0f`<&c)QL5uJ#%u%lJj+D-r;BoFDoS97h5g)E#o:&S4weDF,9^Hoe`h*L+_a*NrLW-1pG_&2UdB8"
+ "6e%B/:=>)N4xeW.*wft-;$'58-ESqr#U`'6AQ]m&6/`Z>#S?YY#Vc;r7U2&326d=w&H####?TZ`*4?&.MK?LP8Vxg>$[QXc%QJv92.(Db*B)gb*BM9dM*hJMAo*c&#"
+ "b0v=Pjer]$gG&JXDf->'StvU7505l9$AFvgYRI^&<^b68?j#q9QX4SM'RO#&sL1IM.rJfLUAj221]d##DW=m83u5;'bYx,*Sl0hL(W;;$doB&O/TQ:(Z^xBdLjLV#*8U_72Lh+2Q8Cj0i:6hp&$C/:p(HK>T8Y[gHQ4`4)'$Ab(Nof%V'8hL&#SfD07&6D@M.*J:;$-rv29'M]8qMv-tLp,'886iaC=Hb*YJoKJ,(j%K=H`K.v9HggqBIiZu'QvBT.#=)0ukruV&.)3=(^1`o*Pj4<-#MJ+gLq9-##@HuZPN0]u:h7.T..G:;$/Usj(T7`Q8tT72LnYl<-qx8;-HV7Q-&Xdx%1a,hC=0u+HlsV>nuIQL-5"
+ "_>@kXQtMacfD.m-VAb8;IReM3$wf0''hra*so568'Ip&vRs849'MRYSp%:t:h5qSgwpEr$B>Q,;s(C#$)`svQuF$##-D,##,g68@2[T;.XSdN9Qe)rpt._K-#5wF)sP'##p#C0c%-Gb%"
+ "hd+<-j'Ai*x&&HMkT]C'OSl##5RG[JXaHN;d'uA#x._U;.`PU@(Z3dt4r152@:v,'R.Sj'w#0<-;kPI)FfJ&#AYJ&#//)>-k=m=*XnK$>=)72L]0I%>.G690a:$##<,);?;72#?x9+d;"
+ "^V'9;jY@;)br#q^YQpx:X#Te$Z^'=-=bGhLf:D6&bNwZ9-ZD#n^9HhLMr5G;']d&6'wYmTFmLq9wI>P(9mI[>kC-ekLC/R&CH+s'B;K-M6$EB%is00:"
+ "+A4[7xks.LrNk0&E)wILYF@2L'0Nb$+pv<(2.768/FrY&h$^3i&@+G%JT'<-,v`3;_)I9M^AE]CN?Cl2AZg+%4iTpT3$U4O]GKx'm9)b@p7YsvK3w^YR-"
+ "CdQ*:Ir<($u&)#(&?L9Rg3H)4fiEp^iI9O8KnTj,]H?D*r7'M;PwZ9K0E^k&-cpI;.p/6_vwoFMV<->#%Xi.LxVnrU(4&8/P+:hLSKj$#U%]49t'I:rgMi'FL@a:0Y-uA[39',(vbma*"
+ "hU%<-SRF`Tt:542R_VV$p@[p8DV[A,?1839FWdFTi1O*H&#(AL8[_P%.M>v^-))qOT*F5Cq0`Ye%+$B6i:7@0IXSsDiWP,##P`%/L-"
+ "S(qw%sf/@%#B6;/U7K]uZbi^Oc^2n%t<)'mEVE''n`WnJra$^TKvX5B>;_aSEK',(hwa0:i4G?.Bci.(X[?b*($,=-n<.Q%`(X=?+@Am*Js0&=3bh8K]mL69=Lb,OcZV/);TTm8VI;?%OtJ<(b4mq7M6:u?KRdFl*:xP?Yb.5)%w_I?7uk5JC+FS(m#i'k.'a0i)9<7b'fs'59hq$*5Uhv##pi^8+hIEBF`nvo`;'l0.^S1<-wUK2/Coh58KKhLj"
+ "M=SO*rfO`+qC`W-On.=AJ56>>i2@2LH6A:&5q`?9I3@@'04&p2/LVa*T-4<-i3;M9UvZd+N7>b*eIwg:CC)c<>nO&#$(>.Z-I&J(Q0Hd5Q%7Co-b`-cP)hI;*_F]u`Rb[.j8_Q/<&>uu+VsH$sM9TA%?)(vmJ80),P7E>)tjD%2L=-t#fK[%`v=Q8WlA2);Sa"
+ ">gXm8YB`1d@K#n]76-a$U,mF%Ul:#/'xoFM9QX-$.QN'>"
+ "[%$Z$uF6pA6Ki2O5:8w*vP1<-1`[G,)-m#>0`P&#eb#.3i)rtB61(o'$?X3B2Qft^ae_5tKL9MUe9b*sLEQ95C&`=G?@Mj=wh*'3E>=-<)Gt*Iw)'QG:`@I"
+ "wOf7&]1i'S01B+Ev/Nac#9S;=;YQpg_6U`*kVY39xK,[/6Aj7:'1Bm-_1EYfa1+o&o4hp7KN_Q(OlIo@S%;jVdn0'1h19w,WQhLI)3S#f$2(eb,jr*b;3Vw]*7NH%$c4Vs,eD9>XW8?N]o+(*pgC%/72LV-uW%iewS8W6m2rtCpo'RS1R84=@paTKt)>=%&1[)*vp'u+x,VrwN;&]kuO9JDbg=pO$J*.jVe;u'm0dr9l,<*wMK*Oe=g8lV_KEBFkO'oU]^=[-792#ok,)"
+ "i]lR8qQ2oA8wcRCZ^7w/Njh;?.stX?Q1>S1q4Bn$)K1<-rGdO'$Wr.Lc.CG)$/*JL4tNR/,SVO3,aUw'DJN:)Ss;wGn9A32ijw%FL+Z0Fn.U9;reSq)bmI32U==5ALuG&#Vf1398/pVo"
+ "1*c-(aY168o<`JsSbk-,1N;$>0:OUas(3:8Z972LSfF8eb=c-;>SPw7.6hn3m`9^Xkn(r.qS[0;T%&Qc=+STRxX'q1BNk3&*eu2;&8q$&x>Q#Q7^Tf+6<(d%ZVmj2bDi%.3L2n+4W'$P"
+ "iDDG)g,r%+?,$@?uou5tSe2aN_AQU*'IAO"
+ "URQ##V^Fv-XFbGM7Fl(N<3DhLGF%q.1rC$#:T__&Pi68%0xi_&[qFJ(77j_&JWoF.V735&T,[R*:xFR*K5>>#`bW-?4Ne_&6Ne_&6Ne_&n`kr-#GJcM6X;uM6X;uM(.a..^2TkL%oR(#"
+ ";u.T%fAr%4tJ8&><1=GHZ_+m9/#H1F^R#SC#*N=BA9(D?v[UiFY>>^8p,KKF.W]L29uLkLlu/+4T"
+ "w$)F./^n3+rlo+DB;5sIYGNk+i1t-69Jg--0pao7Sm#K)pdHW&;LuDNH@H>#/X-TI(;P>#,Gc>#0Su>#4`1?#8lC?#xL$#B.`$#F:r$#JF.%#NR@%#R_R%#Vke%#Zww%#_-4^Rh%Sflr-k'MS.o?.5/sWel/wpEM0%3'/1)K^f1-d>G21&v(35>V`39V7A4=onx4"
+ "A1OY5EI0;6Ibgr6M$HS7Q<)58C5w,;WoA*#[%T*#`1g*#d=#+#hI5+#lUG+#pbY+#tnl+#x$),#&1;,#*=M,#.I`,#2Ur,#6b.-#;w[H#iQtA#m^0B#qjBB#uvTB##-hB#'9$C#+E6C#"
+ "/QHC#3^ZC#7jmC#;v)D#?,)4kMYD4lVu`4m`:&5niUA5@(A5BA1]PBB:xlBCC=2CDLXMCEUtiCf&0g2'tN?PGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CP"
+ "GT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CPGT4CP-qekC`.9kEg^+F$kwViFJTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5KTB&5o,^<-28ZI'O?;xp"
+ "O?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xpO?;xp;7q-#lLYI:xvD=#";
+
+static const char* GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85()
+{
+ return proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85;
+}
diff --git a/deps/imgui-1.47/imgui_internal.h b/deps/imgui-1.47/imgui_internal.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..039f7cd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/deps/imgui-1.47/imgui_internal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,731 @@
+// dear imgui, v1.47
+// (internals)
+
+// You may use this file to debug, understand or extend ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility!
+// Implement maths operators for ImVec2 (disabled by default to not collide with using IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA along with your own math types+operators)
+// #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+
+#pragma once
+
+#ifndef IMGUI_VERSION
+#error Must include imgui.h before imgui_internal.h
+#endif
+
+#include // FILE*
+#include // sqrtf()
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (push)
+#pragma warning (disable: 4251) // class 'xxx' needs to have dll-interface to be used by clients of struct 'xxx' // when IMGUI_API is set to__declspec(dllexport)
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Forward Declarations
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+struct ImRect;
+struct ImGuiColMod;
+struct ImGuiStyleMod;
+struct ImGuiGroupData;
+struct ImGuiSimpleColumns;
+struct ImGuiDrawContext;
+struct ImGuiTextEditState;
+struct ImGuiIniData;
+struct ImGuiMouseCursorData;
+struct ImGuiPopupRef;
+struct ImGuiState;
+struct ImGuiWindow;
+
+typedef int ImGuiLayoutType; // enum ImGuiLayoutType_
+typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags; // enum ImGuiButtonFlags_
+typedef int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags; // enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
+typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags; // enum ImGuiSliderFlags_
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// STB libraries
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace ImGuiStb
+{
+
+#ifdef __clang__
+#pragma clang diagnostic push
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"
+#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-prototypes"
+#endif
+
+#undef STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING
+#undef STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING ImGuiTextEditState
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ImWchar
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE -1.0f
+#include "stb_textedit.h"
+
+#ifdef __clang__
+#pragma clang diagnostic pop
+#endif
+
+} // namespace ImGuiStb
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Context
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+extern IMGUI_API ImGuiState* GImGui;
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Helpers
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define IM_ARRAYSIZE(_ARR) ((int)(sizeof(_ARR)/sizeof(*_ARR)))
+#define IM_PI 3.14159265358979323846f
+
+// Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar
+IMGUI_API int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return output UTF-8 bytes count
+IMGUI_API int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return input UTF-8 bytes count
+IMGUI_API int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_remaining = NULL); // return input UTF-8 bytes count
+IMGUI_API int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count)
+IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express string as UTF-8 code-points
+
+// Helpers: Misc
+IMGUI_API ImU32 ImHash(const void* data, int data_size, ImU32 seed = 0); // Pass data_size==0 for zero-terminated strings
+IMGUI_API void* ImLoadFileToMemory(const char* filename, const char* file_open_mode, int* out_file_size = NULL, int padding_bytes = 0);
+IMGUI_API bool ImIsPointInTriangle(const ImVec2& p, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c);
+static inline bool ImCharIsSpace(int c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; }
+static inline int ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v) { v--; v |= v >> 1; v |= v >> 2; v |= v >> 4; v |= v >> 8; v |= v >> 16; v++; return v; }
+
+// Helpers: String
+IMGUI_API int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2);
+IMGUI_API int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, int count);
+IMGUI_API char* ImStrdup(const char* str);
+IMGUI_API int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str);
+IMGUI_API const ImWchar*ImStrbolW(const ImWchar* buf_mid_line, const ImWchar* buf_begin); // Find beginning-of-line
+IMGUI_API const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end);
+IMGUI_API int ImFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) IM_PRINTFARGS(3);
+IMGUI_API int ImFormatStringV(char* buf, int buf_size, const char* fmt, va_list args);
+
+// Helpers: Math
+// We are keeping those not leaking to the user by default, in the case the user has implicit cast operators between ImVec2 and its own types (when IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA is defined)
+#ifdef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS
+static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x*rhs, lhs.y*rhs); }
+static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x/rhs, lhs.y/rhs); }
+static inline ImVec2 operator+(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x+rhs.x, lhs.y+rhs.y); }
+static inline ImVec2 operator-(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x-rhs.x, lhs.y-rhs.y); }
+static inline ImVec2 operator*(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x*rhs.x, lhs.y*rhs.y); }
+static inline ImVec2 operator/(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(lhs.x/rhs.x, lhs.y/rhs.y); }
+static inline ImVec2& operator+=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x += rhs.x; lhs.y += rhs.y; return lhs; }
+static inline ImVec2& operator-=(ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { lhs.x -= rhs.x; lhs.y -= rhs.y; return lhs; }
+static inline ImVec2& operator*=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x *= rhs; lhs.y *= rhs; return lhs; }
+static inline ImVec2& operator/=(ImVec2& lhs, const float rhs) { lhs.x /= rhs; lhs.y /= rhs; return lhs; }
+static inline ImVec4 operator-(const ImVec4& lhs, const ImVec4& rhs) { return ImVec4(lhs.x-rhs.x, lhs.y-rhs.y, lhs.z-rhs.z, lhs.w-rhs.w); }
+#endif
+
+static inline int ImMin(int lhs, int rhs) { return lhs < rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
+static inline int ImMax(int lhs, int rhs) { return lhs >= rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
+static inline float ImMin(float lhs, float rhs) { return lhs < rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
+static inline float ImMax(float lhs, float rhs) { return lhs >= rhs ? lhs : rhs; }
+static inline ImVec2 ImMin(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(ImMin(lhs.x,rhs.x), ImMin(lhs.y,rhs.y)); }
+static inline ImVec2 ImMax(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) { return ImVec2(ImMax(lhs.x,rhs.x), ImMax(lhs.y,rhs.y)); }
+static inline int ImClamp(int v, int mn, int mx) { return (v < mn) ? mn : (v > mx) ? mx : v; }
+static inline float ImClamp(float v, float mn, float mx) { return (v < mn) ? mn : (v > mx) ? mx : v; }
+static inline ImVec2 ImClamp(const ImVec2& f, const ImVec2& mn, ImVec2 mx) { return ImVec2(ImClamp(f.x,mn.x,mx.x), ImClamp(f.y,mn.y,mx.y)); }
+static inline float ImSaturate(float f) { return (f < 0.0f) ? 0.0f : (f > 1.0f) ? 1.0f : f; }
+static inline float ImLerp(float a, float b, float t) { return a + (b - a) * t; }
+static inline ImVec2 ImLerp(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& t) { return ImVec2(a.x + (b.x - a.x) * t.x, a.y + (b.y - a.y) * t.y); }
+static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec2& lhs) { return lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y; }
+static inline float ImLengthSqr(const ImVec4& lhs) { return lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y + lhs.z*lhs.z + lhs.w*lhs.w; }
+static inline float ImInvLength(const ImVec2& lhs, float fail_value) { float d = lhs.x*lhs.x + lhs.y*lhs.y; if (d > 0.0f) return 1.0f / sqrtf(d); return fail_value; }
+static inline ImVec2 ImRound(ImVec2 v) { return ImVec2((float)(int)v.x, (float)(int)v.y); }
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Types
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+enum ImGuiButtonFlags_
+{
+ ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat = 1 << 0,
+ ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick = 1 << 1, // return pressed on click only (default requires click+release)
+ ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease = 1 << 2, // return pressed on release only (default requires click+release)
+ ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChilds = 1 << 3,
+ ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 4,
+ ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled = 1 << 5,
+ ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine = 1 << 6,
+ ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers = 1 << 7
+};
+
+enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_
+{
+ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen = 1 << 0,
+ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoExpandOnLog = 1 << 1
+};
+
+enum ImGuiSliderFlags_
+{
+ ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical = 1 << 0,
+};
+
+enum ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_
+{
+ // NB: need to be in sync with last value of ImGuiSelectableFlags_
+ ImGuiSelectableFlags_Menu = 1 << 2,
+ ImGuiSelectableFlags_MenuItem = 1 << 3,
+ ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled = 1 << 4,
+ ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth = 1 << 5
+};
+
+// FIXME: this is in development, not exposed/functional as a generic feature yet.
+enum ImGuiLayoutType_
+{
+ ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical,
+ ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal
+};
+
+enum ImGuiPlotType
+{
+ ImGuiPlotType_Lines,
+ ImGuiPlotType_Histogram
+};
+
+enum ImGuiDataType
+{
+ ImGuiDataType_Int,
+ ImGuiDataType_Float
+};
+
+// 2D axis aligned bounding-box
+// NB: we can't rely on ImVec2 math operators being available here
+struct IMGUI_API ImRect
+{
+ ImVec2 Min; // Upper-left
+ ImVec2 Max; // Lower-right
+
+ ImRect() : Min(FLT_MAX,FLT_MAX), Max(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) {}
+ ImRect(const ImVec2& min, const ImVec2& max) : Min(min), Max(max) {}
+ ImRect(const ImVec4& v) : Min(v.x, v.y), Max(v.z, v.w) {}
+ ImRect(float x1, float y1, float x2, float y2) : Min(x1, y1), Max(x2, y2) {}
+
+ ImVec2 GetCenter() const { return ImVec2((Min.x+Max.x)*0.5f, (Min.y+Max.y)*0.5f); }
+ ImVec2 GetSize() const { return ImVec2(Max.x-Min.x, Max.y-Min.y); }
+ float GetWidth() const { return Max.x-Min.x; }
+ float GetHeight() const { return Max.y-Min.y; }
+ ImVec2 GetTL() const { return Min; } // Top-left
+ ImVec2 GetTR() const { return ImVec2(Max.x, Min.y); } // Top-right
+ ImVec2 GetBL() const { return ImVec2(Min.x, Max.y); } // Bottom-left
+ ImVec2 GetBR() const { return Max; } // Bottom-right
+ bool Contains(const ImVec2& p) const { return p.x >= Min.x && p.y >= Min.y && p.x < Max.x && p.y < Max.y; }
+ bool Contains(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.x >= Min.x && r.Min.y >= Min.y && r.Max.x < Max.x && r.Max.y < Max.y; }
+ bool Overlaps(const ImRect& r) const { return r.Min.y < Max.y && r.Max.y > Min.y && r.Min.x < Max.x && r.Max.x > Min.x; }
+ void Add(const ImVec2& rhs) { if (Min.x > rhs.x) Min.x = rhs.x; if (Min.y > rhs.y) Min.y = rhs.y; if (Max.x < rhs.x) Max.x = rhs.x; if (Max.y < rhs.y) Max.y = rhs.y; }
+ void Add(const ImRect& rhs) { if (Min.x > rhs.Min.x) Min.x = rhs.Min.x; if (Min.y > rhs.Min.y) Min.y = rhs.Min.y; if (Max.x < rhs.Max.x) Max.x = rhs.Max.x; if (Max.y < rhs.Max.y) Max.y = rhs.Max.y; }
+ void Expand(const float amount) { Min.x -= amount; Min.y -= amount; Max.x += amount; Max.y += amount; }
+ void Expand(const ImVec2& amount) { Min.x -= amount.x; Min.y -= amount.y; Max.x += amount.x; Max.y += amount.y; }
+ void Reduce(const ImVec2& amount) { Min.x += amount.x; Min.y += amount.y; Max.x -= amount.x; Max.y -= amount.y; }
+ void Clip(const ImRect& clip) { if (Min.x < clip.Min.x) Min.x = clip.Min.x; if (Min.y < clip.Min.y) Min.y = clip.Min.y; if (Max.x > clip.Max.x) Max.x = clip.Max.x; if (Max.y > clip.Max.y) Max.y = clip.Max.y; }
+ void Round() { Min.x = (float)(int)Min.x; Min.y = (float)(int)Min.y; Max.x = (float)(int)Max.x; Max.y = (float)(int)Max.y; }
+ ImVec2 GetClosestPoint(ImVec2 p, bool on_edge) const
+ {
+ if (!on_edge && Contains(p))
+ return p;
+ if (p.x > Max.x) p.x = Max.x;
+ else if (p.x < Min.x) p.x = Min.x;
+ if (p.y > Max.y) p.y = Max.y;
+ else if (p.y < Min.y) p.y = Min.y;
+ return p;
+ }
+};
+
+// Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
+struct ImGuiColMod
+{
+ ImGuiCol Col;
+ ImVec4 PreviousValue;
+};
+
+// Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it
+struct ImGuiStyleMod
+{
+ ImGuiStyleVar Var;
+ ImVec2 PreviousValue;
+};
+
+// Stacked data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup()
+struct ImGuiGroupData
+{
+ ImVec2 BackupCursorPos;
+ ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos;
+ float BackupIndentX;
+ float BackupCurrentLineHeight;
+ float BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
+ float BackupLogLinePosY;
+ bool AdvanceCursor;
+};
+
+// Per column data for Columns()
+struct ImGuiColumnData
+{
+ float OffsetNorm; // Column start offset, normalized 0.0 (far left) -> 1.0 (far right)
+ //float IndentX;
+};
+
+// Simple column measurement currently used for MenuItem() only. This is very short-sighted for now and NOT a generic helper.
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiSimpleColumns
+{
+ int Count;
+ float Spacing;
+ float Width, NextWidth;
+ float Pos[8], NextWidths[8];
+
+ ImGuiSimpleColumns();
+ void Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear);
+ float DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2);
+ float CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w);
+};
+
+// Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTextEditState
+{
+ ImGuiID Id; // widget id owning the text state
+ ImVector Text; // edit buffer, we need to persist but can't guarantee the persistence of the user-provided buffer. so we copy into own buffer.
+ ImVector InitialText; // backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered)
+ ImVector TempTextBuffer;
+ int CurLenA, CurLenW; // we need to maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar format.
+ int BufSizeA; // end-user buffer size
+ float ScrollX;
+ ImGuiStb::STB_TexteditState StbState;
+ float CursorAnim;
+ bool CursorFollow;
+ bool SelectedAllMouseLock;
+
+ ImGuiTextEditState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); }
+ void CursorAnimReset() { CursorAnim = -0.30f; } // After a user-input the cursor stays on for a while without blinking
+ void CursorClamp() { StbState.cursor = ImMin(StbState.cursor, CurLenW); StbState.select_start = ImMin(StbState.select_start, CurLenW); StbState.select_end = ImMin(StbState.select_end, CurLenW); }
+ bool HasSelection() const { return StbState.select_start != StbState.select_end; }
+ void ClearSelection() { StbState.select_start = StbState.select_end = StbState.cursor; }
+ void SelectAll() { StbState.select_start = 0; StbState.select_end = CurLenW; StbState.cursor = StbState.select_end; StbState.has_preferred_x = false; }
+ void OnKeyPressed(int key);
+};
+
+// Data saved in imgui.ini file
+struct ImGuiIniData
+{
+ char* Name;
+ ImGuiID ID;
+ ImVec2 Pos;
+ ImVec2 Size;
+ bool Collapsed;
+};
+
+// Mouse cursor data (used when io.MouseDrawCursor is set)
+struct ImGuiMouseCursorData
+{
+ ImGuiMouseCursor Type;
+ ImVec2 HotOffset;
+ ImVec2 Size;
+ ImVec2 TexUvMin[2];
+ ImVec2 TexUvMax[2];
+};
+
+// Storage for current popup stack
+struct ImGuiPopupRef
+{
+ ImGuiID PopupID; // Set on OpenPopup()
+ ImGuiWindow* Window; // Resolved on BeginPopup() - may stay unresolved if user never calls OpenPopup()
+ ImGuiWindow* ParentWindow; // Set on OpenPopup()
+ ImGuiID ParentMenuSet; // Set on OpenPopup()
+ ImVec2 MousePosOnOpen; // Copy of mouse position at the time of opening popup
+
+ ImGuiPopupRef(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* parent_window, ImGuiID parent_menu_set, const ImVec2& mouse_pos) { PopupID = id; Window = NULL; ParentWindow = parent_window; ParentMenuSet = parent_menu_set; MousePosOnOpen = mouse_pos; }
+};
+
+// Main state for ImGui
+struct ImGuiState
+{
+ bool Initialized;
+ ImGuiIO IO;
+ ImGuiStyle Style;
+ ImFont* Font; // (Shortcut) == FontStack.empty() ? IO.Font : FontStack.back()
+ float FontSize; // (Shortcut) == FontBaseSize * g.CurrentWindow->FontWindowScale == window->FontSize()
+ float FontBaseSize; // (Shortcut) == IO.FontGlobalScale * Font->Scale * Font->FontSize. Size of characters.
+ ImVec2 FontTexUvWhitePixel; // (Shortcut) == Font->TexUvForWhite
+
+ float Time;
+ int FrameCount;
+ int FrameCountEnded;
+ int FrameCountRendered;
+ ImVector Windows;
+ ImVector WindowsSortBuffer;
+ ImGuiWindow* CurrentWindow; // Being drawn into
+ ImVector CurrentWindowStack;
+ ImGuiWindow* FocusedWindow; // Will catch keyboard inputs
+ ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindow; // Will catch mouse inputs
+ ImGuiWindow* HoveredRootWindow; // Will catch mouse inputs (for focus/move only)
+ ImGuiID HoveredId; // Hovered widget
+ bool HoveredIdAllowOverlap;
+ ImGuiID HoveredIdPreviousFrame;
+ ImGuiID ActiveId; // Active widget
+ ImGuiID ActiveIdPreviousFrame;
+ bool ActiveIdIsAlive;
+ bool ActiveIdIsJustActivated; // Set at the time of activation for one frame
+ bool ActiveIdAllowOverlap; // Set only by active widget
+ ImGuiWindow* ActiveIdWindow;
+ ImGuiWindow* MovedWindow; // Track the child window we clicked on to move a window. Pointer is only valid if ActiveID is the "#MOVE" identifier of a window.
+ ImVector Settings; // .ini Settings
+ float SettingsDirtyTimer; // Save .ini settinngs on disk when time reaches zero
+ int DisableHideTextAfterDoubleHash;
+ ImVector ColorModifiers; // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor()
+ ImVector StyleModifiers; // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar()
+ ImVector FontStack; // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont()
+ ImVector OpenedPopupStack; // Which popups are open (persistent)
+ ImVector CurrentPopupStack; // Which level of BeginPopup() we are in (reset every frame)
+
+ // Storage for SetNexWindow** and SetNextTreeNode*** functions
+ ImVec2 SetNextWindowPosVal;
+ ImVec2 SetNextWindowSizeVal;
+ ImVec2 SetNextWindowContentSizeVal;
+ bool SetNextWindowCollapsedVal;
+ ImGuiSetCond SetNextWindowPosCond;
+ ImGuiSetCond SetNextWindowSizeCond;
+ ImGuiSetCond SetNextWindowContentSizeCond;
+ ImGuiSetCond SetNextWindowCollapsedCond;
+ bool SetNextWindowFocus;
+ bool SetNextTreeNodeOpenedVal;
+ ImGuiSetCond SetNextTreeNodeOpenedCond;
+
+ // Render
+ ImDrawData RenderDrawData; // Main ImDrawData instance to pass render information to the user
+ ImVector RenderDrawLists[3];
+ float ModalWindowDarkeningRatio;
+ ImDrawList OverlayDrawList; // Optional software render of mouse cursors, if io.MouseDrawCursor is set + a few debug overlays
+ ImGuiMouseCursor MouseCursor;
+ ImGuiMouseCursorData MouseCursorData[ImGuiMouseCursor_Count_];
+
+ // Widget state
+ ImGuiTextEditState InputTextState;
+ ImFont InputTextPasswordFont;
+ ImGuiID ScalarAsInputTextId; // Temporary text input when CTRL+clicking on a slider, etc.
+ ImGuiStorage ColorEditModeStorage; // Store user selection of color edit mode
+ ImVec2 ActiveClickDeltaToCenter;
+ float DragCurrentValue; // Currently dragged value, always float, not rounded by end-user precision settings
+ ImVec2 DragLastMouseDelta;
+ float DragSpeedDefaultRatio; // If speed == 0.0f, uses (max-min) * DragSpeedDefaultRatio
+ float DragSpeedScaleSlow;
+ float DragSpeedScaleFast;
+ ImVec2 ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter; // Distance between mouse and center of grab box, normalized in parent space. Use storage?
+ char Tooltip[1024];
+ char* PrivateClipboard; // If no custom clipboard handler is defined
+ ImVec2 OsImePosRequest, OsImePosSet; // Cursor position request & last passed to the OS Input Method Editor
+
+ // Logging
+ bool LogEnabled;
+ FILE* LogFile; // If != NULL log to stdout/ file
+ ImGuiTextBuffer* LogClipboard; // Else log to clipboard. This is pointer so our GImGui static constructor doesn't call heap allocators.
+ int LogStartDepth;
+ int LogAutoExpandMaxDepth;
+
+ // Misc
+ float FramerateSecPerFrame[120]; // calculate estimate of framerate for user
+ int FramerateSecPerFrameIdx;
+ float FramerateSecPerFrameAccum;
+ bool CaptureMouseNextFrame; // explicit capture via CaptureInputs() sets those flags
+ bool CaptureKeyboardNextFrame;
+ char TempBuffer[1024*3+1]; // temporary text buffer
+
+ ImGuiState()
+ {
+ Initialized = false;
+ Font = NULL;
+ FontSize = FontBaseSize = 0.0f;
+ FontTexUvWhitePixel = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+
+ Time = 0.0f;
+ FrameCount = 0;
+ FrameCountEnded = FrameCountRendered = -1;
+ CurrentWindow = NULL;
+ FocusedWindow = NULL;
+ HoveredWindow = NULL;
+ HoveredRootWindow = NULL;
+ HoveredId = 0;
+ HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false;
+ HoveredIdPreviousFrame = 0;
+ ActiveId = 0;
+ ActiveIdPreviousFrame = 0;
+ ActiveIdIsAlive = false;
+ ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false;
+ ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false;
+ ActiveIdWindow = NULL;
+ MovedWindow = NULL;
+ SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f;
+ DisableHideTextAfterDoubleHash = 0;
+
+ SetNextWindowPosVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ SetNextWindowSizeVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ SetNextWindowCollapsedVal = false;
+ SetNextWindowPosCond = 0;
+ SetNextWindowSizeCond = 0;
+ SetNextWindowCollapsedCond = 0;
+ SetNextWindowFocus = false;
+ SetNextTreeNodeOpenedVal = false;
+ SetNextTreeNodeOpenedCond = 0;
+
+ ScalarAsInputTextId = 0;
+ ActiveClickDeltaToCenter = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ DragCurrentValue = 0.0f;
+ DragLastMouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ DragSpeedDefaultRatio = 0.01f;
+ DragSpeedScaleSlow = 0.01f;
+ DragSpeedScaleFast = 10.0f;
+ ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ memset(Tooltip, 0, sizeof(Tooltip));
+ PrivateClipboard = NULL;
+ OsImePosRequest = OsImePosSet = ImVec2(-1.0f, -1.0f);
+
+ ModalWindowDarkeningRatio = 0.0f;
+ OverlayDrawList._OwnerName = "##Overlay"; // Give it a name for debugging
+ MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow;
+
+ LogEnabled = false;
+ LogFile = NULL;
+ LogClipboard = NULL;
+ LogStartDepth = 0;
+ LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = 2;
+
+ memset(FramerateSecPerFrame, 0, sizeof(FramerateSecPerFrame));
+ FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = 0;
+ FramerateSecPerFrameAccum = 0.0f;
+ CaptureMouseNextFrame = CaptureKeyboardNextFrame = false;
+ }
+};
+
+// Transient per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame
+// FIXME: That's theory, in practice the delimitation between ImGuiWindow and ImGuiDrawContext is quite tenuous and could be reconsidered.
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiDrawContext
+{
+ ImVec2 CursorPos;
+ ImVec2 CursorPosPrevLine;
+ ImVec2 CursorStartPos;
+ ImVec2 CursorMaxPos; // Implicitly calculate the size of our contents, always extending. Saved into window->SizeContents at the end of the frame
+ float CurrentLineHeight;
+ float CurrentLineTextBaseOffset;
+ float PrevLineHeight;
+ float PrevLineTextBaseOffset;
+ float LogLinePosY;
+ int TreeDepth;
+ ImGuiID LastItemID;
+ ImRect LastItemRect;
+ bool LastItemHoveredAndUsable; // Item rectangle is hovered, and its window is currently interactable with (not blocked by a popup preventing access to the window)
+ bool LastItemHoveredRect; // Item rectangle is hovered, but its window may or not be currently interactable with (might be blocked by a popup preventing access to the window)
+ bool MenuBarAppending;
+ float MenuBarOffsetX;
+ ImVector ChildWindows;
+ ImGuiStorage* StateStorage;
+ ImGuiLayoutType LayoutType;
+
+ // We store the current settings outside of the vectors to increase memory locality (reduce cache misses). The vectors are rarely modified. Also it allows us to not heap allocate for short-lived windows which are not using those settings.
+ float ItemWidth; // == ItemWidthStack.back(). 0.0: default, >0.0: width in pixels, <0.0: align xx pixels to the right of window
+ float TextWrapPos; // == TextWrapPosStack.back() [empty == -1.0f]
+ bool AllowKeyboardFocus; // == AllowKeyboardFocusStack.back() [empty == true]
+ bool ButtonRepeat; // == ButtonRepeatStack.back() [empty == false]
+ ImVector ItemWidthStack;
+ ImVector TextWrapPosStack;
+ ImVector AllowKeyboardFocusStack;
+ ImVector ButtonRepeatStack;
+ ImVectorGroupStack;
+ ImGuiColorEditMode ColorEditMode;
+ int StackSizesBackup[6]; // Store size of various stacks for asserting
+
+ float IndentX; // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.)
+ float ColumnsOffsetX; // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API.
+ int ColumnsCurrent;
+ int ColumnsCount;
+ float ColumnsMinX;
+ float ColumnsMaxX;
+ float ColumnsStartPosY;
+ float ColumnsCellMinY;
+ float ColumnsCellMaxY;
+ bool ColumnsShowBorders;
+ ImGuiID ColumnsSetID;
+ ImVector ColumnsData;
+
+ ImGuiDrawContext()
+ {
+ CursorPos = CursorPosPrevLine = CursorStartPos = CursorMaxPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f);
+ CurrentLineHeight = PrevLineHeight = 0.0f;
+ CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f;
+ LogLinePosY = -1.0f;
+ TreeDepth = 0;
+ LastItemID = 0;
+ LastItemRect = ImRect(0.0f,0.0f,0.0f,0.0f);
+ LastItemHoveredAndUsable = LastItemHoveredRect = false;
+ MenuBarAppending = false;
+ MenuBarOffsetX = 0.0f;
+ StateStorage = NULL;
+ LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical;
+ ItemWidth = 0.0f;
+ ButtonRepeat = false;
+ AllowKeyboardFocus = true;
+ TextWrapPos = -1.0f;
+ ColorEditMode = ImGuiColorEditMode_RGB;
+ memset(StackSizesBackup, 0, sizeof(StackSizesBackup));
+
+ IndentX = 0.0f;
+ ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f;
+ ColumnsCurrent = 0;
+ ColumnsCount = 1;
+ ColumnsMinX = ColumnsMaxX = 0.0f;
+ ColumnsStartPosY = 0.0f;
+ ColumnsCellMinY = ColumnsCellMaxY = 0.0f;
+ ColumnsShowBorders = true;
+ ColumnsSetID = 0;
+ }
+};
+
+// Windows data
+struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow
+{
+ char* Name;
+ ImGuiID ID;
+ ImGuiWindowFlags Flags;
+ ImVec2 PosFloat;
+ ImVec2 Pos; // Position rounded-up to nearest pixel
+ ImVec2 Size; // Current size (==SizeFull or collapsed title bar size)
+ ImVec2 SizeFull; // Size when non collapsed
+ ImVec2 SizeContents; // Size of contents (== extents reach of the drawing cursor) from previous frame
+ ImVec2 SizeContentsExplicit; // Size of contents explicitly set by the user via SetNextWindowContentSize()
+ ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Window padding at the time of begin. We need to lock it, in particular manipulation of the ShowBorder would have an effect
+ ImGuiID MoveID; // == window->GetID("#MOVE")
+ ImVec2 Scroll;
+ ImVec2 ScrollTarget; // target scroll position. stored as cursor position with scrolling canceled out, so the highest point is always 0.0f. (FLT_MAX for no change)
+ ImVec2 ScrollTargetCenterRatio; // 0.0f = scroll so that target position is at top, 0.5f = scroll so that target position is centered
+ bool ScrollbarX, ScrollbarY;
+ ImVec2 ScrollbarSizes; //
+ bool Active; // Set to true on Begin()
+ bool WasActive;
+ bool Accessed; // Set to true when any widget access the current window
+ bool Collapsed; // Set when collapsing window to become only title-bar
+ bool SkipItems; // == Visible && !Collapsed
+ int BeginCount; // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs)
+ ImGuiID PopupID; // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling)
+ int AutoFitFramesX, AutoFitFramesY;
+ bool AutoFitOnlyGrows;
+ int AutoPosLastDirection;
+ int HiddenFrames;
+ int SetWindowPosAllowFlags; // bit ImGuiSetCond_*** specify if SetWindowPos() call will succeed with this particular flag.
+ int SetWindowSizeAllowFlags; // bit ImGuiSetCond_*** specify if SetWindowSize() call will succeed with this particular flag.
+ int SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags; // bit ImGuiSetCond_*** specify if SetWindowCollapsed() call will succeed with this particular flag.
+ bool SetWindowPosCenterWanted;
+
+ ImGuiDrawContext DC; // Temporary per-window data, reset at the beginning of the frame
+ ImVector IDStack; // ID stack. ID are hashes seeded with the value at the top of the stack
+ ImRect ClipRect; // = DrawList->clip_rect_stack.back(). Scissoring / clipping rectangle. x1, y1, x2, y2.
+ ImRect ClippedWindowRect; // = ClipRect just after setup in Begin()
+ int LastFrameActive;
+ float ItemWidthDefault;
+ ImGuiSimpleColumns MenuColumns; // Simplified columns storage for menu items
+ ImGuiStorage StateStorage;
+ float FontWindowScale; // Scale multiplier per-window
+ ImDrawList* DrawList;
+ ImGuiWindow* RootWindow;
+ ImGuiWindow* RootNonPopupWindow;
+
+ // Focus
+ int FocusIdxAllCounter; // Start at -1 and increase as assigned via FocusItemRegister()
+ int FocusIdxTabCounter; // (same, but only count widgets which you can Tab through)
+ int FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent; // Item being requested for focus
+ int FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent; // Tab-able item being requested for focus
+ int FocusIdxAllRequestNext; // Item being requested for focus, for next update (relies on layout to be stable between the frame pressing TAB and the next frame)
+ int FocusIdxTabRequestNext; // "
+
+public:
+ ImGuiWindow(const char* name);
+ ~ImGuiWindow();
+
+ ImGuiID GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL);
+ ImGuiID GetID(const void* ptr);
+
+ ImRect Rect() const { return ImRect(Pos.x, Pos.y, Pos.x+Size.x, Pos.y+Size.y); }
+ float CalcFontSize() const { return GImGui->FontBaseSize * FontWindowScale; }
+ float TitleBarHeight() const { return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? 0.0f : CalcFontSize() + GImGui->Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f; }
+ ImRect TitleBarRect() const { return ImRect(Pos, ImVec2(Pos.x + SizeFull.x, Pos.y + TitleBarHeight())); }
+ float MenuBarHeight() const { return (Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? CalcFontSize() + GImGui->Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f : 0.0f; }
+ ImRect MenuBarRect() const { float y1 = Pos.y + TitleBarHeight(); return ImRect(Pos.x, y1, Pos.x + SizeFull.x, y1 + MenuBarHeight()); }
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Internal API
+// No guarantee of forward compatibility here.
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace ImGui
+{
+ // We should always have a CurrentWindow in the stack (there is an implicit "Debug" window)
+ // If this ever crash because g.CurrentWindow is NULL it means that either
+ // - ImGui::NewFrame() has never been called, which is illegal.
+ // - You are calling ImGui functions after ImGui::Render() and before the next ImGui::NewFrame(), which is also illegal.
+ inline ImGuiWindow* GetCurrentWindowRead() { ImGuiState& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow; }
+ inline ImGuiWindow* GetCurrentWindow() { ImGuiState& g = *GImGui; g.CurrentWindow->Accessed = true; return g.CurrentWindow; }
+ IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetParentWindow();
+ IMGUI_API void FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window);
+
+ IMGUI_API void SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window);
+ IMGUI_API void SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id);
+ IMGUI_API void KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id);
+
+ IMGUI_API void EndFrame(); // Automatically called by Render()
+
+ IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_offset_y = 0.0f);
+ IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_offset_y = 0.0f);
+ IMGUI_API bool ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, const ImGuiID* id);
+ IMGUI_API bool IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, const ImGuiID* id, bool clip_even_when_logged);
+ IMGUI_API bool IsHovered(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool flatten_childs = false);
+ IMGUI_API bool FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, bool is_active, bool tab_stop = true); // Return true if focus is requested
+ IMGUI_API void FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window);
+ IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_x, float default_y);
+ IMGUI_API float CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x);
+ IMGUI_API void SetItemAllowOverlap(); // Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item
+
+ IMGUI_API void OpenPopupEx(const char* str_id, bool reopen_existing);
+
+ inline IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul) { ImVec4 c = GImGui->Style.Colors[idx]; c.w *= GImGui->Style.Alpha * alpha_mul; return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c); }
+ inline IMGUI_API ImU32 GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col) { ImVec4 c = col; c.w *= GImGui->Style.Alpha; return ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c); }
+
+ // NB: All position are in absolute pixels coordinates (not window coordinates)
+ // FIXME: Refactor all RenderText* functions into one.
+ IMGUI_API void RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_hash = true);
+ IMGUI_API void RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width);
+ IMGUI_API void RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, ImGuiAlign align = ImGuiAlign_Default, const ImVec2* clip_min = NULL, const ImVec2* clip_max = NULL);
+ IMGUI_API void RenderFrame(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 fill_col, bool border = true, float rounding = 0.0f);
+ IMGUI_API void RenderCollapseTriangle(ImVec2 p_min, bool opened, float scale = 1.0f, bool shadow = false);
+ IMGUI_API void RenderCheckMark(ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col);
+
+ IMGUI_API void PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_existing_clip_rect = true);
+ IMGUI_API void PopClipRect();
+
+ IMGUI_API bool ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0);
+
+ IMGUI_API bool SliderBehavior(const ImRect& frame_bb, ImGuiID id, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, float power, int decimal_precision, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0);
+ IMGUI_API bool SliderFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power);
+ IMGUI_API bool SliderIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format);
+
+ IMGUI_API bool DragBehavior(const ImRect& frame_bb, ImGuiID id, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, int decimal_precision, float power);
+ IMGUI_API bool DragFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* display_format, float power);
+ IMGUI_API bool DragIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* display_format);
+
+ IMGUI_API bool InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputFloatN(const char* label, float* v, int components, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputIntN(const char* label, int* v, int components, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputScalarEx(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, void* step_ptr, void* step_fast_ptr, const char* scalar_format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags);
+ IMGUI_API bool InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(const ImRect& aabb, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, ImGuiID id, int decimal_precision);
+
+ IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpened(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // Consume previous SetNextTreeNodeOpened() data, if any. May return true when logging
+
+ IMGUI_API void PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size);
+
+ IMGUI_API int ParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_value);
+ IMGUI_API float RoundScalar(float value, int decimal_precision);
+
+} // namespace ImGuiP
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#pragma warning (pop)
+#endif
diff --git a/deps/imgui-1.47/stb_rect_pack.h b/deps/imgui-1.47/stb_rect_pack.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d7e899c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/deps/imgui-1.47/stb_rect_pack.h
@@ -0,0 +1,573 @@
+// stb_rect_pack.h - v0.08 - public domain - rectangle packing
+// Sean Barrett 2014
+//
+// Useful for e.g. packing rectangular textures into an atlas.
+// Does not do rotation.
+//
+// Not necessarily the awesomest packing method, but better than
+// the totally naive one in stb_truetype (which is primarily what
+// this is meant to replace).
+//
+// Has only had a few tests run, may have issues.
+//
+// More docs to come.
+//
+// No memory allocations; uses qsort() and assert() from stdlib.
+// Can override those by defining STBRP_SORT and STBRP_ASSERT.
+//
+// This library currently uses the Skyline Bottom-Left algorithm.
+//
+// Please note: better rectangle packers are welcome! Please
+// implement them to the same API, but with a different init
+// function.
+//
+// Credits
+//
+// Library
+// Sean Barrett
+// Minor features
+// Martins Mozeiko
+// Bugfixes / warning fixes
+// Jeremy Jaussaud
+//
+// Version history:
+//
+// 0.08 (2015-09-13) really fix bug with empty rects (w=0 or h=0)
+// 0.07 (2015-09-13) fix bug with empty rects (w=0 or h=0)
+// 0.06 (2015-04-15) added STBRP_SORT to allow replacing qsort
+// 0.05: added STBRP_ASSERT to allow replacing assert
+// 0.04: fixed minor bug in STBRP_LARGE_RECTS support
+// 0.01: initial release
+//
+// LICENSE
+//
+// This software is in the public domain. Where that dedication is not
+// recognized, you are granted a perpetual, irrevocable license to copy,
+// distribute, and modify this file as you see fit.
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// INCLUDE SECTION
+//
+
+#ifndef STB_INCLUDE_STB_RECT_PACK_H
+#define STB_INCLUDE_STB_RECT_PACK_H
+
+#define STB_RECT_PACK_VERSION 1
+
+#ifdef STBRP_STATIC
+#define STBRP_DEF static
+#else
+#define STBRP_DEF extern
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef struct stbrp_context stbrp_context;
+typedef struct stbrp_node stbrp_node;
+typedef struct stbrp_rect stbrp_rect;
+
+#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS
+typedef int stbrp_coord;
+#else
+typedef unsigned short stbrp_coord;
+#endif
+
+STBRP_DEF void stbrp_pack_rects (stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects);
+// Assign packed locations to rectangles. The rectangles are of type
+// 'stbrp_rect' defined below, stored in the array 'rects', and there
+// are 'num_rects' many of them.
+//
+// Rectangles which are successfully packed have the 'was_packed' flag
+// set to a non-zero value and 'x' and 'y' store the minimum location
+// on each axis (i.e. bottom-left in cartesian coordinates, top-left
+// if you imagine y increasing downwards). Rectangles which do not fit
+// have the 'was_packed' flag set to 0.
+//
+// You should not try to access the 'rects' array from another thread
+// while this function is running, as the function temporarily reorders
+// the array while it executes.
+//
+// To pack into another rectangle, you need to call stbrp_init_target
+// again. To continue packing into the same rectangle, you can call
+// this function again. Calling this multiple times with multiple rect
+// arrays will probably produce worse packing results than calling it
+// a single time with the full rectangle array, but the option is
+// available.
+
+struct stbrp_rect
+{
+ // reserved for your use:
+ int id;
+
+ // input:
+ stbrp_coord w, h;
+
+ // output:
+ stbrp_coord x, y;
+ int was_packed; // non-zero if valid packing
+
+}; // 16 bytes, nominally
+
+
+STBRP_DEF void stbrp_init_target (stbrp_context *context, int width, int height, stbrp_node *nodes, int num_nodes);
+// Initialize a rectangle packer to:
+// pack a rectangle that is 'width' by 'height' in dimensions
+// using temporary storage provided by the array 'nodes', which is 'num_nodes' long
+//
+// You must call this function every time you start packing into a new target.
+//
+// There is no "shutdown" function. The 'nodes' memory must stay valid for
+// the following stbrp_pack_rects() call (or calls), but can be freed after
+// the call (or calls) finish.
+//
+// Note: to guarantee best results, either:
+// 1. make sure 'num_nodes' >= 'width'
+// or 2. call stbrp_allow_out_of_mem() defined below with 'allow_out_of_mem = 1'
+//
+// If you don't do either of the above things, widths will be quantized to multiples
+// of small integers to guarantee the algorithm doesn't run out of temporary storage.
+//
+// If you do #2, then the non-quantized algorithm will be used, but the algorithm
+// may run out of temporary storage and be unable to pack some rectangles.
+
+STBRP_DEF void stbrp_setup_allow_out_of_mem (stbrp_context *context, int allow_out_of_mem);
+// Optionally call this function after init but before doing any packing to
+// change the handling of the out-of-temp-memory scenario, described above.
+// If you call init again, this will be reset to the default (false).
+
+
+STBRP_DEF void stbrp_setup_heuristic (stbrp_context *context, int heuristic);
+// Optionally select which packing heuristic the library should use. Different
+// heuristics will produce better/worse results for different data sets.
+// If you call init again, this will be reset to the default.
+
+enum
+{
+ STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_default=0,
+ STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_BL_sortHeight = STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_default,
+ STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_BF_sortHeight
+};
+
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// the details of the following structures don't matter to you, but they must
+// be visible so you can handle the memory allocations for them
+
+struct stbrp_node
+{
+ stbrp_coord x,y;
+ stbrp_node *next;
+};
+
+struct stbrp_context
+{
+ int width;
+ int height;
+ int align;
+ int init_mode;
+ int heuristic;
+ int num_nodes;
+ stbrp_node *active_head;
+ stbrp_node *free_head;
+ stbrp_node extra[2]; // we allocate two extra nodes so optimal user-node-count is 'width' not 'width+2'
+};
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// IMPLEMENTATION SECTION
+//
+
+#ifdef STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION
+#ifndef STBRP_SORT
+#include
+#define STBRP_SORT qsort
+#endif
+
+#ifndef STBRP_ASSERT
+#include
+#define STBRP_ASSERT assert
+#endif
+
+enum
+{
+ STBRP__INIT_skyline = 1
+};
+
+STBRP_DEF void stbrp_setup_heuristic(stbrp_context *context, int heuristic)
+{
+ switch (context->init_mode) {
+ case STBRP__INIT_skyline:
+ STBRP_ASSERT(heuristic == STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_BL_sortHeight || heuristic == STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_BF_sortHeight);
+ context->heuristic = heuristic;
+ break;
+ default:
+ STBRP_ASSERT(0);
+ }
+}
+
+STBRP_DEF void stbrp_setup_allow_out_of_mem(stbrp_context *context, int allow_out_of_mem)
+{
+ if (allow_out_of_mem)
+ // if it's ok to run out of memory, then don't bother aligning them;
+ // this gives better packing, but may fail due to OOM (even though
+ // the rectangles easily fit). @TODO a smarter approach would be to only
+ // quantize once we've hit OOM, then we could get rid of this parameter.
+ context->align = 1;
+ else {
+ // if it's not ok to run out of memory, then quantize the widths
+ // so that num_nodes is always enough nodes.
+ //
+ // I.e. num_nodes * align >= width
+ // align >= width / num_nodes
+ // align = ceil(width/num_nodes)
+
+ context->align = (context->width + context->num_nodes-1) / context->num_nodes;
+ }
+}
+
+STBRP_DEF void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *context, int width, int height, stbrp_node *nodes, int num_nodes)
+{
+ int i;
+#ifndef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS
+ STBRP_ASSERT(width <= 0xffff && height <= 0xffff);
+#endif
+
+ for (i=0; i < num_nodes-1; ++i)
+ nodes[i].next = &nodes[i+1];
+ nodes[i].next = NULL;
+ context->init_mode = STBRP__INIT_skyline;
+ context->heuristic = STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_default;
+ context->free_head = &nodes[0];
+ context->active_head = &context->extra[0];
+ context->width = width;
+ context->height = height;
+ context->num_nodes = num_nodes;
+ stbrp_setup_allow_out_of_mem(context, 0);
+
+ // node 0 is the full width, node 1 is the sentinel (lets us not store width explicitly)
+ context->extra[0].x = 0;
+ context->extra[0].y = 0;
+ context->extra[0].next = &context->extra[1];
+ context->extra[1].x = (stbrp_coord) width;
+#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS
+ context->extra[1].y = (1<<30);
+#else
+ context->extra[1].y = 65535;
+#endif
+ context->extra[1].next = NULL;
+}
+
+// find minimum y position if it starts at x1
+static int stbrp__skyline_find_min_y(stbrp_context *c, stbrp_node *first, int x0, int width, int *pwaste)
+{
+ (void)c;
+ stbrp_node *node = first;
+ int x1 = x0 + width;
+ int min_y, visited_width, waste_area;
+ STBRP_ASSERT(first->x <= x0);
+
+ #if 0
+ // skip in case we're past the node
+ while (node->next->x <= x0)
+ ++node;
+ #else
+ STBRP_ASSERT(node->next->x > x0); // we ended up handling this in the caller for efficiency
+ #endif
+
+ STBRP_ASSERT(node->x <= x0);
+
+ min_y = 0;
+ waste_area = 0;
+ visited_width = 0;
+ while (node->x < x1) {
+ if (node->y > min_y) {
+ // raise min_y higher.
+ // we've accounted for all waste up to min_y,
+ // but we'll now add more waste for everything we've visted
+ waste_area += visited_width * (node->y - min_y);
+ min_y = node->y;
+ // the first time through, visited_width might be reduced
+ if (node->x < x0)
+ visited_width += node->next->x - x0;
+ else
+ visited_width += node->next->x - node->x;
+ } else {
+ // add waste area
+ int under_width = node->next->x - node->x;
+ if (under_width + visited_width > width)
+ under_width = width - visited_width;
+ waste_area += under_width * (min_y - node->y);
+ visited_width += under_width;
+ }
+ node = node->next;
+ }
+
+ *pwaste = waste_area;
+ return min_y;
+}
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ int x,y;
+ stbrp_node **prev_link;
+} stbrp__findresult;
+
+static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_find_best_pos(stbrp_context *c, int width, int height)
+{
+ int best_waste = (1<<30), best_x, best_y = (1 << 30);
+ stbrp__findresult fr;
+ stbrp_node **prev, *node, *tail, **best = NULL;
+
+ // align to multiple of c->align
+ width = (width + c->align - 1);
+ width -= width % c->align;
+ STBRP_ASSERT(width % c->align == 0);
+
+ node = c->active_head;
+ prev = &c->active_head;
+ while (node->x + width <= c->width) {
+ int y,waste;
+ y = stbrp__skyline_find_min_y(c, node, node->x, width, &waste);
+ if (c->heuristic == STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_BL_sortHeight) { // actually just want to test BL
+ // bottom left
+ if (y < best_y) {
+ best_y = y;
+ best = prev;
+ }
+ } else {
+ // best-fit
+ if (y + height <= c->height) {
+ // can only use it if it first vertically
+ if (y < best_y || (y == best_y && waste < best_waste)) {
+ best_y = y;
+ best_waste = waste;
+ best = prev;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ prev = &node->next;
+ node = node->next;
+ }
+
+ best_x = (best == NULL) ? 0 : (*best)->x;
+
+ // if doing best-fit (BF), we also have to try aligning right edge to each node position
+ //
+ // e.g, if fitting
+ //
+ // ____________________
+ // |____________________|
+ //
+ // into
+ //
+ // | |
+ // | ____________|
+ // |____________|
+ //
+ // then right-aligned reduces waste, but bottom-left BL is always chooses left-aligned
+ //
+ // This makes BF take about 2x the time
+
+ if (c->heuristic == STBRP_HEURISTIC_Skyline_BF_sortHeight) {
+ tail = c->active_head;
+ node = c->active_head;
+ prev = &c->active_head;
+ // find first node that's admissible
+ while (tail->x < width)
+ tail = tail->next;
+ while (tail) {
+ int xpos = tail->x - width;
+ int y,waste;
+ STBRP_ASSERT(xpos >= 0);
+ // find the left position that matches this
+ while (node->next->x <= xpos) {
+ prev = &node->next;
+ node = node->next;
+ }
+ STBRP_ASSERT(node->next->x > xpos && node->x <= xpos);
+ y = stbrp__skyline_find_min_y(c, node, xpos, width, &waste);
+ if (y + height < c->height) {
+ if (y <= best_y) {
+ if (y < best_y || waste < best_waste || (waste==best_waste && xpos < best_x)) {
+ best_x = xpos;
+ STBRP_ASSERT(y <= best_y);
+ best_y = y;
+ best_waste = waste;
+ best = prev;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ tail = tail->next;
+ }
+ }
+
+ fr.prev_link = best;
+ fr.x = best_x;
+ fr.y = best_y;
+ return fr;
+}
+
+static stbrp__findresult stbrp__skyline_pack_rectangle(stbrp_context *context, int width, int height)
+{
+ // find best position according to heuristic
+ stbrp__findresult res = stbrp__skyline_find_best_pos(context, width, height);
+ stbrp_node *node, *cur;
+
+ // bail if:
+ // 1. it failed
+ // 2. the best node doesn't fit (we don't always check this)
+ // 3. we're out of memory
+ if (res.prev_link == NULL || res.y + height > context->height || context->free_head == NULL) {
+ res.prev_link = NULL;
+ return res;
+ }
+
+ // on success, create new node
+ node = context->free_head;
+ node->x = (stbrp_coord) res.x;
+ node->y = (stbrp_coord) (res.y + height);
+
+ context->free_head = node->next;
+
+ // insert the new node into the right starting point, and
+ // let 'cur' point to the remaining nodes needing to be
+ // stiched back in
+
+ cur = *res.prev_link;
+ if (cur->x < res.x) {
+ // preserve the existing one, so start testing with the next one
+ stbrp_node *next = cur->next;
+ cur->next = node;
+ cur = next;
+ } else {
+ *res.prev_link = node;
+ }
+
+ // from here, traverse cur and free the nodes, until we get to one
+ // that shouldn't be freed
+ while (cur->next && cur->next->x <= res.x + width) {
+ stbrp_node *next = cur->next;
+ // move the current node to the free list
+ cur->next = context->free_head;
+ context->free_head = cur;
+ cur = next;
+ }
+
+ // stitch the list back in
+ node->next = cur;
+
+ if (cur->x < res.x + width)
+ cur->x = (stbrp_coord) (res.x + width);
+
+#ifdef _DEBUG
+ cur = context->active_head;
+ while (cur->x < context->width) {
+ STBRP_ASSERT(cur->x < cur->next->x);
+ cur = cur->next;
+ }
+ STBRP_ASSERT(cur->next == NULL);
+
+ {
+ stbrp_node *L1 = NULL, *L2 = NULL;
+ int count=0;
+ cur = context->active_head;
+ while (cur) {
+ L1 = cur;
+ cur = cur->next;
+ ++count;
+ }
+ cur = context->free_head;
+ while (cur) {
+ L2 = cur;
+ cur = cur->next;
+ ++count;
+ }
+ STBRP_ASSERT(count == context->num_nodes+2);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return res;
+}
+
+static int rect_height_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+ stbrp_rect *p = (stbrp_rect *) a;
+ stbrp_rect *q = (stbrp_rect *) b;
+ if (p->h > q->h)
+ return -1;
+ if (p->h < q->h)
+ return 1;
+ return (p->w > q->w) ? -1 : (p->w < q->w);
+}
+
+static int rect_width_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+ stbrp_rect *p = (stbrp_rect *) a;
+ stbrp_rect *q = (stbrp_rect *) b;
+ if (p->w > q->w)
+ return -1;
+ if (p->w < q->w)
+ return 1;
+ return (p->h > q->h) ? -1 : (p->h < q->h);
+}
+
+static int rect_original_order(const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+ stbrp_rect *p = (stbrp_rect *) a;
+ stbrp_rect *q = (stbrp_rect *) b;
+ return (p->was_packed < q->was_packed) ? -1 : (p->was_packed > q->was_packed);
+}
+
+#ifdef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS
+#define STBRP__MAXVAL 0xffffffff
+#else
+#define STBRP__MAXVAL 0xffff
+#endif
+
+STBRP_DEF void stbrp_pack_rects(stbrp_context *context, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ // we use the 'was_packed' field internally to allow sorting/unsorting
+ for (i=0; i < num_rects; ++i) {
+ rects[i].was_packed = i;
+ #ifndef STBRP_LARGE_RECTS
+ STBRP_ASSERT(rects[i].w <= 0xffff && rects[i].h <= 0xffff);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ // sort according to heuristic
+ STBRP_SORT(rects, num_rects, sizeof(rects[0]), rect_height_compare);
+
+ for (i=0; i < num_rects; ++i) {
+ if (rects[i].w == 0 || rects[i].h == 0) {
+ rects[i].x = rects[i].y = 0; // empty rect needs no space
+ } else {
+ stbrp__findresult fr = stbrp__skyline_pack_rectangle(context, rects[i].w, rects[i].h);
+ if (fr.prev_link) {
+ rects[i].x = (stbrp_coord) fr.x;
+ rects[i].y = (stbrp_coord) fr.y;
+ } else {
+ rects[i].x = rects[i].y = STBRP__MAXVAL;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // unsort
+ STBRP_SORT(rects, num_rects, sizeof(rects[0]), rect_original_order);
+
+ // set was_packed flags
+ for (i=0; i < num_rects; ++i)
+ rects[i].was_packed = !(rects[i].x == STBRP__MAXVAL && rects[i].y == STBRP__MAXVAL);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/deps/imgui-1.47/stb_textedit.h b/deps/imgui-1.47/stb_textedit.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1d42862d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/deps/imgui-1.47/stb_textedit.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1264 @@
+// [ImGui] this is a slightly modified version of stb_truetype.h 1.4
+// [ImGui] we made a fix for using the END key on multi-line text edit, see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/275
+// [ImGui] we made a fix for using keyboard while using mouse, see https://github.com/nothings/stb/pull/209
+
+// stb_textedit.h - v1.4 - public domain - Sean Barrett
+// Development of this library was sponsored by RAD Game Tools
+//
+// This C header file implements the guts of a multi-line text-editing
+// widget; you implement display, word-wrapping, and low-level string
+// insertion/deletion, and stb_textedit will map user inputs into
+// insertions & deletions, plus updates to the cursor position,
+// selection state, and undo state.
+//
+// It is intended for use in games and other systems that need to build
+// their own custom widgets and which do not have heavy text-editing
+// requirements (this library is not recommended for use for editing large
+// texts, as its performance does not scale and it has limited undo).
+//
+// Non-trivial behaviors are modelled after Windows text controls.
+//
+//
+// LICENSE
+//
+// This software has been placed in the public domain by its author.
+// Where that dedication is not recognized, you are granted a perpetual,
+// irrevocable license to copy and modify this file as you see fit.
+//
+//
+// DEPENDENCIES
+//
+// Uses the C runtime function 'memmove'. Uses no other functions.
+// Performs no runtime allocations.
+//
+//
+// VERSION HISTORY
+//
+// 1.4 (2014-08-17) fix signed/unsigned warnings
+// 1.3 (2014-06-19) fix mouse clicking to round to nearest char boundary
+// 1.2 (2014-05-27) fix some RAD types that had crept into the new code
+// 1.1 (2013-12-15) move-by-word (requires STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE )
+// 1.0 (2012-07-26) improve documentation, initial public release
+// 0.3 (2012-02-24) bugfixes, single-line mode; insert mode
+// 0.2 (2011-11-28) fixes to undo/redo
+// 0.1 (2010-07-08) initial version
+//
+// ADDITIONAL CONTRIBUTORS
+//
+// Ulf Winklemann: move-by-word in 1.1
+// Scott Graham: mouse selection bugfix in 1.3
+//
+// USAGE
+//
+// This file behaves differently depending on what symbols you define
+// before including it.
+//
+//
+// Header-file mode:
+//
+// If you do not define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION before including this,
+// it will operate in "header file" mode. In this mode, it declares a
+// single public symbol, STB_TexteditState, which encapsulates the current
+// state of a text widget (except for the string, which you will store
+// separately).
+//
+// To compile in this mode, you must define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE to a
+// primitive type that defines a single character (e.g. char, wchar_t, etc).
+//
+// To save space or increase undo-ability, you can optionally define the
+// following things that are used by the undo system:
+//
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE small int type encoding a valid cursor position
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT the number of undo states to allow
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT the number of characters to store in the undo buffer
+//
+// If you don't define these, they are set to permissive types and
+// moderate sizes. The undo system does no memory allocations, so
+// it grows STB_TexteditState by the worst-case storage which is (in bytes):
+//
+// [4 + sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE)] * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATE_COUNT
+// + sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) * STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHAR_COUNT
+//
+//
+// Implementation mode:
+//
+// If you define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION before including this, it
+// will compile the implementation of the text edit widget, depending
+// on a large number of symbols which must be defined before the include.
+//
+// The implementation is defined only as static functions. You will then
+// need to provide your own APIs in the same file which will access the
+// static functions.
+//
+// The basic concept is that you provide a "string" object which
+// behaves like an array of characters. stb_textedit uses indices to
+// refer to positions in the string, implicitly representing positions
+// in the displayed textedit. This is true for both plain text and
+// rich text; even with rich text stb_truetype interacts with your
+// code as if there was an array of all the displayed characters.
+//
+// Symbols that must be the same in header-file and implementation mode:
+//
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE the character type
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE small type that a valid cursor position
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT the number of undo states to allow
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT the number of characters to store in the undo buffer
+//
+// Symbols you must define for implementation mode:
+//
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING the type of object representing a string being edited,
+// typically this is a wrapper object with other data you need
+//
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(obj) the length of the string (ideally O(1))
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r,obj,n) returns the results of laying out a line of characters
+// starting from character #n (see discussion below)
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(obj,n,i) returns the pixel delta from the xpos of the i'th character
+// to the xpos of the i+1'th char for a line of characters
+// starting at character #n (i.e. accounts for kerning
+// with previous char)
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(k) maps a keyboard input to an insertable character
+// (return type is int, -1 means not valid to insert)
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(obj,i) returns the i'th character of obj, 0-based
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE the character returned by _GETCHAR() we recognize
+// as manually wordwrapping for end-of-line positioning
+//
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(obj,i,n) delete n characters starting at i
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(obj,i,c*,n) insert n characters at i (pointed to by STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE*)
+//
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT a power of two that is or'd in to a keyboard input to represent the shift key
+//
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT keyboard input to move cursor left
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT keyboard input to move cursor right
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP keyboard input to move cursor up
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN keyboard input to move cursor down
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART keyboard input to move cursor to start of line // e.g. HOME
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND keyboard input to move cursor to end of line // e.g. END
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART keyboard input to move cursor to start of text // e.g. ctrl-HOME
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND keyboard input to move cursor to end of text // e.g. ctrl-END
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE keyboard input to delete selection or character under cursor
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE keyboard input to delete selection or character left of cursor
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO keyboard input to perform undo
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO keyboard input to perform redo
+//
+// Optional:
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_INSERT keyboard input to toggle insert mode
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE(ch) true if character is whitespace (e.g. 'isspace'),
+// required for WORDLEFT/WORDRIGHT
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT keyboard input to move cursor left one word // e.g. ctrl-LEFT
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT keyboard input to move cursor right one word // e.g. ctrl-RIGHT
+//
+// Todo:
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP keyboard input to move cursor up a page
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN keyboard input to move cursor down a page
+//
+// Keyboard input must be encoded as a single integer value; e.g. a character code
+// and some bitflags that represent shift states. to simplify the interface, SHIFT must
+// be a bitflag, so we can test the shifted state of cursor movements to allow selection,
+// i.e. (STB_TEXTED_K_RIGHT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) should be shifted right-arrow.
+//
+// You can encode other things, such as CONTROL or ALT, in additional bits, and
+// then test for their presence in e.g. STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT. For example,
+// my Windows implementations add an additional CONTROL bit, and an additional KEYDOWN
+// bit. Then all of the STB_TEXTEDIT_K_ values bitwise-or in the KEYDOWN bit,
+// and I pass both WM_KEYDOWN and WM_CHAR events to the "key" function in the
+// API below. The control keys will only match WM_KEYDOWN events because of the
+// keydown bit I add, and STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT only tests for the KEYDOWN
+// bit so it only decodes WM_CHAR events.
+//
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW returns information about the shape of one displayed
+// row of characters assuming they start on the i'th character--the width and
+// the height and the number of characters consumed. This allows this library
+// to traverse the entire layout incrementally. You need to compute word-wrapping
+// here.
+//
+// Each textfield keeps its own insert mode state, which is not how normal
+// applications work. To keep an app-wide insert mode, update/copy the
+// "insert_mode" field of STB_TexteditState before/after calling API functions.
+//
+// API
+//
+// void stb_textedit_initialize_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_single_line)
+//
+// void stb_textedit_click(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y)
+// void stb_textedit_drag(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y)
+// int stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
+// int stb_textedit_paste(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text, int len)
+// void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int key)
+//
+// Each of these functions potentially updates the string and updates the
+// state.
+//
+// initialize_state:
+// set the textedit state to a known good default state when initially
+// constructing the textedit.
+//
+// click:
+// call this with the mouse x,y on a mouse down; it will update the cursor
+// and reset the selection start/end to the cursor point. the x,y must
+// be relative to the text widget, with (0,0) being the top left.
+//
+// drag:
+// call this with the mouse x,y on a mouse drag/up; it will update the
+// cursor and the selection end point
+//
+// cut:
+// call this to delete the current selection; returns true if there was
+// one. you should FIRST copy the current selection to the system paste buffer.
+// (To copy, just copy the current selection out of the string yourself.)
+//
+// paste:
+// call this to paste text at the current cursor point or over the current
+// selection if there is one.
+//
+// key:
+// call this for keyboard inputs sent to the textfield. you can use it
+// for "key down" events or for "translated" key events. if you need to
+// do both (as in Win32), or distinguish Unicode characters from control
+// inputs, set a high bit to distinguish the two; then you can define the
+// various definitions like STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT have the is-key-event bit
+// set, and make STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOCHAR check that the is-key-event bit is
+// clear.
+//
+// When rendering, you can read the cursor position and selection state from
+// the STB_TexteditState.
+//
+//
+// Notes:
+//
+// This is designed to be usable in IMGUI, so it allows for the possibility of
+// running in an IMGUI that has NOT cached the multi-line layout. For this
+// reason, it provides an interface that is compatible with computing the
+// layout incrementally--we try to make sure we make as few passes through
+// as possible. (For example, to locate the mouse pointer in the text, we
+// could define functions that return the X and Y positions of characters
+// and binary search Y and then X, but if we're doing dynamic layout this
+// will run the layout algorithm many times, so instead we manually search
+// forward in one pass. Similar logic applies to e.g. up-arrow and
+// down-arrow movement.)
+//
+// If it's run in a widget that *has* cached the layout, then this is less
+// efficient, but it's not horrible on modern computers. But you wouldn't
+// want to edit million-line files with it.
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+////
+//// Header-file mode
+////
+////
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H
+#define INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// STB_TexteditState
+//
+// Definition of STB_TexteditState which you should store
+// per-textfield; it includes cursor position, selection state,
+// and undo state.
+//
+
+#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT 99
+#endif
+#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT 999
+#endif
+#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE int
+#endif
+#ifndef STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE
+#define STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE int
+#endif
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ // private data
+ STB_TEXTEDIT_POSITIONTYPE where;
+ short insert_length;
+ short delete_length;
+ short char_storage;
+} StbUndoRecord;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ // private data
+ StbUndoRecord undo_rec [STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT];
+ STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE undo_char[STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT];
+ short undo_point, redo_point;
+ short undo_char_point, redo_char_point;
+} StbUndoState;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ /////////////////////
+ //
+ // public data
+ //
+
+ int cursor;
+ // position of the text cursor within the string
+
+ int select_start; // selection start point
+ int select_end;
+ // selection start and end point in characters; if equal, no selection.
+ // note that start may be less than or greater than end (e.g. when
+ // dragging the mouse, start is where the initial click was, and you
+ // can drag in either direction)
+
+ unsigned char insert_mode;
+ // each textfield keeps its own insert mode state. to keep an app-wide
+ // insert mode, copy this value in/out of the app state
+
+ /////////////////////
+ //
+ // private data
+ //
+ unsigned char cursor_at_end_of_line; // not implemented yet
+ unsigned char initialized;
+ unsigned char has_preferred_x;
+ unsigned char single_line;
+ unsigned char padding1, padding2, padding3;
+ float preferred_x; // this determines where the cursor up/down tries to seek to along x
+ StbUndoState undostate;
+} STB_TexteditState;
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// StbTexteditRow
+//
+// Result of layout query, used by stb_textedit to determine where
+// the text in each row is.
+
+// result of layout query
+typedef struct
+{
+ float x0,x1; // starting x location, end x location (allows for align=right, etc)
+ float baseline_y_delta; // position of baseline relative to previous row's baseline
+ float ymin,ymax; // height of row above and below baseline
+ int num_chars;
+} StbTexteditRow;
+#endif //INCLUDE_STB_TEXTEDIT_H
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+////
+//// Implementation mode
+////
+////
+
+
+// implementation isn't include-guarded, since it might have indirectly
+// included just the "header" portion
+#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION
+
+#include // memmove
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// Mouse input handling
+//
+
+// traverse the layout to locate the nearest character to a display position
+static int stb_text_locate_coord(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, float x, float y)
+{
+ StbTexteditRow r;
+ int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str);
+ float base_y = 0, prev_x;
+ int i=0, k;
+
+ if (y < 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ r.x0 = r.x1 = 0;
+ r.ymin = r.ymax = 0;
+ r.num_chars = 0;
+
+ // search rows to find one that straddles 'y'
+ while (i < n) {
+ STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, i);
+ if (r.num_chars <= 0)
+ return n;
+
+ if (y < base_y + r.ymax)
+ break;
+
+ i += r.num_chars;
+ base_y += r.baseline_y_delta;
+ }
+
+ // below all text, return 'after' last character
+ if (i >= n)
+ return n;
+
+ // check if it's before the beginning of the line
+ if (x < r.x0)
+ return i;
+
+ // check if it's before the end of the line
+ if (x < r.x1) {
+ // search characters in row for one that straddles 'x'
+ k = i;
+ prev_x = r.x0;
+ for (i=0; i < r.num_chars; ++i) {
+ float w = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, k, i);
+ if (x < prev_x+w) {
+ if (x < prev_x+w/2)
+ return k+i;
+ else
+ return k+i+1;
+ }
+ prev_x += w;
+ }
+ // shouldn't happen, but if it does, fall through to end-of-line case
+ }
+
+ // if the last character is a newline, return that. otherwise return 'after' the last character
+ if (STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, i+r.num_chars-1) == STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE)
+ return i+r.num_chars-1;
+ else
+ return i+r.num_chars;
+}
+
+// API click: on mouse down, move the cursor to the clicked location, and reset the selection
+static void stb_textedit_click(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y)
+{
+ state->cursor = stb_text_locate_coord(str, x, y);
+ state->select_start = state->cursor;
+ state->select_end = state->cursor;
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+}
+
+// API drag: on mouse drag, move the cursor and selection endpoint to the clicked location
+static void stb_textedit_drag(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, float x, float y)
+{
+ int p = stb_text_locate_coord(str, x, y);
+ if (state->select_start == state->select_end)
+ state->select_start = state->cursor;
+ state->cursor = state->select_end = p;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// Keyboard input handling
+//
+
+// forward declarations
+static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state);
+static void stb_text_redo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state);
+static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length);
+static void stb_text_makeundo_insert(STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length);
+static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length);
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ float x,y; // position of n'th character
+ float height; // height of line
+ int first_char, length; // first char of row, and length
+ int prev_first; // first char of previous row
+} StbFindState;
+
+// find the x/y location of a character, and remember info about the previous row in
+// case we get a move-up event (for page up, we'll have to rescan)
+static void stb_textedit_find_charpos(StbFindState *find, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, int n, int single_line)
+{
+ StbTexteditRow r;
+ int prev_start = 0;
+ int z = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str);
+ int i=0, first;
+
+ if (n == z) {
+ // if it's at the end, then find the last line -- simpler than trying to
+ // explicitly handle this case in the regular code
+ if (single_line) {
+ STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, 0);
+ find->y = 0;
+ find->first_char = 0;
+ find->length = z;
+ find->height = r.ymax - r.ymin;
+ find->x = r.x1;
+ } else {
+ find->y = 0;
+ find->x = 0;
+ find->height = 1;
+ while (i < z) {
+ STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, i);
+ prev_start = i;
+ i += r.num_chars;
+ }
+ find->first_char = i;
+ find->length = 0;
+ find->prev_first = prev_start;
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // search rows to find the one that straddles character n
+ find->y = 0;
+
+ for(;;) {
+ STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&r, str, i);
+ if (n < i + r.num_chars)
+ break;
+ prev_start = i;
+ i += r.num_chars;
+ find->y += r.baseline_y_delta;
+ }
+
+ find->first_char = first = i;
+ find->length = r.num_chars;
+ find->height = r.ymax - r.ymin;
+ find->prev_first = prev_start;
+
+ // now scan to find xpos
+ find->x = r.x0;
+ i = 0;
+ for (i=0; first+i < n; ++i)
+ find->x += STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, first, i);
+}
+
+#define STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(s) ((s)->select_start != (s)->select_end)
+
+// make the selection/cursor state valid if client altered the string
+static void stb_textedit_clamp(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
+{
+ int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str);
+ if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) {
+ if (state->select_start > n) state->select_start = n;
+ if (state->select_end > n) state->select_end = n;
+ // if clamping forced them to be equal, move the cursor to match
+ if (state->select_start == state->select_end)
+ state->cursor = state->select_start;
+ }
+ if (state->cursor > n) state->cursor = n;
+}
+
+// delete characters while updating undo
+static void stb_textedit_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int len)
+{
+ stb_text_makeundo_delete(str, state, where, len);
+ STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, where, len);
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+}
+
+// delete the section
+static void stb_textedit_delete_selection(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
+{
+ stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
+ if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) {
+ if (state->select_start < state->select_end) {
+ stb_textedit_delete(str, state, state->select_start, state->select_end - state->select_start);
+ state->select_end = state->cursor = state->select_start;
+ } else {
+ stb_textedit_delete(str, state, state->select_end, state->select_start - state->select_end);
+ state->select_start = state->cursor = state->select_end;
+ }
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+// canoncialize the selection so start <= end
+static void stb_textedit_sortselection(STB_TexteditState *state)
+{
+ if (state->select_end < state->select_start) {
+ int temp = state->select_end;
+ state->select_end = state->select_start;
+ state->select_start = temp;
+ }
+}
+
+// move cursor to first character of selection
+static void stb_textedit_move_to_first(STB_TexteditState *state)
+{
+ if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) {
+ stb_textedit_sortselection(state);
+ state->cursor = state->select_start;
+ state->select_end = state->select_start;
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+// move cursor to last character of selection
+static void stb_textedit_move_to_last(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
+{
+ if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) {
+ stb_textedit_sortselection(state);
+ stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
+ state->cursor = state->select_end;
+ state->select_start = state->select_end;
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE
+static int is_word_boundary( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *_str, int _idx )
+{
+ return _idx > 0 ? (STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE( STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(_str,_idx-1) ) && !STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE( STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(_str, _idx) ) ) : 1;
+}
+
+static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_previous( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *_str, STB_TexteditState *_state )
+{
+ int c = _state->cursor - 1;
+ while( c >= 0 && !is_word_boundary( _str, c ) )
+ --c;
+
+ if( c < 0 )
+ c = 0;
+
+ return c;
+}
+
+static int stb_textedit_move_to_word_next( STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *_str, STB_TexteditState *_state )
+{
+ const int len = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(_str);
+ int c = _state->cursor+1;
+ while( c < len && !is_word_boundary( _str, c ) )
+ ++c;
+
+ if( c > len )
+ c = len;
+
+ return c;
+}
+#endif
+
+// update selection and cursor to match each other
+static void stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(STB_TexteditState *state)
+{
+ if (!STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state))
+ state->select_start = state->select_end = state->cursor;
+ else
+ state->cursor = state->select_end;
+}
+
+// API cut: delete selection
+static int stb_textedit_cut(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
+{
+ if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state)) {
+ stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicity clamps
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// API paste: replace existing selection with passed-in text
+static int stb_textedit_paste(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE const *ctext, int len)
+{
+ STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *text = (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *) ctext;
+ // if there's a selection, the paste should delete it
+ stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
+ stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state);
+ // try to insert the characters
+ if (STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, state->cursor, text, len)) {
+ stb_text_makeundo_insert(state, state->cursor, len);
+ state->cursor += len;
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ // remove the undo since we didn't actually insert the characters
+ if (state->undostate.undo_point)
+ --state->undostate.undo_point;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// API key: process a keyboard input
+static void stb_textedit_key(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int key)
+{
+retry:
+ switch (key) {
+ default: {
+ int c = STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(key);
+ if (c > 0) {
+ STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ch = (STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE) c;
+
+ // can't add newline in single-line mode
+ if (c == '\n' && state->single_line)
+ break;
+
+ if (state->insert_mode && !STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state) && state->cursor < STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str)) {
+ stb_text_makeundo_replace(str, state, state->cursor, 1, 1);
+ STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, state->cursor, 1);
+ if (STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, state->cursor, &ch, 1)) {
+ ++state->cursor;
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ }
+ } else {
+ stb_textedit_delete_selection(str,state); // implicity clamps
+ if (STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, state->cursor, &ch, 1)) {
+ stb_text_makeundo_insert(state, state->cursor, 1);
+ ++state->cursor;
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_K_INSERT
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_INSERT:
+ state->insert_mode = !state->insert_mode;
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO:
+ stb_text_undo(str, state);
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO:
+ stb_text_redo(str, state);
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT:
+ // if currently there's a selection, move cursor to start of selection
+ if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state))
+ stb_textedit_move_to_first(state);
+ else
+ if (state->cursor > 0)
+ --state->cursor;
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT:
+ // if currently there's a selection, move cursor to end of selection
+ if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state))
+ stb_textedit_move_to_last(str, state);
+ else
+ ++state->cursor;
+ stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT:
+ stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
+ stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state);
+ // move selection left
+ if (state->select_end > 0)
+ --state->select_end;
+ state->cursor = state->select_end;
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ break;
+
+#ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_IS_SPACE
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT:
+ if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state))
+ stb_textedit_move_to_first(state);
+ else {
+ state->cursor = stb_textedit_move_to_word_previous(str, state);
+ stb_textedit_clamp( str, state );
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT:
+ if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state))
+ stb_textedit_move_to_last(str, state);
+ else {
+ state->cursor = stb_textedit_move_to_word_next(str, state);
+ stb_textedit_clamp( str, state );
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT:
+ if( !STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION( state ) )
+ stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state);
+
+ state->cursor = stb_textedit_move_to_word_previous(str, state);
+ state->select_end = state->cursor;
+
+ stb_textedit_clamp( str, state );
+ break;
+
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT:
+ if( !STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION( state ) )
+ stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state);
+
+ state->cursor = stb_textedit_move_to_word_next(str, state);
+ state->select_end = state->cursor;
+
+ stb_textedit_clamp( str, state );
+ break;
+#endif
+
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT:
+ stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state);
+ // move selection right
+ ++state->select_end;
+ stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
+ state->cursor = state->select_end;
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN:
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: {
+ StbFindState find;
+ StbTexteditRow row;
+ int i, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0;
+
+ if (state->single_line) {
+ // on windows, up&down in single-line behave like left&right
+ key = STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT | (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+ goto retry;
+ }
+
+ if (sel)
+ stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state);
+ else if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state))
+ stb_textedit_move_to_last(str,state);
+
+ // compute current position of cursor point
+ stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
+ stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line);
+
+ // now find character position down a row
+ if (find.length) {
+ float goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x;
+ float x;
+ int start = find.first_char + find.length;
+ state->cursor = start;
+ STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&row, str, state->cursor);
+ x = row.x0;
+ for (i=0; i < row.num_chars; ++i) {
+ float dx = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, start, i);
+ #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE
+ if (dx == STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE)
+ break;
+ #endif
+ x += dx;
+ if (x > goal_x)
+ break;
+ ++state->cursor;
+ }
+ stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
+
+ state->has_preferred_x = 1;
+ state->preferred_x = goal_x;
+
+ if (sel)
+ state->select_end = state->cursor;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP:
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: {
+ StbFindState find;
+ StbTexteditRow row;
+ int i, sel = (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT) != 0;
+
+ if (state->single_line) {
+ // on windows, up&down become left&right
+ key = STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT | (key & STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT);
+ goto retry;
+ }
+
+ if (sel)
+ stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state);
+ else if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state))
+ stb_textedit_move_to_first(state);
+
+ // compute current position of cursor point
+ stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
+ stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line);
+
+ // can only go up if there's a previous row
+ if (find.prev_first != find.first_char) {
+ // now find character position up a row
+ float goal_x = state->has_preferred_x ? state->preferred_x : find.x;
+ float x;
+ state->cursor = find.prev_first;
+ STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(&row, str, state->cursor);
+ x = row.x0;
+ for (i=0; i < row.num_chars; ++i) {
+ float dx = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(str, find.prev_first, i);
+ #ifdef STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE
+ if (dx == STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE)
+ break;
+ #endif
+ x += dx;
+ if (x > goal_x)
+ break;
+ ++state->cursor;
+ }
+ stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
+
+ state->has_preferred_x = 1;
+ state->preferred_x = goal_x;
+
+ if (sel)
+ state->select_end = state->cursor;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE:
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT:
+ if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state))
+ stb_textedit_delete_selection(str, state);
+ else {
+ int n = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str);
+ if (state->cursor < n)
+ stb_textedit_delete(str, state, state->cursor, 1);
+ }
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE:
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT:
+ if (STB_TEXT_HAS_SELECTION(state))
+ stb_textedit_delete_selection(str, state);
+ else {
+ stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
+ if (state->cursor > 0) {
+ stb_textedit_delete(str, state, state->cursor-1, 1);
+ --state->cursor;
+ }
+ }
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART:
+ state->cursor = state->select_start = state->select_end = 0;
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND:
+ state->cursor = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str);
+ state->select_start = state->select_end = 0;
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT:
+ stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state);
+ state->cursor = state->select_end = 0;
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ break;
+
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT:
+ stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state);
+ state->cursor = state->select_end = STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(str);
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ break;
+
+
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART: {
+ StbFindState find;
+ stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
+ stb_textedit_move_to_first(state);
+ stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line);
+ state->cursor = find.first_char;
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND: {
+ StbFindState find;
+ stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
+ stb_textedit_move_to_first(state);
+ stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line);
+ state->cursor = find.first_char + find.length;
+ if (find.length > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, state->cursor-1) == STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE)
+ state->cursor--;
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: {
+ StbFindState find;
+ stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
+ stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state);
+ stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line);
+ state->cursor = state->select_end = find.first_char;
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT: {
+ StbFindState find;
+ stb_textedit_clamp(str, state);
+ stb_textedit_prep_selection_at_cursor(state);
+ stb_textedit_find_charpos(&find, str, state->cursor, state->single_line);
+ state->cursor = state->select_end = find.first_char + find.length;
+ if (find.length > 0 && STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, state->cursor-1) == STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE)
+ state->cursor = state->select_end = state->cursor - 1;
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+
+// @TODO:
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGUP - move cursor up a page
+// STB_TEXTEDIT_K_PGDOWN - move cursor down a page
+ }
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// Undo processing
+//
+// @OPTIMIZE: the undo/redo buffer should be circular
+
+static void stb_textedit_flush_redo(StbUndoState *state)
+{
+ state->redo_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT;
+ state->redo_char_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT;
+}
+
+// discard the oldest entry in the undo list
+static void stb_textedit_discard_undo(StbUndoState *state)
+{
+ if (state->undo_point > 0) {
+ // if the 0th undo state has characters, clean those up
+ if (state->undo_rec[0].char_storage >= 0) {
+ int n = state->undo_rec[0].insert_length, i;
+ // delete n characters from all other records
+ state->undo_char_point = state->undo_char_point - (short) n; // vsnet05
+ memmove(state->undo_char, state->undo_char + n, (size_t) ((size_t)state->undo_char_point*sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE)));
+ for (i=0; i < state->undo_point; ++i)
+ if (state->undo_rec[i].char_storage >= 0)
+ state->undo_rec[i].char_storage = state->undo_rec[i].char_storage - (short) n; // vsnet05 // @OPTIMIZE: get rid of char_storage and infer it
+ }
+ --state->undo_point;
+ memmove(state->undo_rec, state->undo_rec+1, (size_t) ((size_t)state->undo_point*sizeof(state->undo_rec[0])));
+ }
+}
+
+// discard the oldest entry in the redo list--it's bad if this
+// ever happens, but because undo & redo have to store the actual
+// characters in different cases, the redo character buffer can
+// fill up even though the undo buffer didn't
+static void stb_textedit_discard_redo(StbUndoState *state)
+{
+ int k = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT-1;
+
+ if (state->redo_point <= k) {
+ // if the k'th undo state has characters, clean those up
+ if (state->undo_rec[k].char_storage >= 0) {
+ int n = state->undo_rec[k].insert_length, i;
+ // delete n characters from all other records
+ state->redo_char_point = state->redo_char_point + (short) n; // vsnet05
+ memmove(state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point, state->undo_char + state->redo_char_point-n, (size_t) ((size_t)(STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_char_point)*sizeof(STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE)));
+ for (i=state->redo_point; i < k; ++i)
+ if (state->undo_rec[i].char_storage >= 0)
+ state->undo_rec[i].char_storage = state->undo_rec[i].char_storage + (short) n; // vsnet05
+ }
+ ++state->redo_point;
+ memmove(state->undo_rec + state->redo_point-1, state->undo_rec + state->redo_point, (size_t) ((size_t)(STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT - state->redo_point)*sizeof(state->undo_rec[0])));
+ }
+}
+
+static StbUndoRecord *stb_text_create_undo_record(StbUndoState *state, int numchars)
+{
+ // any time we create a new undo record, we discard redo
+ stb_textedit_flush_redo(state);
+
+ // if we have no free records, we have to make room, by sliding the
+ // existing records down
+ if (state->undo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT)
+ stb_textedit_discard_undo(state);
+
+ // if the characters to store won't possibly fit in the buffer, we can't undo
+ if (numchars > STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) {
+ state->undo_point = 0;
+ state->undo_char_point = 0;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ // if we don't have enough free characters in the buffer, we have to make room
+ while (state->undo_char_point + numchars > STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT)
+ stb_textedit_discard_undo(state);
+
+ return &state->undo_rec[state->undo_point++];
+}
+
+static STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *stb_text_createundo(StbUndoState *state, int pos, int insert_len, int delete_len)
+{
+ StbUndoRecord *r = stb_text_create_undo_record(state, insert_len);
+ if (r == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ r->where = pos;
+ r->insert_length = (short) insert_len;
+ r->delete_length = (short) delete_len;
+
+ if (insert_len == 0) {
+ r->char_storage = -1;
+ return NULL;
+ } else {
+ r->char_storage = state->undo_char_point;
+ state->undo_char_point = state->undo_char_point + (short) insert_len;
+ return &state->undo_char[r->char_storage];
+ }
+}
+
+static void stb_text_undo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
+{
+ StbUndoState *s = &state->undostate;
+ StbUndoRecord u, *r;
+ if (s->undo_point == 0)
+ return;
+
+ // we need to do two things: apply the undo record, and create a redo record
+ u = s->undo_rec[s->undo_point-1];
+ r = &s->undo_rec[s->redo_point-1];
+ r->char_storage = -1;
+
+ r->insert_length = u.delete_length;
+ r->delete_length = u.insert_length;
+ r->where = u.where;
+
+ if (u.delete_length) {
+ // if the undo record says to delete characters, then the redo record will
+ // need to re-insert the characters that get deleted, so we need to store
+ // them.
+
+ // there are three cases:
+ // there's enough room to store the characters
+ // characters stored for *redoing* don't leave room for redo
+ // characters stored for *undoing* don't leave room for redo
+ // if the last is true, we have to bail
+
+ if (s->undo_char_point + u.delete_length >= STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT) {
+ // the undo records take up too much character space; there's no space to store the redo characters
+ r->insert_length = 0;
+ } else {
+ int i;
+
+ // there's definitely room to store the characters eventually
+ while (s->undo_char_point + u.delete_length > s->redo_char_point) {
+ // there's currently not enough room, so discard a redo record
+ stb_textedit_discard_redo(s);
+ // should never happen:
+ if (s->redo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT)
+ return;
+ }
+ r = &s->undo_rec[s->redo_point-1];
+
+ r->char_storage = s->redo_char_point - u.delete_length;
+ s->redo_char_point = s->redo_char_point - (short) u.delete_length;
+
+ // now save the characters
+ for (i=0; i < u.delete_length; ++i)
+ s->undo_char[r->char_storage + i] = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, u.where + i);
+ }
+
+ // now we can carry out the deletion
+ STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, u.where, u.delete_length);
+ }
+
+ // check type of recorded action:
+ if (u.insert_length) {
+ // easy case: was a deletion, so we need to insert n characters
+ STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, u.where, &s->undo_char[u.char_storage], u.insert_length);
+ s->undo_char_point -= u.insert_length;
+ }
+
+ state->cursor = u.where + u.insert_length;
+
+ s->undo_point--;
+ s->redo_point--;
+}
+
+static void stb_text_redo(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state)
+{
+ StbUndoState *s = &state->undostate;
+ StbUndoRecord *u, r;
+ if (s->redo_point == STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT)
+ return;
+
+ // we need to do two things: apply the redo record, and create an undo record
+ u = &s->undo_rec[s->undo_point];
+ r = s->undo_rec[s->redo_point];
+
+ // we KNOW there must be room for the undo record, because the redo record
+ // was derived from an undo record
+
+ u->delete_length = r.insert_length;
+ u->insert_length = r.delete_length;
+ u->where = r.where;
+ u->char_storage = -1;
+
+ if (r.delete_length) {
+ // the redo record requires us to delete characters, so the undo record
+ // needs to store the characters
+
+ if (s->undo_char_point + u->insert_length > s->redo_char_point) {
+ u->insert_length = 0;
+ u->delete_length = 0;
+ } else {
+ int i;
+ u->char_storage = s->undo_char_point;
+ s->undo_char_point = s->undo_char_point + u->insert_length;
+
+ // now save the characters
+ for (i=0; i < u->insert_length; ++i)
+ s->undo_char[u->char_storage + i] = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, u->where + i);
+ }
+
+ STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(str, r.where, r.delete_length);
+ }
+
+ if (r.insert_length) {
+ // easy case: need to insert n characters
+ STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(str, r.where, &s->undo_char[r.char_storage], r.insert_length);
+ }
+
+ state->cursor = r.where + r.insert_length;
+
+ s->undo_point++;
+ s->redo_point++;
+}
+
+static void stb_text_makeundo_insert(STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length)
+{
+ stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, 0, length);
+}
+
+static void stb_text_makeundo_delete(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int length)
+{
+ int i;
+ STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, length, 0);
+ if (p) {
+ for (i=0; i < length; ++i)
+ p[i] = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, where+i);
+ }
+}
+
+static void stb_text_makeundo_replace(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING *str, STB_TexteditState *state, int where, int old_length, int new_length)
+{
+ int i;
+ STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE *p = stb_text_createundo(&state->undostate, where, old_length, new_length);
+ if (p) {
+ for (i=0; i < old_length; ++i)
+ p[i] = STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(str, where+i);
+ }
+}
+
+// reset the state to default
+static void stb_textedit_clear_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_single_line)
+{
+ state->undostate.undo_point = 0;
+ state->undostate.undo_char_point = 0;
+ state->undostate.redo_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOSTATECOUNT;
+ state->undostate.redo_char_point = STB_TEXTEDIT_UNDOCHARCOUNT;
+ state->select_end = state->select_start = 0;
+ state->cursor = 0;
+ state->has_preferred_x = 0;
+ state->preferred_x = 0;
+ state->cursor_at_end_of_line = 0;
+ state->initialized = 1;
+ state->single_line = (unsigned char) is_single_line;
+ state->insert_mode = 0;
+}
+
+// API initialize
+static void stb_textedit_initialize_state(STB_TexteditState *state, int is_single_line)
+{
+ stb_textedit_clear_state(state, is_single_line);
+}
+#endif//STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION
diff --git a/deps/stb_truetype-1.0.5/stb_truetype.h b/deps/imgui-1.47/stb_truetype.h
similarity index 77%
rename from deps/stb_truetype-1.0.5/stb_truetype.h
rename to deps/imgui-1.47/stb_truetype.h
index bbae5cb6..1f93135b 100644
--- a/deps/stb_truetype-1.0.5/stb_truetype.h
+++ b/deps/imgui-1.47/stb_truetype.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-// stb_truetype.h - v1.05 - public domain
-// authored from 2009-2014 by Sean Barrett / RAD Game Tools
+// stb_truetype.h - v1.08 - public domain
+// authored from 2009-2015 by Sean Barrett / RAD Game Tools
//
// This library processes TrueType files:
// parse files
@@ -39,49 +39,35 @@
// Omar Cornut
// github:aloucks
// Peter LaValle
+// Sergey Popov
+// Giumo X. Clanjor
+// Higor Euripedes
//
// Misc other:
// Ryan Gordon
//
// VERSION HISTORY
//
+// 1.08 (2015-09-13) document stbtt_Rasterize(); fixes for vertical & horizontal edges
+// 1.07 (2015-08-01) allow PackFontRanges to accept arrays of sparse codepoints;
+// variant PackFontRanges to pack and render in separate phases;
+// fix stbtt_GetFontOFfsetForIndex (never worked for non-0 input?);
+// fixed an assert() bug in the new rasterizer
+// replace assert() with STBTT_assert() in new rasterizer
+// 1.06 (2015-07-14) performance improvements (~35% faster on x86 and x64 on test machine)
+// also more precise AA rasterizer, except if shapes overlap
+// remove need for STBTT_sort
// 1.05 (2015-04-15) fix misplaced definitions for STBTT_STATIC
// 1.04 (2015-04-15) typo in example
// 1.03 (2015-04-12) STBTT_STATIC, fix memory leak in new packing, various fixes
-// 1.02 (2014-12-10) fix various warnings & compile issues w/ stb_rect_pack, C++
-// 1.01 (2014-12-08) fix subpixel position when oversampling to exactly match
-// non-oversampled; STBTT_POINT_SIZE for packed case only
-// 1.00 (2014-12-06) add new PackBegin etc. API, w/ support for oversampling
-// 0.99 (2014-09-18) fix multiple bugs with subpixel rendering (ryg)
-// 0.9 (2014-08-07) support certain mac/iOS fonts without an MS platformID
-// 0.8b (2014-07-07) fix a warning
-// 0.8 (2014-05-25) fix a few more warnings
-// 0.7 (2013-09-25) bugfix: subpixel glyph bug fixed in 0.5 had come back
-// 0.6c (2012-07-24) improve documentation
-// 0.6b (2012-07-20) fix a few more warnings
-// 0.6 (2012-07-17) fix warnings; added stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels,
-// stbtt_GetFontBoundingBox, stbtt_IsGlyphEmpty
-// 0.5 (2011-12-09) bugfixes:
-// subpixel glyph renderer computed wrong bounding box
-// first vertex of shape can be off-curve (FreeSans)
-// 0.4b (2011-12-03) fixed an error in the font baking example
-// 0.4 (2011-12-01) kerning, subpixel rendering (tor)
-// bugfixes for:
-// codepoint-to-glyph conversion using table fmt=12
-// codepoint-to-glyph conversion using table fmt=4
-// stbtt_GetBakedQuad with non-square texture (Zer)
-// updated Hello World! sample to use kerning and subpixel
-// fixed some warnings
-// 0.3 (2009-06-24) cmap fmt=12, compound shapes (MM)
-// userdata, malloc-from-userdata, non-zero fill (stb)
-// 0.2 (2009-03-11) Fix unsigned/signed char warnings
-// 0.1 (2009-03-09) First public release
+//
+// Full history can be found at the end of this file.
//
// LICENSE
//
// This software is in the public domain. Where that dedication is not
-// recognized, you are granted a perpetual, irrevokable license to copy
-// and modify this file as you see fit.
+// recognized, you are granted a perpetual, irrevocable license to copy,
+// distribute, and modify this file as you see fit.
//
// USAGE
//
@@ -102,7 +88,7 @@
// #include "stb_rect_pack.h" -- optional, but you really want it
// stbtt_PackBegin()
// stbtt_PackSetOversample() -- for improved quality on small fonts
-// stbtt_PackFontRanges()
+// stbtt_PackFontRanges() -- pack and renders
// stbtt_PackEnd()
// stbtt_GetPackedQuad()
//
@@ -120,6 +106,15 @@
// stbtt_GetFontVMetrics()
// stbtt_GetCodepointKernAdvance()
//
+// Starting with version 1.06, the rasterizer was replaced with a new,
+// faster and generally-more-precise rasterizer. The new rasterizer more
+// accurately measures pixel coverage for anti-aliasing, except in the case
+// where multiple shapes overlap, in which case it overestimates the AA pixel
+// coverage. Thus, anti-aliasing of intersecting shapes may look wrong. If
+// this turns out to be a problem, you can re-enable the old rasterizer with
+// #define STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION 1
+// which will incur about a 15% speed hit.
+//
// ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION
//
// Immediately after this block comment are a series of sample programs.
@@ -219,7 +214,15 @@
// Baked bitmap interface 70 LOC /
// Font name matching & access 150 LOC ---- 150
// C runtime library abstraction 60 LOC ---- 60
-
+//
+//
+// PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENTS FOR 1.06:
+//
+// 32-bit 64-bit
+// Previous release: 8.83 s 7.68 s
+// Pool allocations: 7.72 s 6.34 s
+// Inline sort : 6.54 s 5.65 s
+// New rasterizer : 5.63 s 5.00 s
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@@ -330,7 +333,7 @@ int main(int arg, char **argv)
stbtt_fontinfo font;
int i,j,ascent,baseline,ch=0;
float scale, xpos=2; // leave a little padding in case the character extends left
- char *text = "Heljo World!";
+ char *text = "Heljo World!"; // intentionally misspelled to show 'lj' brokenness
fread(buffer, 1, 1000000, fopen("c:/windows/fonts/arialbd.ttf", "rb"));
stbtt_InitFont(&font, buffer, 0);
@@ -388,12 +391,6 @@ int main(int arg, char **argv)
typedef char stbtt__check_size32[sizeof(stbtt_int32)==4 ? 1 : -1];
typedef char stbtt__check_size16[sizeof(stbtt_int16)==2 ? 1 : -1];
- // #define your own STBTT_sort() to override this to avoid qsort
- #ifndef STBTT_sort
- #include
- #define STBTT_sort(data,num_items,item_size,compare_func) qsort(data,num_items,item_size,compare_func)
- #endif
-
// #define your own STBTT_ifloor/STBTT_iceil() to avoid math.h
#ifndef STBTT_ifloor
#include
@@ -479,7 +476,7 @@ typedef struct
float x1,y1,s1,t1; // bottom-right
} stbtt_aligned_quad;
-STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(const stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, // same data as above
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, // same data as above
int char_index, // character to display
float *xpos, float *ypos, // pointers to current position in screen pixel space
stbtt_aligned_quad *q, // output: quad to draw
@@ -511,13 +508,17 @@ typedef struct
} stbtt_packedchar;
typedef struct stbtt_pack_context stbtt_pack_context;
+typedef struct stbtt_fontinfo stbtt_fontinfo;
+#ifndef STB_RECT_PACK_VERSION
+typedef struct stbrp_rect stbrp_rect;
+#endif
STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackBegin(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *pixels, int width, int height, int stride_in_bytes, int padding, void *alloc_context);
// Initializes a packing context stored in the passed-in stbtt_pack_context.
// Future calls using this context will pack characters into the bitmap passed
// in here: a 1-channel bitmap that is weight x height. stride_in_bytes is
// the distance from one row to the next (or 0 to mean they are packed tightly
-// together). "padding" is // the amount of padding to leave between each
+// together). "padding" is the amount of padding to leave between each
// character (normally you want '1' for bitmaps you'll use as textures with
// bilinear filtering).
//
@@ -528,7 +529,7 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackEnd (stbtt_pack_context *spc);
#define STBTT_POINT_SIZE(x) (-(x))
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, float font_size,
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, float font_size,
int first_unicode_char_in_range, int num_chars_in_range, stbtt_packedchar *chardata_for_range);
// Creates character bitmaps from the font_index'th font found in fontdata (use
// font_index=0 if you don't know what that is). It creates num_chars_in_range
@@ -546,35 +547,54 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char
typedef struct
{
float font_size;
- int first_unicode_char_in_range;
- int num_chars_in_range;
+ int first_unicode_codepoint_in_range; // if non-zero, then the chars are continuous, and this is the first codepoint
+ int *array_of_unicode_codepoints; // if non-zero, then this is an array of unicode codepoints
+ int num_chars;
stbtt_packedchar *chardata_for_range; // output
+ unsigned char h_oversample, v_oversample; // don't set these, they're used internally
} stbtt_pack_range;
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges);
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges);
// Creates character bitmaps from multiple ranges of characters stored in
// ranges. This will usually create a better-packed bitmap than multiple
-// calls to stbtt_PackFontRange.
-
+// calls to stbtt_PackFontRange. Note that you can call this multiple
+// times within a single PackBegin/PackEnd.
STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackSetOversampling(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned int h_oversample, unsigned int v_oversample);
// Oversampling a font increases the quality by allowing higher-quality subpixel
// positioning, and is especially valuable at smaller text sizes.
//
// This function sets the amount of oversampling for all following calls to
-// stbtt_PackFontRange(s). The default (no oversampling) is achieved by
-// h_oversample=1, v_oversample=1. The total number of pixels required is
+// stbtt_PackFontRange(s) or stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects for a given
+// pack context. The default (no oversampling) is achieved by h_oversample=1
+// and v_oversample=1. The total number of pixels required is
// h_oversample*v_oversample larger than the default; for example, 2x2
// oversampling requires 4x the storage of 1x1. For best results, render
// oversampled textures with bilinear filtering. Look at the readme in
// stb/tests/oversample for information about oversampled fonts
+//
+// To use with PackFontRangesGather etc., you must set it before calls
+// call to PackFontRangesGatherRects.
-STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(const stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, // same data as above
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, // same data as above
int char_index, // character to display
float *xpos, float *ypos, // pointers to current position in screen pixel space
stbtt_aligned_quad *q, // output: quad to draw
int align_to_integer);
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects);
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects);
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects);
+// Calling these functions in sequence is roughly equivalent to calling
+// stbtt_PackFontRanges(). If you more control over the packing of multiple
+// fonts, or if you want to pack custom data into a font texture, take a look
+// at the source to of stbtt_PackFontRanges() and create a custom version
+// using these functions, e.g. call GatherRects multiple times,
+// building up a single array of rects, then call PackRects once,
+// then call RenderIntoRects repeatedly. This may result in a
+// better packing than calling PackFontRanges multiple times
+// (or it may not).
+
// this is an opaque structure that you shouldn't mess with which holds
// all the context needed from PackBegin to PackEnd.
struct stbtt_pack_context {
@@ -785,7 +805,16 @@ typedef struct
unsigned char *pixels;
} stbtt__bitmap;
-STBTT_DEF void stbtt_Rasterize(stbtt__bitmap *result, float flatness_in_pixels, stbtt_vertex *vertices, int num_verts, float scale_x, float scale_y, float shift_x, float shift_y, int x_off, int y_off, int invert, void *userdata);
+// rasterize a shape with quadratic beziers into a bitmap
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_Rasterize(stbtt__bitmap *result, // 1-channel bitmap to draw into
+ float flatness_in_pixels, // allowable error of curve in pixels
+ stbtt_vertex *vertices, // array of vertices defining shape
+ int num_verts, // number of vertices in above array
+ float scale_x, float scale_y, // scale applied to input vertices
+ float shift_x, float shift_y, // translation applied to input vertices
+ int x_off, int y_off, // another translation applied to input
+ int invert, // if non-zero, vertically flip shape
+ void *userdata); // context for to STBTT_MALLOC
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
@@ -900,8 +929,16 @@ enum { // languageID for STBTT_PLATFORM_ID_MAC
#define STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE 8
#endif
+#if STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE > 255
+#error "STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE cannot be > 255"
+#endif
+
typedef int stbtt__test_oversample_pow2[(STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE & (STBTT_MAX_OVERSAMPLE-1)) == 0 ? 1 : -1];
+#ifndef STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION
+#define STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION 2
+#endif
+
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
//
// accessors to parse data from file
@@ -970,7 +1007,7 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(const unsigned char *font_collection,
stbtt_int32 n = ttLONG(font_collection+8);
if (index >= n)
return -1;
- return ttULONG(font_collection+12+index*14);
+ return ttULONG(font_collection+12+index*4);
}
}
return -1;
@@ -1550,42 +1587,129 @@ STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBox(const stbtt_fontinfo *font, int codep
stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBoxSubpixel(font, codepoint, scale_x, scale_y,0.0f,0.0f, ix0,iy0,ix1,iy1);
}
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// Rasterizer
+
+typedef struct stbtt__hheap_chunk
+{
+ struct stbtt__hheap_chunk *next;
+} stbtt__hheap_chunk;
+
+typedef struct stbtt__hheap
+{
+ struct stbtt__hheap_chunk *head;
+ void *first_free;
+ int num_remaining_in_head_chunk;
+} stbtt__hheap;
+
+static void *stbtt__hheap_alloc(stbtt__hheap *hh, size_t size, void *userdata)
+{
+ if (hh->first_free) {
+ void *p = hh->first_free;
+ hh->first_free = * (void **) p;
+ return p;
+ } else {
+ if (hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk == 0) {
+ int count = (size < 32 ? 2000 : size < 128 ? 800 : 100);
+ stbtt__hheap_chunk *c = (stbtt__hheap_chunk *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(stbtt__hheap_chunk) + size * count, userdata);
+ if (c == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+ c->next = hh->head;
+ hh->head = c;
+ hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk = count;
+ }
+ --hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk;
+ return (char *) (hh->head) + size * hh->num_remaining_in_head_chunk;
+ }
+}
+
+static void stbtt__hheap_free(stbtt__hheap *hh, void *p)
+{
+ *(void **) p = hh->first_free;
+ hh->first_free = p;
+}
+
+static void stbtt__hheap_cleanup(stbtt__hheap *hh, void *userdata)
+{
+ stbtt__hheap_chunk *c = hh->head;
+ while (c) {
+ stbtt__hheap_chunk *n = c->next;
+ STBTT_free(c, userdata);
+ c = n;
+ }
+}
+
typedef struct stbtt__edge {
float x0,y0, x1,y1;
int invert;
} stbtt__edge;
+
typedef struct stbtt__active_edge
{
+ struct stbtt__active_edge *next;
+ #if STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION==1
int x,dx;
float ey;
- struct stbtt__active_edge *next;
- int valid;
+ int direction;
+ #elif STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION==2
+ float fx,fdx,fdy;
+ float direction;
+ float sy;
+ float ey;
+ #else
+ #error "Unrecognized value of STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION"
+ #endif
} stbtt__active_edge;
-#define FIXSHIFT 10
-#define FIX (1 << FIXSHIFT)
-#define FIXMASK (FIX-1)
+#if STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 1
+#define STBTT_FIXSHIFT 10
+#define STBTT_FIX (1 << STBTT_FIXSHIFT)
+#define STBTT_FIXMASK (STBTT_FIX-1)
-static stbtt__active_edge *new_active(stbtt__edge *e, int off_x, float start_point, void *userdata)
+static stbtt__active_edge *stbtt__new_active(stbtt__hheap *hh, stbtt__edge *e, int off_x, float start_point, void *userdata)
{
- stbtt__active_edge *z = (stbtt__active_edge *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(*z), userdata); // @TODO: make a pool of these!!!
+ stbtt__active_edge *z = (stbtt__active_edge *) stbtt__hheap_alloc(hh, sizeof(*z), userdata);
float dxdy = (e->x1 - e->x0) / (e->y1 - e->y0);
- STBTT_assert(e->y0 <= start_point);
if (!z) return z;
- // round dx down to avoid going too far
+
+ // round dx down to avoid overshooting
if (dxdy < 0)
- z->dx = -STBTT_ifloor(FIX * -dxdy);
+ z->dx = -STBTT_ifloor(STBTT_FIX * -dxdy);
else
- z->dx = STBTT_ifloor(FIX * dxdy);
- z->x = STBTT_ifloor(FIX * (e->x0 + dxdy * (start_point - e->y0)));
- z->x -= off_x * FIX;
+ z->dx = STBTT_ifloor(STBTT_FIX * dxdy);
+
+ z->x = STBTT_ifloor(STBTT_FIX * e->x0 + z->dx * (start_point - e->y0)); // use z->dx so when we offset later it's by the same amount
+ z->x -= off_x * STBTT_FIX;
+
z->ey = e->y1;
z->next = 0;
- z->valid = e->invert ? 1 : -1;
+ z->direction = e->invert ? 1 : -1;
return z;
}
+#elif STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 2
+static stbtt__active_edge *stbtt__new_active(stbtt__hheap *hh, stbtt__edge *e, int off_x, float start_point, void *userdata)
+{
+ stbtt__active_edge *z = (stbtt__active_edge *) stbtt__hheap_alloc(hh, sizeof(*z), userdata);
+ float dxdy = (e->x1 - e->x0) / (e->y1 - e->y0);
+ //STBTT_assert(e->y0 <= start_point);
+ if (!z) return z;
+ z->fdx = dxdy;
+ z->fdy = dxdy != 0.0f ? (1.0f/dxdy) : 0.0f;
+ z->fx = e->x0 + dxdy * (start_point - e->y0);
+ z->fx -= off_x;
+ z->direction = e->invert ? 1.0f : -1.0f;
+ z->sy = e->y0;
+ z->ey = e->y1;
+ z->next = 0;
+ return z;
+}
+#else
+#error "Unrecognized value of STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION"
+#endif
+#if STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 1
// note: this routine clips fills that extend off the edges... ideally this
// wouldn't happen, but it could happen if the truetype glyph bounding boxes
// are wrong, or if the user supplies a too-small bitmap
@@ -1597,26 +1721,26 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges(unsigned char *scanline, int len, stbtt__ac
while (e) {
if (w == 0) {
// if we're currently at zero, we need to record the edge start point
- x0 = e->x; w += e->valid;
+ x0 = e->x; w += e->direction;
} else {
- int x1 = e->x; w += e->valid;
+ int x1 = e->x; w += e->direction;
// if we went to zero, we need to draw
if (w == 0) {
- int i = x0 >> FIXSHIFT;
- int j = x1 >> FIXSHIFT;
+ int i = x0 >> STBTT_FIXSHIFT;
+ int j = x1 >> STBTT_FIXSHIFT;
if (i < len && j >= 0) {
if (i == j) {
// x0,x1 are the same pixel, so compute combined coverage
- scanline[i] = scanline[i] + (stbtt_uint8) ((x1 - x0) * max_weight >> FIXSHIFT);
+ scanline[i] = scanline[i] + (stbtt_uint8) ((x1 - x0) * max_weight >> STBTT_FIXSHIFT);
} else {
if (i >= 0) // add antialiasing for x0
- scanline[i] = scanline[i] + (stbtt_uint8) (((FIX - (x0 & FIXMASK)) * max_weight) >> FIXSHIFT);
+ scanline[i] = scanline[i] + (stbtt_uint8) (((STBTT_FIX - (x0 & STBTT_FIXMASK)) * max_weight) >> STBTT_FIXSHIFT);
else
i = -1; // clip
if (j < len) // add antialiasing for x1
- scanline[j] = scanline[j] + (stbtt_uint8) (((x1 & FIXMASK) * max_weight) >> FIXSHIFT);
+ scanline[j] = scanline[j] + (stbtt_uint8) (((x1 & STBTT_FIXMASK) * max_weight) >> STBTT_FIXSHIFT);
else
j = len; // clip
@@ -1633,6 +1757,7 @@ static void stbtt__fill_active_edges(unsigned char *scanline, int len, stbtt__ac
static void stbtt__rasterize_sorted_edges(stbtt__bitmap *result, stbtt__edge *e, int n, int vsubsample, int off_x, int off_y, void *userdata)
{
+ stbtt__hheap hh = { 0, 0, 0 };
stbtt__active_edge *active = NULL;
int y,j=0;
int max_weight = (255 / vsubsample); // weight per vertical scanline
@@ -1660,9 +1785,9 @@ static void stbtt__rasterize_sorted_edges(stbtt__bitmap *result, stbtt__edge *e,
stbtt__active_edge * z = *step;
if (z->ey <= scan_y) {
*step = z->next; // delete from list
- STBTT_assert(z->valid);
- z->valid = 0;
- STBTT_free(z, userdata);
+ STBTT_assert(z->direction);
+ z->direction = 0;
+ stbtt__hheap_free(&hh, z);
} else {
z->x += z->dx; // advance to position for current scanline
step = &((*step)->next); // advance through list
@@ -1691,7 +1816,7 @@ static void stbtt__rasterize_sorted_edges(stbtt__bitmap *result, stbtt__edge *e,
// insert all edges that start before the center of this scanline -- omit ones that also end on this scanline
while (e->y0 <= scan_y) {
if (e->y1 > scan_y) {
- stbtt__active_edge *z = new_active(e, off_x, scan_y, userdata);
+ stbtt__active_edge *z = stbtt__new_active(&hh, e, off_x, scan_y, userdata);
// find insertion point
if (active == NULL)
active = z;
@@ -1722,24 +1847,393 @@ static void stbtt__rasterize_sorted_edges(stbtt__bitmap *result, stbtt__edge *e,
++j;
}
- while (active) {
- stbtt__active_edge *z = active;
- active = active->next;
- STBTT_free(z, userdata);
- }
+ stbtt__hheap_cleanup(&hh, userdata);
if (scanline != scanline_data)
STBTT_free(scanline, userdata);
}
-static int stbtt__edge_compare(const void *p, const void *q)
-{
- stbtt__edge *a = (stbtt__edge *) p;
- stbtt__edge *b = (stbtt__edge *) q;
+#elif STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 2
- if (a->y0 < b->y0) return -1;
- if (a->y0 > b->y0) return 1;
- return 0;
+// the edge passed in here does not cross the vertical line at x or the vertical line at x+1
+// (i.e. it has already been clipped to those)
+static void stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(float *scanline, int x, stbtt__active_edge *e, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1)
+{
+ if (y0 == y1) return;
+ STBTT_assert(y0 < y1);
+ STBTT_assert(e->sy <= e->ey);
+ if (y0 > e->ey) return;
+ if (y1 < e->sy) return;
+ if (y0 < e->sy) {
+ x0 += (x1-x0) * (e->sy - y0) / (y1-y0);
+ y0 = e->sy;
+ }
+ if (y1 > e->ey) {
+ x1 += (x1-x0) * (e->ey - y1) / (y1-y0);
+ y1 = e->ey;
+ }
+
+ if (x0 == x)
+ STBTT_assert(x1 <= x+1);
+ else if (x0 == x+1)
+ STBTT_assert(x1 >= x);
+ else if (x0 <= x)
+ STBTT_assert(x1 <= x);
+ else if (x0 >= x+1)
+ STBTT_assert(x1 >= x+1);
+ else
+ STBTT_assert(x1 >= x && x1 <= x+1);
+
+ if (x0 <= x && x1 <= x)
+ scanline[x] += e->direction * (y1-y0);
+ else if (x0 >= x+1 && x1 >= x+1)
+ ;
+ else {
+ STBTT_assert(x0 >= x && x0 <= x+1 && x1 >= x && x1 <= x+1);
+ scanline[x] += e->direction * (y1-y0) * (1-((x0-x)+(x1-x))/2); // coverage = 1 - average x position
+ }
+}
+
+static void stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(float *scanline, float *scanline_fill, int len, stbtt__active_edge *e, float y_top)
+{
+ float y_bottom = y_top+1;
+
+ while (e) {
+ // brute force every pixel
+
+ // compute intersection points with top & bottom
+ STBTT_assert(e->ey >= y_top);
+
+ if (e->fdx == 0) {
+ float x0 = e->fx;
+ if (x0 < len) {
+ if (x0 >= 0) {
+ stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,(int) x0,e, x0,y_top, x0,y_bottom);
+ stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline_fill-1,(int) x0+1,e, x0,y_top, x0,y_bottom);
+ } else {
+ stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline_fill-1,0,e, x0,y_top, x0,y_bottom);
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ float x0 = e->fx;
+ float dx = e->fdx;
+ float xb = x0 + dx;
+ float x_top, x_bottom;
+ float sy0,sy1;
+ float dy = e->fdy;
+ STBTT_assert(e->sy <= y_bottom && e->ey >= y_top);
+
+ // compute endpoints of line segment clipped to this scanline (if the
+ // line segment starts on this scanline. x0 is the intersection of the
+ // line with y_top, but that may be off the line segment.
+ if (e->sy > y_top) {
+ x_top = x0 + dx * (e->sy - y_top);
+ sy0 = e->sy;
+ } else {
+ x_top = x0;
+ sy0 = y_top;
+ }
+ if (e->ey < y_bottom) {
+ x_bottom = x0 + dx * (e->ey - y_top);
+ sy1 = e->ey;
+ } else {
+ x_bottom = xb;
+ sy1 = y_bottom;
+ }
+
+ if (x_top >= 0 && x_bottom >= 0 && x_top < len && x_bottom < len) {
+ // from here on, we don't have to range check x values
+
+ if ((int) x_top == (int) x_bottom) {
+ float height;
+ // simple case, only spans one pixel
+ int x = (int) x_top;
+ height = sy1 - sy0;
+ STBTT_assert(x >= 0 && x < len);
+ scanline[x] += e->direction * (1-((x_top - x) + (x_bottom-x))/2) * height;
+ scanline_fill[x] += e->direction * height; // everything right of this pixel is filled
+ } else {
+ int x,x1,x2;
+ float y_crossing, step, sign, area;
+ // covers 2+ pixels
+ if (x_top > x_bottom) {
+ // flip scanline vertically; signed area is the same
+ float t;
+ sy0 = y_bottom - (sy0 - y_top);
+ sy1 = y_bottom - (sy1 - y_top);
+ t = sy0, sy0 = sy1, sy1 = t;
+ t = x_bottom, x_bottom = x_top, x_top = t;
+ dx = -dx;
+ dy = -dy;
+ t = x0, x0 = xb, xb = t;
+ }
+
+ x1 = (int) x_top;
+ x2 = (int) x_bottom;
+ // compute intersection with y axis at x1+1
+ y_crossing = (x1+1 - x0) * dy + y_top;
+
+ sign = e->direction;
+ // area of the rectangle covered from y0..y_crossing
+ area = sign * (y_crossing-sy0);
+ // area of the triangle (x_top,y0), (x+1,y0), (x+1,y_crossing)
+ scanline[x1] += area * (1-((x_top - x1)+(x1+1-x1))/2);
+
+ step = sign * dy;
+ for (x = x1+1; x < x2; ++x) {
+ scanline[x] += area + step/2;
+ area += step;
+ }
+ y_crossing += dy * (x2 - (x1+1));
+
+ STBTT_assert(fabs(area) <= 1.01f);
+
+ scanline[x2] += area + sign * (1-((x2-x2)+(x_bottom-x2))/2) * (sy1-y_crossing);
+
+ scanline_fill[x2] += sign * (sy1-sy0);
+ }
+ } else {
+ // if edge goes outside of box we're drawing, we require
+ // clipping logic. since this does not match the intended use
+ // of this library, we use a different, very slow brute
+ // force implementation
+ int x;
+ for (x=0; x < len; ++x) {
+ // cases:
+ //
+ // there can be up to two intersections with the pixel. any intersection
+ // with left or right edges can be handled by splitting into two (or three)
+ // regions. intersections with top & bottom do not necessitate case-wise logic.
+ //
+ // the old way of doing this found the intersections with the left & right edges,
+ // then used some simple logic to produce up to three segments in sorted order
+ // from top-to-bottom. however, this had a problem: if an x edge was epsilon
+ // across the x border, then the corresponding y position might not be distinct
+ // from the other y segment, and it might ignored as an empty segment. to avoid
+ // that, we need to explicitly produce segments based on x positions.
+
+ // rename variables to clear pairs
+ float y0 = y_top;
+ float x1 = (float) (x);
+ float x2 = (float) (x+1);
+ float x3 = xb;
+ float y3 = y_bottom;
+ float y1,y2;
+
+ // x = e->x + e->dx * (y-y_top)
+ // (y-y_top) = (x - e->x) / e->dx
+ // y = (x - e->x) / e->dx + y_top
+ y1 = (x - x0) / dx + y_top;
+ y2 = (x+1 - x0) / dx + y_top;
+
+ if (x0 < x1 && x3 > x2) { // three segments descending down-right
+ stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x1,y1);
+ stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x1,y1, x2,y2);
+ stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x2,y2, x3,y3);
+ } else if (x3 < x1 && x0 > x2) { // three segments descending down-left
+ stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x2,y2);
+ stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x2,y2, x1,y1);
+ stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x1,y1, x3,y3);
+ } else if (x0 < x1 && x3 > x1) { // two segments across x, down-right
+ stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x1,y1);
+ stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x1,y1, x3,y3);
+ } else if (x3 < x1 && x0 > x1) { // two segments across x, down-left
+ stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x1,y1);
+ stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x1,y1, x3,y3);
+ } else if (x0 < x2 && x3 > x2) { // two segments across x+1, down-right
+ stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x2,y2);
+ stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x2,y2, x3,y3);
+ } else if (x3 < x2 && x0 > x2) { // two segments across x+1, down-left
+ stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x2,y2);
+ stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x2,y2, x3,y3);
+ } else { // one segment
+ stbtt__handle_clipped_edge(scanline,x,e, x0,y0, x3,y3);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ e = e->next;
+ }
+}
+
+// directly AA rasterize edges w/o supersampling
+static void stbtt__rasterize_sorted_edges(stbtt__bitmap *result, stbtt__edge *e, int n, int vsubsample, int off_x, int off_y, void *userdata)
+{
+ (void)vsubsample;
+ stbtt__hheap hh = { 0, 0, 0 };
+ stbtt__active_edge *active = NULL;
+ int y,j=0, i;
+ float scanline_data[129], *scanline, *scanline2;
+
+ if (result->w > 64)
+ scanline = (float *) STBTT_malloc((result->w*2+1) * sizeof(float), userdata);
+ else
+ scanline = scanline_data;
+
+ scanline2 = scanline + result->w;
+
+ y = off_y;
+ e[n].y0 = (float) (off_y + result->h) + 1;
+
+ while (j < result->h) {
+ // find center of pixel for this scanline
+ float scan_y_top = y + 0.0f;
+ float scan_y_bottom = y + 1.0f;
+ stbtt__active_edge **step = &active;
+
+ STBTT_memset(scanline , 0, result->w*sizeof(scanline[0]));
+ STBTT_memset(scanline2, 0, (result->w+1)*sizeof(scanline[0]));
+
+ // update all active edges;
+ // remove all active edges that terminate before the top of this scanline
+ while (*step) {
+ stbtt__active_edge * z = *step;
+ if (z->ey <= scan_y_top) {
+ *step = z->next; // delete from list
+ STBTT_assert(z->direction);
+ z->direction = 0;
+ stbtt__hheap_free(&hh, z);
+ } else {
+ step = &((*step)->next); // advance through list
+ }
+ }
+
+ // insert all edges that start before the bottom of this scanline
+ while (e->y0 <= scan_y_bottom) {
+ if (e->y0 != e->y1) {
+ stbtt__active_edge *z = stbtt__new_active(&hh, e, off_x, scan_y_top, userdata);
+ STBTT_assert(z->ey >= scan_y_top);
+ // insert at front
+ z->next = active;
+ active = z;
+ }
+ ++e;
+ }
+
+ // now process all active edges
+ if (active)
+ stbtt__fill_active_edges_new(scanline, scanline2+1, result->w, active, scan_y_top);
+
+ {
+ float sum = 0;
+ for (i=0; i < result->w; ++i) {
+ float k;
+ int m;
+ sum += scanline2[i];
+ k = scanline[i] + sum;
+ k = (float) fabs(k)*255 + 0.5f;
+ m = (int) k;
+ if (m > 255) m = 255;
+ result->pixels[j*result->stride + i] = (unsigned char) m;
+ }
+ }
+ // advance all the edges
+ step = &active;
+ while (*step) {
+ stbtt__active_edge *z = *step;
+ z->fx += z->fdx; // advance to position for current scanline
+ step = &((*step)->next); // advance through list
+ }
+
+ ++y;
+ ++j;
+ }
+
+ stbtt__hheap_cleanup(&hh, userdata);
+
+ if (scanline != scanline_data)
+ STBTT_free(scanline, userdata);
+}
+#else
+#error "Unrecognized value of STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION"
+#endif
+
+#define STBTT__COMPARE(a,b) ((a)->y0 < (b)->y0)
+
+static void stbtt__sort_edges_ins_sort(stbtt__edge *p, int n)
+{
+ int i,j;
+ for (i=1; i < n; ++i) {
+ stbtt__edge t = p[i], *a = &t;
+ j = i;
+ while (j > 0) {
+ stbtt__edge *b = &p[j-1];
+ int c = STBTT__COMPARE(a,b);
+ if (!c) break;
+ p[j] = p[j-1];
+ --j;
+ }
+ if (i != j)
+ p[j] = t;
+ }
+}
+
+static void stbtt__sort_edges_quicksort(stbtt__edge *p, int n)
+{
+ /* threshhold for transitioning to insertion sort */
+ while (n > 12) {
+ stbtt__edge t;
+ int c01,c12,c,m,i,j;
+
+ /* compute median of three */
+ m = n >> 1;
+ c01 = STBTT__COMPARE(&p[0],&p[m]);
+ c12 = STBTT__COMPARE(&p[m],&p[n-1]);
+ /* if 0 >= mid >= end, or 0 < mid < end, then use mid */
+ if (c01 != c12) {
+ /* otherwise, we'll need to swap something else to middle */
+ int z;
+ c = STBTT__COMPARE(&p[0],&p[n-1]);
+ /* 0>mid && midn => n; 0 0 */
+ /* 0n: 0>n => 0; 0 n */
+ z = (c == c12) ? 0 : n-1;
+ t = p[z];
+ p[z] = p[m];
+ p[m] = t;
+ }
+ /* now p[m] is the median-of-three */
+ /* swap it to the beginning so it won't move around */
+ t = p[0];
+ p[0] = p[m];
+ p[m] = t;
+
+ /* partition loop */
+ i=1;
+ j=n-1;
+ for(;;) {
+ /* handling of equality is crucial here */
+ /* for sentinels & efficiency with duplicates */
+ for (;;++i) {
+ if (!STBTT__COMPARE(&p[i], &p[0])) break;
+ }
+ for (;;--j) {
+ if (!STBTT__COMPARE(&p[0], &p[j])) break;
+ }
+ /* make sure we haven't crossed */
+ if (i >= j) break;
+ t = p[i];
+ p[i] = p[j];
+ p[j] = t;
+
+ ++i;
+ --j;
+ }
+ /* recurse on smaller side, iterate on larger */
+ if (j < (n-i)) {
+ stbtt__sort_edges_quicksort(p,j);
+ p = p+i;
+ n = n-i;
+ } else {
+ stbtt__sort_edges_quicksort(p+i, n-i);
+ n = j;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void stbtt__sort_edges(stbtt__edge *p, int n)
+{
+ stbtt__sort_edges_quicksort(p, n);
+ stbtt__sort_edges_ins_sort(p, n);
}
typedef struct
@@ -1752,7 +2246,13 @@ static void stbtt__rasterize(stbtt__bitmap *result, stbtt__point *pts, int *wcou
float y_scale_inv = invert ? -scale_y : scale_y;
stbtt__edge *e;
int n,i,j,k,m;
+#if STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 1
int vsubsample = result->h < 8 ? 15 : 5;
+#elif STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION == 2
+ int vsubsample = 1;
+#else
+ #error "Unrecognized value of STBTT_RASTERIZER_VERSION"
+#endif
// vsubsample should divide 255 evenly; otherwise we won't reach full opacity
// now we have to blow out the windings into explicit edge lists
@@ -1789,7 +2289,8 @@ static void stbtt__rasterize(stbtt__bitmap *result, stbtt__point *pts, int *wcou
}
// now sort the edges by their highest point (should snap to integer, and then by x)
- STBTT_sort(e, n, sizeof(e[0]), stbtt__edge_compare);
+ //STBTT_sort(e, n, sizeof(e[0]), stbtt__edge_compare);
+ stbtt__sort_edges(e, n);
// now, traverse the scanlines and find the intersections on each scanline, use xor winding rule
stbtt__rasterize_sorted_edges(result, e, n, vsubsample, off_x, off_y, userdata);
@@ -2049,11 +2550,11 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_BakeFontBitmap(const unsigned char *data, int offset, // fo
return bottom_y;
}
-STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(const stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int opengl_fillrule)
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetBakedQuad(stbtt_bakedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int opengl_fillrule)
{
float d3d_bias = opengl_fillrule ? 0 : -0.5f;
float ipw = 1.0f / pw, iph = 1.0f / ph;
- const stbtt_bakedchar *b = chardata + char_index;
+ stbtt_bakedchar *b = chardata + char_index;
int round_x = STBTT_ifloor((*xpos + b->xoff) + 0.5f);
int round_y = STBTT_ifloor((*ypos + b->yoff) + 0.5f);
@@ -2106,11 +2607,11 @@ typedef struct
unsigned char x;
} stbrp_node;
-typedef struct
+struct stbrp_rect
{
stbrp_coord x,y;
int id,w,h,was_packed;
-} stbrp_rect;
+};
static void stbrp_init_target(stbrp_context *con, int pw, int ph, stbrp_node *nodes, int num_nodes)
{
@@ -2177,7 +2678,8 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackBegin(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *pixels, in
stbrp_init_target(context, pw-padding, ph-padding, nodes, num_nodes);
- STBTT_memset(pixels, 0, pw*ph); // background of 0 around pixels
+ if (pixels)
+ STBTT_memset(pixels, 0, pw*ph); // background of 0 around pixels
return 1;
}
@@ -2235,6 +2737,13 @@ static void stbtt__h_prefilter(unsigned char *pixels, int w, int h, int stride_i
pixels[i] = (unsigned char) (total / 4);
}
break;
+ case 5:
+ for (i=0; i <= safe_w; ++i) {
+ total += pixels[i] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK];
+ buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i];
+ pixels[i] = (unsigned char) (total / 5);
+ }
+ break;
default:
for (i=0; i <= safe_w; ++i) {
total += pixels[i] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK];
@@ -2289,6 +2798,13 @@ static void stbtt__v_prefilter(unsigned char *pixels, int w, int h, int stride_i
pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] = (unsigned char) (total / 4);
}
break;
+ case 5:
+ for (i=0; i <= safe_h; ++i) {
+ total += pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK];
+ buffer[(i+kernel_width) & STBTT__OVER_MASK] = pixels[i*stride_in_bytes];
+ pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] = (unsigned char) (total / 5);
+ }
+ break;
default:
for (i=0; i <= safe_h; ++i) {
total += pixels[i*stride_in_bytes] - buffer[i & STBTT__OVER_MASK];
@@ -2320,63 +2836,62 @@ static float stbtt__oversample_shift(int oversample)
return (float)-(oversample - 1) / (2.0f * (float)oversample);
}
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges)
+// rects array must be big enough to accommodate all characters in the given ranges
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects)
{
- stbtt_fontinfo info;
- float recip_h = 1.0f / spc->h_oversample;
- float recip_v = 1.0f / spc->v_oversample;
- float sub_x = stbtt__oversample_shift(spc->h_oversample);
- float sub_y = stbtt__oversample_shift(spc->v_oversample);
- int i,j,k,n, return_value = 1;
- stbrp_context *context = (stbrp_context *) spc->pack_info;
- stbrp_rect *rects;
+ int i,j,k;
- // flag all characters as NOT packed
- for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i)
- for (j=0; j < ranges[i].num_chars_in_range; ++j)
- ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j].x0 =
- ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j].y0 =
- ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j].x1 =
- ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j].y1 = 0;
-
- n = 0;
- for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i)
- n += ranges[i].num_chars_in_range;
-
- rects = (stbrp_rect *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(*rects) * n, spc->user_allocator_context);
- if (rects == NULL)
- return 0;
-
- stbtt_InitFont(&info, fontdata, stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(fontdata,font_index));
k=0;
for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i) {
float fh = ranges[i].font_size;
- float scale = fh > 0 ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&info, fh) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&info, -fh);
- for (j=0; j < ranges[i].num_chars_in_range; ++j) {
+ float scale = fh > 0 ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(info, fh) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(info, -fh);
+ ranges[i].h_oversample = (unsigned char) spc->h_oversample;
+ ranges[i].v_oversample = (unsigned char) spc->v_oversample;
+ for (j=0; j < ranges[i].num_chars; ++j) {
int x0,y0,x1,y1;
- stbtt_GetCodepointBitmapBoxSubpixel(&info, ranges[i].first_unicode_char_in_range + j,
- scale * spc->h_oversample,
- scale * spc->v_oversample,
- 0,0,
- &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1);
+ int codepoint = ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints == NULL ? ranges[i].first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + j : ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints[j];
+ int glyph = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, codepoint);
+ stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBoxSubpixel(info,glyph,
+ scale * spc->h_oversample,
+ scale * spc->v_oversample,
+ 0,0,
+ &x0,&y0,&x1,&y1);
rects[k].w = (stbrp_coord) (x1-x0 + spc->padding + spc->h_oversample-1);
rects[k].h = (stbrp_coord) (y1-y0 + spc->padding + spc->v_oversample-1);
++k;
}
}
- stbrp_pack_rects(context, rects, k);
+ return k;
+}
+
+// rects array must be big enough to accommodate all characters in the given ranges
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbtt_fontinfo *info, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges, stbrp_rect *rects)
+{
+ int i,j,k, return_value = 1;
+
+ // save current values
+ int old_h_over = spc->h_oversample;
+ int old_v_over = spc->v_oversample;
k = 0;
for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i) {
float fh = ranges[i].font_size;
- float scale = fh > 0 ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&info, fh) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&info, -fh);
- for (j=0; j < ranges[i].num_chars_in_range; ++j) {
+ float scale = fh > 0 ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(info, fh) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(info, -fh);
+ float recip_h,recip_v,sub_x,sub_y;
+ spc->h_oversample = ranges[i].h_oversample;
+ spc->v_oversample = ranges[i].v_oversample;
+ recip_h = 1.0f / spc->h_oversample;
+ recip_v = 1.0f / spc->v_oversample;
+ sub_x = stbtt__oversample_shift(spc->h_oversample);
+ sub_y = stbtt__oversample_shift(spc->v_oversample);
+ for (j=0; j < ranges[i].num_chars; ++j) {
stbrp_rect *r = &rects[k];
if (r->was_packed) {
stbtt_packedchar *bc = &ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j];
int advance, lsb, x0,y0,x1,y1;
- int glyph = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(&info, ranges[i].first_unicode_char_in_range + j);
+ int codepoint = ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints == NULL ? ranges[i].first_unicode_codepoint_in_range + j : ranges[i].array_of_unicode_codepoints[j];
+ int glyph = stbtt_FindGlyphIndex(info, codepoint);
stbrp_coord pad = (stbrp_coord) spc->padding;
// pad on left and top
@@ -2384,12 +2899,12 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char
r->y += pad;
r->w -= pad;
r->h -= pad;
- stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(&info, glyph, &advance, &lsb);
- stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBox(&info, glyph,
+ stbtt_GetGlyphHMetrics(info, glyph, &advance, &lsb);
+ stbtt_GetGlyphBitmapBox(info, glyph,
scale * spc->h_oversample,
scale * spc->v_oversample,
&x0,&y0,&x1,&y1);
- stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(&info,
+ stbtt_MakeGlyphBitmapSubpixel(info,
spc->pixels + r->x + r->y*spc->stride_in_bytes,
r->w - spc->h_oversample+1,
r->h - spc->v_oversample+1,
@@ -2426,25 +2941,69 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char
}
}
+ // restore original values
+ spc->h_oversample = old_h_over;
+ spc->v_oversample = old_v_over;
+
+ return return_value;
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(stbtt_pack_context *spc, stbrp_rect *rects, int num_rects)
+{
+ stbrp_pack_rects((stbrp_context *) spc->pack_info, rects, num_rects);
+}
+
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRanges(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, stbtt_pack_range *ranges, int num_ranges)
+{
+ stbtt_fontinfo info;
+ int i,j,n, return_value = 1;
+ //stbrp_context *context = (stbrp_context *) spc->pack_info;
+ stbrp_rect *rects;
+
+ // flag all characters as NOT packed
+ for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i)
+ for (j=0; j < ranges[i].num_chars; ++j)
+ ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j].x0 =
+ ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j].y0 =
+ ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j].x1 =
+ ranges[i].chardata_for_range[j].y1 = 0;
+
+ n = 0;
+ for (i=0; i < num_ranges; ++i)
+ n += ranges[i].num_chars;
+
+ rects = (stbrp_rect *) STBTT_malloc(sizeof(*rects) * n, spc->user_allocator_context);
+ if (rects == NULL)
+ return 0;
+
+ stbtt_InitFont(&info, fontdata, stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex(fontdata,font_index));
+
+ n = stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects(spc, &info, ranges, num_ranges, rects);
+
+ stbtt_PackFontRangesPackRects(spc, rects, n);
+
+ return_value = stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(spc, &info, ranges, num_ranges, rects);
+
STBTT_free(rects, spc->user_allocator_context);
return return_value;
}
-STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, const unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, float font_size,
- int first_unicode_char_in_range, int num_chars_in_range, stbtt_packedchar *chardata_for_range)
+STBTT_DEF int stbtt_PackFontRange(stbtt_pack_context *spc, unsigned char *fontdata, int font_index, float font_size,
+ int first_unicode_codepoint_in_range, int num_chars_in_range, stbtt_packedchar *chardata_for_range)
{
stbtt_pack_range range;
- range.first_unicode_char_in_range = first_unicode_char_in_range;
- range.num_chars_in_range = num_chars_in_range;
+ range.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range = first_unicode_codepoint_in_range;
+ range.array_of_unicode_codepoints = NULL;
+ range.num_chars = num_chars_in_range;
range.chardata_for_range = chardata_for_range;
range.font_size = font_size;
return stbtt_PackFontRanges(spc, fontdata, font_index, &range, 1);
}
-STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(const stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int align_to_integer)
+STBTT_DEF void stbtt_GetPackedQuad(stbtt_packedchar *chardata, int pw, int ph, int char_index, float *xpos, float *ypos, stbtt_aligned_quad *q, int align_to_integer)
{
float ipw = 1.0f / pw, iph = 1.0f / ph;
- const stbtt_packedchar *b = chardata + char_index;
+ stbtt_packedchar *b = chardata + char_index;
if (align_to_integer) {
float x = (float) STBTT_ifloor((*xpos + b->xoff) + 0.5f);
@@ -2630,3 +3189,48 @@ STBTT_DEF int stbtt_FindMatchingFont(const unsigned char *font_collection, const
}
#endif // STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION
+
+
+// FULL VERSION HISTORY
+//
+// 1.08 (2015-09-13) document stbtt_Rasterize(); fixes for vertical & horizontal edges
+// 1.07 (2015-08-01) allow PackFontRanges to accept arrays of sparse codepoints;
+// allow PackFontRanges to pack and render in separate phases;
+// fix stbtt_GetFontOFfsetForIndex (never worked for non-0 input?);
+// fixed an assert() bug in the new rasterizer
+// replace assert() with STBTT_assert() in new rasterizer
+// 1.06 (2015-07-14) performance improvements (~35% faster on x86 and x64 on test machine)
+// also more precise AA rasterizer, except if shapes overlap
+// remove need for STBTT_sort
+// 1.05 (2015-04-15) fix misplaced definitions for STBTT_STATIC
+// 1.04 (2015-04-15) typo in example
+// 1.03 (2015-04-12) STBTT_STATIC, fix memory leak in new packing, various fixes
+// 1.02 (2014-12-10) fix various warnings & compile issues w/ stb_rect_pack, C++
+// 1.01 (2014-12-08) fix subpixel position when oversampling to exactly match
+// non-oversampled; STBTT_POINT_SIZE for packed case only
+// 1.00 (2014-12-06) add new PackBegin etc. API, w/ support for oversampling
+// 0.99 (2014-09-18) fix multiple bugs with subpixel rendering (ryg)
+// 0.9 (2014-08-07) support certain mac/iOS fonts without an MS platformID
+// 0.8b (2014-07-07) fix a warning
+// 0.8 (2014-05-25) fix a few more warnings
+// 0.7 (2013-09-25) bugfix: subpixel glyph bug fixed in 0.5 had come back
+// 0.6c (2012-07-24) improve documentation
+// 0.6b (2012-07-20) fix a few more warnings
+// 0.6 (2012-07-17) fix warnings; added stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels,
+// stbtt_GetFontBoundingBox, stbtt_IsGlyphEmpty
+// 0.5 (2011-12-09) bugfixes:
+// subpixel glyph renderer computed wrong bounding box
+// first vertex of shape can be off-curve (FreeSans)
+// 0.4b (2011-12-03) fixed an error in the font baking example
+// 0.4 (2011-12-01) kerning, subpixel rendering (tor)
+// bugfixes for:
+// codepoint-to-glyph conversion using table fmt=12
+// codepoint-to-glyph conversion using table fmt=4
+// stbtt_GetBakedQuad with non-square texture (Zer)
+// updated Hello World! sample to use kerning and subpixel
+// fixed some warnings
+// 0.3 (2009-06-24) cmap fmt=12, compound shapes (MM)
+// userdata, malloc-from-userdata, non-zero fill (stb)
+// 0.2 (2009-03-11) Fix unsigned/signed char warnings
+// 0.1 (2009-03-09) First public release
+//
diff --git a/src/core/ring_buffer.h b/src/core/ring_buffer.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bea28f9c..00000000
--- a/src/core/ring_buffer.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef RING_BUFFER_H
-#define RING_BUFFER_H
-
-#include
-#include "core/assert.h"
-
-namespace re {
-
-template
-class RingBuffer {
- template
- class shared_iterator
- : public std::iterator {
- friend class RingBuffer;
-
- public:
- typedef RingBuffer *parent_type;
- typedef shared_iterator self_type;
- typedef int difference_type;
- typedef typename std::conditional::type
- reference;
- typedef typename std::conditional::type
- pointer;
-
- self_type &operator++() {
- index_++;
- return *this;
- }
-
- self_type operator++(int) {
- self_type old(*this);
- ++(*this);
- return old;
- }
-
- self_type &operator--() {
- index_--;
- return *this;
- }
-
- self_type operator--(int) {
- self_type old(*this);
- --(*this);
- return old;
- }
-
- // support std::distance
- difference_type operator-(const self_type &other) {
- return static_cast(index_ - other.index_);
- }
-
- // support std::advance
- void operator+=(difference_type diff) { index_ += diff; }
-
- reference operator*() { return (*parent_)[index_]; }
-
- pointer operator->() { return &(*parent_)[index_]; }
-
- bool operator==(const self_type &other) const {
- return parent_ == other.parent_ && index_ == other.index_;
- }
-
- bool operator!=(const self_type &other) const { return !(other == *this); }
-
- private:
- shared_iterator(parent_type parent, size_t index)
- : parent_(parent), index_(index) {}
-
- parent_type parent_;
- size_t index_;
- };
-
- public:
- typedef shared_iterator iterator;
- typedef shared_iterator const_iterator;
-
- const_iterator begin() const { return const_iterator(this, 0); }
- const_iterator end() const { return const_iterator(this, Size()); }
- iterator begin() { return iterator(this, 0); }
- iterator end() { return iterator(this, Size()); }
-
- RingBuffer(size_t max) : max_(max), front_(0), back_(0) {
- buffer_ = new T[max_];
- }
- ~RingBuffer() { delete[] buffer_; }
-
- const T &operator[](size_t index) const {
- return buffer_[(front_ + index) % max_];
- }
- T &operator[](size_t index) { return buffer_[(front_ + index) % max_]; }
-
- const T &front() const { return buffer_[front_ % max_]; }
- T &front() { return buffer_[front_ % max_]; }
-
- const T &back() const { return buffer_[(back_ - 1) % max_]; }
- T &back() { return buffer_[(back_ - 1) % max_]; }
-
- size_t Size() const { return back_ - front_; }
-
- bool Empty() const { return !Size(); }
-
- bool Full() const { return Size() >= max_; }
-
- void Clear() { back_ = front_ = 0; }
-
- void PushBack(const T &el) {
- // if the buffer is wrapping, advance front_
- if (back_ - front_ >= max_) {
- front_++;
- }
-
- buffer_[back_++ % max_] = el;
- }
-
- void PopBack() {
- DCHECK(back_ > front_);
- back_--;
- }
-
- void PopFront() {
- DCHECK(front_ < back_);
- front_++;
- }
-
- private:
- T *buffer_;
- const size_t max_;
- size_t front_;
- size_t back_;
-};
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/emu/emulator.cc b/src/emu/emulator.cc
index e17ced02..36962c5f 100644
--- a/src/emu/emulator.cc
+++ b/src/emu/emulator.cc
@@ -1,18 +1,16 @@
-#include
+#include
#include
#include "emu/emulator.h"
-#include "emu/profiler.h"
#include "hw/aica/aica.h"
#include "hw/gdrom/gdrom.h"
#include "hw/holly/holly.h"
#include "hw/holly/pvr2.h"
-#include "hw/holly/tile_renderer.h"
-#include "hw/holly/trace.h"
+#include "hw/holly/tile_accelerator.h"
#include "hw/maple/maple.h"
#include "hw/sh4/sh4.h"
#include "hw/dreamcast.h"
#include "hw/memory.h"
-#include "renderer/gl_backend.h"
+#include "ui/window.h"
using namespace re;
using namespace re::emu;
@@ -23,41 +21,26 @@ using namespace re::hw::holly;
using namespace re::hw::maple;
using namespace re::hw::sh4;
using namespace re::renderer;
-using namespace re::sys;
+using namespace re::ui;
DEFINE_string(bios, "dc_boot.bin", "Path to BIOS");
DEFINE_string(flash, "dc_flash.bin", "Path to flash ROM");
-Emulator::Emulator() : rb_(nullptr), tile_renderer_(nullptr), speed_() {}
+Emulator::Emulator(ui::Window &window) : window_(window) {
+ window_.AddListener(this);
+}
Emulator::~Emulator() {
- delete rb_;
- delete tile_renderer_;
+ window_.RemoveListener(this);
DestroyDreamcast();
}
void Emulator::Run(const char *path) {
- if (!window_.Init()) {
- return;
- }
-
- // initialize renderer backend
- rb_ = new GLBackend(window_);
-
- if (!rb_->Init()) {
- return;
- }
-
- // initialize dreamcast machine and all dependent hardware
if (!CreateDreamcast()) {
return;
}
- // setup tile renderer with the renderer backend and the dreamcast's
- // internal textue cache
- tile_renderer_ = new TileRenderer(*rb_, *dc_.ta);
-
if (!LoadBios(FLAGS_bios.c_str())) {
return;
}
@@ -79,17 +62,12 @@ void Emulator::Run(const char *path) {
// start running
static const std::chrono::nanoseconds MACHINE_STEP = HZ_TO_NANO(1000);
static const std::chrono::nanoseconds FRAME_STEP = HZ_TO_NANO(60);
- static const std::chrono::nanoseconds SAMPLE_PERIOD = HZ_TO_NANO(10);
auto current_time = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now();
auto last_time = current_time;
auto next_machine_time = current_time;
auto next_frame_time = current_time;
- auto next_sample_time = current_time;
-
- auto host_time = std::chrono::nanoseconds(0);
- auto guest_time = std::chrono::nanoseconds(0);
running_ = true;
@@ -97,33 +75,19 @@ void Emulator::Run(const char *path) {
current_time = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now();
last_time = current_time;
- // run machine
+ // run dreamcast machine
if (current_time > next_machine_time) {
dc_.Tick(MACHINE_STEP);
- host_time += std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now() - last_time;
- guest_time += MACHINE_STEP;
next_machine_time = current_time + MACHINE_STEP;
}
- // pump input / render frame
+ // run local frame
if (current_time > next_frame_time) {
- PumpEvents();
- RenderFrame();
+ window_.PumpEvents();
next_frame_time = current_time + FRAME_STEP;
}
-
- // update debug stats
- if (current_time > next_sample_time) {
- float speed =
- (guest_time.count() / static_cast(host_time.count())) * 100.0f;
- speed_ = *reinterpret_cast(&speed);
-
- host_time = std::chrono::nanoseconds(0);
- guest_time = std::chrono::nanoseconds(0);
- next_sample_time = current_time + SAMPLE_PERIOD;
- }
}
}
@@ -134,7 +98,7 @@ bool Emulator::CreateDreamcast() {
dc_.holly = new Holly(&dc_);
dc_.maple = new Maple(&dc_);
dc_.pvr = new PVR2(&dc_);
- dc_.ta = new TileAccelerator(&dc_, rb_);
+ dc_.ta = new TileAccelerator(&dc_, window_.render_backend());
if (!dc_.Init()) {
DestroyDreamcast();
@@ -159,8 +123,6 @@ void Emulator::DestroyDreamcast() {
dc_.pvr = nullptr;
delete dc_.ta;
dc_.ta = nullptr;
- delete dc_.trace_writer;
- dc_.trace_writer = nullptr;
}
bool Emulator::LoadBios(const char *path) {
@@ -260,86 +222,17 @@ bool Emulator::LaunchGDI(const char *path) {
return true;
}
-void Emulator::ToggleTracing() {
- if (!dc_.trace_writer) {
- char filename[PATH_MAX];
- GetNextTraceFilename(filename, sizeof(filename));
+void Emulator::OnPaint(bool show_main_menu) { dc_.OnPaint(show_main_menu); }
- dc_.trace_writer = new TraceWriter();
-
- if (!dc_.trace_writer->Open(filename)) {
- delete dc_.trace_writer;
- dc_.trace_writer = nullptr;
-
- LOG_INFO("Failed to start tracing");
-
- return;
+void Emulator::OnKeyDown(Keycode code, int16_t value) {
+ if (code == K_F1) {
+ if (value) {
+ window_.EnableMainMenu(!window_.MainMenuEnabled());
}
-
- // clear texture cache in order to generate insert events for all textures
- // referenced while tracing
- dc_.ta->ClearTextures();
-
- LOG_INFO("Begin tracing to %s", filename);
- } else {
- delete dc_.trace_writer;
- dc_.trace_writer = nullptr;
-
- LOG_INFO("End tracing");
- }
-}
-
-void Emulator::RenderFrame() {
- rb_->BeginFrame();
-
- // render the latest tile context
- if (TileContext *tactx = dc_.ta->GetLastContext()) {
- tile_renderer_->RenderContext(tactx);
+ return;
}
- // render stats
- char stats[512];
- float speed = *reinterpret_cast(&speed_);
- snprintf(stats, sizeof(stats), "%.2f%%, %.2f rps", speed, dc_.pvr->rps());
- rb_->RenderText2D(0, 0, 12.0f, 0xffffffff, stats);
-
- // render profiler
- profiler_.Render(rb_);
-
- rb_->EndFrame();
+ dc_.OnKeyDown(code, value);
}
-void Emulator::PumpEvents() {
- WindowEvent ev;
-
- window_.PumpEvents();
-
- while (window_.PollEvent(&ev)) {
- switch (ev.type) {
- case WE_KEY: {
- // let the profiler take a stab at the input first
- if (!profiler_.HandleInput(ev.key.code, ev.key.value)) {
- if (ev.key.code == K_F2) {
- if (ev.key.value) {
- ToggleTracing();
- }
- } else {
- dc_.maple->HandleInput(0, ev.key.code, ev.key.value);
- }
- }
- } break;
-
- case WE_MOUSEMOVE: {
- profiler_.HandleMouseMove(ev.mousemove.x, ev.mousemove.y);
- } break;
-
- case WE_RESIZE: {
- rb_->ResizeVideo(ev.resize.width, ev.resize.height);
- } break;
-
- case WE_QUIT: {
- running_ = false;
- } break;
- }
- }
-}
+void Emulator::OnClose() { running_ = false; }
diff --git a/src/emu/emulator.h b/src/emu/emulator.h
index 57c47e73..5a688df1 100644
--- a/src/emu/emulator.h
+++ b/src/emu/emulator.h
@@ -1,27 +1,20 @@
#ifndef EMULATOR_H
#define EMULATOR_H
-#include "emu/profiler.h"
#include "hw/dreamcast.h"
-#include "sys/window.h"
+#include "ui/window_listener.h"
namespace re {
-namespace hw {
-namespace holly {
-class TileRenderer;
-}
-}
-
-namespace renderer {
-class Backend;
+namespace ui {
+class Window;
}
namespace emu {
-class Emulator {
+class Emulator : public ui::WindowListener {
public:
- Emulator();
+ Emulator(ui::Window &window);
~Emulator();
void Run(const char *path);
@@ -34,16 +27,13 @@ class Emulator {
bool LoadFlash(const char *path);
bool LaunchBIN(const char *path);
bool LaunchGDI(const char *path);
- void ToggleTracing();
- void RenderFrame();
- void PumpEvents();
- sys::Window window_;
- Profiler profiler_;
+ void OnPaint(bool show_main_menu) final;
+ void OnKeyDown(ui::Keycode code, int16_t value) final;
+ void OnClose() final;
+
+ ui::Window &window_;
hw::Dreamcast dc_;
- renderer::Backend *rb_;
- hw::holly::TileRenderer *tile_renderer_;
- uint32_t speed_;
bool running_;
};
}
diff --git a/src/emu/profiler.cc b/src/emu/profiler.cc
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f80a828..00000000
--- a/src/emu/profiler.cc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-#define MICROPROFILE_TEXT_WIDTH 6
-#define MICROPROFILE_TEXT_HEIGHT 12
-#define MICROPROFILE_WEBSERVER 0
-#define MICROPROFILE_GPU_TIMERS 0
-#define MICROPROFILE_ENABLED 1
-#define MICROPROFILEUI_ENABLED 1
-#define MICROPROFILE_IMPL 1
-#define MICROPROFILEUI_IMPL 1
-#define MICROPROFILE_PER_THREAD_BUFFER_SIZE (1024 * 1024 * 20)
-#define MICROPROFILE_CONTEXT_SWITCH_TRACE 0
-#include
-#include
-#include
-#include "emu/profiler.h"
-
-using namespace re::emu;
-using namespace re::renderer;
-using namespace re::sys;
-
-static Backend *s_current_backend = nullptr;
-
-static float HueToRGB(float p, float q, float t) {
- if (t < 0.0f) {
- t += 1.0f;
- }
- if (t > 1.0f) {
- t -= 1.0f;
- }
- if (t < 1.0f / 6.0f) {
- return p + (q - p) * 6.0f * t;
- }
- if (t < 1.0f / 2.0f) {
- return q;
- }
- if (t < 2.0f / 3.0f) {
- return p + (q - p) * (2.0f / 3.0f - t) * 6.0f;
- }
- return p;
-}
-
-static void HSLToRGB(float h, float s, float l, uint8_t *r, uint8_t *g,
- uint8_t *b) {
- float fr, fg, fb;
-
- if (s == 0.0f) {
- fr = fg = fb = l;
- } else {
- float q = l < 0.5f ? l * (1.0f + s) : l + s - l * s;
- float p = 2.0f * l - q;
- fr = HueToRGB(p, q, h + 1.0f / 3.0f);
- fg = HueToRGB(p, q, h);
- fb = HueToRGB(p, q, h - 1.0f / 3.0f);
- }
-
- *r = static_cast(fr * 255);
- *g = static_cast(fg * 255);
- *b = static_cast(fb * 255);
-}
-
-Profiler::ThreadScope::ThreadScope(const char *name) {
- MicroProfileOnThreadCreate(name);
-}
-
-Profiler::ThreadScope::~ThreadScope() { MicroProfileOnThreadExit(); }
-
-uint32_t Profiler::ScopeColor(const char *name) {
- auto hash = std::hash();
- size_t name_hash = hash(std::string(name));
- float h = (name_hash % 360) / 360.0f;
- float s = 0.7f;
- float l = 0.6f;
- uint8_t r, g, b;
- HSLToRGB(h, s, l, &r, &g, &b);
- return (r << 16) | (g << 8) | b;
-}
-
-Profiler::Profiler() {
- // register and enable gpu and runtime group by default
- uint16_t gpu_group = MicroProfileGetGroup("gpu", MicroProfileTokenTypeCpu);
- g_MicroProfile.nActiveGroupWanted |= 1ll << gpu_group;
-
- uint16_t runtime_group =
- MicroProfileGetGroup("runtime", MicroProfileTokenTypeCpu);
- g_MicroProfile.nActiveGroupWanted |= 1ll << runtime_group;
-
- // render time / average time bars by default
- g_MicroProfile.nBars |= MP_DRAW_TIMERS | MP_DRAW_AVERAGE | MP_DRAW_CALL_COUNT;
-}
-
-bool Profiler::HandleInput(Keycode key, int16_t value) {
- if (key == K_F1) {
- if (value) {
- MicroProfileToggleDisplayMode();
- }
- return true;
- }
-
- if (key == K_MOUSE1) {
- MicroProfileMouseButton(value, 0);
- return true;
- }
-
- if (key == K_MOUSE2) {
- MicroProfileMouseButton(0, value);
- return true;
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-bool Profiler::HandleMouseMove(int x, int y) {
- MicroProfileMousePosition(x, y, 0);
- return true;
-}
-
-void Profiler::Render(Backend *backend) {
- s_current_backend = backend;
- MicroProfileFlip();
- MicroProfileDraw(s_current_backend->video_width(),
- s_current_backend->video_height());
-}
-
-//
-// microprofile implementation
-//
-void MicroProfileDrawText(int x, int y, uint32_t color, const char *text,
- uint32_t len) {
- // microprofile provides 24-bit rgb values for text color
- color = 0xff000000 | color;
- s_current_backend->RenderText2D(x, y, 12.0f, color, text);
-}
-
-void MicroProfileDrawBox(int x0, int y0, int x1, int y1, uint32_t color,
- MicroProfileBoxType type) {
- // microprofile provides 32-bit argb values for box color, forward straight
- // through
- s_current_backend->RenderBox2D(x0, y0, x1, y1, color, (BoxType)type);
-}
-
-void MicroProfileDrawLine2D(uint32_t num_vertices, float *vertices,
- uint32_t color) {
- // microprofile provides 24-bit rgb values for line color
- color = 0xff000000 | color;
- s_current_backend->RenderLine2D(vertices, num_vertices, color);
-}
diff --git a/src/emu/profiler.h b/src/emu/profiler.h
index 1bd7ce81..7edef13e 100644
--- a/src/emu/profiler.h
+++ b/src/emu/profiler.h
@@ -1,43 +1,71 @@
#ifndef PROFILER_H
#define PROFILER_H
+#include
#include
-#include "renderer/backend.h"
-#include "sys/keycode.h"
#define PROFILER_SCOPE(group, name) \
- MICROPROFILE_SCOPEI(group, name, re::emu::Profiler::ScopeColor(name))
+ MICROPROFILE_SCOPEI(group, name, re::emu::ScopeColor(name))
#define PROFILER_GPU(name) \
- MICROPROFILE_SCOPEI("gpu", name, re::emu::Profiler::ScopeColor(name))
+ MICROPROFILE_SCOPEI("gpu", name, re::emu::ScopeColor(name))
#define PROFILER_RUNTIME(name) \
- MICROPROFILE_SCOPEI("runtime", name, re::emu::Profiler::ScopeColor(name))
+ MICROPROFILE_SCOPEI("runtime", name, re::emu::ScopeColor(name))
#define PROFILER_COUNT(name, count) MICROPROFILE_COUNTER_SET(name, count)
namespace re {
namespace emu {
-class Profiler {
- public:
- static uint32_t ScopeColor(const char *name);
+static inline float HueToRGB(float p, float q, float t) {
+ if (t < 0.0f) {
+ t += 1.0f;
+ }
+ if (t > 1.0f) {
+ t -= 1.0f;
+ }
+ if (t < 1.0f / 6.0f) {
+ return p + (q - p) * 6.0f * t;
+ }
+ if (t < 1.0f / 2.0f) {
+ return q;
+ }
+ if (t < 2.0f / 3.0f) {
+ return p + (q - p) * (2.0f / 3.0f - t) * 6.0f;
+ }
+ return p;
+}
- class ThreadScope {
- public:
- ThreadScope(const char *name);
- ~ThreadScope();
- };
+static inline void HSLToRGB(float h, float s, float l, uint8_t *r, uint8_t *g,
+ uint8_t *b) {
+ float fr, fg, fb;
- Profiler();
+ if (s == 0.0f) {
+ fr = fg = fb = l;
+ } else {
+ float q = l < 0.5f ? l * (1.0f + s) : l + s - l * s;
+ float p = 2.0f * l - q;
+ fr = HueToRGB(p, q, h + 1.0f / 3.0f);
+ fg = HueToRGB(p, q, h);
+ fb = HueToRGB(p, q, h - 1.0f / 3.0f);
+ }
- void ThreadCreate(const char *name);
- void ThreadExit();
+ *r = static_cast(fr * 255);
+ *g = static_cast(fg * 255);
+ *b = static_cast(fb * 255);
+}
- bool HandleInput(sys::Keycode key, int16_t value);
- bool HandleMouseMove(int x, int y);
- void Render(renderer::Backend *backend);
-};
+static inline uint32_t ScopeColor(const char *name) {
+ auto hash = std::hash();
+ size_t name_hash = hash(std::string(name));
+ float h = (name_hash % 360) / 360.0f;
+ float s = 0.7f;
+ float l = 0.6f;
+ uint8_t r, g, b;
+ HSLToRGB(h, s, l, &r, &g, &b);
+ return (r << 16) | (g << 8) | b;
+}
}
}
diff --git a/src/emu/tracer.cc b/src/emu/tracer.cc
index 689935ed..55516d48 100644
--- a/src/emu/tracer.cc
+++ b/src/emu/tracer.cc
@@ -2,13 +2,13 @@
#include "emu/tracer.h"
#include "hw/holly/tile_accelerator.h"
#include "hw/holly/trace.h"
-#include "renderer/gl_backend.h"
+#include "ui/window.h"
using namespace re;
using namespace re::emu;
using namespace re::hw::holly;
using namespace re::renderer;
-using namespace re::sys;
+using namespace re::ui;
void TraceTextureCache::AddTexture(const TSP &tsp, TCW &tcw,
const uint8_t *palette,
@@ -34,31 +34,20 @@ TextureHandle TraceTextureCache::GetTexture(
// register the texture if it hasn't already been
if (!texture.handle) {
- // TODO compare tex_it->tsp and tex_it->tcw with incoming?
texture.handle = register_cb(texture.palette, texture.texture);
}
return texture.handle;
}
-Tracer::Tracer() {
- rb_ = new GLBackend(wnd_);
- tile_renderer_ = new TileRenderer(*rb_, texcache_);
- current_ctx_ = new TileContext();
+Tracer::Tracer(Window &window)
+ : window_(window), tile_renderer_(*window.render_backend(), texcache_) {
+ window_.AddListener(this);
}
-Tracer::~Tracer() {
- delete rb_;
- delete tile_renderer_;
- delete current_ctx_;
-}
+Tracer::~Tracer() { window_.RemoveListener(this); }
void Tracer::Run(const char *path) {
- if (!Init()) {
- LOG_WARNING("Failed to initialize trace viewer");
- return;
- }
-
if (!Parse(path)) {
return;
}
@@ -66,24 +55,45 @@ void Tracer::Run(const char *path) {
running_ = true;
while (running_) {
- PumpEvents();
-
- RenderFrame();
+ window_.PumpEvents();
}
}
-bool Tracer::Init() {
- if (!wnd_.Init()) {
- return false;
- }
+void Tracer::OnPaint(bool show_main_menu) {
+ tile_renderer_.RenderContext(¤t_ctx_);
- if (!rb_->Init()) {
- return false;
- }
+ if (ImGui::Begin("Tracer")) {
+ int frame = current_cmd_->frame;
- return true;
+ if (ImGui::SliderInt("frame", &frame, 0, num_frames_ - 1)) {
+ SetFrame(frame);
+ }
+
+ ImGui::Separator();
+
+ ImGui::LabelText("autosort", "%d", current_ctx_.autosort);
+ ImGui::LabelText("texture stride", "%d", current_ctx_.stride);
+ ImGui::LabelText("palette pixel format", "0x%08x",
+ current_ctx_.pal_pxl_format);
+ ImGui::LabelText("bg isp", "0x%08x", current_ctx_.bg_isp.full);
+ ImGui::LabelText("bg tsp", "0x%08x", current_ctx_.bg_tsp.full);
+ ImGui::LabelText("bg tcw", "0x%08x", current_ctx_.bg_tcw.full);
+ ImGui::LabelText("bg depth", "%.2f", current_ctx_.bg_depth);
+
+ ImGui::End();
+ }
}
+void Tracer::OnKeyDown(Keycode code, int16_t value) {
+ if (code == K_LEFT && value) {
+ SetFrame(current_cmd_->frame - 1);
+ } else if (code == K_RIGHT && value) {
+ SetFrame(current_cmd_->frame + 1);
+ }
+}
+
+void Tracer::OnClose() { running_ = false; }
+
bool Tracer::Parse(const char *path) {
if (!reader_.Parse(path)) {
LOG_WARNING("Failed to parse %s", path);
@@ -96,58 +106,19 @@ bool Tracer::Parse(const char *path) {
return false;
}
- current_frame_ = 0;
current_cmd_ = nullptr;
- NextContext();
+ SetFrame(0);
return true;
}
-void Tracer::PumpEvents() {
- WindowEvent ev;
-
- wnd_.PumpEvents();
-
- while (wnd_.PollEvent(&ev)) {
- switch (ev.type) {
- case WE_KEY: {
- if (ev.key.code == K_LEFT && ev.key.value) {
- PrevContext();
- } else if (ev.key.code == K_RIGHT && ev.key.value) {
- NextContext();
- }
- } break;
-
- case WE_QUIT: {
- running_ = false;
- } break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
-}
-
-void Tracer::RenderFrame() {
- rb_->BeginFrame();
-
- tile_renderer_->RenderContext(current_ctx_);
-
- // render stats
- char stats[512];
- snprintf(stats, sizeof(stats), "frame %d / %d", current_frame_, num_frames_);
- rb_->RenderText2D(0, 0, 12.0f, 0xffffffff, stats);
-
- rb_->EndFrame();
-}
-
int Tracer::GetNumFrames() {
int num_frames = 0;
TraceCommand *cmd = reader_.cmd_head();
while (cmd) {
- if (cmd->type == TRACE_RENDER_CONTEXT) {
+ if (cmd->type == TRACE_CMD_CONTEXT) {
num_frames++;
}
@@ -157,86 +128,85 @@ int Tracer::GetNumFrames() {
return num_frames;
}
+// Se the current frame to be rendered. Note, due to textures being inserted on
+// demand after the render event, the event order will look like so:
+// RENDER_CONTEXT frame 0
+// INSERT_TEXTURE frame 0
+// INSERT_TEXTURE frame 0
+// INSERT_TEXTURE frame 0
+// RENDER_CONTEXT frame 1
+// INSERT_TEXTURE frame 1
+// INSERT_TEXTURE frame 1
+// RENDER_CONTEXT frame 2
+// INSERT_TEXTURE frame 2
+void Tracer::SetFrame(int n) {
+ n = std::max(0, std::min(n, num_frames_ - 1));
+
+ // current_cmd_ is either null, or the first command of the current frame
+ if (!current_cmd_ || n > current_cmd_->frame) {
+ TraceCommand *next = current_cmd_ ? current_cmd_->next : reader_.cmd_head();
+
+ // step forward until all events up to the end of the target frame have
+ // been processed
+ while (next && next->frame <= n) {
+ if (next->type == TRACE_CMD_CONTEXT) {
+ // track the beginning of the target frame
+ current_cmd_ = next;
+ } else if (next->type == TRACE_CMD_TEXTURE) {
+ texcache_.AddTexture(next->texture.tsp, next->texture.tcw,
+ next->texture.palette, next->texture.texture);
+ }
+
+ next = next->next;
+ }
+ } else if (n < current_cmd_->frame) {
+ TraceCommand *prev = current_cmd_;
+
+ // step backwards until the start of the requested frame
+ while (prev && prev->frame >= n) {
+ if (prev->type == TRACE_CMD_CONTEXT) {
+ // track the beginning of the target frame
+ current_cmd_ = prev;
+ } else if (prev->type == TRACE_CMD_TEXTURE) {
+ // if the texture belongs to a frame after the target frame, remove it
+ // from the cache and add back the texture it overrode (if it did)
+ if (prev->frame > n) {
+ texcache_.RemoveTexture(prev->texture.tsp, prev->texture.tcw);
+
+ TraceCommand *override = prev->override;
+ if (override) {
+ CHECK_EQ(override->type, TRACE_CMD_TEXTURE);
+
+ texcache_.AddTexture(override->texture.tsp, override->texture.tcw,
+ override->texture.palette,
+ override->texture.texture);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ prev = prev->prev;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // copy off the render command for the current frame
+ CopyCommandToContext(current_cmd_, ¤t_ctx_);
+}
+
+// Copy RENDER_CONTEXT command to the current context being rendered.
void Tracer::CopyCommandToContext(const TraceCommand *cmd, TileContext *ctx) {
- CHECK_EQ(cmd->type, TRACE_RENDER_CONTEXT);
+ CHECK_EQ(cmd->type, TRACE_CMD_CONTEXT);
- ctx->autosort = cmd->render_context.autosort;
- ctx->stride = cmd->render_context.stride;
- ctx->pal_pxl_format = cmd->render_context.pal_pxl_format;
- ctx->bg_isp = cmd->render_context.bg_isp;
- ctx->bg_tsp = cmd->render_context.bg_tsp;
- ctx->bg_tcw = cmd->render_context.bg_tcw;
- ctx->bg_depth = cmd->render_context.bg_depth;
- ctx->video_width = cmd->render_context.video_width;
- ctx->video_height = cmd->render_context.video_height;
- memcpy(ctx->bg_vertices, cmd->render_context.bg_vertices,
- cmd->render_context.bg_vertices_size);
- memcpy(ctx->data, cmd->render_context.data, cmd->render_context.data_size);
- ctx->size = cmd->render_context.data_size;
-}
-
-void Tracer::PrevContext() {
- int prev_frame = std::max(1, current_frame_ - 1);
- if (prev_frame == current_frame_) {
- return;
- }
-
- current_cmd_ = current_cmd_->prev;
-
- // scrub through commands until the previous context is reached. for each
- // command we move backwards through, re-apply the value it overrode
- while (current_cmd_) {
- TraceCommand *override = current_cmd_->override;
-
- if (current_cmd_->type == TRACE_INSERT_TEXTURE) {
- texcache_.RemoveTexture(current_cmd_->insert_texture.tsp,
- current_cmd_->insert_texture.tcw);
-
- if (override) {
- CHECK_EQ(override->type, TRACE_INSERT_TEXTURE);
- texcache_.AddTexture(
- override->insert_texture.tsp, override->insert_texture.tcw,
- override->insert_texture.palette, override->insert_texture.texture);
- }
- } else if (current_cmd_->type == TRACE_RENDER_CONTEXT) {
- if (--current_frame_ == prev_frame) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- current_cmd_ = current_cmd_->prev;
- }
-
- CHECK_NOTNULL(current_cmd_);
-
- CopyCommandToContext(current_cmd_, current_ctx_);
-}
-
-void Tracer::NextContext() {
- int next_frame = std::min(num_frames_, current_frame_ + 1);
- if (next_frame == current_frame_) {
- return;
- }
-
- current_cmd_ = current_cmd_ ? current_cmd_->next : reader_.cmd_head();
-
- while (current_cmd_) {
- if (current_cmd_->type == TRACE_INSERT_TEXTURE) {
- texcache_.AddTexture(current_cmd_->insert_texture.tsp,
- current_cmd_->insert_texture.tcw,
- current_cmd_->insert_texture.palette,
- current_cmd_->insert_texture.texture);
- } else if (current_cmd_->type == TRACE_RENDER_CONTEXT) {
- if (++current_frame_ == next_frame) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- current_cmd_ = current_cmd_->next;
- }
-
- CHECK_NOTNULL(current_cmd_);
-
- // render the context
- CopyCommandToContext(current_cmd_, current_ctx_);
+ ctx->autosort = cmd->context.autosort;
+ ctx->stride = cmd->context.stride;
+ ctx->pal_pxl_format = cmd->context.pal_pxl_format;
+ ctx->bg_isp = cmd->context.bg_isp;
+ ctx->bg_tsp = cmd->context.bg_tsp;
+ ctx->bg_tcw = cmd->context.bg_tcw;
+ ctx->bg_depth = cmd->context.bg_depth;
+ ctx->video_width = cmd->context.video_width;
+ ctx->video_height = cmd->context.video_height;
+ memcpy(ctx->bg_vertices, cmd->context.bg_vertices,
+ cmd->context.bg_vertices_size);
+ memcpy(ctx->data, cmd->context.data, cmd->context.data_size);
+ ctx->size = cmd->context.data_size;
}
diff --git a/src/emu/tracer.h b/src/emu/tracer.h
index b56a10b6..e9df72a0 100644
--- a/src/emu/tracer.h
+++ b/src/emu/tracer.h
@@ -5,9 +5,14 @@
#include
#include "hw/holly/tile_renderer.h"
#include "hw/holly/trace.h"
-#include "sys/window.h"
+#include "ui/window_listener.h"
namespace re {
+
+namespace ui {
+class Window;
+}
+
namespace emu {
struct TextureInst {
@@ -32,37 +37,33 @@ class TraceTextureCache : public hw::holly::TextureProvider {
std::unordered_map textures_;
};
-class Tracer {
+class Tracer : public ui::WindowListener {
public:
- Tracer();
+ Tracer(ui::Window &window);
~Tracer();
void Run(const char *path);
private:
- bool Init();
+ void OnPaint(bool show_main_menu) final;
+ void OnKeyDown(ui::Keycode code, int16_t value);
+ void OnClose() final;
+
bool Parse(const char *path);
-
- void PumpEvents();
- void RenderFrame();
-
int GetNumFrames();
+ void SetFrame(int n);
void CopyCommandToContext(const hw::holly::TraceCommand *cmd,
hw::holly::TileContext *ctx);
- void PrevContext();
- void NextContext();
- sys::Window wnd_;
+ ui::Window &window_;
TraceTextureCache texcache_;
- renderer::Backend *rb_;
- hw::holly::TileRenderer *tile_renderer_;
+ hw::holly::TileRenderer tile_renderer_;
bool running_;
hw::holly::TraceReader reader_;
+ hw::holly::TileContext current_ctx_;
hw::holly::TraceCommand *current_cmd_;
int num_frames_;
- int current_frame_;
- hw::holly::TileContext *current_ctx_;
};
}
}
diff --git a/src/hw/dreamcast.h b/src/hw/dreamcast.h
index 5198febb..3bf514c1 100644
--- a/src/hw/dreamcast.h
+++ b/src/hw/dreamcast.h
@@ -1,15 +1,11 @@
#ifndef DREAMCAST_H
#define DREAMCAST_H
+#include
#include "hw/machine.h"
-#include "hw/holly/pvr2_regs.h"
+#include "hw/holly/pvr2_types.h"
namespace re {
-
-namespace renderer {
-class Backend;
-}
-
namespace hw {
namespace aica {
@@ -24,7 +20,6 @@ namespace holly {
class Holly;
class PVR2;
class TileAccelerator;
-class TraceWriter;
}
namespace maple {
@@ -70,7 +65,7 @@ enum {
MEMORY_REGION(MAIN_RAM_4, 0x0f000000, 0x0fffffff),
MEMORY_REGION(AREA4, 0x10000000, 0x13ffffff),
- MEMORY_REGION(TA_CMD, 0x10000000, 0x107fffff),
+ MEMORY_REGION(TA_POLY, 0x10000000, 0x107fffff),
MEMORY_REGION(TA_TEXTURE, 0x11000000, 0x11ffffff),
MEMORY_REGION(AREA5, 0x14000000, 0x17ffffff),
@@ -139,8 +134,7 @@ class Dreamcast : public Machine {
holly(nullptr),
maple(nullptr),
pvr(nullptr),
- ta(nullptr),
- trace_writer(nullptr) {}
+ ta(nullptr) {}
Register holly_regs[HOLLY_REG_SIZE >> 2];
Register pvr_regs[PVR_REG_SIZE >> 2];
@@ -152,7 +146,6 @@ class Dreamcast : public Machine {
hw::maple::Maple *maple;
hw::holly::PVR2 *pvr;
hw::holly::TileAccelerator *ta;
- hw::holly::TraceWriter *trace_writer;
#define HOLLY_REG(offset, name, flags, default, type) \
type &name = reinterpret_cast(holly_regs[name##_OFFSET].value);
diff --git a/src/hw/holly/holly.cc b/src/hw/holly/holly.cc
index 1a54c4c8..a8b5c02c 100644
--- a/src/hw/holly/holly.cc
+++ b/src/hw/holly/holly.cc
@@ -11,7 +11,6 @@ using namespace re::hw::gdrom;
using namespace re::hw::holly;
using namespace re::hw::maple;
using namespace re::hw::sh4;
-using namespace re::renderer;
using namespace re::sys;
Holly::Holly(Dreamcast *dc) : Device(*dc), MemoryInterface(this), dc_(dc) {}
diff --git a/src/hw/holly/pvr2.cc b/src/hw/holly/pvr2.cc
index be26c4e2..06d97e90 100644
--- a/src/hw/holly/pvr2.cc
+++ b/src/hw/holly/pvr2.cc
@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
#include "core/memory.h"
#include "hw/holly/holly.h"
#include "hw/holly/pvr2.h"
+#include "hw/holly/pvr2_types.h"
#include "hw/holly/tile_accelerator.h"
#include "hw/dreamcast.h"
#include "hw/memory.h"
@@ -15,8 +16,7 @@ PVR2::PVR2(Dreamcast *dc)
MemoryInterface(this),
dc_(dc),
line_timer_(INVALID_TIMER),
- current_scanline_(0),
- rps_(0.0f) {}
+ current_scanline_(0) {}
bool PVR2::Init() {
scheduler_ = dc_->scheduler;
@@ -72,6 +72,12 @@ void PVR2::WriteRegister(uint32_t addr, uint32_t value) {
uint32_t offset = addr >> 2;
Register ® = pvr_regs_[offset];
+ // // forward some reads and writes to the TA
+ // if (offset >= TA_OL_BASE && offset <= TA_NEXT_OPB_INIT) {
+ // ta_->ReadRegister(addr);
+ // return;
+ // }
+
if (!(reg.flags & W)) {
LOG_WARNING("Invalid write access at 0x%x", addr);
return;
@@ -100,15 +106,6 @@ void PVR2::WriteRegister(uint32_t addr, uint32_t value) {
case STARTRENDER_OFFSET: {
if (value) {
- // track render stats
- {
- auto now = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now();
- auto delta = std::chrono::duration_cast(
- now - last_render_);
- last_render_ = now;
- rps_ = 1000000000.0f / delta.count();
- }
-
ta_->FinalizeContext(dc_->PARAM_BASE.base_address);
}
} break;
diff --git a/src/hw/holly/pvr2.h b/src/hw/holly/pvr2.h
index 34867efb..0d167fdd 100644
--- a/src/hw/holly/pvr2.h
+++ b/src/hw/holly/pvr2.h
@@ -2,7 +2,6 @@
#define PVR_CLX2_H
#include
-#include "hw/holly/pvr2_regs.h"
#include "hw/machine.h"
#include "hw/scheduler.h"
@@ -21,8 +20,6 @@ class PVR2 : public Device, public MemoryInterface {
public:
PVR2(Dreamcast *dc);
- float rps() { return rps_; }
-
bool Init() final;
protected:
@@ -51,9 +48,6 @@ class PVR2 : public Device, public MemoryInterface {
TimerHandle line_timer_;
int line_clock_;
uint32_t current_scanline_;
-
- std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::time_point last_render_;
- float rps_;
};
}
}
diff --git a/src/hw/holly/pvr2_regs.h b/src/hw/holly/pvr2_types.h
similarity index 99%
rename from src/hw/holly/pvr2_regs.h
rename to src/hw/holly/pvr2_types.h
index 9e6c963b..1230e914 100644
--- a/src/hw/holly/pvr2_regs.h
+++ b/src/hw/holly/pvr2_types.h
@@ -185,7 +185,6 @@ union TA_ISP_BASE_T {
uint32_t reserved : 8;
};
};
-
}
}
}
diff --git a/src/hw/holly/tile_accelerator.cc b/src/hw/holly/tile_accelerator.cc
index 80bf056a..c248b600 100644
--- a/src/hw/holly/tile_accelerator.cc
+++ b/src/hw/holly/tile_accelerator.cc
@@ -209,8 +209,11 @@ int TileAccelerator::GetVertexType(const PCW &pcw) {
TileAccelerator::TileAccelerator(Dreamcast *dc, Backend *rb)
: Device(*dc),
MemoryInterface(this),
+ WindowInterface(this),
dc_(dc),
rb_(rb),
+ tile_renderer_(*rb, *this),
+ trace_writer_(nullptr),
num_invalidated_(0),
contexts_() {
// initialize context queue
@@ -299,10 +302,9 @@ TextureHandle TileAccelerator::GetTexture(const TSP &tsp, const TCW &tcw,
palette, palette_size, &HandlePaletteWrite, this, map_entry);
}
- // add insert to trace
- if (dc_->trace_writer) {
- dc_->trace_writer->WriteInsertTexture(tsp, tcw, palette, palette_size,
- texture, texture_size);
+ if (trace_writer_) {
+ trace_writer_->WriteInsertTexture(tsp, tcw, palette, palette_size, texture,
+ texture_size);
}
return handle;
@@ -392,14 +394,9 @@ void TileAccelerator::FinalizeContext(uint32_t addr) {
CHECK_NE(it, live_contexts_.end());
TileContext *tactx = it->second;
- // save PVR state to context
- WritePVRState(tactx);
- WriteBackgroundState(tactx);
-
- // add context to trace
- if (dc_->trace_writer) {
- dc_->trace_writer->WriteRenderContext(tactx);
- }
+ // save required register state being that the actual rendering of this
+ // context will be deferred
+ SaveRegisterState(tactx);
// tell holly that rendering is complete
holly_->RequestInterrupt(HOLLY_INTC_PCEOVINT);
@@ -411,6 +408,10 @@ void TileAccelerator::FinalizeContext(uint32_t addr) {
// append to the pending queue
pending_contexts_.push(tactx);
+
+ if (trace_writer_) {
+ trace_writer_->WriteRenderContext(tactx);
+ }
}
TileContext *TileAccelerator::GetLastContext() {
@@ -430,49 +431,67 @@ TileContext *TileAccelerator::GetLastContext() {
}
void TileAccelerator::MapPhysicalMemory(Memory &memory, MemoryMap &memmap) {
- RegionHandle ta_cmd_handle = memory.AllocRegion(
- TA_CMD_START, TA_CMD_SIZE, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr,
- nullptr, make_delegate(&TileAccelerator::WriteCommand, this), nullptr);
+ RegionHandle ta_poly_handle = memory.AllocRegion(
+ TA_POLY_START, TA_POLY_SIZE, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr,
+ nullptr, make_delegate(&TileAccelerator::WritePolyFIFO, this), nullptr);
RegionHandle ta_texture_handle = memory.AllocRegion(
TA_TEXTURE_START, TA_TEXTURE_SIZE, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr,
- nullptr, nullptr, make_delegate(&TileAccelerator::WriteTexture, this),
+ nullptr, nullptr, make_delegate(&TileAccelerator::WriteTextureFIFO, this),
nullptr);
- memmap.Mount(ta_cmd_handle, TA_CMD_SIZE, TA_CMD_START);
+ memmap.Mount(ta_poly_handle, TA_POLY_SIZE, TA_POLY_START);
memmap.Mount(ta_texture_handle, TA_TEXTURE_SIZE, TA_TEXTURE_START);
}
-void TileAccelerator::HandleTextureWrite(void *ctx, const Exception &ex,
- void *data) {
- TileAccelerator *self = reinterpret_cast(ctx);
- TextureCacheMap::value_type *map_entry =
- reinterpret_cast(data);
+void TileAccelerator::OnPaint(bool show_main_menu) {
+ // render the latest context
+ TileContext *tactx = GetLastContext();
- // don't double remove the watch during invalidation
- TextureEntry &entry = map_entry->second;
- entry.texture_watch = nullptr;
+ if (tactx) {
+ tile_renderer_.RenderContext(tactx);
+ }
- // add to pending invalidation list (can't remove inside of signal
- // handler)
- TextureKey texture_key = map_entry->first;
- self->pending_invalidations_.insert(texture_key);
+ if (show_main_menu && ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar()) {
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("TA")) {
+ if ((!trace_writer_ && ImGui::MenuItem("Start trace")) ||
+ (trace_writer_ && ImGui::MenuItem("Stop trace"))) {
+ ToggleTracing();
+ }
+ ImGui::EndMenu();
+ }
+
+ ImGui::EndMainMenuBar();
+ }
}
-void TileAccelerator::HandlePaletteWrite(void *ctx, const Exception &ex,
- void *data) {
- TileAccelerator *self = reinterpret_cast(ctx);
- TextureCacheMap::value_type *map_entry =
- reinterpret_cast(data);
+void TileAccelerator::ToggleTracing() {
+ if (!trace_writer_) {
+ char filename[PATH_MAX];
+ GetNextTraceFilename(filename, sizeof(filename));
- // don't double remove the watch during invalidation
- TextureEntry &entry = map_entry->second;
- entry.palette_watch = nullptr;
+ trace_writer_ = new TraceWriter();
- // add to pending invalidation list (can't remove inside of signal
- // handler)
- TextureKey texture_key = map_entry->first;
- self->pending_invalidations_.insert(texture_key);
+ if (!trace_writer_->Open(filename)) {
+ delete trace_writer_;
+ trace_writer_ = nullptr;
+
+ LOG_INFO("Failed to start tracing");
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // clear texture cache in order to generate insert events for all textures
+ // referenced while tracing
+ ClearTextures();
+
+ LOG_INFO("Begin tracing to %s", filename);
+ } else {
+ delete trace_writer_;
+ trace_writer_ = nullptr;
+
+ LOG_INFO("End tracing");
+ }
}
void TileAccelerator::ClearTextures() {
@@ -529,17 +548,49 @@ void TileAccelerator::InvalidateTexture(TextureCacheMap::iterator it) {
textures_.erase(it);
}
-void TileAccelerator::WriteCommand(uint32_t addr, uint32_t value) {
+void TileAccelerator::HandleTextureWrite(void *ctx, const Exception &ex,
+ void *data) {
+ TileAccelerator *self = reinterpret_cast(ctx);
+ TextureCacheMap::value_type *map_entry =
+ reinterpret_cast(data);
+
+ // don't double remove the watch during invalidation
+ TextureEntry &entry = map_entry->second;
+ entry.texture_watch = nullptr;
+
+ // add to pending invalidation list (can't remove inside of signal
+ // handler)
+ TextureKey texture_key = map_entry->first;
+ self->pending_invalidations_.insert(texture_key);
+}
+
+void TileAccelerator::HandlePaletteWrite(void *ctx, const Exception &ex,
+ void *data) {
+ TileAccelerator *self = reinterpret_cast(ctx);
+ TextureCacheMap::value_type *map_entry =
+ reinterpret_cast(data);
+
+ // don't double remove the watch during invalidation
+ TextureEntry &entry = map_entry->second;
+ entry.palette_watch = nullptr;
+
+ // add to pending invalidation list (can't remove inside of signal
+ // handler)
+ TextureKey texture_key = map_entry->first;
+ self->pending_invalidations_.insert(texture_key);
+}
+
+void TileAccelerator::WritePolyFIFO(uint32_t addr, uint32_t value) {
WriteContext(dc_->TA_ISP_BASE.base_address, value);
}
-void TileAccelerator::WriteTexture(uint32_t addr, uint32_t value) {
+void TileAccelerator::WriteTextureFIFO(uint32_t addr, uint32_t value) {
addr &= 0xeeffffff;
re::store(&video_ram_[addr], value);
}
-void TileAccelerator::WritePVRState(TileContext *tactx) {
+void TileAccelerator::SaveRegisterState(TileContext *tactx) {
// autosort
if (!dc_->FPU_PARAM_CFG.region_header_type) {
tactx->autosort = !dc_->ISP_FEED_CFG.presort;
@@ -565,9 +616,7 @@ void TileAccelerator::WritePVRState(TileContext *tactx) {
tactx->video_width = 320;
tactx->video_height = 240;
}
-}
-void TileAccelerator::WriteBackgroundState(TileContext *tactx) {
// according to the hardware docs, this is the correct calculation of the
// background ISP address. however, in practice, the second TA buffer's ISP
// address comes out to be 0x800000 when booting the bios and the vram is
diff --git a/src/hw/holly/tile_accelerator.h b/src/hw/holly/tile_accelerator.h
index 59e87765..7cbde02d 100644
--- a/src/hw/holly/tile_accelerator.h
+++ b/src/hw/holly/tile_accelerator.h
@@ -6,7 +6,9 @@
#include
#include
#include "core/interval_tree.h"
+#include "hw/holly/tile_accelerator_types.h"
#include "hw/holly/tile_renderer.h"
+#include "hw/holly/trace.h"
#include "hw/machine.h"
#include "renderer/backend.h"
#include "sys/memory.h"
@@ -21,434 +23,7 @@ namespace holly {
class Holly;
-enum {
- // control params
- TA_PARAM_END_OF_LIST,
- TA_PARAM_USER_TILE_CLIP,
- TA_PARAM_OBJ_LIST_SET,
- TA_PARAM_RESERVED0,
- // global params
- TA_PARAM_POLY_OR_VOL,
- TA_PARAM_SPRITE,
- TA_PARAM_RESERVED1,
- // vertex params
- TA_PARAM_VERTEX,
- TA_NUM_PARAMS
-};
-
-enum { //
- TA_NUM_VERT_TYPES = 18
-};
-
-enum {
- TA_LIST_OPAQUE,
- TA_LIST_OPAQUE_MODVOL,
- TA_LIST_TRANSLUCENT,
- TA_LIST_TRANSLUCENT_MODVOL,
- TA_LIST_PUNCH_THROUGH,
- TA_NUM_LISTS
-};
-
-enum {
- TA_PIXEL_1555,
- TA_PIXEL_565,
- TA_PIXEL_4444,
- TA_PIXEL_YUV422,
- TA_PIXEL_BUMPMAP,
- TA_PIXEL_4BPP,
- TA_PIXEL_8BPP,
- TA_PIXEL_RESERVED
-};
-
-enum { TA_PAL_ARGB1555, TA_PAL_RGB565, TA_PAL_ARGB4444, TA_PAL_ARGB8888 };
-
-//
-//
-//
-union PCW {
- struct {
- // obj control
- uint32_t uv_16bit : 1;
- uint32_t gouraud : 1;
- uint32_t offset : 1;
- uint32_t texture : 1;
- uint32_t col_type : 2;
- uint32_t volume : 1;
- uint32_t shadow : 1;
- uint32_t reserved0 : 8;
- // group control
- uint32_t user_clip : 2;
- uint32_t strip_len : 2;
- uint32_t reserved1 : 3;
- uint32_t group_en : 1;
- // para control
- uint32_t list_type : 3;
- uint32_t reserved2 : 1;
- uint32_t end_of_strip : 1;
- uint32_t para_type : 3;
- };
- uint8_t obj_control;
- uint32_t full;
-};
-
-// Image Synthesis Processor parameters
-union ISP_TSP {
- struct {
- uint32_t reserved : 20;
- uint32_t dcalc_ctrl : 1;
- uint32_t cache_bypass : 1;
- uint32_t uv_16bit : 1;
- uint32_t gouraud_shading : 1;
- uint32_t offset : 1;
- uint32_t texture : 1;
- uint32_t z_write_disable : 1;
- uint32_t culling_mode : 2;
- uint32_t depth_compare_mode : 3;
- };
- uint32_t full;
-};
-
-// Texture and Shading Processor parameters
-union TSP {
- struct {
- uint32_t texture_v_size : 3;
- uint32_t texture_u_size : 3;
- uint32_t texture_shading_instr : 2;
- uint32_t mipmap_d_adjust : 4;
- uint32_t super_sample_texture : 1;
- uint32_t filter_mode : 2;
- uint32_t clamp_v : 1;
- uint32_t clamp_u : 1;
- uint32_t flip_v : 1;
- uint32_t flip_u : 1;
- uint32_t ignore_tex_alpha : 1;
- uint32_t use_alpha : 1;
- uint32_t color_clamp : 1;
- uint32_t fog_control : 2;
- uint32_t dst_select : 1;
- uint32_t src_select : 1;
- uint32_t dst_alpha_instr : 3;
- uint32_t src_alpha_instr : 3;
- };
- uint32_t full;
-};
-
-// Texture parameters
-union TCW {
- // rgb, yuv and bumpmap textures
- struct {
- uint32_t texture_addr : 21;
- uint32_t reserved : 4;
- uint32_t stride_select : 1;
- uint32_t scan_order : 1;
- uint32_t pixel_format : 3;
- uint32_t vq_compressed : 1;
- uint32_t mip_mapped : 1;
- };
- // palette textures
- struct {
- uint32_t texture_addr : 21;
- uint32_t palette_selector : 6;
- uint32_t pixel_format : 3;
- uint32_t vq_compressed : 1;
- uint32_t mip_mapped : 1;
- } p;
- uint32_t full;
-};
-
-//
-// Global parameters
-//
-union PolyParam {
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- ISP_TSP isp_tsp;
- TSP tsp;
- TCW tcw;
- uint32_t ignore_0;
- uint32_t ignore_1;
- uint32_t sdma_data_size;
- uint32_t sdma_next_addr;
- } type0;
-
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- ISP_TSP isp_tsp;
- TSP tsp;
- TCW tcw;
- float face_color_a;
- float face_color_r;
- float face_color_g;
- float face_color_b;
- } type1;
-
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- ISP_TSP isp_tsp;
- TSP tsp;
- TCW tcw;
- uint32_t ignore_0;
- uint32_t ignore_1;
- uint32_t sdma_data_size;
- uint32_t sdma_next_addr;
- float face_color_a;
- float face_color_r;
- float face_color_g;
- float face_color_b;
- float face_offset_color_a;
- float face_offset_color_r;
- float face_offset_color_g;
- float face_offset_color_b;
- } type2;
-
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- ISP_TSP isp_tsp;
- TSP tsp0;
- TCW tcw0;
- TSP tsp1;
- TCW tcw1;
- uint32_t sdma_data_size;
- uint32_t sdma_next_addr;
- } type3;
-
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- ISP_TSP isp_tsp;
- TSP tsp0;
- TCW tcw0;
- TSP tsp1;
- TCW tcw1;
- uint32_t sdma_data_size;
- uint32_t sdma_next_addr;
- float face_color_a_0;
- float face_color_r_0;
- float face_color_g_0;
- float face_color_b_0;
- float face_color_a_1;
- float face_color_r_1;
- float face_color_g_1;
- float face_color_b_1;
- } type4;
-
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- ISP_TSP isp_tsp;
- TSP tsp;
- TCW tcw;
- uint32_t base_color;
- uint32_t offset_color;
- uint32_t sdma_data_size;
- uint32_t sdma_next_addr;
- } sprite;
-
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- ISP_TSP isp_tsp;
- uint32_t reserved[6];
- } modvol;
-};
-
-//
-// Vertex parameters
-//
-union VertexParam {
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- float xyz[3];
- uint32_t ignore_0;
- uint32_t ignore_1;
- uint32_t base_color;
- uint32_t ignore_2;
- } type0;
-
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- float xyz[3];
- float base_color_a;
- float base_color_r;
- float base_color_g;
- float base_color_b;
- } type1;
-
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- float xyz[3];
- uint32_t ignore_0;
- uint32_t ignore_1;
- float base_intensity;
- uint32_t ignore_2;
- } type2;
-
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- float xyz[3];
- float uv[2];
- uint32_t base_color;
- uint32_t offset_color;
- } type3;
-
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- float xyz[3];
- uint16_t uv[2];
- uint32_t ignore_0;
- uint32_t base_color;
- uint32_t offset_color;
- } type4;
-
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- float xyz[3];
- float uv[2];
- uint32_t ignore_0;
- uint32_t ignore_1;
- float base_color_a;
- float base_color_r;
- float base_color_g;
- float base_color_b;
- float offset_color_a;
- float offset_color_r;
- float offset_color_g;
- float offset_color_b;
- } type5;
-
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- float xyz[3];
- uint16_t uv[2];
- uint32_t ignore_0;
- uint32_t ignore_1;
- uint32_t ignore_2;
- float base_color_a;
- float base_color_r;
- float base_color_g;
- float base_color_b;
- float offset_color_a;
- float offset_color_r;
- float offset_color_g;
- float offset_color_b;
- } type6;
-
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- float xyz[3];
- float uv[2];
- float base_intensity;
- float offset_intensity;
- } type7;
-
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- float xyz[3];
- uint16_t uv[2];
- uint32_t ignore_0;
- float base_intensity;
- float offset_intensity;
- } type8;
-
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- float xyz[3];
- uint32_t base_color_0;
- uint32_t base_color_1;
- uint32_t ignore_0;
- uint32_t ignore_1;
- } type9;
-
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- float xyz[3];
- float base_intensity_0;
- float base_intensity_1;
- uint32_t ignore_0;
- uint32_t ignore_1;
- } type10;
-
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- float xyz[3];
- float uv_0[2];
- uint32_t base_color_0;
- uint32_t offset_color_0;
- float uv_1[2];
- uint32_t base_color_1;
- uint32_t offset_color_1;
- uint32_t ignore_0;
- uint32_t ignore_1;
- uint32_t ignore_2;
- uint32_t ignore_3;
- } type11;
-
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- float xyz[3];
- uint16_t vu_0[2];
- uint32_t ignore_0;
- uint32_t base_color_0;
- uint32_t offset_color_0;
- uint16_t vu_1[2];
- uint32_t ignore_1;
- uint32_t base_color_1;
- uint32_t offset_color_1;
- uint32_t ignore_2;
- uint32_t ignore_3;
- uint32_t ignore_4;
- uint32_t ignore_5;
- } type12;
-
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- float xyz[3];
- float uv_0[2];
- float base_intensity_0;
- float offset_intensity_0;
- float uv_1[2];
- float base_intensity_1;
- float offset_intensity_1;
- uint32_t ignore_0;
- uint32_t ignore_1;
- uint32_t ignore_2;
- uint32_t ignore_3;
- } type13;
-
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- float xyz[3];
- uint16_t vu_0[2];
- uint32_t ignore_0;
- float base_intensity_0;
- float offset_intensity_0;
- uint16_t vu_1[2];
- uint32_t ignore_1;
- float base_intensity_1;
- float offset_intensity_1;
- uint32_t ignore_2;
- uint32_t ignore_3;
- uint32_t ignore_4;
- uint32_t ignore_5;
- } type14;
-
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- float xyz[4][3];
- uint32_t ignore_0;
- uint32_t ignore_1;
- uint32_t ignore_2;
- } sprite0;
-
- struct {
- PCW pcw;
- float xyz[4][3];
- uint32_t uv[3];
- } sprite1;
-};
-
-enum {
- MAX_CONTEXTS = 8,
- // worst case background vertex size, see ISP_BACKGND_T field
- BG_VERTEX_SIZE = (0b111 * 2 + 3) * 4 * 3
-};
+static const int MAX_CONTEXTS = 8;
struct TextureEntry;
typedef std::unordered_map TextureCacheMap;
@@ -463,39 +38,15 @@ struct TextureEntry {
sys::WatchHandle palette_watch;
};
-struct TileContext {
- uint32_t addr;
-
- // pvr state
- bool autosort;
- int stride;
- int pal_pxl_format;
- int video_width;
- int video_height;
- ISP_TSP bg_isp;
- TSP bg_tsp;
- TCW bg_tcw;
- float bg_depth;
- uint8_t bg_vertices[BG_VERTEX_SIZE];
-
- // command buffer
- uint8_t data[0x100000];
- int cursor;
- int size;
-
- // current global state
- const PolyParam *last_poly;
- const VertexParam *last_vertex;
- int list_type;
- int vertex_type;
-};
-
typedef std::unordered_map TileContextMap;
typedef std::queue TileContextQueue;
class TileAccelerator : public Device,
public MemoryInterface,
+ public WindowInterface,
public TextureProvider {
+ friend class PVR2;
+
public:
static int GetParamSize(const PCW &pcw, int vertex_type);
static int GetPolyType(const PCW &pcw);
@@ -507,7 +58,6 @@ class TileAccelerator : public Device,
renderer::TextureHandle GetTexture(const TSP &tsp, const TCW &tcw,
RegisterTextureCallback register_cb) final;
- void ClearTextures();
void SoftReset();
void InitContext(uint32_t addr);
@@ -516,29 +66,36 @@ class TileAccelerator : public Device,
TileContext *GetLastContext();
protected:
+ // MemoryInterface
void MapPhysicalMemory(Memory &memory, MemoryMap &memmap) final;
+ // WindowInterface
+ void OnPaint(bool show_main_menu) final;
+
private:
+ void ToggleTracing();
+
+ void ClearTextures();
+ void ClearPendingTextures();
+ void InvalidateTexture(TextureKey key);
+ void InvalidateTexture(TextureCacheMap::iterator it);
static void HandleTextureWrite(void *ctx, const sys::Exception &ex,
void *data);
static void HandlePaletteWrite(void *ctx, const sys::Exception &ex,
void *data);
- void ClearPendingTextures();
- void InvalidateTexture(TextureKey key);
- void InvalidateTexture(TextureCacheMap::iterator it);
+ void WritePolyFIFO(uint32_t addr, uint32_t value);
+ void WriteTextureFIFO(uint32_t addr, uint32_t value);
- void WriteCommand(uint32_t addr, uint32_t value);
- void WriteTexture(uint32_t addr, uint32_t value);
-
- void WritePVRState(TileContext *tactx);
- void WriteBackgroundState(TileContext *tactx);
+ void SaveRegisterState(TileContext *tactx);
Dreamcast *dc_;
renderer::Backend *rb_;
Memory *memory_;
holly::Holly *holly_;
uint8_t *video_ram_;
+ hw::holly::TileRenderer tile_renderer_;
+ TraceWriter *trace_writer_;
TextureCacheMap textures_;
TextureSet pending_invalidations_;
diff --git a/src/hw/holly/tile_accelerator_types.h b/src/hw/holly/tile_accelerator_types.h
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..404c35cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/hw/holly/tile_accelerator_types.h
@@ -0,0 +1,466 @@
+#ifndef TILE_ACCELERATOR_TYPES_H
+#define TILE_ACCELERATOR_TYPES_H
+
+namespace re {
+namespace hw {
+namespace holly {
+
+enum {
+ // control params
+ TA_PARAM_END_OF_LIST,
+ TA_PARAM_USER_TILE_CLIP,
+ TA_PARAM_OBJ_LIST_SET,
+ TA_PARAM_RESERVED0,
+ // global params
+ TA_PARAM_POLY_OR_VOL,
+ TA_PARAM_SPRITE,
+ TA_PARAM_RESERVED1,
+ // vertex params
+ TA_PARAM_VERTEX,
+ TA_NUM_PARAMS
+};
+
+enum { //
+ TA_NUM_VERT_TYPES = 18
+};
+
+enum {
+ TA_LIST_OPAQUE,
+ TA_LIST_OPAQUE_MODVOL,
+ TA_LIST_TRANSLUCENT,
+ TA_LIST_TRANSLUCENT_MODVOL,
+ TA_LIST_PUNCH_THROUGH,
+ TA_NUM_LISTS
+};
+
+enum {
+ TA_PIXEL_1555,
+ TA_PIXEL_565,
+ TA_PIXEL_4444,
+ TA_PIXEL_YUV422,
+ TA_PIXEL_BUMPMAP,
+ TA_PIXEL_4BPP,
+ TA_PIXEL_8BPP,
+ TA_PIXEL_RESERVED
+};
+
+enum {
+ TA_PAL_ARGB1555,
+ TA_PAL_RGB565,
+ TA_PAL_ARGB4444,
+ TA_PAL_ARGB8888,
+};
+
+union PCW {
+ struct {
+ // obj control
+ uint32_t uv_16bit : 1;
+ uint32_t gouraud : 1;
+ uint32_t offset : 1;
+ uint32_t texture : 1;
+ uint32_t col_type : 2;
+ uint32_t volume : 1;
+ uint32_t shadow : 1;
+ uint32_t reserved0 : 8;
+ // group control
+ uint32_t user_clip : 2;
+ uint32_t strip_len : 2;
+ uint32_t reserved1 : 3;
+ uint32_t group_en : 1;
+ // para control
+ uint32_t list_type : 3;
+ uint32_t reserved2 : 1;
+ uint32_t end_of_strip : 1;
+ uint32_t para_type : 3;
+ };
+ uint8_t obj_control;
+ uint32_t full;
+};
+
+// Image Synthesis Processor parameters
+union ISP_TSP {
+ struct {
+ uint32_t reserved : 20;
+ uint32_t dcalc_ctrl : 1;
+ uint32_t cache_bypass : 1;
+ uint32_t uv_16bit : 1;
+ uint32_t gouraud_shading : 1;
+ uint32_t offset : 1;
+ uint32_t texture : 1;
+ uint32_t z_write_disable : 1;
+ uint32_t culling_mode : 2;
+ uint32_t depth_compare_mode : 3;
+ };
+ uint32_t full;
+};
+
+// Texture and Shading Processor parameters
+union TSP {
+ struct {
+ uint32_t texture_v_size : 3;
+ uint32_t texture_u_size : 3;
+ uint32_t texture_shading_instr : 2;
+ uint32_t mipmap_d_adjust : 4;
+ uint32_t super_sample_texture : 1;
+ uint32_t filter_mode : 2;
+ uint32_t clamp_v : 1;
+ uint32_t clamp_u : 1;
+ uint32_t flip_v : 1;
+ uint32_t flip_u : 1;
+ uint32_t ignore_tex_alpha : 1;
+ uint32_t use_alpha : 1;
+ uint32_t color_clamp : 1;
+ uint32_t fog_control : 2;
+ uint32_t dst_select : 1;
+ uint32_t src_select : 1;
+ uint32_t dst_alpha_instr : 3;
+ uint32_t src_alpha_instr : 3;
+ };
+ uint32_t full;
+};
+
+// Texture parameters
+union TCW {
+ // rgb, yuv and bumpmap textures
+ struct {
+ uint32_t texture_addr : 21;
+ uint32_t reserved : 4;
+ uint32_t stride_select : 1;
+ uint32_t scan_order : 1;
+ uint32_t pixel_format : 3;
+ uint32_t vq_compressed : 1;
+ uint32_t mip_mapped : 1;
+ };
+ // palette textures
+ struct {
+ uint32_t texture_addr : 21;
+ uint32_t palette_selector : 6;
+ uint32_t pixel_format : 3;
+ uint32_t vq_compressed : 1;
+ uint32_t mip_mapped : 1;
+ } p;
+ uint32_t full;
+};
+
+//
+// Global parameters
+//
+union PolyParam {
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ ISP_TSP isp_tsp;
+ TSP tsp;
+ TCW tcw;
+ uint32_t ignore_0;
+ uint32_t ignore_1;
+ uint32_t sdma_data_size;
+ uint32_t sdma_next_addr;
+ } type0;
+
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ ISP_TSP isp_tsp;
+ TSP tsp;
+ TCW tcw;
+ float face_color_a;
+ float face_color_r;
+ float face_color_g;
+ float face_color_b;
+ } type1;
+
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ ISP_TSP isp_tsp;
+ TSP tsp;
+ TCW tcw;
+ uint32_t ignore_0;
+ uint32_t ignore_1;
+ uint32_t sdma_data_size;
+ uint32_t sdma_next_addr;
+ float face_color_a;
+ float face_color_r;
+ float face_color_g;
+ float face_color_b;
+ float face_offset_color_a;
+ float face_offset_color_r;
+ float face_offset_color_g;
+ float face_offset_color_b;
+ } type2;
+
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ ISP_TSP isp_tsp;
+ TSP tsp0;
+ TCW tcw0;
+ TSP tsp1;
+ TCW tcw1;
+ uint32_t sdma_data_size;
+ uint32_t sdma_next_addr;
+ } type3;
+
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ ISP_TSP isp_tsp;
+ TSP tsp0;
+ TCW tcw0;
+ TSP tsp1;
+ TCW tcw1;
+ uint32_t sdma_data_size;
+ uint32_t sdma_next_addr;
+ float face_color_a_0;
+ float face_color_r_0;
+ float face_color_g_0;
+ float face_color_b_0;
+ float face_color_a_1;
+ float face_color_r_1;
+ float face_color_g_1;
+ float face_color_b_1;
+ } type4;
+
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ ISP_TSP isp_tsp;
+ TSP tsp;
+ TCW tcw;
+ uint32_t base_color;
+ uint32_t offset_color;
+ uint32_t sdma_data_size;
+ uint32_t sdma_next_addr;
+ } sprite;
+
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ ISP_TSP isp_tsp;
+ uint32_t reserved[6];
+ } modvol;
+};
+
+//
+// Vertex parameters
+//
+union VertexParam {
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ float xyz[3];
+ uint32_t ignore_0;
+ uint32_t ignore_1;
+ uint32_t base_color;
+ uint32_t ignore_2;
+ } type0;
+
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ float xyz[3];
+ float base_color_a;
+ float base_color_r;
+ float base_color_g;
+ float base_color_b;
+ } type1;
+
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ float xyz[3];
+ uint32_t ignore_0;
+ uint32_t ignore_1;
+ float base_intensity;
+ uint32_t ignore_2;
+ } type2;
+
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ float xyz[3];
+ float uv[2];
+ uint32_t base_color;
+ uint32_t offset_color;
+ } type3;
+
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ float xyz[3];
+ uint16_t uv[2];
+ uint32_t ignore_0;
+ uint32_t base_color;
+ uint32_t offset_color;
+ } type4;
+
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ float xyz[3];
+ float uv[2];
+ uint32_t ignore_0;
+ uint32_t ignore_1;
+ float base_color_a;
+ float base_color_r;
+ float base_color_g;
+ float base_color_b;
+ float offset_color_a;
+ float offset_color_r;
+ float offset_color_g;
+ float offset_color_b;
+ } type5;
+
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ float xyz[3];
+ uint16_t uv[2];
+ uint32_t ignore_0;
+ uint32_t ignore_1;
+ uint32_t ignore_2;
+ float base_color_a;
+ float base_color_r;
+ float base_color_g;
+ float base_color_b;
+ float offset_color_a;
+ float offset_color_r;
+ float offset_color_g;
+ float offset_color_b;
+ } type6;
+
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ float xyz[3];
+ float uv[2];
+ float base_intensity;
+ float offset_intensity;
+ } type7;
+
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ float xyz[3];
+ uint16_t uv[2];
+ uint32_t ignore_0;
+ float base_intensity;
+ float offset_intensity;
+ } type8;
+
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ float xyz[3];
+ uint32_t base_color_0;
+ uint32_t base_color_1;
+ uint32_t ignore_0;
+ uint32_t ignore_1;
+ } type9;
+
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ float xyz[3];
+ float base_intensity_0;
+ float base_intensity_1;
+ uint32_t ignore_0;
+ uint32_t ignore_1;
+ } type10;
+
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ float xyz[3];
+ float uv_0[2];
+ uint32_t base_color_0;
+ uint32_t offset_color_0;
+ float uv_1[2];
+ uint32_t base_color_1;
+ uint32_t offset_color_1;
+ uint32_t ignore_0;
+ uint32_t ignore_1;
+ uint32_t ignore_2;
+ uint32_t ignore_3;
+ } type11;
+
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ float xyz[3];
+ uint16_t vu_0[2];
+ uint32_t ignore_0;
+ uint32_t base_color_0;
+ uint32_t offset_color_0;
+ uint16_t vu_1[2];
+ uint32_t ignore_1;
+ uint32_t base_color_1;
+ uint32_t offset_color_1;
+ uint32_t ignore_2;
+ uint32_t ignore_3;
+ uint32_t ignore_4;
+ uint32_t ignore_5;
+ } type12;
+
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ float xyz[3];
+ float uv_0[2];
+ float base_intensity_0;
+ float offset_intensity_0;
+ float uv_1[2];
+ float base_intensity_1;
+ float offset_intensity_1;
+ uint32_t ignore_0;
+ uint32_t ignore_1;
+ uint32_t ignore_2;
+ uint32_t ignore_3;
+ } type13;
+
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ float xyz[3];
+ uint16_t vu_0[2];
+ uint32_t ignore_0;
+ float base_intensity_0;
+ float offset_intensity_0;
+ uint16_t vu_1[2];
+ uint32_t ignore_1;
+ float base_intensity_1;
+ float offset_intensity_1;
+ uint32_t ignore_2;
+ uint32_t ignore_3;
+ uint32_t ignore_4;
+ uint32_t ignore_5;
+ } type14;
+
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ float xyz[4][3];
+ uint32_t ignore_0;
+ uint32_t ignore_1;
+ uint32_t ignore_2;
+ } sprite0;
+
+ struct {
+ PCW pcw;
+ float xyz[4][3];
+ uint32_t uv[3];
+ } sprite1;
+};
+
+// worst case background vertex size, see ISP_BACKGND_T field
+static const int BG_VERTEX_SIZE = (0b111 * 2 + 3) * 4 * 3;
+
+struct TileContext {
+ uint32_t addr;
+
+ // pvr state
+ bool autosort;
+ int stride;
+ int pal_pxl_format;
+ int video_width;
+ int video_height;
+ ISP_TSP bg_isp;
+ TSP bg_tsp;
+ TCW bg_tcw;
+ float bg_depth;
+ uint8_t bg_vertices[BG_VERTEX_SIZE];
+
+ // command buffer
+ uint8_t data[0x100000];
+ int cursor;
+ int size;
+
+ // current global state
+ const PolyParam *last_poly;
+ const VertexParam *last_vertex;
+ int list_type;
+ int vertex_type;
+};
+}
+}
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/hw/holly/tile_renderer.h b/src/hw/holly/tile_renderer.h
index 968a946d..2cc0a6ba 100644
--- a/src/hw/holly/tile_renderer.h
+++ b/src/hw/holly/tile_renderer.h
@@ -38,7 +38,10 @@ class TextureProvider {
// parsing it and ultimately rendering it out to the supplied backend. This
// is split out of the main TileAccelerator code so it can be re-used by
// Tracer.
-enum { MAX_SURFACES = 0x10000, MAX_VERTICES = 0x10000 };
+enum {
+ MAX_SURFACES = 0x10000,
+ MAX_VERTICES = 0x10000,
+};
class TileRenderer {
public:
diff --git a/src/hw/holly/trace.cc b/src/hw/holly/trace.cc
index a503abef..feab8c74 100644
--- a/src/hw/holly/trace.cc
+++ b/src/hw/holly/trace.cc
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
#include
#include "core/assert.h"
+#include "hw/holly/tile_accelerator.h"
#include "hw/holly/trace.h"
#include "sys/filesystem.h"
@@ -49,6 +50,10 @@ bool TraceReader::Parse(const char *filename) {
return false;
}
+ if (!PatchFrames()) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
return true;
}
@@ -81,18 +86,18 @@ bool TraceReader::PatchPointers() {
// patch relative data pointers
switch (curr_cmd->type) {
- case TRACE_INSERT_TEXTURE: {
- curr_cmd->insert_texture.palette += reinterpret_cast(ptr);
- curr_cmd->insert_texture.texture += reinterpret_cast(ptr);
- ptr += sizeof(*curr_cmd) + curr_cmd->insert_texture.palette_size +
- curr_cmd->insert_texture.texture_size;
+ case TRACE_CMD_TEXTURE: {
+ curr_cmd->texture.palette += reinterpret_cast(ptr);
+ curr_cmd->texture.texture += reinterpret_cast(ptr);
+ ptr += sizeof(*curr_cmd) + curr_cmd->texture.palette_size +
+ curr_cmd->texture.texture_size;
} break;
- case TRACE_RENDER_CONTEXT: {
- curr_cmd->render_context.bg_vertices += reinterpret_cast(ptr);
- curr_cmd->render_context.data += reinterpret_cast(ptr);
- ptr += sizeof(*curr_cmd) + curr_cmd->render_context.bg_vertices_size +
- curr_cmd->render_context.data_size;
+ case TRACE_CMD_CONTEXT: {
+ curr_cmd->context.bg_vertices += reinterpret_cast(ptr);
+ curr_cmd->context.data += reinterpret_cast(ptr);
+ ptr += sizeof(*curr_cmd) + curr_cmd->context.bg_vertices_size +
+ curr_cmd->context.data_size;
} break;
default:
@@ -113,26 +118,17 @@ bool TraceReader::PatchOverrides() {
std::unordered_map last_inserts;
while (cmd) {
- switch (cmd->type) {
- case TRACE_INSERT_TEXTURE: {
- TextureKey texture_key = TextureProvider::GetTextureKey(
- cmd->insert_texture.tsp, cmd->insert_texture.tcw);
- auto last_insert = last_inserts.find(texture_key);
+ if (cmd->type == TRACE_CMD_TEXTURE) {
+ TextureKey texture_key =
+ TextureProvider::GetTextureKey(cmd->texture.tsp, cmd->texture.tcw);
+ auto last_insert = last_inserts.find(texture_key);
- if (last_insert != last_inserts.end()) {
- cmd->override = last_insert->second;
- last_insert->second = cmd;
- } else {
- last_inserts.insert(std::make_pair(texture_key, cmd));
- }
- } break;
-
- case TRACE_RENDER_CONTEXT: {
- } break;
-
- default:
- LOG_INFO("Unexpected trace command type %d", cmd->type);
- return false;
+ if (last_insert != last_inserts.end()) {
+ cmd->override = last_insert->second;
+ last_insert->second = cmd;
+ } else {
+ last_inserts.insert(std::make_pair(texture_key, cmd));
+ }
}
cmd = cmd->next;
@@ -141,6 +137,24 @@ bool TraceReader::PatchOverrides() {
return true;
}
+// Patch in frame numbers to ease working with the trace.
+bool TraceReader::PatchFrames() {
+ TraceCommand *cmd = cmd_head();
+ int frame = -1;
+
+ while (cmd) {
+ if (cmd->type == TRACE_CMD_CONTEXT) {
+ frame++;
+ }
+
+ cmd->frame = frame;
+
+ cmd = cmd->next;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
TraceWriter::TraceWriter() : file_(nullptr) {}
TraceWriter::~TraceWriter() { Close(); }
@@ -163,13 +177,13 @@ void TraceWriter::WriteInsertTexture(const TSP &tsp, const TCW &tcw,
const uint8_t *palette, int palette_size,
const uint8_t *texture, int texture_size) {
TraceCommand cmd;
- cmd.type = TRACE_INSERT_TEXTURE;
- cmd.insert_texture.tsp = tsp;
- cmd.insert_texture.tcw = tcw;
- cmd.insert_texture.palette_size = palette_size;
- cmd.insert_texture.palette = reinterpret_cast(sizeof(cmd));
- cmd.insert_texture.texture_size = texture_size;
- cmd.insert_texture.texture =
+ cmd.type = TRACE_CMD_TEXTURE;
+ cmd.texture.tsp = tsp;
+ cmd.texture.tcw = tcw;
+ cmd.texture.palette_size = palette_size;
+ cmd.texture.palette = reinterpret_cast(sizeof(cmd));
+ cmd.texture.texture_size = texture_size;
+ cmd.texture.texture =
reinterpret_cast(sizeof(cmd) + palette_size);
CHECK_EQ(fwrite(&cmd, sizeof(cmd), 1, file_), 1);
@@ -183,21 +197,20 @@ void TraceWriter::WriteInsertTexture(const TSP &tsp, const TCW &tcw,
void TraceWriter::WriteRenderContext(TileContext *tactx) {
TraceCommand cmd;
- cmd.type = TRACE_RENDER_CONTEXT;
- cmd.render_context.autosort = tactx->autosort;
- cmd.render_context.stride = tactx->stride;
- cmd.render_context.pal_pxl_format = tactx->pal_pxl_format;
- cmd.render_context.video_width = tactx->video_width;
- cmd.render_context.video_height = tactx->video_height;
- cmd.render_context.bg_isp = tactx->bg_isp;
- cmd.render_context.bg_tsp = tactx->bg_tsp;
- cmd.render_context.bg_tcw = tactx->bg_tcw;
- cmd.render_context.bg_depth = tactx->bg_depth;
- cmd.render_context.bg_vertices_size = sizeof(tactx->bg_vertices);
- cmd.render_context.bg_vertices =
- reinterpret_cast(sizeof(cmd));
- cmd.render_context.data_size = tactx->size;
- cmd.render_context.data = reinterpret_cast(
+ cmd.type = TRACE_CMD_CONTEXT;
+ cmd.context.autosort = tactx->autosort;
+ cmd.context.stride = tactx->stride;
+ cmd.context.pal_pxl_format = tactx->pal_pxl_format;
+ cmd.context.video_width = tactx->video_width;
+ cmd.context.video_height = tactx->video_height;
+ cmd.context.bg_isp = tactx->bg_isp;
+ cmd.context.bg_tsp = tactx->bg_tsp;
+ cmd.context.bg_tcw = tactx->bg_tcw;
+ cmd.context.bg_depth = tactx->bg_depth;
+ cmd.context.bg_vertices_size = sizeof(tactx->bg_vertices);
+ cmd.context.bg_vertices = reinterpret_cast(sizeof(cmd));
+ cmd.context.data_size = tactx->size;
+ cmd.context.data = reinterpret_cast(
sizeof(cmd) + sizeof(tactx->bg_vertices));
CHECK_EQ(fwrite(&cmd, sizeof(cmd), 1, file_), 1);
diff --git a/src/hw/holly/trace.h b/src/hw/holly/trace.h
index bb01dab0..a7fc009e 100644
--- a/src/hw/holly/trace.h
+++ b/src/hw/holly/trace.h
@@ -1,16 +1,25 @@
#ifndef TRACE_H
#define TRACE_H
-#include "hw/holly/tile_accelerator.h"
+#include "hw/holly/tile_accelerator_types.h"
namespace re {
namespace hw {
namespace holly {
-enum TraceCommandType { TRACE_INSERT_TEXTURE, TRACE_RENDER_CONTEXT };
+enum TraceCommandType {
+ TRACE_CMD_NONE,
+ TRACE_CMD_TEXTURE,
+ TRACE_CMD_CONTEXT,
+};
struct TraceCommand {
- TraceCommand() : prev(nullptr), next(nullptr), override(nullptr) {}
+ TraceCommand()
+ : type(TRACE_CMD_NONE),
+ prev(nullptr),
+ next(nullptr),
+ override(nullptr),
+ frame(0) {}
TraceCommandType type;
@@ -18,6 +27,7 @@ struct TraceCommand {
TraceCommand *prev;
TraceCommand *next;
TraceCommand *override;
+ int frame;
// the data pointers in these structs are written out relative to the cmd,
// and patched to absolute pointers on read
@@ -29,7 +39,7 @@ struct TraceCommand {
const uint8_t *palette;
uint32_t texture_size;
const uint8_t *texture;
- } insert_texture;
+ } texture;
// slimmed down version of the TileContext structure, will need to be in
// sync
@@ -47,7 +57,7 @@ struct TraceCommand {
const uint8_t *bg_vertices;
uint32_t data_size;
const uint8_t *data;
- } render_context;
+ } context;
};
};
@@ -65,6 +75,7 @@ class TraceReader {
private:
void Reset();
bool PatchPointers();
+ bool PatchFrames();
bool PatchOverrides();
size_t trace_size_;
diff --git a/src/hw/machine.cc b/src/hw/machine.cc
index bd8c39da..76b4a654 100644
--- a/src/hw/machine.cc
+++ b/src/hw/machine.cc
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
using namespace re;
using namespace re::hw;
+using namespace re::ui;
DEFINE_bool(debug, false, "Run debug server");
@@ -15,8 +16,10 @@ ExecuteInterface::ExecuteInterface(Device *device) { device->execute_ = this; }
MemoryInterface::MemoryInterface(Device *device) { device->memory_ = this; }
+WindowInterface::WindowInterface(Device *device) { device->window_ = this; }
+
Device::Device(Machine &machine)
- : debug_(nullptr), execute_(nullptr), memory_(nullptr) {
+ : debug_(nullptr), execute_(nullptr), memory_(nullptr), window_(nullptr) {
machine.devices.push_back(this);
}
@@ -65,3 +68,23 @@ void Machine::Tick(const std::chrono::nanoseconds &delta) {
scheduler->Tick(delta);
}
}
+
+void Machine::OnPaint(bool show_main_menu) {
+ for (auto device : devices) {
+ if (!device->window()) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ device->window()->OnPaint(show_main_menu);
+ }
+}
+
+void Machine::OnKeyDown(Keycode code, int16_t value) {
+ for (auto device : devices) {
+ if (!device->window()) {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ device->window()->OnKeyDown(code, value);
+ }
+}
diff --git a/src/hw/machine.h b/src/hw/machine.h
index 7f75a0ab..b1112aec 100644
--- a/src/hw/machine.h
+++ b/src/hw/machine.h
@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
#include
#include
+#include "ui/window.h"
namespace re {
namespace hw {
@@ -47,10 +48,20 @@ class MemoryInterface {
virtual void MapVirtualMemory(Memory &memory, MemoryMap &memmap) {}
};
+class WindowInterface {
+ public:
+ WindowInterface(Device *device);
+ virtual ~WindowInterface() = default;
+
+ virtual void OnPaint(bool show_main_menu){};
+ virtual void OnKeyDown(ui::Keycode code, int16_t value){};
+};
+
class Device {
friend class DebugInterface;
friend class ExecuteInterface;
friend class MemoryInterface;
+ friend class WindowInterface;
public:
virtual ~Device() = default;
@@ -58,6 +69,7 @@ class Device {
DebugInterface *debug() { return debug_; }
ExecuteInterface *execute() { return execute_; }
MemoryInterface *memory() { return memory_; }
+ WindowInterface *window() { return window_; }
Device(Machine &machine);
@@ -67,6 +79,7 @@ class Device {
DebugInterface *debug_;
ExecuteInterface *execute_;
MemoryInterface *memory_;
+ WindowInterface *window_;
};
class Machine {
@@ -81,7 +94,10 @@ class Machine {
bool Init();
void Suspend();
void Resume();
+
void Tick(const std::chrono::nanoseconds &delta);
+ void OnPaint(bool show_main_menu);
+ void OnKeyDown(ui::Keycode code, int16_t value);
Debugger *debugger;
Memory *memory;
diff --git a/src/hw/maple/maple.cc b/src/hw/maple/maple.cc
index 2bb70987..19748f39 100644
--- a/src/hw/maple/maple.cc
+++ b/src/hw/maple/maple.cc
@@ -9,9 +9,10 @@ using namespace re::hw;
using namespace re::hw::holly;
using namespace re::hw::maple;
using namespace re::hw::sh4;
-using namespace re::sys;
+using namespace re::ui;
-Maple::Maple(Dreamcast *dc) : Device(*dc), dc_(dc), devices_() {
+Maple::Maple(Dreamcast *dc)
+ : Device(*dc), WindowInterface(this), dc_(dc), devices_() {
// default controller device
devices_[0] = std::unique_ptr(new MapleController());
}
@@ -24,15 +25,6 @@ bool Maple::Init() {
return true;
}
-bool Maple::HandleInput(int port, Keycode key, int16_t value) {
- CHECK_LT(port, MAX_PORTS);
- std::unique_ptr &dev = devices_[port];
- if (!dev) {
- return false;
- }
- return dev->HandleInput(key, value);
-}
-
// The controller can be started up by two methods: by software, or by hardware
// in synchronization with the V-BLANK signal. These methods are selected
// through the trigger selection register (SB_MDTSEL).
@@ -47,6 +39,16 @@ void Maple::VBlank() {
// TODO maple vblank interrupt?
}
+void Maple::OnKeyDown(Keycode key, int16_t value) {
+ std::unique_ptr &dev = devices_[0];
+
+ if (!dev) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ dev->HandleInput(key, value);
+}
+
template uint8_t Maple::ReadRegister(uint32_t addr);
template uint16_t Maple::ReadRegister(uint32_t addr);
template uint32_t Maple::ReadRegister(uint32_t addr);
diff --git a/src/hw/maple/maple.h b/src/hw/maple/maple.h
index a6c03244..38f348df 100644
--- a/src/hw/maple/maple.h
+++ b/src/hw/maple/maple.h
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
#include
#include "hw/machine.h"
-#include "sys/keycode.h"
+#include "ui/keycode.h"
namespace re {
namespace hw {
@@ -17,8 +17,6 @@ class Memory;
namespace maple {
-enum { MAX_PORTS = 4 };
-
enum MapleFunction {
FN_CONTROLLER = 0x01000000,
FN_MEMORYCARD = 0x02000000,
@@ -92,15 +90,17 @@ struct MapleFrame {
uint32_t params[0xff];
};
+static const int MAX_PORTS = 4;
+
class MapleDevice {
public:
virtual ~MapleDevice() {}
- virtual bool HandleInput(sys::Keycode key, int16_t value) = 0;
+ virtual bool HandleInput(ui::Keycode key, int16_t value) = 0;
virtual bool HandleFrame(const MapleFrame &frame, MapleFrame &res) = 0;
};
-class Maple : public Device {
+class Maple : public Device, public WindowInterface {
friend class holly::Holly;
public:
@@ -108,9 +108,11 @@ class Maple : public Device {
bool Init() final;
- bool HandleInput(int port, sys::Keycode key, int16_t value);
void VBlank();
+ private:
+ void OnKeyDown(ui::Keycode code, int16_t value) final;
+
private:
template
T ReadRegister(uint32_t addr);
diff --git a/src/hw/maple/maple_controller.cc b/src/hw/maple/maple_controller.cc
index 2de88e9e..5c13397d 100644
--- a/src/hw/maple/maple_controller.cc
+++ b/src/hw/maple/maple_controller.cc
@@ -5,9 +5,9 @@
#include "core/log.h"
#include "hw/maple/maple_controller.h"
-using namespace re::hw::maple;
-using namespace re::sys;
using namespace json11;
+using namespace re::hw::maple;
+using namespace re::ui;
DEFINE_string(profile, "", "Controller profile");
diff --git a/src/hw/maple/maple_controller.h b/src/hw/maple/maple_controller.h
index 97ae0e62..45b4397f 100644
--- a/src/hw/maple/maple_controller.h
+++ b/src/hw/maple/maple_controller.h
@@ -48,19 +48,19 @@ class MapleControllerProfile {
void Load(const char *path);
- int LookupButton(sys::Keycode code) { return button_map_[code]; }
+ int LookupButton(ui::Keycode code) { return button_map_[code]; }
private:
void MapKey(const char *name, int button);
- int button_map_[sys::K_NUM_KEYS];
+ int button_map_[ui::K_NUM_KEYS];
};
class MapleController : public MapleDevice {
public:
MapleController();
- bool HandleInput(sys::Keycode key, int16_t value);
+ bool HandleInput(ui::Keycode key, int16_t value);
bool HandleFrame(const MapleFrame &frame, MapleFrame &res);
private:
diff --git a/src/hw/sh4/sh4.cc b/src/hw/sh4/sh4.cc
index fd70e049..2767f9e1 100644
--- a/src/hw/sh4/sh4.cc
+++ b/src/hw/sh4/sh4.cc
@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+#include
#include "core/math.h"
#include "core/memory.h"
#include "emu/profiler.h"
@@ -8,7 +9,6 @@
#include "hw/scheduler.h"
using namespace re;
-using namespace re::emu;
using namespace re::hw;
using namespace re::hw::sh4;
using namespace re::jit;
@@ -34,8 +34,12 @@ SH4::SH4(Dreamcast *dc)
DebugInterface(this),
ExecuteInterface(this),
MemoryInterface(this),
+ WindowInterface(this),
dc_(dc),
code_cache_(nullptr),
+ show_perf_(false),
+ mips_(),
+ num_mips_(0),
requested_interrupts_(0),
pending_interrupts_(0),
tmu_timers_{INVALID_TIMER, INVALID_TIMER, INVALID_TIMER},
@@ -93,9 +97,9 @@ void SH4::Run(const std::chrono::nanoseconds &delta) {
s_current_cpu = this;
// each block's epilog will decrement the remaining cycles as they run
- ctx_.remaining_cycles = cycles;
+ ctx_.num_cycles = cycles;
- while (ctx_.remaining_cycles > 0) {
+ while (ctx_.num_cycles > 0) {
SH4BlockEntry *block = code_cache_->GetBlock(ctx_.pc);
block->run();
@@ -103,6 +107,21 @@ void SH4::Run(const std::chrono::nanoseconds &delta) {
CheckPendingInterrupts();
}
+ // track mips
+ auto now = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now();
+ auto next_time = last_mips_time_ + std::chrono::seconds(1);
+
+ if (now > next_time) {
+ auto delta = std::chrono::duration_cast(
+ now - last_mips_time_);
+ auto delta_f =
+ std::chrono::duration_cast>(delta).count();
+ auto delta_scaled = delta_f * 1000000.0f;
+ mips_[num_mips_++ % MAX_MIPS_SAMPLES] = ctx_.num_instrs / delta_scaled;
+ ctx_.num_instrs = 0;
+ last_mips_time_ = now;
+ }
+
s_current_cpu = nullptr;
}
@@ -288,6 +307,40 @@ void SH4::MapVirtualMemory(Memory &memory, MemoryMap &memmap) {
memmap.Mount(sh4_sq_handle, SH4_SQ_SIZE, SH4_SQ_START);
}
+void SH4::OnPaint(bool show_main_menu) {
+ if (show_main_menu && ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar()) {
+ if (ImGui::BeginMenu("CPU")) {
+ ImGui::MenuItem("Perf", "", &show_perf_);
+ ImGui::EndMenu();
+ }
+
+ ImGui::EndMainMenuBar();
+ }
+
+ if (show_perf_) {
+ ImGui::Begin("Perf", nullptr, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar |
+ ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize);
+
+ ImGui::SetWindowPos(ImVec2(
+ ImGui::GetIO().DisplaySize.x - ImGui::GetWindowSize().x - 10, 10));
+
+ // calculate average mips
+ float avg_mips = 0.0f;
+ for (int i = std::max(0, num_mips_ - MAX_MIPS_SAMPLES); i < num_mips_;
+ i++) {
+ avg_mips += mips_[i % MAX_MIPS_SAMPLES];
+ }
+ avg_mips /= std::max(std::min(num_mips_, MAX_MIPS_SAMPLES), 1);
+
+ char overlay_text[128];
+ snprintf(overlay_text, sizeof(overlay_text), "%.2f", avg_mips);
+ ImGui::PlotLines("MIPS", mips_, MAX_MIPS_SAMPLES, num_mips_, overlay_text,
+ 0.0f, 400.0f);
+
+ ImGui::End();
+ }
+}
+
void SH4::CompilePC() {
SH4CodeCache *code_cache = s_current_cpu->code_cache_;
SH4Context *ctx = &s_current_cpu->ctx_;
@@ -305,7 +358,7 @@ void SH4::InvalidInstruction(SH4Context *ctx, uint64_t data) {
CHECK_NE(it, self->breakpoints_.end());
// force the main loop to break
- self->ctx_.remaining_cycles = 0;
+ self->ctx_.num_cycles = 0;
// let the debugger know execution has stopped
self->dc_->debugger->Trap();
diff --git a/src/hw/sh4/sh4.h b/src/hw/sh4/sh4.h
index 6d724ac0..a30acfa5 100644
--- a/src/hw/sh4/sh4.h
+++ b/src/hw/sh4/sh4.h
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
#ifndef SH4_H
#define SH4_H
+#include
#include "hw/sh4/sh4_code_cache.h"
-#include "hw/sh4/sh4_int.h"
-#include "hw/sh4/sh4_regs.h"
+#include "hw/sh4/sh4_types.h"
#include "hw/machine.h"
#include "hw/scheduler.h"
#include "jit/frontend/sh4/sh4_context.h"
@@ -17,15 +17,18 @@ class Dreamcast;
namespace sh4 {
+static const int MAX_MIPS_SAMPLES = 10;
+
enum DDTRW {
DDT_R,
- DDT_W
+ DDT_W,
};
class SH4 : public Device,
public DebugInterface,
public ExecuteInterface,
- public MemoryInterface {
+ public MemoryInterface,
+ public WindowInterface {
friend void RunSH4Test(const SH4Test &);
public:
@@ -58,6 +61,9 @@ class SH4 : public Device,
void MapPhysicalMemory(Memory &memory, MemoryMap &memmap) final;
void MapVirtualMemory(Memory &memory, MemoryMap &memmap) final;
+ // WindowInterface
+ void OnPaint(bool show_main_menu) final;
+
private:
static void CompilePC();
static void InvalidInstruction(jit::frontend::sh4::SH4Context *ctx,
@@ -114,6 +120,14 @@ class SH4 : public Device,
#include "hw/sh4/sh4_regs.inc"
#undef SH4_REG
+ uint32_t area7_[0x4000]; // consolidated, 16kb area 7 memory
+ uint8_t cache_[0x2000]; // 8kb cache
+
+ bool show_perf_;
+ std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::time_point last_mips_time_;
+ float mips_[MAX_MIPS_SAMPLES];
+ int num_mips_;
+
Interrupt sorted_interrupts_[NUM_INTERRUPTS];
uint64_t sort_id_[NUM_INTERRUPTS];
uint64_t priority_mask_[16];
@@ -122,9 +136,6 @@ class SH4 : public Device,
hw::TimerHandle tmu_timers_[3];
TimerDelegate tmu_delegates_[3];
-
- uint32_t area7_[0x4000]; // consolidated, 16kb area 7 memory
- uint8_t cache_[0x2000]; // 8kb cache
};
}
}
diff --git a/src/hw/sh4/sh4_int.h b/src/hw/sh4/sh4_int.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 561adbb0..00000000
--- a/src/hw/sh4/sh4_int.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef SH4_INT_H
-#define SH4_INT_H
-
-namespace re {
-namespace hw {
-namespace sh4 {
-
-struct InterruptInfo {
- int intevt, default_priority, ipr, ipr_shift;
-};
-
-enum Interrupt {
-#define SH4_INT(name, intevt, pri, ipr, ipr_shift) SH4_INTC_##name,
-#include "hw/sh4/sh4_int.inc"
-#undef SH4_INT
- NUM_INTERRUPTS
-};
-
-}
-}
-}
-
-#endif
diff --git a/src/hw/sh4/sh4_regs.h b/src/hw/sh4/sh4_types.h
similarity index 85%
rename from src/hw/sh4/sh4_regs.h
rename to src/hw/sh4/sh4_types.h
index 4de0e22b..3d101e26 100644
--- a/src/hw/sh4/sh4_regs.h
+++ b/src/hw/sh4/sh4_types.h
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ namespace re {
namespace hw {
namespace sh4 {
+// registers
static const uint32_t UNDEFINED = 0x0;
static const uint32_t HELD = 0x1;
@@ -78,6 +79,17 @@ enum {
#undef SH4_REG
};
+// interrupts
+enum Interrupt {
+#define SH4_INT(name, intevt, pri, ipr, ipr_shift) SH4_INTC_##name,
+#include "hw/sh4/sh4_int.inc"
+#undef SH4_INT
+ NUM_INTERRUPTS
+};
+
+struct InterruptInfo {
+ int intevt, default_priority, ipr, ipr_shift;
+};
}
}
}
diff --git a/src/jit/frontend/sh4/sh4_builder.cc b/src/jit/frontend/sh4/sh4_builder.cc
index eff13db3..969b677b 100644
--- a/src/jit/frontend/sh4/sh4_builder.cc
+++ b/src/jit/frontend/sh4/sh4_builder.cc
@@ -94,10 +94,16 @@ void SH4Builder::Emit(uint32_t start_addr, int max_instrs) {
// emit block epilog
current_instr_ = tail_instr->prev();
- Value *remaining_cycles =
- LoadContext(offsetof(SH4Context, remaining_cycles), VALUE_I32);
- remaining_cycles = Sub(remaining_cycles, AllocConstant(guest_cycles_));
- StoreContext(offsetof(SH4Context, remaining_cycles), remaining_cycles);
+ // update remaining cycles
+ Value *num_cycles = LoadContext(offsetof(SH4Context, num_cycles), VALUE_I32);
+ num_cycles = Sub(num_cycles, AllocConstant(guest_cycles_));
+ StoreContext(offsetof(SH4Context, num_cycles), num_cycles);
+
+ // update num instructions
+ int sh4_num_instrs = (pc_ - start_addr) >> 1;
+ Value *num_instrs = LoadContext(offsetof(SH4Context, num_instrs), VALUE_I32);
+ num_instrs = Add(num_instrs, AllocConstant(sh4_num_instrs));
+ StoreContext(offsetof(SH4Context, num_instrs), num_instrs);
}
Value *SH4Builder::LoadRegister(int n, ValueType type) {
diff --git a/src/jit/frontend/sh4/sh4_context.h b/src/jit/frontend/sh4/sh4_context.h
index 4908fba9..f55b03e1 100644
--- a/src/jit/frontend/sh4/sh4_context.h
+++ b/src/jit/frontend/sh4/sh4_context.h
@@ -39,7 +39,11 @@ struct SH4Context {
void (*SRUpdated)(SH4Context *, uint64_t old_sr);
void (*FPSCRUpdated)(SH4Context *, uint64_t old_fpscr);
- int32_t remaining_cycles;
+ // the main dispatch loop is ran until num_cycles is <= 0
+ int32_t num_cycles;
+
+ // used for debug performance monitoring
+ uint32_t num_instrs;
uint32_t pc, pr, sr, sr_qm, fpscr;
uint32_t dbr, gbr, vbr;
diff --git a/src/main.cc b/src/main.cc
index 8fa3a005..7c821a04 100644
--- a/src/main.cc
+++ b/src/main.cc
@@ -1,15 +1,18 @@
#include
#include